As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2011

Registration No. 333-173980

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

HOMESTREET, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Washington   6036   91-0186600

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

(206) 623-3050

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Mark K. Mason

Chief Executive Officer

HomeStreet, Inc.

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

(206) 623-3050

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copy to:

 

Marcus J. Williams

Donna M. Cochener

Davis Wright Tremaine LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200

Seattle, WA 98101

(206) 622-3150

(206) 757-7700 – Facsimile

 

Godfrey B. Evans

HomeStreet, Inc.

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

(206) 623-3050

(206) 389-7703 – Facsimile

 

John C. Grosvenor

James J. Vieceli

Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP

695 Town Center Drive, 14 th Floor

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

(714) 371-2500

(714) 371-2550 – Facsimile

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

     Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer

 

x

     Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, no par value per share

  $210,000,000.00   $24,381(2)
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any. See “Underwriting.”
(2) Previously paid.

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


Explanatory Note

This Amendment No. 1 is being filed solely for the purpose of filing exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file No. 333-173980) and amending the exhibit list. No changes or additions are being made hereby to the preliminary prospectus which forms part of the Registration Statement or to Items 13, 14, 15 and 17 of Part II of the Registration Statement. Accordingly, the preliminary prospectus and Items 13, 14, 15 and 17 of Part II of the Registration Statement have been omitted from this filing.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of HomeStreet, Inc.
  3.2*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of HomeStreet, Inc.
  4.1**   Form of Common Stock Certificate
  4.2*   Amended and Restated Family Shareholder Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. dated October 23, 2008
  4.3   Reference is made to Exhibit 3.1
  4.4   Instruments with respect to long-term debt of HomeStreet, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K since the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of HomeStreet, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. HomeStreet, Inc. hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
  5.1**   Opinion of Davis Wright Tremaine LLP
10.1*   HomeStreet, Inc. 2002 Long Term Incentive Plan

 

II-1


Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.2*   HomeStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3*   HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, restated as of January 1, 2011, and amendment to the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan adopted as of February 24, 2011
10.4*   Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust, restated as of January 1, 2011
10.5*   HomeStreet, Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2004, as amended and restated December 19, 2008, executed by HomeStreet, Inc. and HomeStreet Bank
10.6*   HomeStreet, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2004, as amended and restated December 19, 2008, executed by HomeStreet, Inc, HomeStreet Bank and HomeStreet Capital Corporation
10.7*   Form of HomeStreet, Inc. Award Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Options and Standard Terms and Conditions for Nonqualified Stock Options, granted October 22, 2010 and November 29, 2010
10.8**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Mark Mason (pre-offering)
10.9**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Mark Mason (post-offering)
10.10**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and David Hooston (pre-offering)
10.11**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and David Hooston (post-offering)
10.12**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Godfrey Evans (pre-offering)
10.13**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Godfrey Evans (post-offering)
10.14**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Jay Iseman (pre-offering)
10.15**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Jay Iseman (post-offering)
10.16*   Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement for HomeStreet, Inc.
10.17*   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement for HomeStreet, Inc.
10.18*   Form of 2011 Director and Officer Indemnification for HomeStreet, Inc.
10.19*   Stipulation and Consent to Issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist, dated May 7, 2009, between HomeStreet Bank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Washington Department of Financial Institutions
10.20*   Order to Cease and Desist to HomeStreet Bank, issued by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Washington Department of Financial Institutions, dated May 8, 2009
10.21*   Stipulation and Consent to Issuance of Order to Cease and Desist, effective May 18, 2009 by HomeStreet, Inc., accepted by Office of Thrift Supervision
10.22*   Order to Cease and Desist to HomeStreet, Inc., effective May 18, 2009, issued by Office of Thrift Supervision

 

II-2


Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.23*   Office Lease, dated March 5, 1992, between Continental, Inc. and One Union Square Venture, as amended by Supplemental Lease Agreement dated August 25, 1992, Second Amendment to Lease dated May 6, 1998, Third Amendment to Lease dated June 17, 1998, Fourth Amendment to Lease dated February 15, 2000, Fifth Amendment to Lease dated July 30, 2001, Sixth Amendment to Lease dated March 5, 2002, Seventh Amendment to Lease dated May 19, 2004, Eighth Amendment to Lease dated August 31, 2004, Ninth Amendment to Lease dated April 19, 2006, Tenth Amendment to Lease dated July 20, 2006, Eleventh Amendment to Lease dated December 27, 2006, Twelfth Amendment to Lease dated October 1, 2007, and Thirteenth Amendment to Lease dated January 26, 2010
10.24*   Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2004, between HomeStreet Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle
10.25*   Letter Agreement, dated January 5, 2007, by HomeStreet Bank to Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
10.26*   Master Custodial Agreement for Custody of Single Family MBS Pool Mortgage Loans, dated October 2009, between HomeStreet Bank, Federal National Mortgage Association, and U.S. Bank, N.A.
10.27*††   Master Agreement ML 02783 between HomeStreet Bank and Fannie Mae, dated March 15, 2010, amended by Letter Agreement dated March 15, 2011
10.28*   Master Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2010, between HomeStreet Bank and Freddie Mac
10.29*   Cash Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between HomeStreet Bank and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
10.30*   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC, dated May 1, 2005, including form of separate series designation
10.31*   Correspondent Purchase and Sale Agreement, effective September 1, 2010, between HomeStreet Bank and Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC
21†   Subsidiaries of HomeStreet, Inc.
23.1**   Consent of Davis Wright Tremaine LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
23.2†   Consent of KPMG LLP
24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement filed on May 6, 2011)

 

* Filed herewith

 

** To be filed by amendment

 

Previously filed

 

†† Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pending a determination by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to whether these portions should be granted confidential treatment.

 

II-3


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seattle, State of Washington, on May 18, 2011.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.

By: 

 

/s/ Mark K. Mason

 

Mark K. Mason

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark K. Mason and David E. Hooston , and each of them acting individually, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this registration statement, and any registration statement, including any amendment thereto, relating to the offering covered by this registration statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark K. Mason

Mark K. Mason

   President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  May 18, 2011

/s/ David E. Hooston

David E. Hooston

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   May 18, 2011

*

David A. Ederer

   Director, Chairman of the Board   May 18, 2011

*

Glory C. Beijar

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Brian P. Dempsey

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Gerhardt Morrison

   Director   May 18, 2011

 

II-4


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Janet L. Westling

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Bruce W. Williams

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Kathryn A. Williams

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Marcia F. Williams

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Wendy S. Williams

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Karen M. Zimmerman

   Director   May 18, 2011

*

Steven W. Zimmerman

   Director   May 18, 2011

 

* By:   /s/ Mark K. Mason
  Mark K. Mason, Attorney in Fact

 

II-5


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of HomeStreet, Inc.
  3.2*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of HomeStreet, Inc.
  4.1**   Form of Common Stock Certificate
  4.2*   Amended and Restated Family Shareholder Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. dated October 23, 2008
  4.3**   Reference is made to Exhibit 3.1
  4.4   Instruments with respect to long-term debt of HomeStreet, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K since the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of HomeStreet, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. HomeStreet, Inc. hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
  5.1**   Opinion of Davis Wright Tremaine LLP
10.1*   HomeStreet, Inc. 2002 Long Term Incentive Plan
10.2*   HomeStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3*   HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, restated as of January 1, 2011, and amendment to the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan adopted as of February 24, 2011
10.4*   Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust, restated as of January 1, 2011
10.5*   HomeStreet, Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2004, as amended and restated December 19, 2008, executed by HomeStreet, Inc. and HomeStreet Bank
10.6*   HomeStreet, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2004, as amended and restated December 19, 2008, executed by HomeStreet, Inc, HomeStreet Bank and HomeStreet Capital Corporation
10.7*   Form of HomeStreet, Inc. Award Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Options and Standard Terms and Conditions for Nonqualified Stock Options, granted October 22, 2010 and November 29, 2010
10.8**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Mark Mason (pre-offering)
10.9**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Mark Mason (post-offering)
10.10**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and David Hooston (pre-offering)
10.11**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and David Hooston (post-offering)
10.12**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Godfrey Evans (pre-offering)
10.13**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Godfrey Evans (post-offering)
10.14**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Jay Iseman (pre-offering)
10.15**   Employment Agreement between HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and Jay Iseman (post-offering)


Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.16*   Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement for HomeStreet, Inc.
10.17*   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement for HomeStreet, Inc.
10.18*   Form of 2011 Director and Officer Indemnification for HomeStreet, Inc.
10.19*   Stipulation and Consent to Issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist, dated May 7, 2009, between HomeStreet Bank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Washington Department of Financial Institutions
10.20*   Order to Cease and Desist to HomeStreet Bank, issued by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Washington Department of Financial Institutions, dated May 8, 2009
10.21*   Stipulation and Consent to Issuance of Order to Cease and Desist, effective May 18, 2009 by HomeStreet, Inc., accepted by Office of Thrift Supervision
10.22*   Order to Cease and Desist to HomeStreet, Inc., effective May 18, 2009, issued by Office of Thrift Supervision
10.23*   Office Lease, dated March 5, 1992, between Continental, Inc. and One Union Square Venture, as amended by Supplemental Lease Agreement dated August 25, 1992, Second Amendment to Lease dated May 6, 1998, Third Amendment to Lease dated June 17, 1998, Fourth Amendment to Lease dated February 15, 2000, Fifth Amendment to Lease dated July 30, 2001, Sixth Amendment to Lease dated March 5, 2002, Seventh Amendment to Lease dated May 19, 2004, Eighth Amendment to Lease dated August 31, 2004, Ninth Amendment to Lease dated April 19, 2006, Tenth Amendment to Lease dated July 20, 2006, Eleventh Amendment to Lease dated December 27, 2006, Twelfth Amendment to Lease dated October 1, 2007, and Thirteenth Amendment to Lease dated January 26, 2010
10.24*   Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2004, between HomeStreet Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle
10.25*   Letter Agreement, dated January 5, 2007, by HomeStreet Bank to Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
10.26*   Master Custodial Agreement for Custody of Single Family MBS Pool Mortgage Loans, dated October 2009, between HomeStreet Bank, Federal National Mortgage Association, and U.S. Bank, N.A.
10.27*††   Master Agreement ML 02783 between HomeStreet Bank and Fannie Mae, dated March 15, 2010, amended by Letter Agreement dated March 15, 2011
10.28*   Master Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2010, between HomeStreet Bank and Freddie Mac
10.29*   Cash Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between HomeStreet Bank and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
10.30*   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC, dated May 1, 2005, including form of separate series designation
10.31*   Correspondent Purchase and Sale Agreement, effective September 1, 2010, between HomeStreet Bank and Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC
21†   Subsidiaries of HomeStreet, Inc.
23.1**   Consent of Davis Wright Tremaine LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
23.2†   Consent of KPMG LLP
24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement filed on May 6, 2011)


 

* Filed herewith

 

** To be filed by amendment

 

Previously filed

 

†† Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pending a determination by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to whether these portions should be granted confidential treatment.

Exhibit 3.1

LOGO


CERTIFICATE REGARDING

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

CONTINENTAL, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 23B.10 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, the undersigned, who is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of HomeStreet, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “corporation”), hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the corporation is changed from Continental, Inc. to HomeStreet, Inc.

2. The corporation has approved and adopted the name change and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, superseding the previous Articles of Incorporation in their entirety. The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation are attached hereto as EXHIBIT A.

3. Pursuant to the provisions of RCW 23B.10.020(5) and RCW 23B.10.070, shareholder approval is not required.

4. The name change and these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall be effective as of 12:01 a.m. on May 15, 2000.

EXECUTED this 20th day of April, 2000.

 

/s/ Kyle Samuels, Secretary
Kyle Samuels, Secretary


Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

HOMESTREET, INC.

The undersigned corporation hereby adopts the following Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation pursuant to Section 23B.10.070 of the Revised Code of Washington, to amend and replace its prior Articles of Incorporation, and all amendments thereto, in their entirety:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the corporation is HomeStreet, Inc.

ARTICLE 2. STOCK, VOTING RIGHTS

2.1. AUTHORIZED SHARES. This corporation shall have authority to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of preferred stock.

2.2. PREFERRED STOCK. Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix the designations and powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, and qualifications, limitations or other restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, the dividend rate (and whether dividends are cumulative), conversion rights, if any, voting rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions, if any), redemption price and liquidation preferences of any wholly unissued series of preferred stock and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

2.3. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. Shareholders of the corporation shall not have preemptive rights to acquire additional shares issued by the corporation.

2.4. CUMULATIVE VOTING. The right to cumulate votes in the election of directors shall not exist with respect to shares of stock of the corporation.

ARTICLE 3. DIRECTORS

3.1. DESIGNATION. The number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Bylaws and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner specified therein.

 

3


3.2. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. To the fullest extent that the Washington Business Corporation Act permits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors pursuant to RCW 23B.08.320, as it or its successor statute may be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director.

3.3. STAGGERED TERMS. The total number of directors shall be divided into three groups, with each group containing one-third of the total, as near as may be. The term of the directors in the first group shall expire at the first annual shareholder’s meeting after their election under this subsection; the term of the directors in the second group shall expire at the second annual shareholder’s meeting after their election under this subsection; the term of the directors in the second group shall expire at the second annual shareholder’s meeting after their election under this subsection; and the term of the directors in the third group shall expire at the third annual shareholder’s meeting after their election under this subsection. At each annual shareholder’s meeting held thereafter, directors shall be chosen for a term of three years to succeed those whose terms expire. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the groups so as to maintain the number of directors in each group as nearly equal as possible.

ARTICLE 4. BYLAWS

The Bylaws of the corporation may be amended or repealed, and new Bylaws may be adopted, either

(a) by the shareholders at an annual or special meeting, provided that notice of the meeting includes a description of the proposed change to the Bylaws; or

(b) by the Board of Directors, except to the extent such power is reserved to the shareholders by law, or unless the shareholders, in amending, or repealing a particular bylaw, provide expressly that the Board of Directors may not amend or repeal that bylaw.

ARTICLE 5. MAJOR CORPORATE CHANGES

If a vote of the shareholders is required to authorize any of the following matters, such matter must be approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the corporation

(a) Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.

(b) Adoption of a plan of merger or plan of share exchange.

 

4


(c) The sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property of the corporation, other than in the usual and regular course of business.

(d) Dissolution of the corporation.

ARTICLE 6. SHAREHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING

6.1. PERMITTED. Action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting, of the shareholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting or a vote if such action is evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken and signed by either (i) all shareholders entitled to vote on the action; or (ii) shareholders holding of record or otherwise entitled to vote in the aggregate not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder who signs the consent. A written consent is not effective to take the action referred to in the consent unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of shareholders to take action are delivered to the corporation.

6.2. NOTICE. Notice of any action taken or to be taken without a meeting by less than a unanimous written consent of all shareholders entitled to vote on the action must be given at least 10 days before the date on which the action becomes effective, to all shareholders entitled to vote on the action who have not consented in writing. The notice shall be in writing, and shall contain or be accompanied by the same material that would have been required to be sent with notice of a meeting at which the proposed action would have been submitted for shareholder action.

6.3. WITHDRAWAL. A shareholder may withdraw consent only by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the corporation prior to the time when consents sufficient to authorize taking the action have been delivered to the corporation.

6.4. EFFECTIVE DATE. Unless the written shareholder consent specifies a later effective date, action taken under this Article 6 is effective when both: (a) consents sufficient to authorize taking the action have been delivered to the corporation, and (b) the notice requirement under Section 6.2, if applicable, has been satisfied.

ARTICLE 7. INDEMNIFICATION

7.1. INDEMNITEE. The term “Indemnitee” used in this Article 7 shall mean any person who was or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, being or having been a director or officer, he or she is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a

 

5


director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent.

7.2. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.

7.2.1 SCOPE. Each Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, against all expenses, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith. Except as provided in Section 7.2.2(b) below, the determination otherwise required by RCW 23B.08.550 shall not be required in connection with indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.2.1.

7.2.2 EXCEPTIONS.

(a) Such right of indemnification shall not exist where the act or omission of the Indemnitee involves (i) intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (ii) a violation of RCW 23B.08.310 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended), or (iii) any transaction in which the Indemnitee received or will receive a benefit in money, property, or services to which he or she is not legally entitled.

(b) Such right of indemnification shall also not exist where the act or omission of the Indemnitee involves recklessness, unless the corporation elects by resolution of its shareholders to provide such indemnification pursuant to RCW 23B.08.550(2)(d) (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended).

7.2.3 CONTINUATION AFTER SEPARATION. Such right of indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and administrators.

7.2.4 PROCEEDING BY INDEMNITEE. Except as provided in Section 7.3, such right of indemnification shall not exist where the Indemnitee seeks indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors prior to its initiation.

7.2.5 CONTRACT RIGHT, EXPENSES. The right of indemnification conferred in this Section 7.2 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to have the corporation pay the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses in advance

 

6


of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be Indemnified under this Section 7.2 or otherwise.

7.3. RIGHT OF CLAIMANT TO BRING SUIT. If a claim under Section 7.2 is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for expenses incurred in defending a proceeding, in advance of its final disposition, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, to the extent successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to reimbursement for the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Article 7 upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding, in advance of its final disposition, where the required undertaking has been tendered to the corporation), and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that the claimant is not so entitled. Neither the failure of the corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled.

7.4. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article 7 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote or consent of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

7.5. INSURANCE, CONTRACT, AND FUNDING. The corporation may maintain insurance at its own expense to protect itself and any Indemnitee against any expense, liability, or loss against which the corporation has the power to indemnify pursuant to this Article 7. In addition, the corporation may maintain insurance against such expense, liability, or loss whether or not the corporation would have the power to provide indemnification under the Washington Business Corporation Act. The corporation may, without further shareholder action, enter into contracts with any director or officer of the corporation in furtherance of the provision is of this Article 7 and may create trust funds, grant security interests in corporate assets, provide letters of credit, and

 

7


use such other means as the corporation deems necessary or appropriate to ensure that indemnification is provided under this Article 7.

7.6. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION. The corporation may, by action of the Board from time to time, provide indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to or on behalf of employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the provisions of this Article 7 with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the corporation or pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business Corporation Act or otherwise.

EXECUTED this 19 day of April, 2000.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.
/s/ Richard S. Swanson
Richard S. Swanson
Chairman & CEO

 

8

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED & RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

HOMESTREET, INC.

ARTICLE 1.

SHAREHOLDERS

1.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on a date and at a time to be set by the Board of Directors of the corporation (the “Board”), for the purposes of electing directors and transacting such other business as may come before the meeting.

1.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise provided by law, special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board (the “Chairman”), by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), by the Board, or by the holders of not less than one-tenth of all of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote on any issue proposed to be considered at the meeting.

1.3 PLACE OF MEETING. All meetings shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within or without the State of Washington as may be designated by the Chairman, the CEO, or the Board, pursuant to proper notice.

1.4 NOTICE OF MEETING. Written notice of each meeting of shareholders shall be delivered to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Such notice shall be given no fewer than ten nor more than 60 days before the meeting date, except that notice of a shareholders meeting to act on an amendment to the articles of incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale of substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or the dissolution of the corporation shall be given no fewer than twenty nor more than 60 days before the meeting date. Notice may be transmitted by mail, private carrier, or personal delivery; by telegraph or teletype; by telephone, wire, or wireless equipment which transmits a facsimile of the notice; or by electronic mail. Notice shall be effective (a) if mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, with first-class postage prepaid and correctly addressed to the shareholder’s address shown in the corporation’s current shareholder records, (b) if transmitted by private carrier, upon the day delivery is guaranteed by the carrier, (c) if personally delivered, upon delivery, and (d) in all other cases, when dispatched.

1.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A shareholder may waive any notice required to be given by these Bylaws or by the Articles of Incorporation before or after the meeting that is the subject of such notice. A valid waiver is created by any of the following three methods: (a) in writing, signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice and delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the corporate records; (b) attendance at the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to the holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting; or (c) failure to object at the time of presentation of a matter not within the purpose

 

Page 1 of 15


or purposes described in the meeting notice, assuming the shareholder is present at the meeting at such time.

1.6 QUORUM. Unless otherwise required by law, a majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a shareholders meeting. If less than a quorum of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. Once a share is represented at a meeting, other than to object to the holding of the meeting or to the transaction of business, it is deemed to be present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting, unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. At such reconvened meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noted.

1.7 PROXIES. At all shareholders meetings a shareholder may vote in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the proxy, a proxy shall be invalid after eleven months from the date of its execution.

1.8 VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

1.9 MANNER OF ACTING. At a meeting at which a quorum is represented, action on a matter is approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation. In the election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall be elected.

1.10 CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by either (i) all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof; or (ii) shareholders holding of record or otherwise entitled to vote in the aggregate not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book with the same effect as if it were the minutes of a shareholders meeting.

1.11 TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. The shareholders may participate in a meeting of the shareholders by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment, provided that all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Subject to the notice requirements of Section 1.4 above, such a meeting shall be considered a duly held shareholders meeting, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Page 2 of 15


1.12 RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, of shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, which shall not in any case be more than 50 days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, less than ten days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, the day before the date on which notice of the meeting is first delivered shall be the record date. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which the resolution of the Board declaring such dividend is adopted shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

ARTICLE 2.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 GENERAL POWERS. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board, except as may be otherwise provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation.

2.2 NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION. The Board shall be composed of at least nine but not more than thirteen directors, the exact number to be determined by the Board from time to time. The permissible range of directors may be changed from time to time by an amendment to these Bylaws. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Directors must be shareholders of the corporation and residents of the United States.

2.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. Approximately one-third of the directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders, and each director shall hold office for a period of three years, until his or her successor is elected and qualified if later than three years, or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Directors may be reelected to successive or additional terms on the Board.

2.4 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders, to serve for a period of one year, until his or her successor is elected and qualified if later than one year, or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. The Chairman shall, if present, preside over all shareholders meetings and at all meetings of the Board, and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board. The Chairman may also serve as an Executive Officer of the corporation.

 

Page 3 of 15


2.5 REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual Board meeting shall be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders, or at the same time and place as the next regularly scheduled Board meeting following the annual meeting of shareholders. In addition, the Board shall meet at least two additional times during each year, at such time and place, either within or without the State of Washington, as may be set by the Board, the Chairman, or the CEO. So long as a schedule of all such regular meetings for the year is provided to all directors in accordance with Section 2.7 at least one day prior to the date of the first such regular meeting, no additional notice of such meetings need be given.

2.6 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special Board meetings may be called by the Chairman or the CEO at his or her discretion, or at the request of any two directors. The Chairman or CEO may fix any place either within or without the State of Washington as the place for holding any special Board meeting so called.

2.7 NOTICE.

2.7.1 METHOD. Subject to Section 2.5 above, written or oral notice of each Board meeting shall be delivered to each director at least one day before the meeting. Written notice may be transmitted by mail, private carrier, or personal delivery; by telegraph or teletype; by telephone, wire, or wireless equipment which transmits a facsimile of the notice; or by electronic mail. Oral notice may be communicated in person or by telephone, wire, or wireless equipment which does not transmit a facsimile of the notice, and shall be effective when communicated.

2.7.2 EFFECTIVENESS. Written notice shall be deemed effective upon the earliest of:

(a) if transmitted by mail, five days after being deposited in the United States mail, correctly addressed, with first class postage prepaid;

(b) if transmitted by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee, on the date shown on the return receipt;

(c) if transmitted by private carrier, upon the day delivery is guaranteed by the carrier;

(d) if transmitted by any other means, and if sent to the recipient’s address, telephone number, or other number appearing on the records of the corporation, upon dispatch; or

(e) upon receipt.

 

Page 4 of 15


Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

2.8 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A director may waive notice of a meeting of the Board either before or after the meeting, and such waiver shall be deemed to be the equivalent of giving notice. The waiver must be in writing, signed by the director and delivered to the corporation for inclusion in its corporate records. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver of notice of that meeting unless said director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of business because the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

2.9 QUORUM. Unless otherwise required by law, a majority of the number of directors set by the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any Board meeting but, if less than a quorum is present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another time without further notice.

2.10 MANNER OF ACTING. Unless otherwise required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting shall be the act of the Board, provided that a quorum is present at the time the vote on such action is taken.

2.11 VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring on the Board shall be filled as soon as practicable, either (a) at a regular meeting of the Board, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board or (b) by the shareholders at an annual meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose, unless either the Board or the shareholders elect not to fill such vacancy and to decrease the size of the Board in accordance with these Bylaws. A director elected to fill a vacancy due to death, resignation, or removal shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors shall be filled for a term extending only until the next annual meeting of shareholders.

2.12 REMOVAL. At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, one or more members of the Board (including the entire Board) may be removed, for good cause, by a vote of the shareholders.

2.13 COMPENSATION. A director may not directly or indirectly receive any pay or compensation, except in accordance with applicable law. A director may receive, by affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors, reasonable compensation for (a) attendance at meetings of the Board; (b) service as an officer of the corporation, provided that his or her duties as an officer require and receive his or her regular and faithful attendance at the corporation; (c) service in appraising real property for the corporation; and (d) service as a member of a committee of the Board; provided that, a director receiving compensation for service as an officer pursuant to (b) shall not receive any additional compensation for service under (a), (c), or (d).

2.14 PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the corporation present at a Board meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless:

 

Page 5 of 15


(a) the director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon arrival, to holding it or transacting business at the meeting;

(b) the director’s dissent or abstention from the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or

(c) the director delivers his or her written dissent or abstention to such action to the presiding officer of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or to the corporation within a reasonable time after the adjournment of the meeting.

A director who voted in favor of such action may not dissent or abstain.

2.15 CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action to be taken is signed by each of the directors; provided, however, that such written consent may be signed by less than all of the directors if such lesser number is permitted by applicable law. Any such written consent shall be inserted in the minute book with the same effect as if it were the minutes of a Board meeting.

2.16 COMMITTEES. The Board by resolution may designate one or more committees. Each such committee:

(a) must have two or more members;

(b) must be governed by the same rules regarding meetings, action without meetings, notice and waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as apply to the Board; and

(c) to the extent provided in such resolution or in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the authority of the Board, except that no such committee shall have the authority to: (1) authorize or approve dividends or distributions except according to a general formula or method prescribed by the Board; (2) approve or recommend to shareholders actions or proposals required by law to be approved by shareholders; (3) fill vacancies on the Board or any committee thereof; (4) amend the Articles of Incorporation; (5) adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws; (6) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval; or (7) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences, and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board may authorize a committee, or an Executive Officer of the corporation, to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board.

2.17 TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Members of the Board or any committee appointed by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment, provided that all persons

 

Page 6 of 15


participating in the meeting can hear each other. Subject to the notice requirements of Section 2.7 above, such a meeting shall be considered a duly held meeting of the Board or the committee, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

ARTICLE 3.

OFFICERS

3.1 DESIGNATION. The executive officers of the corporation shall be a CEO, a President, a Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, and a Secretary, and may also include, from time to time, a Vice Chairman as determined by the Board (the “Executive Officers”). Such other Vice Presidents, officers and assistant officers may be designated by the Board or the CEO. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.2 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The Executive Officers of the corporation shall be elected by the Board for such term as the Board may deem advisable or may be elected to serve for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Board. Such officers shall be elected at the first Board meeting held after the expiration of the term of office. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any other officers below the level of Senior Vice President shall be appointed by either the Board, the CEO, or the President for such term as they may deem advisable or may be appointed to serve for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Board, the CEO, or the President, as the case may be, subject to the ultimate authority of the Board.

3.3 REMOVAL. The Executive Officers of the corporation may be removed by the Board whenever in its judgment the best interest of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any other officers below the level of Senior Vice President may be removed by the Board, the CEO, or the President, subject to the ultimate authority of the Board, whenever in their judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

3.4 VACANCIES. A vacancy in any Executive Officer position because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board, and a vacancy in any other officer position may be filled by the CEO, or the President, as applicable, for the unexpired portion of the term.

3.5 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The CEO shall be the senior executive officer of the corporation, with management responsibility for all operations of the corporation, and shall exercise and perform such specific powers and duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board. Without limiting the foregoing, the CEO may sign on behalf of the corporation certificates for shares of the corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, notes, or other instruments that the Board has authorized to be executed, except when the execution thereof has been expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws to some other officer or

 

Page 7 of 15


agent of the corporation or when such documents are required by law to be otherwise signed or executed by some other officer or in some other manner. In the absence of the Chairman, the CEO shall have and perform all other powers and duties of the Chairman.

3.6 PRESIDENT. The President shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board. In the absence of the CEO, the President shall have and perform all other powers and duties of the CEO. The President may sign on behalf of the corporation certificates for shares of the corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, notes, or other instruments that the Board has authorized to be executed, except when the execution thereof has been expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation or when such documents are required by law to be otherwise signed or executed by some other officer or in some other manner.

3.7 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The CFO shall: (a) Have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the bank; (b) Receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit such monies in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; and (c) in general, perform all of the duties incident to the office of CFO and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the CEO or by the Board. The CFO may, with the approval of the CEO or the Board, appoint and delegate certain of his or her responsibilities to a corporate Treasurer.

3.8 EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENTS. In the event of the absence or death of both the CEO and the President, or the inability or refusal of both such Executive Officers to act, the Board shall designate one or more of the Executive Vice Presidents to perform the duties of the CEO and the President. Such Executive Vice President(s), when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the CEO and the President, as applicable. Executive Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board, the CEO, or the President.

3.9 OTHER VICE PRESIDENTS. The Senior Vice Presidents and other Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board, the CEO, or the President, as applicable.

3.10 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall:

(a) Prepare and keep the minutes of shareholders and Board meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose;

(b) See that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law;

(c) Be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation, if any, and see that the seal is affixed to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized;

 

Page 8 of 15


(d) Authenticate records of the corporation when necessary or appropriate;

(e) Keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder as furnished to the Secretary by each shareholder;

(f) Sign with the CEO, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which has been authorized by resolution of the Board;

(g) Have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and

(h) In general perform all duties as from time to time may be assigned by the CEO or by the Board.

3.11 COMPENSATION. The compensation of all Executive Officers of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board; provided, that the Board may delegate to the CEO or the President the responsibility for fixing all compensation other than that of the CEO and the President, subject to the ultimate authority of the Board. The compensation of all other officers below the level of Senior Vice President shall be set by the CEO or the President, subject to the ultimate authority of the Board.

ARTICLE 4.

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

4.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be signed by the CEO and by the Secretary and shall include thereon written notice of any restrictions which the Board may impose on the transferability of such shares. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificates for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board may prescribe.

4.2 TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney in fact authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificates for such shares.

ARTICLE 5.

BOOKS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

 

Page 9 of 15


5.1 MINUTES. The corporation shall keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and Board, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or the Board without a meeting, and a record of all actions taken by a committee of the Board exercising the authority of the Board on behalf of the corporation.

5.2 ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The corporation shall maintain appropriate accounting records. Not later than four (4) months after the close of each fiscal year, the corporation shall prepare: (a) a balance sheet showing in reasonable detail the financial condition of the corporation as of the close of the fiscal year, and (b) an income statement showing the results of its operations during the fiscal year. Such statements may be consolidated or combined statements of the corporation and one or more of its subsidiaries, as appropriate. If financial statements are prepared for any purpose on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles, the annual statements pursuant to this paragraph must also be prepared, and disclose that they are prepared, on that basis. If financial statements are prepared only on a basis other than generally accepted accounting principles, they must be prepared, and disclose that they are prepared, on the same basis as other reports and statements prepared by the corporation for the use of others.

5.3 STOCK RECORDS. The corporation or its agent shall maintain a record of its shareholders, in a form that permits preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders, in alphabetical order by class of shares showing the number and class of shares held by each. For a period beginning ten days prior to any shareholders meeting and continuing through the meeting, an alphabetical list of the names of all shareholders of the corporation entitled to notice of the meeting, with address and number of shares held, shall be made available for inspection by any shareholder during normal business hours at the principal office of the corporation or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held. Such shareholder list shall also be available at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting.

5.4 REPORTS. The Corporation shall make such periodic reports to state and federal regulatory authorities, and the Board shall require such additional reports to be prepared for its review, as are required by applicable law.

ARTICLE 6.

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the twelve month period ending on December 31 in each year, or such other fiscal year as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.

ARTICLE 7.

CONTRACTS

 

Page 10 of 15


The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and that authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

ARTICLE 8.

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, either:

(a) by the shareholders at an annual or special meeting, provided that notice of the meeting includes a description of the proposed change to the Bylaws; or

(b) by the Board, except to the extent such power is reserved to the shareholders by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, or unless the shareholders, in amending or repealing a particular bylaw, provide expressly that the Board may not amend or repeal that bylaw.

ARTICLE 9.

RESTRICTIONS ON OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

9.1 AFFILIATIONS.

A director of the corporation shall not serve as an officer, employee, or member of the board of directors of another financial institution or financial institution holding company except to the extent permitted by applicable law, and then only if such affiliation is disclosed and consented to by a majority of the other members of the Board.

9.2 DEALINGS WITH INTERESTED PERSONS. Except as otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or applicable law, the corporation may enter into contracts and otherwise transact business as vendor, purchaser, or otherwise, with its directors, officers, and shareholders and with corporations, associations, firms, and entities in which they are or may become interested as directors, officers, shareholders, members, or otherwise, as freely as though such interest did not exist, and, in the absence of fraud, the fact that any director, officer, shareholder, or any corporation, association, firm or other entity of which any director, officer, or shareholder is interested, is in any way interested in any transaction or contract shall not make the transaction or contract void or voidable, or require the director, officer, or shareholder to account to the corporation for any profits therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no director, officer, or shareholder of the corporation shall engage in any transaction relating to the corporation that would be prohibited by applicable law.

ARTICLE 10.

INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 INDEMNITEE. The term “Indemnitee” as used in this Article 10 shall mean any person who was or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including,

 

Page 11 of 15


without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, being or having been a director or officer, he or she is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent.

10.2 RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.

10.2.1 SCOPE. Each Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, against all expenses, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith. Except as provided in Section 10.2.2(b) below, the determination otherwise required by RCW 23B.08.550 shall not be required in connection with indemnification pursuant to this Section 10.2.1.

10.2.2 EXCEPTIONS.

(a) Such right of indemnification shall not exist where the act or omission of the Indemnitee involves (i) intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (ii) a violation of RCW 23B.08.310 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended), or (iii) any transaction in which the Indemnitee has received or will receive a benefit in money, property, or services to which he or she is not legally entitled.

(b) Such right of indemnification shall also not exist where the act or omission of the Indemnitee involves recklessness, unless the corporation elects by resolution of its shareholders to provide such indemnification pursuant to RCW 23B.08.550(2)(d) (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended).

10.2.3 CONTINUATION AFTER SEPARATION. Such right of indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and administrators.

10.2.4 PROCEEDING BY INDEMNITEE. Except as provided in Section 10.3, such right of indemnification shall not exist where the Indemnitee seeks indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors prior to its initiation.

10.2.5 CONTRACT RIGHT; EXPENSES. The right of indemnification conferred in this Section 10.2 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to have the corporation pay the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final

 

Page 12 of 15


disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 10.2 or otherwise.

10.3 RIGHT OF CLAIMANT TO BRING SUIT. If a claim under Section 10.2 is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, to the extent successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to reimbursement for the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Article 10 upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, where the required undertaking has been tendered to the corporation), and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that the claimant is not so entitled. Neither the failure of the corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled.

10.4 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote or consent of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

10.5 INSURANCE, CONTRACT, AND FUNDING. The corporation may maintain insurance at its own expense to protect itself and any Indemnitee against any expense, liability, or loss against which the corporation has the power to indemnify pursuant to this Article 10. In addition, the corporation may maintain insurance against such expense, liability, or loss whether or not the corporation would have the power to provide indemnification under the Washington Business Corporation Act. The corporation may, without further shareholder action, enter into contracts with any director or officer of the corporation in furtherance of the provisions of this Article 10 and may create trust funds, grant security interests in corporate assets, provide letters of credit, and use such other means as the corporation deems necessary or appropriate to ensure that indemnification is provided under this Article 10.

10.6 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION. The corporation may, by action of the Board from time to time, provide

 

Page 13 of 15


indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to or on behalf of employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the provisions of this Article 10 with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the corporation or pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business Corporation Act or otherwise.

ARTICLE 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 RULES OF ORDER. All meetings of the shareholders and directors shall be conducted in the manner determined by the person acting as chairman of the meeting, to the extent not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, or special rules of order of the corporation.

11.2 SHARES OF ANOTHER CORPORATION. Shares of another corporation held by this corporation may be voted in person or by proxy by the CEO, the President, or an Executive Vice President specifically authorized to do so by resolution of the Board.

 

Page 14 of 15


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION

The undersigned, being the Secretary of HomeStreet, Inc., hereby certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Amended & Restated Bylaws adopted by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation on January 22, 2004.

 

/s/ Kyle Samuels

 

Page 15 of 15

Exhibit 4.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

FAMILY SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

OF

HOMESTREET, INC.

October 23, 2008

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

1.

  APPLICATION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO ALL SHARES      2   
  1.1    Family Agreement Shareholders      2   
  1.2    ESOP      2   
  1.3    Officers and Directors      2   
  1.4    Cessation      3   

2.

 

GENERAL RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER

     3   

3.

 

PERMITTED TRANSFERS

     3   
  3.1    Permitted Transferees      3   
  3.2    Conditions for Permitted Transfers      4   
  3.3    Transfers to Charities      5   
  3.4    Procedure      6   
  3.5    Transfers to Others      6   

4.

 

PRIORITY

     6   
  4.1    Offer Notice      6   
  4.2    Effect of Offer Notice      7   
  4.3    Share Purchase Procedures      7   
  4.4    Price and Closing      8   
  4.5    Installment Purchase      9   
  4.6    Subsequent Transfers      9   

5.

 

SALE TO OTHER TRANSFEREE

     9   
  5.1    Conditions of Sale      9   
  5.2    Re-Offer      9   

 

i


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

         Page  

6.

 

OPTION EVENTS

     10   
  6.1    Definition of Option Event      10   
  6.2    Optional Purchase of Shares      10   
  6.3    Option Notice; Option Price      12   
  6.4    Payment for the Shares      12   

7.

 

EFFECT OF NON-COMPLYING TRANSFER

     12   

8.

 

FAMILY SHAREHOLDER VOTING

     13   
  8.1    Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting      13   
  8.2    Voting for the Election of Directors and on Minor Decisions      14   
  8.3    Major Decisions      14   
  8.4    Appointment of Proxies      15   

9.

 

SHAREHOLDER SPOUSE AND SPOUSE CONSENT

     15   
 

9.1    Shareholder Spouse Consent

     15   
  9.2    Spouse Consent      15   
  9.3    Existing and Future Spouses      16   

10.

 

COMPANY’S RESPONSIBILITIES

     16   

11.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     17   
  11.1    Further Assurances      17   
  11.2    Attorneys’ Fees      17   
  11.3    Construction; Venue; Submission to Jurisdiction      17   
  11.4    Securities Laws; Legend      18   
  11.5    Amendments; Waiver      18   

 

ii


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

         Page  
  11.6    Successors and Assigns      19   
  11.7    Testamentary Provisions      19   
  11.8    Severability      19   
  11.9    Entire Agreement      19   
  11.10  Captions      19   
  11.11  Notices      19   
  11.12  Counterparts      20   
  11.13  Suspension of Time Periods      20   
  11.14  Changes in Capital Structure      20   
  11.15  Arbitration      20   
  11.16  Termination      21   
  11.17  Specific Performance      22   
  11.18  Legal Counsel      22   
  11.19  Definitions      22   

 

  Exhibit A    HomeStreet Inc. Shareholders Invited to Become Family Agreement Shareholders
 

Exhibits B-l

through B-5

   Shareholder Consent Forms
  Exhibit C    Spouse Consent
  Exhibit D    Form of Promissory Note
  Exhibit E    Form of Irrevocable Proxy

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

FAMILY SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

HOMESTREET, INC.

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED FAMILY SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is entered into effective as of October 23, 2008 (the Effective Date) , by and among HomeStreet, Inc., a Washington corporation (the Company) , and those persons or entities listed on the attached Exhibit A to this Agreement, and it shall supersede and replace that certain Family Shareholders Agreement dated April 16, 2008. Certain descendants of W. Walter Williams and their family members and certain permitted affiliates (defined in this Agreement as Lineal Descendants, Shareholder Spouses, Stepchildren, Permitted Trusts and Permitted Entities) who are listed on Exhibit A have been invited to become parties to this Agreement, and those who have agreed to do so by executing a shareholder consent in the form of Exhibits B-l, B-2, B-3, B-4 or B-5 (depending on the nature of the shareholder) (in each case a Shareholder Consent) are referred to as Family Agreement Shareholders. Exhibit A also reflects the number of shares of common stock (the Shares) of the Company held by each person or entity invited to become a Family Agreement Shareholder. Permitted Transferees who acquire Shares in the Company after the date of this Agreement and become bound by the provisions of this Agreement in the manner provided in Section 3 will thereafter also be referred to in this Agreement as Family Agreement Shareholders.

RECITALS

A. The members of the extended family of W. Walter Williams have adopted certain goals and policies for the family’s ownership of the Company and its subsidiaries. These include the following:

(1) a commitment to the perpetuation of HomeStreet’s long-standing values as an exemplary corporate citizen, dedicated to providing the highest quality services to its customers and an outstanding work environment for productive employees, and making significant, positive contributions to its communities; and

(2) that the family shareholders should vote their shares in a unified manner and responsive to, and capable of achieving, the family goals and interests in electing the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board) and in taking action on other matters submitted to a vote by shareholders.

B. In order to assure the continued involvement of the family in the Company, the Family Agreement Shareholders therefore desire to restrict the transferability of the

 


Shares and to agree to the manner in which their Shares are to be voted under certain circumstances, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

C. The Company has agreed to become a party to this Agreement in order to assist the Family Agreement Shareholders with the administration of this Agreement.

D. The HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan & Trust (ESOP) is not a party to this Agreement, but shall be a third-party beneficiary of the provisions giving it rights to buy Shares under the conditions and on the terms provided in this Agreement.

E. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings given those terms in the text of this Agreement. Section 11.19 contains a list of definitions and the sections in which they are located.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, the Company and the Family Agreement Shareholders agree as follows:

1. Application of This Agreement to All Shares.

1.1 Family Agreement Shareholders. Exhibit A reflects the number of Shares held by each Family Agreement Shareholder, and identifies each Family Agreement Shareholder as a: Lineal Descendant; Shareholder Spouse; Stepchild; Permitted Trust; or Permitted Entity, consistent with the definitions contained in this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement shall apply to all Shares presently held or acquired in any manner in the future (including interest held individually or as marital community property interests) by any Family Agreement Shareholder, including those who become Family Agreement Shareholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.

1.2 ESOP. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall not apply to Shares held by the ESOP in which a Family Agreement Shareholder has an interest unless and until such time as the Shares are distributed out of the ESOP to a Family Agreement Shareholder. If any Shares are acquired with the proceeds of a loan to the ESOP, the provisions of this Agreement shall not apply to such Shares. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company or a Family Agreement Shareholder, to the extent any of them are acting as a fiduciary of the ESOP, to take any action that will violate their fiduciary duties under ERISA. Voting requirements in this Agreement shall not apply to any Family Agreement Shareholders in the role of an ERISA fiduciary in deciding how to vote Company stock held by the ESOP.

1.3 Officers and Directors. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the duties of any Family Agreement Shareholders in their capacity as corporate officers or directors of the Company.

 

2


1.4 Cessation. If at any time a Family Agreement Shareholder no longer owns any Shares, he, she or it will cease to be a Family Agreement Shareholder.

2. General Restriction on Transfer. No Family Agreement Shareholder shall effect any sale, assignment, pledge, gift or other disposition, for consideration or otherwise, whether voluntary, involuntary, by will or intestacy, or by operation of law (a Transfer) of any Shares or any interest therein except in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. A Transfer or attempt to effect a Transfer subject to the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to occur whenever any interest in any Shares is transferred or is attempted to be transferred, voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, irrespective of whether any change in the record ownership of the Shares occurs. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer in violation of the Agreement (a Non-complying Transfer) shall not be recognized by the Company for any reason and shall be void.

3. Permitted Transfers. Each Family Agreement Shareholder agrees that he, she or it will not effect any Transfers of any Shares after the date of becoming a party to this Agreement, except as permitted by this Agreement.

3.1 Permitted Transferees. A Family Agreement Shareholder may Transfer Shares to any of the following (Permitted Transferees), provided that the Permitted Transferee complies with the conditions contained in Section 3.2 (a Permitted Transfer):

(a) Lineal Descendants who are or become Family Agreement Shareholders (who may hold the Shares as separate or community property). The term Lineal Descendants shall mean biological and adopted descendants of W. Walter Williams, and for purposes of this Agreement only shall also include Dale Myers and Harold Zimmerman, except that Dale Myers and Harold Zimmerman shall not be considered Lineal Descendants in the context of any provisions in this Agreement dealing with divorce.

(b) A trust (which includes, for purposes of this Agreement, a custodial account under a uniform gift to minors act) (hereafter referred to as a Permitted Trust) having the following provisions:

(i) either: (a) a charitable lead trust for which all of the remainder beneficiaries are Lineal Descendants; or (b) a trust for which the only beneficiaries are: one or more Lineal Descendants; one or more of the following spouses of a Lineal Descendant: Gro Buer or Michael Westling (a Shareholder Spouse); a person other than a Shareholder Spouse who is married to a Lineal Descendant who is a Family Agreement Shareholder (a Spouse), provided that Shares held by a Shareholder Spouse and the interests of a Spouse in any Shares are subject to the provisions of Section 6; or any of the following individuals: Kaya Westling, Craig Westling, Brooke VanderHoogt and Brittney VanderHoogt

 

3


(hereafter collectively, the Stepchildren and each a Stepchild), provided that the Shares held by a Stepchild are subject to the provisions of Section 6;

(ii) either:

(a) the trustee(s) having voting rights under the trust instrument with respect to Shares held by the trust are persons who are Family Agreement Shareholders who are: (i) Lineal Descendants; or (ii) Stepchildren or Shareholder Spouses who may exercise such voting rights (at Family Agreement Shareholders meetings and meetings of Company Shareholders) solely with respect to Shares held as of the Effective Date by themselves or by a trust for which the Stepchild or Shareholder Spouse is at the time of the voting the current income beneficiary of the trust; or

(b) the trustee(s) have entered into a voting agreement approved by the duly elected officer of the Company holding the position of corporate secretary (the Secretary of the Company) which remains in effect (a Family Shareholder Voting Agreement) under which the Shares will be voted (at Family Agreement Shareholders meetings and meeting of Company Shareholders) in the discretion of a Family Agreement Shareholder who is: (i) a Lineal Descendant; or (ii) a Stepchild or Shareholder Spouse who may exercise such voting rights solely with respect to Shares held as of the Effective Date by themselves or by a trust for which the Stepchild or Shareholder Spouse is at the time of the voting the current income beneficiary of the trust;

(c) An entity, other than a Permitted Trust, for which:

(i) all legal and beneficial interests in the entity are held by Lineal Descendants or Permitted Trusts; and

(ii) for which a majority of the board of directors, managers or other controlling body are Lineal Descendants who are Family Agreement Shareholders or the entity has entered into a Family Shareholder Voting Agreement with a Lineal Descendant who is a Family Agreement Shareholder (hereafter referred to as a Permitted Entity);

(d) The Company; or

(e) The ESOP.

3.2 Conditions for Permitted Transfers. A Family Agreement Shareholder may effect a Permitted Transfer of any or all of his, her or its Shares to one or more other Permitted Transferees, so long as the following requirements are met:

 

4


(a) If a Family Agreement Shareholder wishes to sell Shares, such Shares shall first be offered to Lineal Descendants who are Family Agreement Shareholders, Permitted Trusts, or Permitted Entities (collectively, Family Permitted Transferees), in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4(a) or (b), prior to any Transfer to other Permitted Transferees.

(b) Each Permitted Transferee, who was not, prior to the Permitted Transfer, a party to this Agreement, becomes a party to this Agreement by executing a Shareholder Consent to be bound by this Agreement, and the Spouse of the Transferee signs a spouse consent in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (Spouse Consent).

(c) In the case of a Permitted Transfer to a Permitted Trust or other Permitted Entity, the Trustee of the Permitted Trust or all of the owners of a Permitted Entity shall provide, from time to time upon request of the Secretary of the Company, a written certification, accompanied by documentary and other evidence acceptable to the Company and its legal counsel, that the Permitted Trust or Permitted Entity is in compliance with the requirements in this Agreement.

(d) Upon compliance with the conditions contained in this Section, the Permitted Transferee shall become a Family Agreement Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement, and the Secretary of the Company shall be authorized to replace Exhibit A with a revised version to reflect the name and address of, and number of Shares owned by, Family Agreement Shareholders as of that date, including the Permitted Transferee, which shall be dated as of the date it is attached to this Agreement in the records of the Company.

3.3 Transfers to Charities. A Family Agreement Shareholder may also Transfer Shares to a charity which qualifies as a 501(c)3 entity under the Internal Revenue Code (a Charity), provided that:

(a) the Transfer is a charitable gift;

(b) the Charity enters into an agreement approved by the Secretary of the Company under which it acknowledges that: (i) Permitted Transferees have the right to purchase the Shares from the Charity at any time, on the terms provided in Section 3.3(d) below; and (ii) the Charity may only Transfer the Shares to a Permitted Transferee; and

(c) if required by the donor as a condition of the gift, the Charity enters into either: (i) a Family Shareholder Voting Agreement granting a Lineal Descendant who is a Family Agreement Shareholder the right to vote the Shares given to the Charity at meetings of the holders of record of the Company’s Shares (the Shareholders); or (ii) an agreement with the donor to vote the Shares in favor of any

 

5


action in which a majority of the Shares held by Family Agreement Shareholders present at a meeting of the Shareholders are voted in favor, and against any action on which a majority of Shares held by Family Agreement Shareholders present at a meeting of the Company’s Shareholders are voted against, and in either event a copy of the agreement shall be provided to the Secretary of the Company by the donor.

(d) In the event of a Transfer to a Charity that otherwise complies with this Section 3.3, the Family Permitted Transferees, the Company and the ESOP shall have the right to purchase the Shares held by the Charity at any time following the Transfer to the Charity. The Secretary of the Company shall notify the Family Permitted Transferees and the ESOP of such Transfer within a period of fifteen (15) days after it occurs. In the event any of the Family Permitted Transferees, the Company and the ESOP wish to purchase some or all of the Shares which are held by the Charity, he, she or it shall notify the Company and the Charity in writing. The Secretary of the Company shall then follow the procedures of Sections 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5 to effect a Transfer of the Shares by purchase from the Charity.

3.4 Procedure. A Family Agreement Shareholder who wishes to effect a Transfer (a Transferor) may make a Permitted Transfer of Shares to a Permitted Transferee by:

(a) entering into a Transfer, with or without consideration, to a Family Permitted Transferee on whatever terms the Transferor and a Family Permitted Transferee may agree upon, subject to satisfaction of the conditions contained in Section 3.2; or

(b) notifying the Secretary of the Company that he or she or it wishes to sell Shares to Permitted Transferees, in which event: first, other Family Permitted Transferees; and second, the Company; and third, the ESOP will have the option to purchase the Shares for a price equal to the most recently established ESOP Value, subject to the conditions of Section 3.2 and the provisions specified in Section 4.

3.5 Transfers to Others. Except for Transfers to Charities in accordance with Section 3.3, Shares may only be transferred to other persons or entities who are not Permitted Transferees after the Shares have first been offered to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 4. Any remaining Shares which are not purchased by Permitted Transferees may then be sold in accordance with Section 5.

4. Priority.

4.1 Offer Notice. If a Family Agreement Shareholder wishes to transfer Shares utilizing the procedure described in Section 3.4(b), the Transferor shall deliver a notice (the Offer Notice) to the Company specifying the number of Shares proposed to be transferred (the Offered Shares), and indicating whether the Seller is only willing to

 

6


sell the Shares on terms requiring full payment upon closing or on the installment terms specified in Section 4.5. If the Transferor does not specify full payment terms, the purchaser may elect the installment terms described in Section 4.5. The Company shall promptly forward a copy of the Offer Notice to the Family Permitted Transferees and to the ESOP.

4.2 Effect of Offer Notice. Delivery of an Offer Notice under Section 4.1 shall constitute an offer by the Transferor, on the date the Offer Notice is delivered in accordance with this Section 4 (the Offer Date ) to sell the Offered Shares to the Family Permitted Transferees, the Company and the ESOP (in the priority order specified in Section 4.3), at a price equal to the per share value of the Shares held by the ESOP as of the end of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the Closing Date, as determined by the appraisal of the Shares periodically obtained by the Company’s Retirement Benefits Committee (the ESOP Value ); and on the other terms and conditions, and in accordance with the procedures, specified in this Agreement.

4.3 Share Purchase Procedures . Each purchase of Offered Shares from a Family Agreement Shareholder who wishes to transfer Shares under Section 3.4(b), or purchase of Shares as a result of an Option Event under Section 6, shall be effected in accordance with the following procedures:

(a) First Purchase Priority. The Family Permitted Transferees shall have the first priority right to purchase any or all of the Offered Shares, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, on a pro rata basis proportionate to their ownership of Shares as a percentage (Pro Rata Portion) of all Shares held by Family Permitted Transferees desiring to exercise this right (Accepting Family Offerees). Each Accepting Family Offeree shall deliver a notice to the Transferor and to the Company (an Acceptance Notice), within a period of thirty (30) days (the Family Offeree Acceptance Period) after the Offer Date, specifying the number of Offered Shares that he, she or it agrees to purchase. If any Accepting Family Offeree agrees to purchase less than his or her Pro Rata Portion of the Offered Shares, each Accepting Family Offeree who agrees to purchase more than his or her Pro Rata Portion of the Offered Shares shall have allocated to him, her or it such additional portion of the Offered Shares not so allocated under the preceding sentence as the number of Shares of such Accepting Family Offeree bears to the aggregate number of Shares of all Accepting Family Offerees who agree to purchase more than their Pro Rata Portion of the Offered Shares. This allocation procedure shall be repeated until all of the Offered Shares, or the aggregate number of Offered Shares specified in all of the Accepting Family Offerees’ Acceptance Notices, if less, have been allocated among the Accepting Family Offerees, or it has been determined that one or more Accepting Family Offerees wish to purchase the remaining Offered Shares. The Accepting Family Offerees agree to cooperate with one another, and provide each other with such information as may be required, to

 

7


implement the foregoing allocation procedure. The Secretary of the Company shall be entitled to facilitate the allocation procedures as he or she may deem appropriate.

(b) Second Purchase Priority. If some or all of the Accepting Family Offerees do not purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Company shall have the second priority to purchase any or all of the remainder of the Offered Shares, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. If the Company desires to exercise this right, it shall deliver an Acceptance Notice to the Transferor within a period of twenty (20) days after the expiration of the Family Offeree Acceptance Period (the Company Acceptance Period), specifying the number of remaining Offered Shares that it agrees to purchase.

( c) Third Purchase Priority. If Family Permitted Transferees do not agree to purchase all of the Offered Shares in accordance with Section 4.3(a) and the Company does not agree to purchase all of any remaining Offered Shares in accordance with Section 4.3(b), the ESOP shall have the third priority right to purchase any or all of the balance of the Offered Shares, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. If the ESOP desires to exercise this right, it shall deliver an Acceptance Notice to the Company and to the Transferor within a period of twenty (20) days after the expiration of the Company’s Acceptance Period described in Section 4.3(b), specifying the number of Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase (the ESOP Acceptance Period ).

(d) Acceptance Notice Creates Contract. If one or more of the Accepting Family Offerees, the Company or the ESOP agree to purchase, in the aggregate, some or all of the Offered Shares within the acceptance periods specified in Sections 4.3(a), (b) or (c), delivery to the Transferor of the Acceptance Notices by those who agree to purchase Offered Shares ( Purchasers ) shall create binding contracts between the Purchasers and the Transferor for the purchase and sale, at the time and in the manner specified in Section 4.4 and Section 4.5, of the number of Offered Shares specified in their respective Acceptance Notices (as such number is finally allocated among the Purchasers under this Section 4).

(e) Reallocation. Notwithstanding the foregoing method of allocating Offered Shares among the Purchasers, at any time before the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall be allowed to enter into a binding written agreement among themselves reallocating the Offered Shares to be purchased by them so long as all of the Offered Shares for which Acceptance Notices have been delivered are purchased in accordance with such reallocation.

4.4 Price and Closing. The purchase price (Purchase Price) for the Transfer to the Purchasers of all of the Offered Shares for which Acceptance Notices have been delivered shall be consummated at the ESOP Value on a date set by the Secretary of the Company (the Closing Date), which date shall be within the next Trading Window determined by the Secretary of the Company to be practical for the closing of the Transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, Trading Window shall mean

 

8


the time period declared by the Secretary of the Company as a permitted period for purchasing or selling Shares of the Company. At the closing of the Transfer, the Transferor shall deliver to the Company, against receipt of the consideration to which the Transferor is entitled under this Section 4, certificates for the Offered Shares properly endorsed to effect the Transfer to the Purchasers. Closing of the Transfer shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Transferor that: he or she or it owns the Offered Shares; he, she or it has not transferred or attempted to transfer any interest in the Offered Shares to any other person or entity; he, she or it has full power and authority to transfer and deliver the Offered Shares to the Purchasers; and the Offered Shares are free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances, charges, duties and assessments whatsoever.

4.5 Installment Purchase. The Purchase Price to be paid at the Closing Date for Transfers made in accordance with this Section shall be paid in installments as follows: twenty-five percent (25%) paid down at the Closing Date and the balance shall be paid in accordance with the terms of a Promissory Note in the form attached as Exhibit D; provided, however, that the Purchase Price shall be paid in full in immediately available U.S. funds at closing if either: the Offer Notice described in Section 4.1 specified full payment terms; or the Purchaser elects to pay the Purchase Price in full at the Closing Date.

4.6 Subsequent Transfers. Failure by any Family Permitted Transferee or the Company or the ESOP to exercise his, her or its right of purchase under this Section 4 with respect to one or more proposed Transfers of Offered Shares shall not adversely affect his, her or its right to exercise such right with respect to any subsequent proposed Transfer of Offered Shares.

5. Sale To Other Transferee.

5.1 Conditions of Sale. If a Family Agreement Shareholder delivers an Offer Notice to sell Shares in accordance with Section 4.1, and, after following the procedures described in Section 4, some of the Offered Shares remain unpurchased, any Offered Shares not purchased by Accepting Family Offerees, the Company or the ESOP in accordance with Section 4 may be transferred by the Transferor to a transferee who/which is not a Permitted Transferee, provided that: (1) the price is equal to or greater than the ESOP Value; (2) the closing occurs within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the ESOP Acceptance Period specified in Section 4.3(c); and (3) the transferee executes the Company’s then current form of shareholder agreement for Shareholders who are not Permitted Transferees, on such terms as the Company may require as of the date of the Transfer (the General Shareholders Agreement ).

5.2 Re-Offer. In the event the purchase price in the proposed Transfer to a Non-Permitted Transferee in accordance with Section 5.1 is less than the ESOP Value at which the Shares were offered to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 4, the Transferor must resubmit an Offer Notice as described in Section 4, with

 

9


the proposed price, and follow the procedures of that Section to enable the Family Permitted Transferees, the Company and the ESOP to exercise a right of first refusal to purchase the Offered Shares on the price and terms that the Transferor proposes to sell the Shares to the transferee who/which is not a Permitted Transferee. The Family Permitted Transferees, Company and ESOP shall have the right to purchase the Offered Shares by matching that price and those terms, in that order of priority, in accordance with the procedures described in Section 4.

6. Option Events.

6.1 Definition of Option Event. For purposes of this Agreement, an Option Event means the occurrence, with respect to a Family Agreement Shareholder, of any of the following events or conditions:

(a) The filing of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy by or against a Family Agreement Shareholder (unless, in the case of an involuntary petition, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days from the date of filing);

(b) Any general assignment by a Family Agreement Shareholder for the benefit of his or her creditors;

(c) A dissolution of the marriage between: a Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant and a Shareholder Spouse; a Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant and a Spouse; or a parent of a Stepchild and a Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant (a Divorce);

(d) In the event that, following the death of an individual Family Agreement Shareholder, the Shares held by the deceased Family Agreement Shareholder are not transferred to a Permitted Transferee within the time period specified in Section 6.2(c);

(e) In the event a Permitted Trust or Permitted Entity ceases to meet the qualifications set out in Section 3.1; or

(f) Any attempted Non-complying Transfer.

6.2 Optional Purchase of Shares.

(a) In General . If an Option Event other than a Divorce occurs with respect to a Family Agreement Shareholder, the other Family Permitted Transferees, the Company and the ESOP shall have the right to purchase the Shares held by the Family Agreement Shareholder who has experienced the Option Event on the same terms and conditions and in accordance with the same procedures, except as otherwise provided in this Section 6, that would have applied if the Family Agreement Shareholder had made

 

10


an Offer to sell such Shares pursuant to Section 4 at the price provided in Section 4.4 and on the terms provided in Section 4.5.

(b) Upon Divorce . Recognizing that certain Shareholder Spouses and Spouses currently have, or may in the future receive or be awarded an interest in Shares, the following provisions are intended to address the disposition of such Shares in the event of Divorce. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create a presumption that Shareholder Spouses and Spouses have a right to an ownership interest in or the economic value of Shares upon Divorce. If a Divorce occurs with respect to a Family Agreement Shareholder and a Permitted Transfer to a Permitted Trust is not at that time made by the Family Agreement Shareholder and the Shareholder Spouse or the Spouse of the Family Agreement Shareholder in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 6.2(b), the Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant and a party to the Divorce shall have the right to purchase any or all Shares awarded to, owned by or held for the benefit of the Shareholder Spouse or the Spouse and of any Stepchildren who are children of the Shareholder Spouse or Spouse (such circumstances being referred to herein as a Spousal Award), on the same terms and conditions and in accordance with the same procedures, except as otherwise provided in this Section 6, that would have applied if the Shareholder Spouse, Spouse or Stepchildren had submitted an Offer Notice to sell such Shares pursuant to Section 4 at the price provided in Section 4.4 and on the terms provided in Section 4.5. If that Lineal Descendant does not exercise his or her purchase right with respect to all of the Shares that were part of the Spousal Award to or for the benefit of the Shareholder Spouse, Spouse or Stepchildren and a Permitted Trust is not created in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 6.2(b), the other Family Permitted Transferees, the ESOP and the Company shall have the right to do so on the same terms and in the same manner as set forth above in Section 6.2(a). In the event that both parties to a Divorce between a Family Agreement Shareholder and a Shareholder Spouse or a Spouse agree, as part of the final Divorce proceedings, to effect a Permitted Transfer of Shares to a Permitted Trust, for the benefit of the former Shareholder Spouse or the former Spouse for a term not to exceed the lifetime of that former Shareholder Spouse or former Spouse, or for the benefit of the Lineal Descendants of the marriage which is being dissolved, the purchase option described in this Section 6.2 shall not apply to such Shares.

(c) Upon the Death of an Individual Family Agreement Shareholder . Following the death of an individual Family Agreement Shareholder, Shares in which he or she held a separate or community property interest may be transferred to a Family Permitted Transferee, including a Permitted Trust. If the Shares are not transferred to a Family Permitted Transferee within two hundred seventy (270) days following the death of the Family Agreement Shareholder, the Shares shall immediately become subject to the option to purchase the Shares described in Section 6.2(a). The provisions of this Section apply to the separate or community interests of the

 

11


deceased Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant and to the community interests held by the other member of his or her marital community.

6.3 Option Notice; Option Price. Within a period of fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of an Option Event, the Family Agreement Shareholder or his or her trustee in bankruptcy, personal representative or guardian, as appropriate, who shall be deemed to be the Transferor for purposes of Section 4 (except in the case of a Spousal Award with respect to the Family Agreement Shareholder, where the former Shareholder Spouse or the former Spouse shall be deemed to be the Transferor), shall deliver notice to the Company of such event specifying the date of such event and describing in reasonable detail the nature of the event and the number of Shares affected. For purposes of Section 4, such notice shall be deemed to be an Offer Notice, the date such notice is delivered to the Company shall be deemed to be the Offer Date, the number of Shares affected shall be deemed to be the Offered Shares, and the price and terms shall be in accordance with Section 4.4 and Section 4.5. If the Company has not received this notice by the end of such period, any of the Family Agreement Shareholders or the Company who has knowledge of the Option Event may deliver notice to the other Family Agreement Shareholders or to the Company at any time after the end of such period, and the notice shall be deemed to be the Offer Notice. Determination of which Family Permitted Transferees will be Accepting Family Offerees and the manner of allocation of the Offered Shares among the Accepting Family Offerees and the Company or the ESOP will be made in accordance with the procedures of Section 4, except that, in the case of Shares that are part of a Spousal Award to a former Shareholder Spouse or former Spouse, in allocating Offered Shares under Section 4.3(a), the Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant and a party to the Divorce in which the Spousal Award is made shall be allocated all of the Offered Shares that he or she agrees to purchase prior to any allocation to the other Family Permitted Transferees.

6.4 Payment for the Shares. If one or more of the Accepting Family Offerees, the Company and the ESOP agree to purchase, in the aggregate, some or all of the Offered Shares (the persons agreeing to purchase the Offered Shares shall be deemed to be the Purchasers for purposes of Section 4), then the Purchase Price for the Offered Shares shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.4. The Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Purchasers in proportion to the number of Offered Shares purchased by each. The Purchase Price shall, at the Purchasers’ option, be paid in cash at the Closing Date or be paid on terms with twenty-five percent (25%) down and the balance under a Promissory Note in the form attached as Exhibit D.

7. Effect of Non-complying Transfer. A Non-complying Transfer shall be void, and, upon presentation for transfer of Shares that are the subject of a Non-complying Transfer, the Company shall refuse to transfer the Shares on its share transfer records. The failure of the Family Agreement Shareholders, the Company or the ESOP to purchase, pursuant to Section 6, Shares that are the subject of a Non-complying

 

12


Transfer shall not be construed as permission to proceed with the Non-complying Transfer. In addition, any Family Agreement Shareholder or the Company may institute and maintain a proceeding to compel specific performance of this Agreement by the Family Agreement Shareholder attempting the Non-complying Transfer, it being agreed that the other Family Agreement Shareholders not in default and the Company do not have an adequate remedy at law.

8. Family Shareholder Voting. The Family Agreement Shareholders agree to the following provisions regarding the voting of their Shares.

8.1 Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting. Prior to each annual or special meeting of the Shareholders of the Company, the Family Agreement Shareholders shall participate in a meeting (a Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting) to confer about the matters to be considered at the Shareholders meeting and to determine how Shares held by them will be voted at the Shareholders meeting. The following procedures shall apply to the Family Agreement Shareholders Meetings:

(a) Family Agreement Shareholders may participate in a Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting in person, by telephone or by proxy, or by submitting electronic ballots to the Secretary of the Company, who shall present them at the Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting.

(b) If the CEO or Chairman of the Company is a Family Agreement Shareholder, he or she shall preside at the Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting as chair. If the CEO or Chairman is not a Family Agreement Shareholder, the chair shall be elected by a majority of Shares held by participating Family Agreement Shareholders. Subject to the requirements set forth in this Section 8, the chair shall determine how the meeting will be conducted and when and in what format the ballot shall be taken. The chair will also have authority to call for further Family Agreement Shareholders Meetings and set the place, date and time for such meetings.

(c) The chair shall appoint a person to serve as secretary of each Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting to record the votes taken at the meeting, and take minutes of the proceedings. The Secretary of the Company may perform this function in the chair’s discretion.

(d) The Family Agreement Shareholders present at the Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting may, by a simple majority vote of their Shares, determine whether to allow other persons to be present at the meeting as guests.

(e) Shares held by Lineal Descendants as community property may only be voted at a Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting by the Lineal Descendant member of the marital community and may not be voted by the Spouse of the Lineal Descendant at such meetings.

 

13


(f) Shares held by a Shareholder Spouse or a Stepchild as of the Effective Date may be voted by such person at a Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting.

(g) Voting of Shares by Permitted Trusts or Permitted Entities shall be in accordance with Section 3.1 (b) or 3.1(c).

8.2 Voting for the Election of Directors and on Minor Decisions. At a Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting held prior to a Shareholders meeting of the Company at which directors will be elected or shareholder action is proposed other than with respect to those matters specified in 8.3 (a Minor Decision) , the Family Agreement Shareholders will cast ballots indicating their preference for persons to be elected to fill available Board seats or whether they approve the proposed Minor Decision. If more than fifty percent (50%) of the Shares then held by Family Agreement Shareholders at the time of the meeting are voted in favor of a candidate or a proposed Minor Decision, each Family Agreement Shareholder hereby agrees that all of the Shares held by him, her or it which are subject to this Agreement shall be voted in favor of that candidate or Minor Decision at the Shareholders meeting, regardless of whether the Family Agreement Shareholder holding such Shares attended or participated in the Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting. If a nominee for a position on the Board or a proposed Minor Decision does not receive the approval of a majority of the Shares then held by Family Agreement Shareholders, then all Family Agreement Shareholders shall be free to vote their Shares as they choose at the Shareholders meeting with respect to that position or Minor Decision, unless the chair calls an additional Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting prior to the Shareholders meeting at which a majority vote is obtained.

8.3 Major Decisions. If one of the following matters is to be considered at the Shareholders meeting, it shall be considered a Major Decision:

(a) Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the Articles of Incorporation).

(b) Adoption of a plan of merger or plan of share exchange.

(c) Sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property of the Company, other than in the usual and regular course of business.

(d) Dissolution of the Company.

(e) Any other matter requiring the affirmative vote of two thirds of the outstanding shares of the Company.

At a Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting held before a Shareholders meeting at which a Major Decision is to be presented for a vote by all Shareholders, the Family

 

14


Agreement Shareholders will cast ballots indicating their preference for how the Family Agreement Shareholders’ Shares shall be voted on any such Major Decision. If at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of Shares then held by Family Agreement Shareholders (a Family Agreement Shareholders Supermajority) are voted in favor of the Major Decision, each Family Agreement Shareholder hereby agrees that all of the Shares held by him, her or it which are subject to this Agreement shall be voted in favor of the Major Decision at the Shareholders meeting, regardless of whether the Family Agreement Shareholder holding such Shares attended or participated in the Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting. If the proposed Major Decision does not receive the affirmative vote of a Family Agreement Shareholders Supermajority, then all Family Agreement Shareholders shall be free to vote their Shares as they choose at the Shareholder meeting with respect to that Major Decision, unless the chair calls an additional Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting prior to the Shareholder meeting at which an affirmative vote of a Family Agreement Shareholders Supermajority is obtained.

8.4 Appointment of Proxies. To implement any election of Directors, Minor Decision, or Major Decision approved or taken by the requisite vote at a Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting, each Family Agreement Shareholder hereby appoints Bruce W. Williams, or in his absence either Janet Westling or Steve Zimmerman, with full power of substitution in each of them, to vote and exercise all voting and related rights (to the fullest extent that such Family Agreement Shareholder is entitled to do so) in accordance with the outcome of voting determinations pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, as the case may be, with respect to all of the Shares that now are or hereafter may be legally or beneficially owned by such Family Agreement Shareholder, and any and all other shares or securities of the Company issued or issuable in respect thereof on or after the date hereof. In order to implement this appointment, each Family Agreement Shareholder agrees to execute an Irrevocable Proxy in the form of Exhibit E hereto and to deliver such Irrevocable Proxy to the Secretary of the Company.

9. Shareholder Spouse and Spouse Consent.

9.1 Shareholder Spouse Consent. The execution of a Shareholder Consent by a Shareholder Spouse signifies that: the Shareholder Spouse has consented to become a party to this Agreement, and acknowledges that any interest the Shareholder Spouse at any time owns in any Shares of the Company, whether in the Shareholder Spouse’s own name, jointly with a Lineal Descendant under community property laws or otherwise, shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, specifically including the provisions of Section 2, Section 6 and Section 8.

9.2 Spouse Consent. The execution of a Spouse Consent by a Spouse signifies that: the Spouse approves or ratifies the execution of a Consent to become a party to the Family Shareholder Agreement by the person to whom the Spouse is married; and an acknowledgement that any interest the marital community of which the Spouse is

 

15


a party at any time owns in the Shares of the Company shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, specifically including the provisions of Sections 2, 6 and 8.

9.3 Existing and Future Spouses. If a Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant is married at the time he or she executes this Agreement, or if a Family Agreement Shareholder who is a Lineal Descendant marries or remarries after executing this Agreement, the Family Agreement Shareholder agrees to use best efforts to cause his or her Shareholder Spouse or Spouse to execute this Agreement or a Spouse Consent within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed sixty (60) days after the Family Agreement Shareholder has signed this Agreement for existing Spouses or Shareholder Spouses, or sixty (60) days after the marriage for future Spouses. If the Shareholder Spouse has not signed the Agreement or if such Spouse Consent is not delivered within that time period, the Family Agreement Shareholder will not be considered a Family Permitted Transferee or entitled to be the recipient of any Transfer of Shares until the Agreement or Spouse Consent has been executed by his or her Shareholder Spouse or Spouse and delivered to the Company.

10. Company’s Responsibilities. The Company agrees to perform the following duties to assist the Family Agreement Shareholders to carry out the Agreement.

10.1 A purported transferee of a Transfer not made in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement shall not be recognized as a Shareholder of the Company for any purpose whatsoever.

10.2 The Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, shall review the written certifications, as provided by Section 3, and approve or disapprove the certifications as such Secretary or designee shall, in his or her discretion, deem appropriate.

10.3 The Company shall promptly forward to the Family Agreement Shareholders copies of all Offer Notices received by the Company under Section 4.1, a summary of Acceptance Notices received by the end of the Family Offeree Acceptance Period, a copy of any Acceptance Notice received from the Company or the ESOP as provided by Section 4.3, and such other notices as may reasonably be required to assist in the timely closing of the transactions covered by Section 4; and shall forward to Family Agreement Shareholders the notices to be given under Section 6.

10.4 In issuing Shares transferred in accordance with the Agreement, the Company shall affix to the newly issued Shares such legends, as may be required by this Agreement or determined by the Secretary of the Company to be appropriate, including without limitation, the legend described in Section 11.4.

10.5 The Company shall give all Family Agreement Shareholders at least twenty (20) days written notice of meetings at which directors of the Company are to be

 

16


elected, amendments to the Articles of Incorporation of the Company are to be voted on by Shareholders, or other Major Decisions are to be voted on by the Shareholders; record the votes of the Shares on the matters to be voted on at the Family Agreement Shareholders meeting and cause the Shares to be voted at Shareholder meetings in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.

10.6 The Secretary of the Company is authorized to revise Exhibit A to reflect changes in the list of Family Agreement Shareholders.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions.

11.1 Further Assurances. Each party agrees to perform any further acts and to execute and deliver any further documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

11.2 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that a lawsuit or arbitration is commenced in connection with this Agreement between parties to it, the prevailing party or parties shall, in addition to any other relief, be entitled to an award of reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection therewith, including such costs and expenses incurred on appeal.

11.3 Construction; Venue; Submission to Jurisdiction. It is agreed and understood that this Agreement is made in accordance with and shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of Washington. Any disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved through arbitration in accordance with Section 11.15, provided that this shall not prevent a party from seeking equitable relief from a federal or state court sitting in Seattle, Washington. If any action or other proceeding be brought to compel, enforce, or in aid of such arbitration, or for equitable relief, the venue of said actions shall be in the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington or the Superior Court for King County, Washington. Each of the parties submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Seattle, Washington, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such courts. Each party also agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any defense that maintenance of the proceeding in any such court is inconvenient, and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law or in equity.

 

17


11.4 Securities Laws; Legend.

(a) Each Family Agreement Shareholder represents to all other Family Agreement Shareholders and to the Company that all of such Family Agreement Shareholder’s Shares have been acquired by such Family Agreement Shareholder for investment and not with a view to sale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as it may be amended and is in effect during the term of this Agreement (the Securities Act), and that he or she has been advised that the Shares have not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except in compliance with the Securities Act.

(b) Upon the reissuance or transfer of any Shares, the Family Agreement Shareholder shall deliver the certificates representing his or her Shares to the Company to have placed upon the reissued or transferred Shares a legend in substantially the following form:

The shares represented by this certificate (a) are subject to the terms of a Family Shareholders Agreement restricting the transfer of these shares and making them subject to a voting agreement, as such agreement may be amended from time to time as provided therein (a copy of which Agreement may be examined at the principal office of the corporation), and (b) have not been registered under federal or any applicable state securities acts and cannot be transferred without an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the corporation’s counsel that such transfer will not violate any such securities laws.

11.5 Amendments; Waiver. Prior to the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived, in whole or in part, only upon the consent of a Family Agreement Shareholders Supermajority, and on or after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date may be amended or waived, in whole or in part, only upon the consent of majority of the Family Agreement Shareholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall materially reduce the rights or materially increase the obligations of a Family Agreement Shareholder, unless the Family Agreement Shareholder consents to the amendment or the amendment effects a comparable reduction in the rights or increase in the obligations of all Family Agreement Shareholders that is proportionate to the respective number of Shares of the Family Agreement Shareholders at the time of the amendment. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, and the failure of a party to enforce at any time any provision hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of any right of such party to subsequently enforce such provision or any other provision hereof. No amendment to this Agreement may be made which would increase the Company’s responsibilities under this Agreement unless the Company specifically approves such amendment by becoming a signatory to it.

 

18


11.6 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. The Company shall not permit the Transfer of any of the Shares on its books or issue new certificates representing any of the Shares to a Transferee who or which is not a Family Agreement Shareholder unless and until each Transferee shall have executed an appropriate form of Shareholder Consent or other form of agreement as specified herein, and the certificate for the Shares shall have been prepared with such legends as may be deemed to be appropriate by the Secretary of the Company.

11.7 Testamentary Provisions. Each Family Agreement Shareholder agrees to exercise best efforts to insert in his or her will a direction and authorization to the Family Agreement Shareholder’s personal representative to fulfill and comply with the provisions of this Agreement, but the failure to do so shall not impact the obligation to comply with the terms of this Agreement. Should a personal representative of a deceased or incompetent Family Agreement Shareholder not be appointed within a time period that is reasonable in order to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement, either the Company or any of the Family Agreement Shareholders is hereby given the right to petition for such appointment.

11.8 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, on its face or as applied to any person or circumstance, is or becomes unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of the provision to any other person, entity, circumstance or extent, shall not be affected, and this Agreement shall continue in force.

11.9 Entire Agreement. This instrument constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and correctly sets forth the rights, duties and obligations of each as to the other with respect to the subject matter as of its date. Any prior agreements, promises, negotiations or representations concerning its subject matter not expressly set forth in this Agreement are of no force or effect.

11.10 Captions. Section titles and other captions in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and shall in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof. Whenever the singular number is used in this Agreement, the same shall include the plural, and the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, in either case when required by the context.

11.11 Notices. To be effective, any notice, consent or other communication hereunder by a party shall be in writing, delivered in person, transmitted via facsimile machine; sent by documented overnight delivery service; mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the other party; or delivered electronically to the email address maintained in the records of the Company for the recipient. All such

 

19


notices, consents and communications shall be deemed to be delivered on the second day after transmittal. Any notice or other communication to the Company or the ESOP shall be sent addressed to the Company or the ESOP at 2000 Two Union Square, 601 Union Street, Seattle, WA 98101, Attention: HomeStreet, Inc. Corporate Secretary or sent by electronic mail to the Secretary of the Company at his or her Company email address. Any notice or other communication to a Family Agreement Shareholder shall be sent addressed to the Family Agreement Shareholder at his, her or its physical or email address in the official records of the Company.

11.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties in one or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

11.13 Suspension of Time Periods. The death or incompetency of a Family Agreement Shareholder, or the need to conduct an arbitration pursuant to Section 11.15, shall suspend all time periods set forth in this Agreement for notices required to be given or elections that the Company or a Family Agreement Shareholder is entitled to make pursuant to this Agreement, for a reasonable time, to allow a personal representative to be appointed for the deceased or incompetent Family Agreement Shareholder, or completion of the arbitration, as the case may be.

11.14 Changes in Capital Structure. An appropriate adjustment shall be made to any Purchase Price determined hereunder or to any other provision hereof to equitably reflect any stock dividend, stock split, share combination or other recapitalization or reorganization occurring between the date of the Offer Notice and the Closing Date, the intent of such adjustment being to assure that the Transferor, in the aggregate, sells the same interest in the Company and receives the same consideration as would have been sold and received if such event had not occurred.

11.15 Arbitration. Any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be resolved by arbitration as set forth in this Section 11.15. Each party, however, will have full access to the courts in accordance with Section 11.3 to compel compliance with these arbitration provisions, to enforce an arbitration award or to seek injunctive relief, whether or not arbitration is available or under way. The arbitration will take place as follows:

(a) The party or parties demanding arbitration (collectively the demanding party) must give the other party or parties (collectively the responding party) a notice, which must contain, in addition to the demand for arbitration, a clear statement of the issue or issues to be resolved by arbitration, an appropriate reference to the provision of the Agreement which is involved, the relief the party requests through arbitration, and the names and addresses of at least three individuals whom the demanding party would consider acceptable as an arbitrator.

 

20


(b) The responding party shall provide a response to the demanding party within fifteen (15) days following receipt of the notice. The response shall contain a clear statement of the responding party’s position concerning the issue or issues in dispute and the names and addresses of at least three individuals whom the responding party would consider acceptable as an arbitrator. If the responding party fails to provide a timely response, the demanding party may apply to the presiding department of the Superior Court for King County, State of Washington, to designate an arbitrator.

(c) Within seven (7) days following receipt of the response, the parties shall agree on a single arbitrator to settle the dispute. If the parties are unable to do so, then either party may apply to the presiding department of the Superior Court for King County, State of Washington, to designate an arbitrator.

(d) The arbitration will be conducted in Seattle, Washington within twenty (20) days after the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator will have the authority to determine the scope and timing of discovery. The arbitrator will allow each party an opportunity to submit oral and written evidence and argument concerning the issue or issues in dispute. The arbitrator may resolve only the issue or issues submitted to arbitration and must include as part of his or her consideration a full review of the Agreement and all material incorporated in the Agreement by reference. The decision of the arbitrator will be final and will bind the parties.

(e) Except to the extent inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of Chapter 7.04 RCW are incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement.

11.16 Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest of

(a) the written agreement to terminate executed by a Family Agreement Shareholder Supermajority, if the termination occurs before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date;

(b) the written agreement to terminate executed by a majority of Family Agreement Shareholders, if the termination occurs on or after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date;

(c) the bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of the Company;

(d) the date on which all Shares are held by a single Shareholder;

(e) the date of closing of an underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company, pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

 

21


(f) April 14, 2033.

No such termination shall affect the obligation of the Company or any Family Agreement Shareholder to continue to make payments for Shares already purchased or then required to be purchased pursuant to this Agreement.

11.17 Specific Performance. Each of the parties acknowledges that one or more of the other parties will suffer immediate and irreparable harm, which will not be compensable by damages alone, if a party repudiates or breaches any of the provisions of this Agreement, or threatens or attempts to do so. If any such actual, threatened or attempted repudiation or breach occurs, each party agrees and stipulates that the party suffering the harm, in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights, remedies or damages available to the party at law or in equity, shall be entitled to obtain temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctions in accordance with Section 11.3 in order to prevent or restrain any such breach and enforce specifically the provisions of this Agreement.

11.18 Legal Counsel. Each Family Agreement Shareholder and Spouse who executes this Agreement, a Shareholder Consent, or a Spouse Consent acknowledges that he or she (a) has read this Agreement, including but not limited to Sections 2, 3, 6, 8 and Section 9, and understands its intended effect, (b) understands that this Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel for the Company, and (c) has been encouraged and has had the opportunity, before executing this Agreement, to consult separate and independent legal counsel of his or her choice and has either exercised or waived the right to do so.

11.19 Definitions. Capitalized terms used in the foregoing Agreement have the meanings given those terms in the text of the Agreement, which are located in the following sections:

Acceptance Notice is defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Agreement.

Accepting Family Offerees is defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Agreement.

Agreement is defined in the preamble of the Agreement.

Articles of Incorporation is defined in Section 8.3 of the Agreement.

Board is defined in Section A of the Recitals.

Charity is defined in Section 3.3 of the Agreement.

Closing Date is defined in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

Company is defined in the preamble of the Agreement.

 

22


Company Acceptance Period is defined in Section 4.3(b) of the Agreement.

Divorce is defined in Section 6.1(c) of the Agreement.

Effective Date is defined in the Preamble of the Agreement.

ESOP is defined in Recital E of the Agreement.

ESOP Acceptance Period is defined in Section 4.3(c).

ESOP Value is defined in Section 4.2 of the Agreement.

Family Agreement Shareholders is defined in the Preamble of the Agreement.

Family Agreement Shareholders Supermajority is defined in Section 8.3 of the Agreement.

Family Agreement Shareholders Meeting is defined in Section 8.1 of the Agreement.

Family Offeree Acceptance Period is defined in Section 4.3(a).

Family Permitted Transferees is defined in Section 3.2(a).

Family Shareholder Voting Agreement is defined in Section 3.1 (b) of the Agreement.

General Shareholders Agreement is defined in Section 5.1 of the Agreement.

Lineal Descendant(s) is defined in Section 3.1 (a) of the Agreement.

Major Decision is defined in Section 8.3 of the Agreement.

Minor Decision is defined in Section 8.2 of the Agreement.

Non-complying Transfer is defined in section 2 of the Agreement.

Offer Date is defined in Section 4.2 of the Agreement.

Offer Notice is defined in Section 4.1 of the Agreement.

Offered Shares is defined in Section 4.1 of the Agreement.

Option Event is defined in Section 6.1 of the Agreement.

Permitted Entity is defined in Section 3.1(c) of the Agreement.

 

23


Permitted Transfer is defined in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

Permitted Transferees is defined in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

Permitted Trust is defined in Section 3.1 (b) of the Agreement.

Pro Rata Portion is defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Agreement.

Purchase Price is defined in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

Purchasers is defined in Section 4.3(d) of the Agreement.

Secretary of the Company is defined in Section 3.1 (b) of the Agreement.

Securities Act is defined in Section 11.4 of the Agreement.

Shareholder is defined in Section 3.3(c) of the Agreement.

Shareholder Consent is defined in the preamble of the Agreement.

Shareholder Spouse is defined in Section 3.1(b) of the Agreement.

Shares is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Spouse is defined in Section 3.1 (b) of the Agreement.

Spouse Consent is defined in Section 3.2(b) of the Agreement.

Spousal Award is defined in Section 6.2(b) of the Agreement.

Stepchild, Stepchildren are defined in Section 3.1(b) of the Agreement

Trading Window is defined in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

Transfer is defined in Section 2 of the Agreement.

Transferor is defined in Section 3.4 of the Agreement.

 

24


It is so agreed, between the Company and the Shareholders listed on Exhibit A who have executed a Shareholder Consent.

 

HomeStreet, Inc.
by    
Its    

 

25


Shareholder Consent for a Shareholder Spouse

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, 8 and 9 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/15/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Shareholder Spouse:

    /s/ Gro Buer
   

Signature

Gro Buer


Shareholder Consent for a Shareholder Spouse

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, 8 and 9 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Shareholder Spouse:

    /s/ Michael J. Westling
   

Signature

Michael J. Westling


Shareholder Consent for a Stepchild

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of Home Street, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/1/2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Stepchild:

    /s/ Kaya Westling
   

Signature

Kaya Westling


Shareholder Consent for a Stepchild

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of Home Street, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/30/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Stepchild:

    /s/ Craig Westling
   

Signature

Craig Westling


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/02/2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Glory Curtis Beijar
   

Signature

Glory Curtis Beijar


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 3, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Barbara M. Curtis
   

Signature

Barbara M. Curtis


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/15/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Crystal Dawn Curtis
   

Signature

Crystal Dawn Curtis


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of November 19, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams
   

Signature

Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of November 14, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Annika M. Swanson
   

Signature

Annika M. Swanson


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/24/2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Jordan W. Swanson
   

Signature

Jordan W. Swanson


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/30/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
   

Signature

Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/30/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    Estate of Marie W. Williams
      /s/ Bruce W. Williams
   

Signature

Executor Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/30/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    Estate of Walter B. Williams
      /s/ Bruce W. Williams
   

Signature

Executor Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Oct. 28, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Kathryn A. Williams
   

Signature

Kathryn A. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/10/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Marcia F. Williams
   

Signature

Marcia F. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11-10-08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Karen M. Zimmerman
   

Signature

Karen M. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
    Signature
    Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/29/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Wendy S. Williams
    Signature
    Wendy S. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ Justin M. Westling
    Signature
    Justin M. Westling


Shareholder Consent for Lineal Descendants

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Lineal Descendant:

    /s/ John Dale Westling
    Signature
    John Dale Westling


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/31/2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Myers Family Trust dated 3/28/89
      By   /s/ Dale Myers
        Co-Trustee Dale Myers
      By   /s/ Marjorie Myers
        Co-Trustee Marjorie Myers
      By   /s/ Dale Myers
        Dale Myers her attorney in fact


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    John Dale Westling Trust dated 12/22/05
      By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
        Trustee Janet L. Westling


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Justin M. Westling Trust dated 12/22/05
      By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
        Trustee Janet L. Westling


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Westling Family Trust
      By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
        Co-Trustee Michael J. Westling
      By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
        Co-Trustee Janet L. Westling


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/10/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    John D. Westling Trust dated 6/20/02
      By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
        Trustee Michael J. Westling


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Justin M. Westling Trust dated 6/20/02
      By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
        Trustee Michael J. Westling


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/11/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Myers Family Trust dated 12/76
      By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
        Trustee Michael J. Westling


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Oct. 30, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams 2005 Trust
      By   /s/ Bruce W. Williams
        Trustee Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10-30-08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Myers Irrevocable Trust #1 dated 8/5/94
      By   /s/ Bruce W. Williams
        Trustee Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/14/2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Trust dated 12/25/95
      By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
        Co-Trustee Bruce W. Williams
      By    /s/ Gro A. Buer
        Co-Trustee Gro A. Buer


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/30/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Marina Sonja Williams Trust dated 12/23/03
      By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
        Trustee Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/30/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    2000 Karen M. Zimmerman Trust dated 12/22/00
      By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
        Trustee Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically, including Sections 3, 6 and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 10/30/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    2000 Steven W. Zimmerman Trust dated 12/22/00
      By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
        Trustee Bruce W. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Oct. 28, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams Trust
      By    /s/ Kathryn Anne Williams
        Trustee Kathryn Anne Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6. and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Oct. 28, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Andrew A. Mullins-Williams Trust dated 12/27/88
      By    /s/ Kathryn A. Williams
        Trustee Kathryn A. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Oct. 28, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Mullins-Williams Children’s Trust dated 7/28/93
      By    /s/ Kathryn A. Williams
        Trustee Kathryn A. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/10/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Annika Marie Swanson Trust
      By    /s/ Marcia F. Williams
        Trustee Marcia F. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11/10/08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Trustee under Jordan Williams Swanson Trust
      By    /s/ Marcia F. Williams
        Trustee Marcia F. Williams


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of 11-20-08 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Zimmerman Living Trust dated 11/12/97
      By    /s/ Harold Zimmerman
        Co-Trustee Harold Zimmerman
      By    /s/ Julianne Zimmerman
        Co-Trustee Julianne Zimmerman
      By Harold Zimmerman as attorney-in-fact for Julianne Zimmerman under Power of Attorney dated 11-20-08
      /s/ Harold Zimmerman
      Harold Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Brittney Vanderhoogt Trust Dated 03/13/08
      By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Brooke Vanderhoogt Trust Dated 03/13/08
      By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Brian Paul Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07
      By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Zimmerman Trust U/A dated 12/84
      By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    David John Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07
      By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Zimmerman Grandchildren Trust dated 12/25/91
      By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Hannah Abbey Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07
      By   /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


Shareholder Consent for Permitted Trust

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the following party has executed this Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. (specifically including Sections 3, 6, and 8 of the Agreement) effective as of Nov. 6, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me with respect to it.

 

Permitted Trust:

    Kevin Mark Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07
      By   /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
        Trustee Steven W. Zimmerman


SPOUSE CONSENT

I, Janice Zimmerman, am the spouse of Steve Zimmerman and hereby approve or ratify the execution of a Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. by my spouse.

I agree to the provisions of the Agreement, including Sections 2 (restrictions on transfer), 6 (purchase option events following death or divorce), 8 (Voting) and 9 (application to marital community property).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me in this matter.

I have signed this Spouse Consent effective Nov. 6 th , 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

 

/s/ Janice Zimmerman
Signature
Janice Zimmerman


SPOUSE CONSENT

I, Henrik Beijar, am the spouse of Glory Beijar and hereby approve or ratify the execution of a Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. by my spouse.

I agree to the provisions of the Agreement, including Sections 2 (restrictions on transfer), 6 (purchase option events following death or divorce), 8 (Voting) and 9 (application to marital community property).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me in this matter.

I have signed this Spouse Consent effective October 31, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

 

/s/ Henrik Beijar
Signature
Henrik Beijar


SPOUSE CONSENT

I, Magda Guillen Swanson, am the spouse of Jordan Swanson and hereby approve or ratify the execution of a Shareholder Consent to become a party to the Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement of HomeStreet, Inc. by my spouse.

I agree to the provisions of the Agreement, including Sections 2 (restrictions on transfer), 6 (purchase option events following death or divorce), 8 (Voting) and 9 (application to marital community property).

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Agreement and that I have been encouraged to retain independent legal counsel to advise me in this matter.

I have signed this Spouse Consent effective November 24, 2008 (fill in the date you sign).

 

/s/ Magda Guillen Swanson
Signature
Magda Guillen Swanson


FORM OF IRREVOCABLE PROXY

TO VOTE STOCK

OF HOMESTREET, INC.

The undersigned shareholder of HomeStreet, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), hereby irrevocably appoints Bruce W. Williams, Janet Westling and Steve Zimmerman and each of them, with full power of substitution in each of them, as the sole and exclusive attorneys and proxies of the undersigned to vote and exercise all voting and related rights (to the fullest extent that the undersigned is entitled to do so) with respect to all of the shares of capital stock of the Company, that now are or hereafter may be legally or beneficially owned by the undersigned, and any and all other shares or securities of the Company issued or issuable in respect thereof on or after the date hereof (collectively, the Shares ) in accordance with the outcome of voting determinations pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, as the case may be, of that certain Amended and Restated Family Shareholders Agreement dated as of October 23, 2008, by and among the Company and the undersigned (the Family Shareholders Agreement ). Upon the undersigned’s execution of this Irrevocable Proxy, any and all prior proxies given by the undersigned with respect to any Shares are hereby revoked and the undersigned agrees not to grant any subsequent proxies with respect to the Shares that are inconsistent with this Irrevocable Proxy until after the termination of the Irrevocable Proxy, it being understood that if the undersigned is free to vote his or her Shares as he or she chooses pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 of the Family Shareholders Agreement, then the undersigned may grant a proxy in his or her discretion for the voting of such Shares at the relevant all shareholder meeting.

This Irrevocable Proxy is irrevocable (to the fullest extent permitted by and subject to applicable law), is coupled with an interest, including, but not limited to, the Family Shareholders Agreement, and is granted in consideration of the need to streamline and expedite the Company’s shareholder approval process. This proxy shall terminate upon the valid termination of the Family Shareholders Agreement.

The authority of the attorneys and proxies named above includes the authority and power to act as the undersigned’s attorney and proxy to vote the Shares, and to exercise all voting and other rights of the undersigned with respect to the Shares in accordance with the outcome of the voting determinations pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 of the Family Shareholders Agreement (including, without limitation, the power to execute and deliver written consents, pursuant to the Washington Business Corporation Act), at every annual, special or adjourned meeting of the shareholders of the Company and in every written consent in lieu of such meeting.

All authority herein conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/02/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Glory Curtis Beijar
Signature
Name: Glory Curtis Beijar
Address: 33821 Pequito Drive
Dana Point, CA 92629

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: October 31, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Henrik Beijar
Name: Henrik Beijar
Address: 33821 Pequito Drive
Dana Point, CA 92629

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/15/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Gro Buer
Signature
Name: Gro Buer

Address: 6215 Palatine Avenue

North Seattle, WA 98103

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 9, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Barbara M. Curtis
Signature
Name: Barbara M. Curtis

Address: 1554 Sleeping Indian Road

Fallbrook, CA 92028

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/15/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Crystal Dawn Curtis
Signature
Name: Crystal Dawn Curtis

Address: 99 McGuinness Blvd, #2

Brooklyn, NY 11222-3301

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: November 19, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams
Signature
Name: Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams

Address: 1246 16th Avenue E.

Seattle, WA 98112

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: November 14, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Annika M. Swanson
Signature
Name: Annika M. Swanson

Address: 112 Sewall Ave. Apt. 3

Brookline, MA 02446

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/24/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Jordan W. Swanson
Signature
Name: Jordan W. Swanson

Address: 1214 E, Hamlin. #6

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/30/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Craig Westling
Signature
Name: Craig Westling

Address: PO Box 232

Norwich, VT 05055

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/1/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Kaya Westling
Signature
Name:   Kaya Westling
Address:   PO Box 54
Canyon, CA 94516

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/30/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Bruce W. Williams
Signature
Name:   Bruce W. Williams
Address:   601 Union Street, Suit 2000
Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/14/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Bruce W. Williams
Bruce W. Williams
/s/ Gro A. Buer
Gro A. Buer
Name: Bruce W. Williams and Gro A. Buer, Husband and Wife

Address: 601 Union Street. Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/30/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Bruce W. Williams
Signature
Name: Bruce W. Williams, Executor for Estate of Marie W. Williams

Address: 601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/30/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Bruce W. Williams
Signature

Name: Bruce W. Williams, Executor for Estate of Walter B. Williams

 

Address: 601 Union Street Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Oct. 28, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Kathryn A. Williams
Signature

Name: Kathryn A. Williams

 

Address: 1246 16th Avenue E.

Seattle, WA 98112

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/10/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Marcia F. Williams
Signature

Name: Marcia F. Williams

 

Address: P.O. Box 11500

Bainbridge Island WA 98110

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/10/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Karen M. Zimmerman
Signature

Name: Karen M. Zimmerman

 

Address: 1432 NE 6th Street

Camas, WA 98607

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Signature
Name: Steven W. Zimmerman
Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.
Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/29/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
/s/ Wendy S. Williams
Signature
Name: Wendy S. Williams
Address: 4215 NE 125th Avenue
Seattle, WA 98125

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/31/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Myers Family Trust dated 3/28/89
By   /s/ Dale Myers
  Co-Trustee Dale Myers
By   /s/ Marjorie Myers
  Co-Trustee Marjorie Myers
By   /s/ Dale Myers
  Dale Myers her attorney in fact
  Address: 7835 Rush Rose Drive #H-214
  Carlsbad, CA 92009

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/11/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
John Dale Westling Trust dated 12/22/05
By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
  Trustee: Janet L. Westling
  Address: 1601 Avery Rd
  San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/11/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Justin M. Westling Trust dated 12/22/05
By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
Trustee: Janet L. Westling

Address: 1601 Avery Rd.

San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/11/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Justin M. Westling Trust dated 12/22/05
By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
Trustee: Janet L. Westling

Address: 1601 Avery Rd.

San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/18/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Westling Family Trust
By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
  Co-Trustee: Michael J. Westling
By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
  Co-Trustee: Janet L. Westling
By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
  Janet L. Westling as Grantee under Irrevocable Proxy and voting Agreement dated may 4, 2008
Address: 1601 Avery Rd. San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


to the Washington Business Corporation Act), at every annual, special or adjourned meeting of the shareholders of the Company and in every written consent in lieu of such meeting.

All authority herein conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

[signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/18/08

 

SHAREHOLDER:

Westling Family Trust, as

Michael

Westling’s Separate Property

By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
  Co-Trustee: Michael J. Westling
By   /s/ Janet L. Westling
  Co-Trustee: Janet L. Westling
By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
  Michael J. Westling as Grantee

 

             under Irrevocable Proxy

             and Voting Agreement
             dated May 4, 2008

Address: 1601 Avery Rd
San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/11/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
John D. Westling Trust dated 6/20/02
By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
Trustee: Michael J. Westling
By   /s/ John D. Westling
  John D. Westling as Grantee under Irrevocable Proxy and Voting Agreement dated May 4, 2008

Address: 1601 Avery Rd

San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/11/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Justin M. Westling Trust dated 6/20/02
By   /s/ Michael J. Westling
Trustee: Michael J. Westling
By   /s/ Justin M. Westling
  Justin M. Westling as Grantee under Irrevocable Proxy and Voting Agreement dated May 4, 2008

Address: 1601 Avery Rd

San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/11/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Myers Family Trust dated 12/76

By    /s/ Michael J. Westling
Trustee: Michael J. Westling
By    /s/ Janet L. Westling
  Janet L. Westling as Grantee under Irrevocable Proxy and Voting Agreement dated May 4, 2008

 

Address: 1601 Avery Rd

San Marcos, CA 92078

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Oct. 30, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams 2005 Trust

By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
Trustee: Bruce W. Williams

Address: 601 Union Street,

Suite 2000 Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Oct. 30, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Myers Irrevocable Trust #1 dated 8/5/94

By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
Trustee: Bruce W. Williams

Address: 601 Union Street,

Suite 2000 Seattle, WA 98101-2326

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/14/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Trust dated 12/25/95

By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
Co-Trustee: Bruce W. Williams
By    /s/ Gro A. Buer
Co-Trustee: Gro A. Buer
By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
 

Bruce W. Williams as Grantee under Irrevocable Proxy and Voting Agreement

dated April 24, 2008

 

Address: 601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/30/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Marina Sonja Williams Trust dated 12/23/03

By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
Trustee: Bruce W. Williams

 

Address: 601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/30/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

2000 Karen M. Zimmerman Trust dated 12/22/00

By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
Trustee: Bruce W. Williams

Address: 601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 10/30/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

2000 Steven W. Zimmerman Trust dated 12/22/00

By    /s/ Bruce W. Williams
Trustee: Bruce W. Williams

 

Address: 601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Oct. 28, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Andrew Alvaro Mullins-Williams Trust

By    /s/ Kathryn Anne Williams
Trustee: Kathryn Anne Williams

Address: 1246 16th Avenue E.

Seattle, WA 98112

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Oct. 28, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Andrew A. Mullins-Williams Trust dated 12/27/88

By    /s/ Kathryn A. Williams
Trustee: Kathryn A. Williams

Address: 1246 16th Avenue E.

Seattle, WA 98112

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Oct. 28, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Mullins-Williams Children’s Trust dated 7/28/93
By   /s/ Kathyn A. Williams
Trustee: Kathryn A. Williams
Address: 1246 16th Avenue E.
Seattle, WA 98112

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/10/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Annika Marie Swanson Trust
By   /s/ Marcia F. Williams
Trustee: Marcia F. Williams
Address: P.O. Box 11500
Bainbridge Island, WA 98110

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: 11/10/2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Trustee under Jordan Williams Swanson Trust
By:   /s/ Marcia F. Williams
Trustee:   Marcia F. Williams
Address:  

P.O. Box 11500 Bainbridge Island,

WA 98110

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 20, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Zimmerman Living Trust Dated 11/12/97
By   /s/ Harold Zimmerman
Co-Trustee:   Harold Zimmerman
By   /s/ Julianne Zimmerman
Co-Trustee:   Julianne Zimmerman

By Harold Zimmerman as attorney-in-fact for Julianne Zimmerman under Power of Attorney

dated 11-20-08

/s/ Harold Zimmerman
Harold Zimmerman

Address: 1625 N.W. Ivy Street

Cannas, WA 98607

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

SHAREHOLDER:
Brittney Vanderhoogt Trust Dated 03/13/08
By   /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee:   Steven W. Zimmerman
Address:  

730 S. Andrsen Rd.

Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Brooke Vanderhoogt Trust Dated 03/13/08
By   /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee: Steven W. Zimmerman
Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.
Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Brian Paul Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07
By   /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee: Steven W. Zimmerman
Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.
Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
Zimmerman Trust U/A dated 12/84
By   /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee: Steven W. Zimmerman
Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.
Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:
David John Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07
By   /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee: Steven W. Zimmerman
Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.
Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Zimmerman Grandchildren Trust dated 12/25/91

By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee: Steven W. Zimmerman

Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.

Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Hannah Abbey Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07

By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee: Steven W. Zimmerman

Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.

Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Proxy with an interest as aforesaid and is irrevocable.

Dated: Nov. 6, 2008

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

Kevin Mark Zimmerman Trust Dated 12/20/07

By    /s/ Steven W. Zimmerman
Trustee: Steven W. Zimmerman

Address: 730 S. Andresen Rd.

Vancouver, WA 98661

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IRREVOCABLE PROXY]

Exhibit 10.1

HOMESTREET, INC.

2002 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSES

The purposes of the HomeStreet, Inc. 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are (a) to enhance the long-term shareholder value of the Company (as defined in Section 2); (b) to provide an increased incentive for eligible individuals to assert their best efforts by conferring benefits based on increased profitability of the Company; (c) to provide an opportunity for increased stock ownership by such individuals; and (d) to encourage such persons to remain in the service of the Company.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

In the Plan:

2.1 “Adjusted Equity” means the beginning consolidated GAAP equity plus the estimated after-tax value of certain loan servicing rights not recorded on the books of the Company.

2.2 “Adjusted Net Income” means GAAP earnings less the after-tax change in value of the unrecorded servicing rights included in beginning Adjusted Equity, subject to the following:

(a) any item of income or expense attributable to one or more prior years that is shown in the certified financial statements as an adjustment of equity shall not be included in current year income in the computation of AROE; and

(b) the Finance and Planning Committee may make any adjustments with respect to inclusion or exclusion of any items of income or expense as that committee deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the addition or discontinuation of any operations, provided that all such adjustments shall be applied uniformly in determining Awards issuable under the Plan.

2.3 “Adjusted Return on Equity” (or “ AROE ”) means the Company’s Consolidated Adjusted Net Income divided by the Company’s Consolidated Adjusted Equity. AROE shall be rounded to the nearest tenth of one percent (.1%). The Finance and Planning Committee shall have the right (but not the obligation) to make at any time, in its sole discretion, any adjustments in the method of determining AROE. Further, the Finance and Planning Committee shall have the right (but not the obligation) to utilize at any time, in its sole discretion, the GAAP Return on Equity standard, in which case the term AROE in this Plan shall be replaced with “GAAP Return on Equity.” “Adjusted Net Income” shall be replaced by “GAAP Net Income” and “Adjusted Equity” shall be replaced by “GAAP


Equity.” In the event the Finance and Planning Committee elects to change to GAAP Return on Equity, an appropriate adjustment shall be made to the AROE Targets.

2.4 “Annual Base Salary” means a Key Employee’s annual base salary and does not include any bonuses, commissions, reimbursements or other expense allowances, cash and non-cash fringe benefits, short-term incentive payments, hiring and relocation bonuses, pay in lieu of vacations, sick leave or any other special payments.

2.5 “AROE Targets” means the following three classes of targets established by the Finance and Planning Committee at the beginning of each Performance Period: Threshold AROE Target, Target AROE Target, and Maximum AROE Target. Each AROE Target shall be assigned a corresponding Award Level as described in Section 8.2.

2.6 “Award” means an issuance of shares of Common Stock as described in Section 8.1.

2.7 “Award Level” has the meaning set forth in 8.2.

2.8 “Beneficiary” means one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities designated by the Participant that are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant. The beneficiary designation last filed with the Company shall control. If no Beneficiary is designated, such payment shall be paid to the surviving spouse of the Participant, if living, and otherwise to the descendants of the Participant in equal shares by right of representation; if no descendants survive to receive payments, the balance due shall be paid to the estate of the Participant.

2.9 “Board” means the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc.

2.10 “Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition by any person or persons, other than the Owners, after the Effective Date, of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of HomeStreet, Inc. or of HomeStreet Bank; (b) consummation of a merger or consolidation of HomeStreet, Inc. or HomeStreet Bank with another corporation if the Owners will not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own more than 50% of the voting stock of the corporation (or its parent) resulting from such merger or consolidation; (c) a complete liquidation of HomeStreet, Inc. or HomeStreet Bank; or (d) the sale of all, or substantially all, of the assets of HomeStreet, Inc. or of HomeStreet Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not occur solely because 50% or more of the voting stock of HomeStreet, Inc. or HomeStreet Bank is acquired by a corporation (or its parent) which, immediately following such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the Owners in the same proportion as their ownership of stock in HomeStreet, Inc. or HomeStreet Bank immediately prior to such acquisition.

2.11 “Common Stock” means the common stock, no par value, of HomeStreet, Inc.

 

-2-


2.12 “Company” means HomeStreet, Inc., a Washington corporation, and its subsidiaries, including HomeStreet Bank, either singly or together, as appropriate.

2.13 “Disability,” unless otherwise defined by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee from time to time for purposes of the Plan, means a period of disability during which a Key Employee qualifies for benefits under HomeStreet Bank’s current long-term disability plan, or in the case of a Nonemployee Director, means a period of disability during which such Participant, if he or she were an employee of the HomeStreet Bank, would qualify for benefits under HomeStreet Bank’s current long-term disability plan.

2.14 “Earned Board Fees” means the sum of all Board meeting fees, Board committee participation fees, plus any retainers earned, for service on the Board of Directors of HomeStreet Bank, which sum may be adjusted from time to time during or at the close of a Performance Period as necessary to reflect actual Board and committee attendance, and any mid-year increase in Board compensation. Earned Board Fees shall not include any short term incentive payments to Nonemployee Directors.

2.15 “Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board, except that certain Participants may begin participation in the Plan prior to the Effective Date as set forth in Sections 6.2 and 7.2.

2.16 “Fair Market Value” means the per share value of the Common Stock as established in the most recent Quarterly Appraised Value.

2.17 “Finance and Planning Committee” means the Finance and Planning Committee of the Board of Directors of HomeStreet Bank, or any successor committee thereto.

2.18 “Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee” means the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of HomeStreet Bank, or any successor committee thereto.

2.19 “Key Employee” means an executive officer of the Company as defined in the Company’s Bylaws, as such Bylaws may be amended from time to time.

2.20 “Nonemployee Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of HomeStreet Bank who is not also an employee of HomeStreet Bank or any of its affiliates.

2.21 “Owners” means the following groups of owners who, as of the Effective Date, collectively control the Company: (a) the lineal descendants of W. Walter Williams and their families; (b) the HomeStreet, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan; and (c) officers and directors of the Company.

2.22 “Participant” means a Key Employee or a Nonemployee Director who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

-3-


2.23 “Performance Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

2.24 “Plan” means the HomeStreet, Inc. 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time by the Board.

2.25 “Prior Plans” means HomeStreet, Inc.’s Performance Share Plan and HomeStreet, Inc.’s Performance Share Plan for the Board of Directors.

2.26 “Quarterly Appraised Value” means the value of a share of Common Stock determined as of the end of each calendar quarter by an independent appraiser and approved by the Board.

2.27 “Reduction-in-Force” means the elimination of an employment position or positions due to (a) adverse business conditions of the Company or (b) a reorganization, other than a Change in Control.

2.28 “Repurchase Procedures” means, as of any date, the written procedures then in effect, as approved by the Board, for the repurchase by HomeStreet, Inc. of Common Stock.

2.29 “Retirement” unless otherwise defined by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee from time to time for purposes of the Plan, means (a) with respect to Key Employees, that the Participant leaves active employment after having either (i) attained age 65 or (ii) attained at least age 55 plus that number of full years of employment with the Company such that the Participant’s age and years of employment total at least 65 and (b) with respect to Nonemployee Directors, that the Participant has retired in accordance with HomeStreet Bank’s Policy Regarding the Retirement of Directors.

2.30 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.31 “Shareholder Agreement” means the Shareholder Agreement by and between HomeStreet, Inc. and the shareholders of HomeStreet, Inc., as it may be amended from time to time by the Board.

2.32 “Target Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

2.33 “Transitional Performance Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1 Plan Administrator

The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee, except that the Finance and Planning Committee shall also be authorized to act

 

-4-


as expressly provided in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall retain the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

3.2 Administration and Interpretation by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee; Limitation of Liability

Subject to the terms and conditions explicitly set forth in the Plan, including those responsibilities expressly delegated under the Plan to the Finance and Planning Committee, the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall have exclusive authority, in its discretion, to determine all matters under the Plan, including determining the size of Target Awards, whether and to what extent Participants are entitled to Plan benefits, and all terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations, if any, of any Target Awards and Awards. The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall also have exclusive authority to interpret the Plan and the terms of any instrument thereunder and may from time to time adopt and change rules and regulations of general application for the Plan’s administration. The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee’s interpretation of the Plan and its rules and regulations, and all actions taken and determinations made by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee pursuant to the Plan, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties involved or affected. The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may delegate ministerial duties to such of the Company’s officers as it so determines.

The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Target Award or Award issued hereunder. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as members of such committee may have as an officer and/or director, the members of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall be indemnified by the Company to the extent permitted by law against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which members of such committee may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, and against all amounts paid by such committee in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by such committee in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that within sixty days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall, in writing, offer the Company the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same.

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

4.1 Authorized Number of Shares

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 12.1, a maximum of 100,000 shares of Common Stock shall be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares

 

-5-


issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or shares now held or subsequently acquired by HomeStreet, Inc.

 

4.2 Reuse of Shares

If any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan are reacquired by HomeStreet, Inc. pursuant to the Repurchase Procedures or otherwise, such shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan.

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

Unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines otherwise, Key Employees and Nonemployee Directors are automatically eligible to participate in the Plan, provided such individuals are Key Employees or Nonemployee Directors as of the beginning of a Performance Period or, subject to Section 7.3, become Key Employees or Nonemployee Directors during a Performance Period. No director emeritus shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

SECTION 6. PERFORMANCE PERIODS

 

6.1 Performance Periods

The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive three-year performance periods (each, a “Performance Period”) that begin each January 1. The first Performance Period shall begin on January 1, 2003 and shall end on December 31, 2005, except that participants in the Prior Plans as of the Effective Date shall be eligible to begin earlier participation in the Plan as described in Section 6.2. Participants may participate simultaneously in overlapping Performance Periods.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may establish (a) a different term for one or more future Performance Periods and (b) different commencing and ending dates for any such Performance Period. In the event that the first or the last day of a Performance Period is not a regular business day, then the first day of the Performance Period shall be deemed to be the next regular business day and the last day of the Performance Period shall be deemed to be the last preceding regular business day.

 

6.2 Prior Plans

Individuals participating in the five-year performance period that began on January 1, 2002 under either Prior Plan shall discontinue participation in such Prior Plan as of the Effective Date of this Plan and shall automatically begin participation in this Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, except that (a) the Performance Period applicable to such individuals shall begin on January 1, 2002 and shall end on December 31, 2004 (the “Transitional Performance Period”); (b) the Target Awards for such Performance Period shall

 

-6-


be as described in Section 7.2; and (c) the simple average of the annual AROE for the three years in the Transitional Performance Period shall be compared to the AROE Targets previously established under the Prior Plans for the five-year performance period that began on January 1, 2002.

SECTION 7. PEFORMANCE SHARE TARGET AWARDS

 

7.1 Determination of Performance Share Target Awards

(a) For each Performance Period, the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall determine performance share target awards (“Target Awards”) for Participants under the Plan, which Target Awards may be based on title, job responsibilities, salary level or such other criteria as the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may in its discretion approve. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, for Key Employees, Target Awards shall be a dollar amount equal to a percentage of each such Participant’s Annual Base Salary for the first calendar year in a Performance Period. For Nonemployee Directors, Target Awards shall be a dollar amount equal to a percentage of each such Participant’s Earned Board Fees for the first calendar year in a Performance Period. The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee’s determination of Target Awards shall be final and binding on the Company and all Participants. Unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines otherwise, Target Awards shall not be adjusted for any mid-calendar year increases to annual base salaries.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may determine alternative methods of calculating Target Awards for future Performance Periods.

(c) No credits, payments or benefits under the Plan shall be included as part of the base salary of any Participant for the purpose of computing benefits under any other bonus, retirement or compensation plan of the Company.

 

7.2 Transitional Performance Period

For Participants in the Transitional Performance Period, Target Awards shall be equal to that amount of the Participant’s annual salary or Earned Board Fees previously determined under the Prior Plans in connection with awarding performance shares to each such Participant for the five-year performance period that began on January 1, 2002.

 

7.3 New Participants

Unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines otherwise, individuals who first become eligible to participate in the Plan after a Performance Period has begun shall automatically be eligible to participate in the Performance Period that began on January 1 of the calendar year in which the individual first became a Key Employee

 

-7-


or Nonemployee Director. In such event, the Participant’s Target Award for such Performance Period shall be a dollar amount equal to a percentage of the amount that the individual will receive as Annual Base Salary or Earned Board Fees, as applicable, during the first calendar year of participation in the Plan solely in his or her capacity as a Key Employee or Nonemployee Director, as applicable. Any determination by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of such Participant’s Target Award shall be final and conclusive in all cases.

SECTION 8. CONVERSION OF TARGET AWARDS INTO SHARES

OF COMMON STOCK

 

8.1 Conversion

At the end of a Performance Period, Target Awards shall be converted into shares of Common Stock (“Awards”), provided (a) certain pre-established AROE Targets are met by the end of such Performance Period and (b) subject to Sections 7.3 and 9, the Participant remains a Key Employee or Nonemployee Director throughout the Performance Period. A Participant’s Award shall be (a) a fraction equal to the Participant’s Target Award divided by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the last day of the applicable Performance Period, multiplied by (b) the applicable Award Level assigned to each AROE Target as described in Section 8.2.

 

8.2 Determination of Award Levels

At the end of each Performance Period, the applicable award level (the “Award Level”) shall be determined by comparing the simple average of the annual AROE for each year in the Performance Period to the applicable Threshold AROE Target, the Target AROE Target and the Maximum AROE Target established for such Performance Period. Award Levels shall be determined by straight-line interpolation for actual average AROE figures that fall in between the pre-established AROE objectives.

Unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines otherwise for a future Performance Period, Award Levels shall be as follows for each of the AROE Targets determined for each Performance Period:

 

AROE TARGET

 

AWARD LEVELS

Threshold AROE (Less than 50% of Target AROE)

  0% of Target Award

Target AROE

  100% of Target Award

Maximum AROE (150% or More of Target AROE)

  200% of Target Award

 

-8-


8.3 Award Payment Dates and Procedures

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, Awards shall be issued on or prior to the March 15 (or as soon thereafter as practicable) next following the end of the applicable Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 9.4, if a Participant terminates employment as a Key Employee or service as a Nonemployee Director following a Performance Period but prior to payment of an Award, such Participant shall not receive an Award in shares of Common Stock, but shall rather receive a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares in lieu of an Award.

(b) Subject to Section 10, all Awards shall be issued net of applicable withholding taxes. Fractional shares shall not be issued under the Plan and in lieu thereof, a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of the fractional share shall be issued.

(c) The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may determine for a Performance Period that no shares of Common Stock shall be issued to a Participant following a Performance Period unless such Participant shall receive a certain minimum number of shares as a result of participation in such Performance Period, which minimum number of shares shall be determined by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee in its discretion. If the Participant is not eligible to receive such minimum number of shares, the Participant shall receive a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares in lieu of an Award.

 

8.4 Adjustments

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Finance and Planning Committee may, after the determination of AROE Targets, adjust such targets and the related Award Levels to take into account changes in the law or in accounting or tax rules and may otherwise make such adjustments as the Finance and Planning Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the inclusion or exclusion of any extraordinary items, events or circumstances in order to avoid windfalls or hardships. In addition, in the Finance and Planning Committee’s discretion, AROE Targets and the related Award Levels may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants.

SECTION 9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES

 

9.1 Termination of Employment or Service for Reasons Other than Retirement, Disability, a Reduction-in-Force, Death or for Nonemployee Directors, Other than by Reason of Normal Expiration of Their Term

Subject to Section 9.4, if a Participant’s employment as a Key Employee or services as a Nonemployee Director terminate for any reason prior to the end of a Performance Period, and such termination is not for any reason set forth in Section 9.2, such Participant’s participation in the Plan shall automatically terminate as of the effective date of such termination of employment or services and such individual shall not be entitled to receive any

 

-9-


Awards or other consideration under the Plan with respect to a Performance Period that ends following such termination, unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines otherwise in its discretion.

 

9.2 Termination of Employment or Service by Reason of Retirement, Disability, a Reduction-in-Force, Death or upon the Normal Expiration of a Nonemployee Director’s Term

Subject to Section 9.4, if a Participant’s employment as a Key Employee or services as a Nonemployee Director terminate prior to the end of a Performance Period by reason of Retirement, Disability, a Reduction-in-Force, death or, for Nonemployee Directors, upon the normal expiration of the term for which they were elected or appointed to serve, such Participant shall be entitled to receive a cash payment for each Performance Period in which the Participant was then participating, such cash payment to be determined as follows:

(a) AROE shall be equal to the simple average of the annual AROE for the years in each applicable Performance Period through the end of the year in which termination of employment or services occurs. This AROE shall then be compared to the previously established AROE Targets (and related Award Levels) for each applicable Performance Period; and

(b) the cash payment shall be equal to the Participant’s Target Award multiplied by the applicable Award Level, except that such cash payment shall be discounted by the percentage difference between the number of years in the applicable Performance Period and the number of full and partial years served by the Participant in such Performance Period prior to termination.

Cash payments shall be paid as soon as practicable following the year in which a Participant terminates employment as a Key Employee or services as a Nonemployee Director.

 

9.3 Repurchase and Forfeiture Provisions

(a) Subject to Section 9.4, unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines otherwise, Participants who terminate employment or services shall be required to resell to HomeStreet, Inc. during the window period immediately following the date of such termination any shares of Common Stock received under the Plan pursuant to the Repurchase Procedures then in effect, unless such Participant (i) will remain or will become a member of the Board of Directors of HomeStreet Bank following the date of termination of employment as a Key Employee; (ii) is Retiring as a Key Employee after having attained at least age 55 and ten full years of employment with the Company; or (iii) is Retiring after having served as a member of the Board of Directors of HomeStreet Bank for at least ten years.

 

-10-


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Key Employee terminates employment by reason of Retirement pursuant to Section 9.3(a)(ii) and, within two years immediately following such termination, engages in any capacity in a business that is in substantial direct competition with the business of and in the geographic area served by the Company, such individual shall forfeit all right to receive any Awards and/or cash following termination of employment and shall be required to resell to HomeStreet, Inc. all shares of Common Stock received under this Plan pursuant to the Repurchase Procedures then in effect. The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee’s determination of whether an individual has acted in competition with the Company shall be made in its sole discretion. Nothing contained in this Section 9.3(b) shall restrict a Participant from purchasing or owning shares in a competitor which constitute less than 5% of the outstanding equity securities of such publicly or privately held entity.

 

9.4 Change in Status

In the event that during a Performance Period a Participant changes status from a Key Employee to a Nonemployee Director, or from a Nonemployee Director to a Key Employee, such Participant shall automatically continue participation in the Plan, except that Target Awards shall be proportionately adjusted for each Performance Period in which the Participant is currently participating as follows:

(a) for employment or services rendered prior to the change in status, the Participant’s Target Award shall be reduced to reflect only that period of time during which the Participant served in the Performance Period prior to the change in status, such adjusted Target Award to equal the initial Target Award multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full and partial years the Participant served in the Performance Period prior to the change of status and the denominator of which is the number of full years in the Performance Period; and

(b) for employment or services rendered after the change in status, the Participant’s Target Award shall be similarly adjusted to reflect only that period of time the Participant will serve as a Key Employee or Nonemployee Director, as applicable, during the remainder of the Performance Period. Such adjusted Target Award shall generally be equal to the new Target Award on an annualized basis multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full and partial years such Participant will serve in the Performance Period following the change in status and the denominator of which is the number of full years in the Performance Period.

As a result of the foregoing adjustments, such Participants shall have two Target Awards applicable to a single Performance Period that shall be aggregated for purposes of determining Awards. Any determination by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.

 

-11-


9.5 Determinations of Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee Conclusive and Binding

Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of employment or services for purposes of the Plan and the cause of such termination shall be determined by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.

 

9.6 Effect of Leave of Absence or Reduction in Hours

The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall have the discretion to determine the effect of a Company-approved leave of absence or a reduction in hours of employment or services on a Target Award and the issuance of Awards thereunder.

 

9.7 Waiver of Restrictions

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive any of the foregoing forfeiture or repurchase provisions and any other terms, conditions or restrictions under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 10. WITHHOLDING

Unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines otherwise, all Awards and cash payments issuable under the Plan shall be issued net of all applicable withholding taxes required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law.

No shares of Common Stock shall be issued under the Plan until all applicable withholding obligations are satisfied.

SECTION 11. NONASSIGNABILITY

Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any right to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance any of the benefits provided for under this Plan. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of the Participant’s or any person’s bankruptcy or insolvency. If any Participant or Beneficiary should attempt to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, then such amounts shall automatically terminate unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee, in its discretion, provides otherwise.

 

-12-


SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENTS

 

12.1 Adjustment of Shares

In the event that a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of HomeStreet, Inc. or of any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of HomeStreet, Inc. or of any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock of HomeStreet, Inc., then proportional adjustments shall be made in the (i) maximum number and kind of securities subject to the Plan and (ii) the maximum number and kind of securities subject to Awards and the Fair Market Value of such securities. The determination by the Board as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be governed by this Section 12.1 but shall be governed by Section 12.2.

 

12.2 Change in Control

In the event of a Change in Control, Participants shall be eligible to receive unearned Awards as determined under Sections 8.1 and 8.2; provided, however, that

(a) each Performance Period then underway shall be deemed to end as of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter prior to the Change in Control;

(b) the number of shares subject to Awards shall be discounted by the percentage difference between the number of years in the applicable Performance Period and the number of full and partial years in such Performance Period up to the immediately preceding fiscal quarter prior to the Change in Control;

(c) the Fair Market Value of the Awards shall be calculated as of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter prior to the Change in Control; and

(d) AROE shall be equal to the simple average of the annual AROE for the years (including partial years) in each applicable Performance Period (as each such Performance Period is shortened by this Section 12.2); except

(e) that in the event of a dissolution or liquidation that occurs prior to completion of the first year of a Performance Period, no Awards or other consideration shall be payable for that Performance Period.

 

-13-


SECTION 13. SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

All shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be subject to the terms of a Shareholder Agreement, and each Participant, as a condition precedent to the issuance of Awards, shall agree to enter into and to require his or her spouse, if applicable, to enter into the Shareholder Agreement. The Shareholder Agreement shall (a) impose certain restrictions on transfer by the Participants of shares received under the Plan and (b) grant HomeStreet, Inc. certain repurchase rights for such shares.

SECTION 14. MARKET STANDOFF

In the event of an underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, no person may sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares issued pursuant to an Award under the Plan without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that in no event shall such period exceed 180 days. The limitations of this Section 14 shall in all events terminate two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the purchased shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 14, to the same extent the purchased shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 14, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the purchased shares until the end of the applicable standoff period.

SECTION 15. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

15.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion of the Plan at any time and in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that shareholder approval shall be obtained for any amendment to the Plan if required by applicable law or regulation.

 

15.2 Term of Plan

The Plan shall have no fixed expiration date.

 

-14-


SECTION 16. GENERAL

 

16.1 No Individual Rights

Nothing in the Plan, any Target Award or Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate a Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

16.2 Issuance of Shares

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, HomeStreet, Inc. shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless, in the opinion of HomeStreet, Inc.’s counsel, such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act or the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

HomeStreet, Inc. shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.

To the extent the Plan or any instrument thereunder provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange. As a condition to the receipt of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan, HomeStreet, Inc. may require (a) the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of such receipt that such shares are being purchased or received only for the Participant’s own account and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares and (b) such other action or agreement by the Participant as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal, state and foreign securities laws. At the option of HomeStreet, Inc., a stop-transfer order against any such shares may be placed on the official stock books and records of HomeStreet, Inc., and a legend indicating that such shares may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred, unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel for HomeStreet, Inc.) stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates to ensure exemption from registration.

 

16.3 Successors

The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries.

 

-15-


16.4 No Rights as a Shareholder

No Target Award shall entitle the Participant to any cash dividend, voting or other right of a shareholder unless and until the date of issuance under the Plan of Awards determined in accordance with the Plan.

 

16.5 Incompetency

If the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee may require proof of minority, incompetency, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

 

16.6 No Trust or Fund

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan. Nothing contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies or other property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for any amounts payable to any Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

16.7 Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Target Award or Award is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would disqualify the Plan or any Target Award or Award under any law deemed applicable by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee’s determination, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Target Award or Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person, Target Award or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Target Award or Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

-16-


16.8 Choice of Law

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

Adopted by the Board on November 21, 2002.

 

-17-


PLAN ADOPTION AND AMENDMENTS/ADJUSTMENTS

SUMMARY PAGE

 

Date of Board

Action

   Action   

Section/Effect

of Amendment

  

Date of Shareholder

Approval

November 21, 2002    Initial Plan Adoption       Not required

 

R-1

Exhibit 10.2

HOMESTREET, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Effective as of [•], 2010)

 

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive position in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and/or consultants and to provide a means whereby officers, employees, directors and/or consultants of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain Common Stock ownership, or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting an identity of interest between shareholders and these persons.

So that the appropriate incentive can be provided, the Plan provides for granting Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards, Stock Bonus Awards and Incentive Bonus Awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

 

2. Definitions

For purposes of this Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

(a) “l62(m) Effective Date” means the first date on which Awards granted under the Plan do not qualify for an exemption from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code on account of an exemption, or a transition or grandfather rule.

(b) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified entity, any other entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with such specified entity.

(c) “Applicable Exchange” means the securities exchange as may at the applicable time be the principal market for the Common Stock.

(d) “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Stock Bonus Award or Incentive Bonus Award granted pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

(e) “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic document or agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of a specific Award. An Agreement may be in the form of an agreement to be executed by both the Participant and the Company (or an authorized representative of the Company) or certificates, notices or similar instruments as approved by the Committee.

(f) “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(g) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “Cause” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) “Cause” as defined in any employment, consulting or similar agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates to which the applicable Participant is a party (an “Individual Agreement”), or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Cause: (A) the willful or gross neglect by a Participant of his employment duties (other than as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury) as determined by the Committee; (B) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by a Participant; (C) conduct by a Participant that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate, or an act of fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation or breach of a fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee; (D) a breach by a Participant of any nondisclosure, non-solicitation or noncompetition obligation owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or (E) the failure of a Participant to follow instructions of the Board or his direct superiors. Notwithstanding anything in Section 4(d) of this Plan,

 

1


following a Change in Control, any determination by the Committee as to whether “Cause” exists shall be subject to de novo review.

(i) “Change in Control” shall, unless in the case of a particular Award where the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise or contains a different definition of “Change in Control,” for the purpose of this Plan, be the first to occur following the Effective Date of:

(i) the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group (a “Person” (as defined in Section 2(ii) below) of Beneficial Ownership of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon (the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”), or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition directly from the Company, (III) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate or (IV) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iv) of this Section 2(i);

(ii) individuals who, on the date the Company’s initial underwritten public offering is consummated, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the Company of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”) is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.

The Company’s closing of a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act (and any reorganization transactions consummated in connection

 

2


therewith) shall in no event, by itself, be deemed a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement.

(j) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and other relevant interpretive guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department. Reference in the Plan to any specific section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations and guidance under such section.

(k) “Committee” means a committee of at least two people as the Board may appoint to administer the Plan or, if no such committee has been appointed by the Board, the Board.

(l) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, and any stock into which such common stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged.

(m) “Company” means HomeStreet, Inc., or its successor.

(n) “Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization or, if there is no such date, the date indicated on the applicable Award Agreement.

(o) “Disability” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Company or an Affiliate having cause to terminate a Participant’s employment or service on account of “disability,” as defined in any existing Individual Agreement, or, in the absence of such an Individual Agreement, a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced or, as determined by the Committee, based upon medical evidence acceptable to it. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall mean Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(p) “Disaffiliation” means a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of a public offering, or a spin-off or sale by the Company, of the stock of the Subsidiary or Affiliate or a sale of a division of the Company and its Affiliates).

(q) “Effective Date” means [•], 2009.

(r) “Eligible Person” means any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any prospective employee and consultant who has accepted an offer of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(s) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(t) “Fair Market Value” means, as of a given date, the closing price of the Common Stock on the Applicable Exchange on that date, or if no prices are reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such prices of the Common Stock are so reported. If the Common Stock is not then listed on any national securities exchange but is traded over the counter at the time determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made, its Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the average between the reported high and low sales prices of Common Stock on the most recent date on which the Common Stock was publicly traded. If the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is made, the Committee shall determine its Fair Market Value in good faith in such manner as it deems appropriate (such determination to be made in a manner that satisfies Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable)).

(u) “Full-Value Awards” means an Award that is not an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

(v) “Group” shall have the meaning given in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(w) “Incentive Bonus” means a bonus opportunity awarded under Section 11 pursuant to which a Participant may become entitled to receive an amount based on satisfaction of such Performance Goals as are

 

3


specified in the Award Agreement. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating any limitations on the Company’s ability to adopt such other incentive arrangements as either may deem desirable, including without limitation, annual and/or long-term cash-based incentive compensation plans.

(x) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code.

(y) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan that is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(z) “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7.

(aa) “Option Price” means the exercise price for an Option as described in Section 7(a).

(bb) “Parent” means any parent of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(cc) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to Section 6.

(dd) “Performance-Based Award” means an Award, the grant, issuance, retention, vesting or settlement of which is subject to satisfaction or attainment of one or more Performance Goals.

(ee) “Performance Goals” means the performance objectives established for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted, retained, vested, issued or issuable under or in settlement of or the amount payable pursuant to a Performance-Based Award. To the extent a Performance-Based Award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, (i) the Performance Goals shall be established with reference to one or more of the following, either on a Company-wide basis or, as relevant, in respect of one or more Affiliates, Subsidiaries, divisions, departments or operations of the Company: earnings (gross, net, pre-tax, post-tax or per share), net profit after tax, EBITDA, gross profit, cash generation, unit volume, market share, sales, asset quality, earnings per share, operating income, revenues, return on assets, return on operating assets, return on equity, profits, total shareholder return (measured in terms of stock price appreciation and/or dividend growth), cost saving levels, marketing spending efficiency, core non-interest income, change in working capital, return on capital, and/or stock price, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, Affiliate, division or department of the Company and (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. Such Performance Goals also may be based upon the attaining of specified levels of Company, Subsidiary, Affiliate or divisional performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities, divisions or subsidiaries.

(ff) “Performance Period” means that period of time determined by the Committee over which performance is measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment value of, any Performance-Based Award.

(gg) “Person” shall mean an individual or a corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, organization, business, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or any subdivision or agency thereof.

(hh) “Plan” means this HomeStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(ii) “Restricted Period” means, with respect to any share of Restricted Stock or any Restricted Stock Unit, the period of time determined by the Committee during which such Award is subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9.

(jj) “Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Common Stock issued or transferred to a Participant subject to forfeiture and the other restrictions set forth in Section 9.

(kk) “Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 9 pursuant to which Common Stock or cash in lieu thereof may be issued in the future.

 

4


(ll) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(mm) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(nn) “Stock Bonus” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(oo) “Strike Price” means, in respect of an SAR, (i) in the case of a Tandem SAR, the Option Price of the related Option, or (ii) in the case of a Free-Standing SAR, the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant.

(pp) “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity during any period in which at least a 50% voting or profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any successor to the Company.

(qq) “Termination of Service” means the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant’s employment with, or membership on the Board terminates but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a nonemployee director capacity or as an employee, as applicable, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service. A Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate or a division of the Company and its Affiliates shall not be deemed to incur a Termination of Service if, as a result of a Disaffiliation, such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division ceases to be a Subsidiary, Affiliate or division, as the case may be, and the Participant immediately thereafter becomes an employee of (or service provider for), the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, “Termination of Service” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A of the Code.

 

3. Effective Date, Duration and Shareholder Approval

The Plan was effective upon its adoption by the Board on the Effective Date. All Awards granted under the Plan are subject to, and may not be exercised before, the approval of the Plan by shareholders prior to the first anniversary date of the Effective Date, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company present, or represented by proxy, and entitled to vote, at a meeting of the Company’s shareholders or by written consent in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington; provided that if such approval by the shareholders of the Company is not forthcoming, all Awards previously granted under this Plan shall be void.

The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that the administration of the Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to Awards previously granted have been settled. Awards outstanding as of the Expiration Date shall not be affected or impaired by termination of the Plan.

 

4. Administration

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate. The Committee may only act by a majority of its members then in office, except that the Committee may, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange, allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members. Any power of the Committee may also be exercised by the Board, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or cause an Award designated as a Performance Award not to qualify for treatment as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee may by resolution authorize one or more officers of the Company to perform any or all things that the Committee is authorized and empowered to do or perform under the Plan, and for all purposes under this Plan, such officer or officers shall be treated as the Committee; provided, however, that the resolution so authorizing such officer or officers shall specify the total number of Awards (if any) such officer or officers may award pursuant to such delegated authority. No such officer shall designate himself or herself as a recipient of any Awards granted

 

5


under authority delegated to such officer. The Board hereby designates the Secretary of the Company and the head of the Company’s human resource function to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and execute agreements evidencing Awards made under this Plan or other documents entered into under this Plan on behalf of the Committee or the Company. In addition, the Committee may delegate any or all aspects of the day-to-day administration of the Plan to one or more officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary, and/or to one or more agents.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the power to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock. other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, Common Stock, other securities, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) establish any “blackout” period that the Committee in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action specified under the Plan or that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, without amendment to the Plan, waive or amend the operation of Plan provisions respecting exercise after Termination of Service and, except as otherwise provided herein, adjust any of the terms of any Award. The Committee may also (A) accelerate the date on which any Award granted under the Plan becomes exercisable or (B) accelerate the vesting date or waive or adjust any condition imposed hereunder with respect to the vesting or exercisability of an Award, provided that the Committee, in good faith, determines that such acceleration, waiver or other adjustment is necessary or desirable.

(c) All designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award and any shareholder.

(d) The terms and conditions of each Award, as determined by the Committee, shall be set forth in an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant receiving such Award upon, or as promptly as is reasonably practicable following, the grant of such Award. The effectiveness of an Award shall not be subject to the Award Agreement’s being signed by the Company and/or the Participant’s receiving the Award unless specifically so provided in the Award Agreement.

 

5. Shares Subject to the Plan

(a) Subject to Section 13, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan is [that amount of] shares representing 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis giving effect to a future equity offering to satisfy the Bank Order; provided, however, that no more than 30% of the maximum number of shares issuable under this Plan may be issued pursuant to Full-Value Awards. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted pursuant to Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options is [•] shares, which number shall be calculated and adjusted pursuant to Section 13 only to the extent that such calculation or adjustment will not affect the status of any option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

6


(b) To the extent that any Award is forfeited, or any Option or Stock Appreciation Right terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any Award is settled for cash, the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award not delivered as a result thereof shall again be available for Awards under the Plan.

(c) If the Option Price of any Option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any Award are satisfied by the Participant delivering shares of Common Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Common Stock issued net of the shares of Common Stock delivered or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum numbers of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan. To the extent any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award are not delivered because such shares are withheld to satisfy the Option Price (in the case of an Option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such Award, such shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

(d) Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued Common Stock, Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, Common Stock purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing;

(e) On and after the 162(m) Effective Date, no person may be granted Awards under the Plan during any calendar year with respect to more than [•] shares of Common Stock, which number shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 13, and shares otherwise counted against such number, only in a manner that will not cause the Awards granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code; and

 

6. Eligibility

Participation shall be limited to Eligible Persons who have entered into an Award Agreement or who have received written notification from the Committee, or from a person designated by the Committee, that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

 

7. Options

The Committee is authorized to grant one or more Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options to any Eligible Person; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code). Each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the following conditions, or to such other conditions as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

(a) Option Price. The Option Price per share of Common Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at the Date of Grant.

(b) Manner of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Option Price therefor is received by the Company. Options that have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Committee accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in cash and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company). In addition, the Option Price may be payable by such other method as the Committee may allow, including an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over such amount from a sale of the shares of Common Stock issuable under an Option and withholding of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise.

(c) Vesting, Option Period and Expiration. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to

 

7


exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “Option Period”). If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof which become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires.

(d) Disqualifying Dispositions of Incentive Stock Options. Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option.

(e) Incentive Stock Option Grants to 10% Shareholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Participant who owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary, the Option Period shall not exceed five years from the Date of Grant of such Option and the Option Price shall be at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value (on the Date of Grant) of the Common Stock subject to the Option.

(f) $100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of Common Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

8. Stock Appreciation Rights

Any Option granted under the Plan may include SARs, either at the Date of Grant or, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, by subsequent amendment (SARs that are granted in conjunction with an Option are referred to in this Plan as “Tandem SARs”). The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option (SARs that are granted independent of any Option are referred to in this Plan as “Free-Standing SARs”). Each SAR shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall impose as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, including, but not limited to the following:

(a) Vesting, Transferability and Expiration. Tandem SARs shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. Free-Standing SARs shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire in accordance with a vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as established by the Committee and reflected in an Award Agreement.

(b) Automatic Exercise. If on the last day of the Option Period (or in the case of a Free-Standing SAR of an option, the period established by the Committee after which the SAR shall expire), the Fair Market Value exceeds the Strike Price, the Participant has not exercised the SAR or the corresponding Option, and neither the SAR nor the corresponding Option has expired, such SAR shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day and the Company shall make the appropriate payment therefor.

(c) Payment. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price. The Company shall pay such excess in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Fractional shares shall be settled in cash.

(d) Method of Exercise. A Participant may exercise an SAR at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee at the time of grant by filing an irrevocable written notice with the Committee or its designee, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised.

(e) Expiration. Except as otherwise provided in the case of Tandem SARs, a SAR shall expire on a date designated by the Committee that is not later than ten years after the Date of Grant of the SAR.

 

8


9. Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

(a) Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(i) The Committee shall have the authority to grant Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Persons, and to establish terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including (A) the Restricted Period, (B) the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted or become vested, including upon the attainment of performance conditions (whether or not such conditions are Performance Goals) or upon both the attainment of performance conditions (whether or not such conditions are Performance Goals) and the continued service of the applicable Participant and (C) the number of shares or units to be covered by each grant. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

(ii) Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b), the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments of dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the Restricted Stock Award, including whether any such dividends will be held subject to the vesting of the Restricted Stock, subject to Section 12(e) below in the case of dividends settled in Common Stock.

(iii) Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the applicable Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award. The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the applicable Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.

(iv) No shares of Common Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments of dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units, including whether any such dividends will be held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock Units, subject to Section 12(e) below in the case of dividends settled in Common Stock.

(b) Restrictions.

(i) Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement and (B) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement and, to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a shareholder shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(ii) Restricted Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

9


(c) Restricted Period. The Restricted Period of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall expire from time to time as to that part of the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units indicated in a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

(i) Restricted Stock. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock and/or the satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals, the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b) and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(ii) Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”); provided, however, that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock for Vested Units or (ii) delay the delivery of Common Stock (or cash or part Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Vested Unit.

(e) Applicability of Section 162(m). With respect to Performance-Based Awards made on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, this Section 9 (including the substance of the Performance Goals, the timing of establishment of the Performance Goals, the adjustment of the Performance Goals and determination of the Award) shall be implemented by the Committee in a manner designed to preserve such Awards as such “performance-based compensation.”

 

10. Stock Bonus Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, or other Awards denominated in Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of payment), under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Stock Bonus Awards under the Plan shall be granted as, or in payment of a bonus, or to provide incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions. With respect to Stock Bonus Awards made on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish and administer Performance Goals in the manner described in Section 9 as an additional condition to the vesting and payment of such Stock Bonus Awards. The Stock Bonus Award for any Performance Period to any Participant may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in its discretion.

 

11. Incentive Bonus Awards

Incentive Bonus Awards may be granted under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date. Each Incentive Bonus Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall be executed by the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall specify the terms and conditions of the Incentive Bonus Award, including without limitation, (a) the target and maximum amount payable to the Participant as an Incentive Bonus Award, (b) the performance criteria and level of achievement versus these criteria that shall determine the amount of such payment, (c) the term of the Performance Period, (d) the timing of any payment earned by virtue of performance, (e) restrictions on the alienation or transfer of the Incentive Bonus Award prior to actual payment, (f) forfeiture provisions and (g) such further terms and conditions, in each case not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined from time to time by the Committee. Payment of the amount due under an Incentive Bonus Award may be made in cash or in Common Stock, as determined by the Committee. With respect to Incentive Bonus Awards made on and after the

 

10


162(m) Effective Date and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish and administer Performance Goals in the manner described in Section 9 as an additional condition to the vesting and payment of such Incentive Bonus Awards. The Incentive Bonus Award for any Performance Period to any Participant may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in its discretion. Incentive Bonus Awards payable hereunder may be pursuant to one or more subplans.

 

12. General

(a) Additional Provisions of an Award. Awards to a Participant under the Plan also may be subject to such other provisions, restrictions, conditions or limitations (whether or not applicable to Awards granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate including, without limitation, (i) provisions for the forfeiture of or restrictions on resale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired under any Award, (ii) provisions giving the Company the right to repurchase shares of Common Stock acquired under any Award in the event the Participant elects to dispose of such shares, (iii) provisions allowing the Participant to elect to defer the receipt of payment in respect of Awards for a specified period or until a specified event, provided such provisions comply with Section 409A of the Code and (iv) provisions to comply with federal and state securities laws and federal and state tax withholding requirements. Without limiting the foregoing, additional restrictions may address the timing and manner of any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any shares issued under an Award, including without limitation (A) restrictions under an insider trading policy or pursuant to applicable law, (B) restrictions designed to delay and/or coordinate the timing and manner of sales by Participant and holders of other Company equity compensation arrangements, and (C) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers.

(b) Privileges of Stock Ownership. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.

(c) Conditions for Issuance. The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Common Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (i) listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such Common Stock on the Applicable Exchange; (ii) any registration or other qualification of such Common Stock of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and (iii) obtaining any other consent, approval or permit from any state or federal governmental agency that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. If the shares of Common Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Common Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

(d) Tax Withholding.

(i) A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any shares of Common Stock or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Common Stock or other property) of any required income tax withholding and payroll taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes.

 

11


(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required withholding liability) by (A) delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

(e) Limitation on Dividend Reinvestment and Dividend Equivalents. Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment, and the payment of Common Stock with respect to dividends to Participants holding Awards of Restricted Stock Units, shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Common Stock are available under Section 5 for such reinvestment or payment (taking into account then-outstanding Awards). In the event that sufficient shares of Common Stock are not available for such reinvestment or payment, such reinvestment or payment shall be made in the form of a grant of Restricted Stock Units equal in number to the shares of Common Stock that would have been obtained by such payment or reinvestment, the terms of which Restricted Stock Units shall provide for settlement in cash and for dividend equivalent reinvestment in further Restricted Stock Units on the terms contemplated by this Section 12(e).

(f) Claim to Awards and Employment Rights. No employee of the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate.

(g) No Liability of Committee Members. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his behalf in his capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(h) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Washington without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Washington.

(i) Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees tinder general law.

(j) Nontransferability.

(i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge,

 

12


attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards other than Incentive Stock Options to be transferred by a Participant without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to:

(A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”);

(B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his Immediate Family Members;

(C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his Immediate Family Members; or

(D) any other transferee as may be approved either (1) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion or (2) as provided in the applicable Award Agreement;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of this Plan and any applicable Award Agreement.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in this Plan, or in any applicable Award Agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent: and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company, or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(k) Section 409A of the Code . It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in this Section 12(k), and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The terms and conditions governing any Awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code, including any rules for elective or mandatory deferral of the delivery of cash or shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto and any rules regarding treatment of such Awards in the event of a Change in Control, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code that has been granted to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) on the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, any payments (whether in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property) to be made with respect to such Award upon the Participant’s Termination of Service shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Termination of Service and (ii) the Participant’s death.

 

13


(l) Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(m) Subsidiary Employee. In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the shares, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the shares to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All shares underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled should revert to the Company.

(n) Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Considerations. The Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Persons who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory.

(o) No Contract of Employment. The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

(p) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

(q) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13. Changes in Capital Structure

(a) In the event of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, or similar event affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems equitable to (A) the aggregate number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (B) the various maximum limitations set forth in Section 5 upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards, (C) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to outstanding Awards and (D) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation, (1) the cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Awards, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion (it being understood that in the case of a Corporate Transaction with respect to which holders of Common Stock receive consideration other than publicly traded equity securities of the ultimate surviving entity, any such determination by the Committee that the value of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall for this purpose be deemed to equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration being paid for each share of Common Stock pursuant to such Corporate Transaction over the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall conclusively be deemed valid); (2) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or

 

14


other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company) for the Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards; and (3) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of Awards, or replacement of Awards with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to Awards that remain based upon Company securities).

(b) In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, separation, spinoff, reorganization, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company (each, a “Stock Change”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (ii) the various maximum limitations set forth in Section 5 upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards, (iii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to outstanding Awards and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) The Committee may adjust in its sole discretion the Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any Stock Change and any Corporate Transaction and any unusual or nonrecurring events and other extraordinary items, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles or as identified in the Company’s financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis or the Company’s other SEC filings; provided that with respect to Awards granted on and after the 162(m) Effective Date that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, such adjustments or substitutions shall be made only to the extent that the Committee determines that such adjustments or substitutions may be made without causing the Company to be denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

(d) Any adjustment under this Section 13 need not be the same for all Participants.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 13 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (ii) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 13 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that, after such adjustment, the Awards either (A) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and (iii) in any event, neither the Committee nor the Board shall have the authority to make any adjustments pursuant to this Section 13 to the extent the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code to be subject thereto.

 

14. Effect of Change in Control

(a) Impact of Event/Single Trigger. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or at any other time prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, and subject to Section 13, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control:

(i) any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding that are not then exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested;

(ii) the restrictions, including the Restricted Period, which may differ with respect to each grantee, and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable; and

 

15


(iii) all Restricted Stock Units shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any restrictions shall lapse and such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled as promptly as is practicable in the form set forth in the applicable Award Agreement; provided, however, that with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the settlement of each such Restricted Stock Unit pursuant to this Section 14(a)(iii) shall not occur until the earliest of (A) the Change in Control if such Change in Control constitutes a “change in the ownership of the corporation,” a “change in effective control of the corporation” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation,” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code (each, a “409A Change in Control”) and (B) the date such Restricted Stock Units would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement;

(iv) with respect to Performance-Based Awards, the Committee may in its discretion provide that all incomplete Performance Periods in effect on the date the Change in Control occurs shall end on the date of such Change in Control and, if the Committee exercises such discretion, the Committee shall (A) determine the extent to which Performance Goals with respect to each such Performance Period have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information then available as it deems relevant and (B) cause to be paid to each Participant partial or full Awards with respect to Performance Goals for each such Performance Period based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of Performance Goals; provided, however, that with respect to any Performance-Based Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the payment of each such Award pursuant to this Section 14(a)(iv) shall not occur until the earliest of (1) the Change in Control if such Change in Control constitutes a 409A Change in Control and (2) the date such Award would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement;

(v) the Committee may in its discretion, and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event; and

(vi) the Committee may also make additional adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding Awards as it deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan’s purposes.

(b) The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of Participants’ rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan that it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.

 

15. Nonexclusivity of the Plan

Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

16. Amendments and Termination

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan; and provided further that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary, except such an amendment

 

16


made to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, Applicable Exchange rules or accounting rules. In no event may any Option or Free-Standing SAR granted under this Plan be amended, other than pursuant to Section 13, to decrease the exercise price thereof, cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Option or Free-Standing SAR with a lower exercise price, or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a “repricing” of such Option or Free-Standing SAR, unless such amendment, cancellation or action is approved by the Company’s shareholders.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

 

17

Exhibit 10.3

AMENDMENT TO THE

HOMESTREET, INC. 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

HomeStreet, Inc., pursuant to Article XIII, Paragraph A, of the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”), hereby amends the Plan in the following respect, effective as of January 1, 2011:

Article III, Paragraph C, is hereby amended to read as follows, so that it refers to the January 1, 2011 restatement date instead of the prior July 1, 2008 restatement date:

C. Eligibility to Make Employee Pre-Tax Contributions. Each Employee who is not otherwise excluded by reason of Paragraph A of this Article III shall become eligible to make Employee pre-tax contributions under Paragraph B of Article IV upon the later of January 1, 2011, or immediately following the later of the Employee’s employment date or attainment of age 18 and shall be enrolled as a Participant for this purpose as soon as administratively feasible following completion of such requirement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this amendment to be adopted as of this 24th day of February, 2011.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.
By  

/s/ Pamela J. Taylor

Its   SVP/H Director


HOMESTREET, INC.

401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

AS OF JANUARY 1, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

            Name

     1   

ARTICLE II

  

            Definitions

     2   

A.

  

“Accrued Benefit”

     2   

B.

  

“Anniversary Date”

     2   

C.

  

“Board”

     2   

D.

  

“Code”

     2   

E.

  

“Committee”

     2   

F.

  

“Compensation”

     2   

G.

  

“Effective Date”

     5   

H.

  

“Eligibility Computation Period”

     6   

I.

  

“Employee”

     6   

J.

  

“Enrollment Date”

     6   

K.

  

“ERISA”

     6   

L.

  

“Event of Forfeiture”

     6   

M.

  

“Fiscal Year”

     6   

N.

  

“Fund”

     6   

O.

  

“Highly-Compensated Employee”

     7   

P.

  

“Hour of Service”

     7   

Q.

  

“One-Year Break in Service”

     8   

R.

  

“Participant”

     8   

S.

  

“Plan”

     9   

T.

  

“Plan Year”

     9   

U.

  

“Spouse”

     9   

V.

  

“Trust”

     9   

W.

  

“Trustee”

     9   

X.

  

“Valuation Date”

     9   

Y.

  

“Vesting Computation Period”

     9   

Z.

  

“Year of Service”

     9   

AA.

  

“Miscellaneous”

     9   

BB.

  

“WMS 401(k) Plan”

     9   

CC.

  

“WMS Money Purchase Pension Plan”

     9   

DD.

  

“HomeSelect Plan”

     9   

ARTICLE III

  

            Eligible Employees

     9   

A.

  

Exclusions

     10   

B.

  

Eligibility for Employer Contributions

     10   

C.

  

Eligibility to Make Employee Pre-Tax Contributions

     10   

 

ii


D.

  

Other Eligibility Provisions

     10   

ARTICLE IV

  

            Contributions

     11   

A.

  

Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution

     11   

B.

  

Employee Pre-Tax Contributions

     11   

C.

  

Employer Matching Contributions

     14   

D.

  

Nondiscrimination Test Applicable to Employee Pre-Tax Contributions

     14   

E.

  

Nondiscrimination Test Applicable to Employer Matching Contributions

     17   

F.

  

Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions

     19   

G.

  

Hardship Withdrawals of Employee Pre-Tax Contributions

     21   

H.

  

Date of Payment

     22   

I.

  

Profit Sharing Plan

     22   

ARTICLE V

  

            Participant’s Accounts, Valuation, Maximum Contribution

     22   

A.

  

Participant’s Accounts

     22   

B.

  

Allocations of Contributions

     22   

C.

  

Active Participants Receive Allocations of Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions

     23   

D.

  

Trust Valuation

     23   

E.

  

Maximum Contributions

     24   
  

1.         Annual Addition

     24   
  

2.         Excess Annual Addition

     24   

F.

  

Forfeitures and Reinstatement of Forfeitures

     25   

ARTICLE VI

  

            Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit

     26   

A.

  

Allocations Not Vested

     26   

B.

  

Vesting Period

     26   

C.

  

Amendment to Vesting Computation Period or Vesting Schedule

     27   

D.

  

Full Vesting

     28   

E.

  

Participant’s Commencement of Excluded Employment

     28   

F.

  

Transfer of Participants

     28   

ARTICLE VII

  

            Distribution of Benefits

     29   

A.

  

Retirement Age and Options

     29   
  

1.         Employment After Normal Retirement Age

     29   
  

            a.         Election to Receive Benefits While Still Employed

     29   
  

            b.         Required Receipt of Benefits

     29   
  

2.         Date of Retired Participant’s First Payment

     30   
  

3.         Deferral of Benefits

     30   
  

4.         Form of Payment

     30   
  

6.         Minimum Required Distribution Under Final Regulations

     30   
  

6.         Minimum Required Distribution Under Final Regulations

     30   

B.

  

Death

     35   
  

1.         Death Prior to Commencement of Benefits

     35   

C.

  

Disability

     37   

D.

  

Termination of Employment

     37   

 

iii


E.

  

Time of First Payment

     38   

F.

  

Distribution of Allocation Attributable to Last Year of Participation

     38   

G.

  

Distribution to Minors or Incompetents

     39   

H.

  

No Reduction in Benefits by Reason of Increase in Social Security Benefits

     39   

ARTICLE VIII                 Provision Against Anticipation

     40   

A.

  

No Alienation of Benefits

     40   

B.

  

Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

     40   

C.

  

Assignment of Benefits

     41   

ARTICLE IX                 Loans to Participants

     42   

ARTICLE X                 Administrative Committee - Named Fiduciary and Administrator

     43   

A.

  

Appointment of Committee

     43   

B.

  

Committee Action

     43   

C.

  

Rights and Duties

     44   

D.

  

Investments

     44   

E.

  

Information - Reporting and Disclosure

     44   

F.

  

Standard of Care Imposed Upon the Committee

     45   

G.

  

Allocation and Delegation of Responsibility

     45   

H.

  

Bonding

     45   

I.

  

Claims Procedure

     45   

J.

  

Funding Policy

     46   

K.

  

Indemnification

     46   

L.

  

Compensation, Expenses

     46   

ARTICLE XI                 Investment of Trust Funds

     46   

A.

  

Investment of Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts, Employer Matching Contribution Accounts, and Rollover Accounts

     46   

B.

  

Standard of Care Imposed Upon Trustee

     47   

ARTICLE XII                 Mergers and Consolidations

     47   

ARTICLE XIII                 Amendment and Termination of Plan and Trust

     47   

A.

  

Right to Amend and Terminate

     47   

B.

  

No Revesting

     48   

C.

  

Exclusive Benefit of Employees

     48   

D.

  

Termination

     48   

ARTICLE XIV                 Top Heavy Plans Defined and Other Definitions

     49   

A.

  

Top Heavy Plan

     49   

B.

  

Additional Definitions for Use in this Article and Article XV

     49   
  

1.         Accrued Benefits

     49   
  

2.         Controlled Group

     50   
  

3.         Determination Date

     50   
  

4.         Key Employee

     50   
  

5.         Minimum Benefit Accrual

     51   

 

iv


  

6.         Non-key Employee

     51   
  

7.         Permissively Aggregated

     51   
  

8.         Required Aggregation Group

     51   

ARTICLE XV             Additional Requirements Applicable to Top Heavy Plans

     51   

A.

  

Minimum Vesting Requirements

     51   

B.

  

Minimum Employer Contributions

     52   
  

1.         General Rule

     52   
  

2.         Exceptions

     52   
  

3.         Employee Participating in Defined Benefit Plan

     53   
  

4.         Specific Rules

     53   

ARTICLE XVI             Right to Discharge Employees

     53   

ARTICLE XVII           Return of Contributions; Declaration of Trust Contingent on Internal Revenue Service Approval

     53   

ARTICLE XVIII          Rollover Contributions; Trust to Trust Transfers

     54   

A.

  

Rollover Contributions To This Plan

     54   

B.

  

Trust to Trust Transfers

     55   

C.

  

Definitions

     55   
  

1.         Eligible Rollover Distribution

     55   
  

2,         Eligible Retirement Plan

     55   
  

3.         Distributee

     56   
  

4.         Direct Rollover

     56   

ARTICLE XIX             Transfers of Employment

     56   

 

v


HOMESTREET, INC.

401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into at Seattle, Washington, by and between HomeStreet, Inc. (known as Continental, Inc. prior to May 15, 2000), HomeStreet Bank (known as Continental Savings Bank prior to May 15, 2000), and HomeStreet Capital Corporation (known as Continental Mortgage Company, Inc. prior to May 15, 2000), Washington corporations having their principal place of business at Seattle, Washington, hereinafter called the “Employer.”

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 1976, the Employer established for the exclusive benefit of its Employees eligible to participate, and their beneficiaries, a profit sharing plan to accumulate from profits a fund for the payment of retirement benefits;

WHEREAS, effective July 1, 1999, the Plan was amended and restated as a 401(k) savings and employee stock ownership plan;

WHEREAS, effective May 1, 2000, the Plan was amended and restated to change the names of the co-sponsors of the Plan effective May 15, 2000; to remove the Windermere Mortgage Services LLCs as co-sponsors of the Plan effective May 1, 2000; to authorize the direct transfer in-kind on or after May 1, 2000 of the Plan account balances (except shares of HomeStreet, Inc. stock) of all current and certain former employees of the Windermere Mortgage Services LLCs (the “WMS LLCs”) to the Windermere Mortgage Services LLCs 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust (the “WMS 401(k) Plan”);

WHEREAS, the Plan was also previously amended and restated for compliance with other applicable law and to make certain other design changes;

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 2011, the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. wishes to (1) spin-off the ESOP portion of this Plan into a separate plan to be known as the HomeStreet, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (the “ESOP”), so that this Plan is no longer an employee ownership plan and is instead only a profit sharing plan with 401(k) and 401(m) features , (2) rename this Plan the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, (3) incorporate previously adopted amendments, and (4) make certain other administrative changes to the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed that the Plan shall be amended and restated in its entirety, effective as of January 1, 2011, or such other applicable dates as specifically provided herein, as follows:

ARTICLE I

Name

The Plan shall be known as the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan and its Trust were previously known as (1) the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust from May 15,2000 through December 31, 2010,


(2) the Continental, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust from July 1, 1999 through May 14, 2000, and (3) the Continental, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan and Trust prior to July 1, 1999. This amended and restated Plan controls the rights of all Participants who accrue benefits hereunder on or after January 1, 2011. The rights of persons who received Plan benefits prior to January 1, 2011, or persons who terminated employment with the Employer before January 1, 2011 with a vested Accrued Benefit, are controlled by the terms of the Plan in existence prior to January 1, 2011.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

A. “Accrued Benefit” means the balance of a Participant’s accounts at any time.

B. “Anniversary Date” means the last day of each Plan Year.

C. “Board” means the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc.

D. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

E. “Committee” means the Administrative Committee appointed by the Board.

F. “Compensation” for Plan contribution purposes for Employees other than Single Family Retail Permanent Loan Officers and residential branch managers means an Employee’s regular base salary or wages from the Employer before any deferral of income pursuant to Paragraph B of Article IV and before any salary reduction contributions to the Employer’s Internal Revenue Code Section 125 flexible benefits plan and Code Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan } if any, but excluding all incentive-based compensation, bonuses, overtime, commissions, Employer contributions hereunder pursuant to Paragraphs A and C of Article IV, Employer contributions to any other similar retirement plan, and payments by the Employer (other than Section 125 contributions) on account of medical, disability and life insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of computing Employee Pre-Tax Contributions under Paragraph B of Article IV, Compensation shall also include one hundred percent (100%) of short-term incentive-based compensation, bonuses, overtime, and commissions for a Plan Year (“Variable Compensation”), and for purposes of computing Employer Matching Contributions under Paragraph C of Article IV, Compensation shall also include fifty percent (50%) of such Variable Compensation, provided, however, that the total amount of Compensation considered may not exceed the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(l 7) limits as described later in this Paragraph F.

“Compensation” for Plan contribution purposes for Single Family Retail Permanent Loan Officers means 40% of commissions, draws, bonuses, and base salary, up to $50,000. Compensation is subject to the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limits as described later in this Paragraph G and is determined before any deferral of income pursuant to Paragraph B of Article IV and before any salary reduction contributions to the Employer’s Internal Revenue Code Section 125 flexible benefits plan and Code Section 132(f)(4)

 

2


transportation fringe benefit plan, if any, but excluding Employer contributions hereunder pursuant to Paragraphs A and C of Article IV, Employer contributions to any other similar retirement plan, and payments by the Employer (other than Section 125 contributions) on account of medical, disability, and life insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of computing Employee Pre-Tax Contributions under Paragraph B of Article IV, Compensation for Single Family Retail Permanent Loan Officers shall include 100% of commissions, draws, bonuses, and base salary up to the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(l7) limits, and for purposes of computing Employer Matching Contributions under Paragraph C of Article IV, Compensation for Single Family Retail Permanent Loan Officers means 65% of commissions, draws, bonuses, and base pay, up to the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limits.

“Compensation” for Plan contribution purposes for residential branch managers means 100% of base salary, short-term incentive based compensation, commissions and overrides, up to $75,000. Compensation considered may not exceed the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limits as described later in this Paragraph G, and is determined before any deferral of income pursuant to Paragraph B of Article IV and before any salary reduction contributions to the Employer’s Internal Revenue Code Section 125 flexible benefits plan and Code Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan, if any, but excluding Employer contributions hereunder pursuant to Paragraphs A and C of Article IV, Employer contributions to any similar retirement plan, and payments by the Employer (other than Section 125 contributions) on account of medical, disability and life insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of computing Employee Pre-Tax Contributions under Paragraph B of Article IV, Compensation shall mean 100% of base salary, short-term incentive based compensation, commissions and overrides up to the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limits, and for purposes of computing Employer Matching Contributions under Paragraph C of Article IV, Compensation shall mean 100% of base salary and 50% of short-term incentive based compensation, commissions and overrides, provided, however, that the total amount of Compensation considered may not exceed the Code Section 401(a)(l 7) limits as described later in this Paragraph G.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary and consistent with the Employer’s administration of the Plan, any long-term incentive compensation shall be excluded from Compensation on which the Plan contributions are based.

Effective January 1, 2009, (i) an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code Section 3401(h)(2), is treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment, (ii) the differential wage payment is treated as Compensation, and (iii) the Plan is not treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code Section 414(u)(l)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage payment However, subsection (iii) applies only if all Employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in a retirement plan maintained by the Employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code Sections 410(b)(3), (4), and (5)).

 

3


Effective as of January 1, 2008, for purposes of Plan contributions. Compensation shall also include Compensation received during the applicable post-severance period only to the extent included in the definition of Compensation for Code Section 415 purposes below, and unless otherwise excluded under this Article II, Paragraph F, of the Plan. Any amount includible in a Participant’s gross income due to noncompliance with Code Section 409A shall be included in Compensation for purposes of Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits.

Effective January 1, 2008, for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits, the following Compensation shall be considered: (1) a Participant’s regular Compensation received for services rendered during the Participant’s regular working hours that is paid during a post-severance payment period, and (2) a Participant’s Compensation for services rendered outside his regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments that would have been paid to the Participant before a severance of employment had the Participant continued in employment with the Employer (provided such amounts are paid during the post-severance payment period). The post-severance period is the period from the Participant’s severance from employment until the later of 2-1/2 months after severance or the end of the Limitation Year in which severance occurred. Through December 31, 2008 only, Compensation for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits shall also include, if paid during the post-severance period, payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only to the extent that (a) the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued, and (b) the amounts would have been included in the definition of Compensation for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer. In no event shall the Compensation for purposes of Code Section 415 for a given limitation year exceed the maximum amount of Compensation recognized for purposes of limiting contributions or benefits payable with respect to a plan under Code Section 401(a)(17) for that same limitation year.

If the Employer so elects, effective January 1, 2008, Compensation for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits for a limitation year shall include amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next limitation year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly-situated participants, and no compensation is included in more than one limitation year.

As modified by the preceding two paragraphs, for purposes of the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits (Article V, Paragraph E, hereof) and the Code Section 416 top heavy requirements (Articles XIV and XV hereof), and for purposes of determining a Highly Compensated Employee (Article II, Paragraph O, hereof), “Compensation” means wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employers maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance

 

4


premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements, and expense allowances), Code Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan salary reduction contributions, and any elective deferrals as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employers at the election of the Employee and which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125 or 457. Such compensation does not include:

1. Contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed;

2. Employer contributions to a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) of the Code to the extent deductible by the Employee;

3. Distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless of whether such amounts are includible in gross income when distributed (except that amounts paid to an Employee under an unfunded nonqualified plan of deferred compensation will be considered as compensation for Code Sections 415 and 416 in the year such amounts are includible in gross income);

4. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option or when restricted property becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

5. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option;

6. Other amounts which receive special tax benefits such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in gross income) or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not contributions are excludable from gross income).

In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in this Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the annual Compensation of each Employee taken into account under this Plan shall not exceed the annual compensation limit as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17). The annual compensation limit (e.g., $245,000 for the 2010 Plan Year), shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined (determination period) beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

G. “Effective Date” unless otherwise stated in this Plan means January 1, 2011, the effective date of the amendment and restatement of this Plan, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. The Employer’s plan was originally adopted effective January 1, 1976.

 

5


H. “Eligibility Computation Period” initially means the 12-consecutive-month period beginning with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer (the “Employment Commencement Date”), or in the case of an Employee who has had a One-Year Break in Service, the 12-consecutive-month period beginning with the first date on which the Employee completes an Hour of Service following the last computation period in which a One-Year Break in Service occurred (the “Reemployment Commencement Date”). After the initial Computation Period, the succeeding Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date and each succeeding Plan Year.

I. “Employee” means any person in the service of the Employer receiving a regular wage or salary. A leased employee as defined in Code Section 414(n)(2) shall be considered an Employee hereunder solely for purposes of Code Section 414(n)(3) unless (i) leased employees constitute less than twenty percent (20%) of the Employer’s non-highly-compensated workforce as defined in Code Section 414(n)(5)(c)(ii) and (ii) the leased employee is a participant in a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5)(B). A leased employee for purposes of Code Section 414(n)(3) means any person who is not an Employee of the Employer and who provides services for the Employer pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization, who has performed such services for the Employer and related persons on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and whose services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. Notwithstanding that a leased employee is treated as an Employee hereunder solely for purposes of Code Section 414(n)(3), such a leased employee shall not be considered an eligible Employee or receive credit for service or share in Employer contributions under this Plan.

J. “Enrollment Date” means the date on which an Employee who has complied with the eligibility requirements shall become eligible to participate in the Plan. The Enrollment Dates with respect to Employee pre-tax contributions shall be as soon as administratively feasible after becoming an eligible Employee and attainment of age 18, and the Enrollment Dates with respect to all other contributions shall be the first day of each calendar month.

K. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

L. “Event of Forfeiture” means with respect to a Participant who terminates employment, either the incurring of five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service or a cash-out payment in full in a single lump sum of all of his vested Accrued Benefit, subject to the reinstatement of forfeitures requirements of Article V, Paragraph F. A Participant who terminates employment with no vested Accrued Benefit shall be deemed to have received a cash-out payment.

M. “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s fiscal year for federal tax purposes. The Employer’s fiscal year begins on January 1 and ends on December 31.

N. “Fund” means the trust fund established pursuant to the Trust Agreement in which all of the assets of the Plan are held. With respect to Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts,

 

6


Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Accounts, Employer Matching Contribution Accounts, and Rollover Accounts, the Fund shall be divided into a number of separate investment funds selected by the Committee and communicated to Participants.

O. “Highly-Compensated Employee” means any Employee who during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year is a more than five percent owner (as defined by Code Section 416(i)(1)) or an Employee who for the preceding Plan Year received Compensation in excess of $80,000 adjusted as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1), and effective January 1, 1999 who was a member of the top-paid 20% group of Employees (based on Compensation for the preceding Plan Year).

Effective January 1, 2008, for purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly-Compensated Employee, annual Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) as set forth in Article II, Paragraph F, for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits for the applicable Plan Year or preceding Plan Year.

The Committee must make the determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee.

The Employer for purposes of this Paragraph is the entity employing the Employee and includes all other entities aggregated with such employing entity under the aggregation requirements of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

A former Employee shall be considered a Highly-Compensated Employee if he was a Highly-Compensated Employee when he separated from service or if he was a Highly-Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age 55.

P. “Hour of Service” means:

a. Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer for the performance of duties. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed. Effective with respect to reemployments initiated on or after December 12, 1994, an Employee in qualified military service as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5) shall be credited with Hours of Service at his customary rate; and

b. Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship was terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this subsection (b) for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee in qualified military service shall receive credit in accordance with Code Section 414(u). Hours under this subsection (b) shall be calculated and

 

7


credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference; and

c. Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited under subsection (a) or (b), as the case may be, and under this subsection (c). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the Eligibility or Vesting Computation Period or Periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

Provided, for the purpose of determining whether an Employee has incurred a One-Year Break in Service (i) Hours of Service described in subsection (b) shall be credited without regard to the 501-hour limitation of subsection (b); (ii) hours at the Employee’s customary rate shall be credited during any period the Employee is on authorized leave of absence or temporary layoff, and (iii) in the case of an Employee who is absent from work for any period by reason of pregnancy, birth of a child, placement with the Employee of a child for adoption, or caring for such child immediately following birth or placement, Hours of Service (up to 501 hours) shall be credited equal to the Hours of Service that otherwise would normally have been credited to the Employee but for such absence (or if such hours cannot be determined, equal to 8 Hours of Service per day of absence). The hours credited under (iii) above shall be credited to the applicable computation period in which the absence begins if such crediting will prevent a One-Year Break in Service, or otherwise to the following computation period. No such credit shall be given unless the Employee provides the Committee with timely information (including, if requested, a written statement of a doctor or adoption official) to establish that the absence is for reasons referred to in this paragraph and the number of days for which there was such an absence. Provided, further, there shall be no duplication of credit under the Plan. Authorized leave of absence shall be granted on a nondiscriminatory basis.

Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of an affiliated service group (under Code Section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporation (under Code Section 414(b)), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Code Section 414(c)) of which the Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

An exempt salaried Employee who during a semi-monthly payroll period would be entitled to credit for at least one Hour of Service shall receive credit for 95 Hours of Service. All other Employees shall be credited with actual hours (i) for which they are entitled to payment by the Employer, and (ii) for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred, at their regular rate during unpaid leave of absence.

Q. “One-Year Break in Service” means the applicable Eligibility or Vesting Computation Period during which an Employee completes less than 501 Hours of Service.

R. “Participant” means an Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Article III.

 

8


S. “Plan” means the 401(k) Savings Plan set forth in this agreement and all subsequent amendments thereto.

T. “Plan Year” means the twelve-month period on which the records of the Plan are kept. Each Plan Year shall end on December 31.

U. “Spouse” means the lawful husband or wife of the Participant.

V. “Trust” means the separate Trust Agreement between the Employer and Charles Schwab Trust Company (or any successor Trustee) and all subsequent amendments thereto.

W. “Trustee” means Charles Schwab Trust Company and any successor Trustee or Trustees hereunder appointed by the Board.

X. “Valuation Date” means the date upon which the assets of the Trust are valued. The Valuation Dates for Participants’ Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts, Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Accounts, Employer Matching Contribution Accounts, and Rollover Accounts shall be each business day when the New York Stock Exchange, Schwab Trust Company, and the Plan recordkeeper are open for business. The Committee is authorized to establish additional Valuation Dates in its discretion.

Y. “Vesting Computation Period” for purposes of determining a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit means the Plan Year.

Z. “Year of Service” means the applicable computation period during which the Employee completes not fewer than 1,000 Hours of Service as defined in Paragraph P.

AA. “Miscellaneous.” Unless some other meaning and intent is apparent from the context, the plurals shall mean the singular, and vice versa, and masculine, feminine, and neuter words shall be used interchangeably.

BB. “WMS 401(k) Plan” means the Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust. The WMS 401(k) Plan was known as the Windermere Mortgage Services LLC 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust from January 1, 2004 through April 30, 2005. Prior to January 1, 2004, the WMS 401(k) Plan was known as the Windermere Mortgage Services LLCs 401 (k) Savings Plan and Trust.

CC. “WMS Money Purchase Pension Plan” means the Windermere Mortgage Services LLCs Money Purchase Pension Plan and Trust. The WMS Money Purchase Pension Plan merged into the WMS 401(k) Plan effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2002.

DD. “HomeSelect Plan” means the HomeSelect Series LLC 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust. The HomeSelect Plan terminated on October 28, 2008.

ARTICLE III

Eligible Employees

 

9


A. Exclusions. Employees shall be excluded from those eligible to participate if they are included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for participation by such Employees. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, any individual who is classified as an independent contractor by the Employer, regardless of whether such individual is classified as an employee by a court or by any federal, state or local agency, and any individual who performs services pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan.

B. Eligibility for Employer Contributions. Unless excluded by reason of Paragraph A of this Article III, each Employee who was a Participant on December 31, 2010 shall continue to be a Participant for purposes of eligibility for Employer contributions under Paragraphs A and C of Article IV subject to the provisions of this Plan. Each other Employee not excluded by reason of Paragraph A of this Article III shall become eligible upon the later of January 1, 2011, or his completion of one Year of Service with the Employer and attainment of age 18. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of eligibility for Employer matching contributions pursuant to Article IV, Paragraph C, only, each other Employee not excluded by reason of Paragraph A of this Article III shall become eligible upon the later of January 1, 2011, or his completion of six months of service with the Employer and attainment of age 18. An Employee shall not be required to complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such months of service. However, if an Employee completes a Year of Service in his Eligibility Computation Period, he shall be eligible to participate in this Plan for purposes of Employer matching contributions as of the next Enrollment Date regardless of whether he completed the months of service required to participate in this Plan.

Each eligible Employee shall be enrolled as a Participant as of the Enrollment Date coinciding with or following completion of such requirements, provided the Employee has not separated from service before such Enrollment Date.

C. Eligibility to Make Employee Pre-Tax Contributions. Each Employee who is not otherwise excluded by reason of Paragraph A of this Article III shall become eligible to make Employee pre-tax contributions under Paragraph B of Article IV upon the later of July 1, 2008, or immediately following the later of the Employee’s employment date or attainment of age 18 and shall be enrolled as a Participant for this purpose as soon as administratively feasible following completion of such requirement.

D. Other Eligibility Provisions. In counting Years of Service for eligibility purposes, the Committee shall apply the following rules using the applicable Eligibility Computation Period to determine Years of Service and One-Year Breaks in Service:

a. Except as hereafter provided, the Employee shall receive credit for each Year of Service.

b. In the case of a Participant who has a One-Year Break in Service prior to the time he has any nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit computed pursuant to Article VI,

 

10


Paragraph B, and who returns to employment, service prior to the break shall not be counted if the number of his consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the aggregate number of Years of Service (whether or not consecutive) prior to the last such break if the number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service is five or more.

c. In the case of a Participant who terminates employment and is rehired, and his prior service is not disregarded under (b), he shall become a Participant on the date of his reemployment, which date shall be the date on which he completes one Hour of Service after his termination of employment.

The Committee may request each eligible Employee to apply for Plan participation in writing on a form to be supplied by the Committee, agreeing to the terms of the Plan and giving such information as may be required by the Committee, including beneficiary designation. An Employee shall not be precluded from Plan participation if he does not complete such form.

ARTICLE IV

Contributions

A. Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. For each Plan Year, the Employer in its discretion may pay to the Trustee for investment in the Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Accounts of each Active Participant as defined in Article V, Paragraph C, under the Trust such amount as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Employer at a meeting held before the time provided by law for filing of the Employer’s income tax return (including extensions).

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective with respect to reemployments initiated on or after December 12, 1994, any Employer discretionary contributions with respect to qualified military service shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

The Employer’s determination of such contribution shall be binding on all Participants, the Committee, and the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no right or duty to inquire into the amount of the Employer’s contribution or the method used in determining the amount of such contribution, but shall be accountable only for the funds actually received by it.

B. Employee Pre-Tax Contributions. On or prior to an Employee’s Enrollment Date for Employee pre-tax contribution purposes, the Employee may, through use of a telephone voice response system or such other means as are designated by the Committee, direct the Employer (1) to defer a percentage of his Compensation each pay period, commencing as of his Enrollment Date, and (2) to contribute that amount to the Plan within the time required by ERISA. The Committee shall provide each Employee prior to his Enrollment Date instructions about the time period within which the Employee may elect to make pre-tax contributions effective as of his Enrollment Date. A Participant’s pre-tax contributions for any pay period shall be in whole percentages equal to at least one percent (1%) of the Participant’s Compensation but not more than a percentage of Compensation that shall be determined by the

 

11


Committee from time to time in a manner that is consistent with applicable law, provided such contributions are within the limits of Article V, Paragraph E. The amount of a Participant’s deferred Compensation shall be rounded to the nearest cent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee pre-tax contributions on behalf of a Participant in this Plan or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer during any taxable year may not exceed the limit under Code Section 402(g) in effect for such taxable year ($15,500 for calendar year 2008 and thereafter such amount for a calendar year as adjusted each year by the Secretary of the Treasury), except to the extent permitted under the remainder of this Paragraph B and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable. A Participant who makes Code Section 401(k) Employee pre-tax contributions to more than one plan in a calendar year in excess of the applicable dollar limitation must submit to the Committee by March 1 of the year following the year of any excess contributions a written statement including the amount of the excess contributions to be allocated to this Plan. Any excess contributions allocated to this Plan shall be distributed, together with income attributable thereto, by April 15 of the year following the year of the excess contributions.

With respect to excess deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)) made in the taxable year 2007, allocable income must be calculated for the taxable year and also for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the taxable year in which the excess deferral occurred and prior to the distribution); provided that the gap period income will be calculated and distributed only if the gap period allocable income would otherwise be allocated to the Participant’s account. With respect to excess deferrals made in taxable years after 2007, gap period income shall not be distributed.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, upon a Participant’s return from qualified military service, such Participant may make up Employee pre-tax contributions for the period of qualified military service in accordance with Code Section 414(u), effective with reemployments initiated on or after December 12, 1994.

In the event a Participant terminates employment and is rehired, the Participant may elect to begin deferring a percentage of his Compensation as soon as administrative feasible following his date of rehire, provided that prior to that date and within the timeframe required by the Committee he elects to make Employee pre-tax contributions by following the procedures designated by the Committee.

Effective the first day of any payroll period, each Participant who is deferring an amount of his Compensation may change the percentage of his Compensation to be deferred, and each Participant who is not deferring an amount of his Compensation may elect to begin deferring a percentage of his Compensation. Each Participant who elects to make such a change or election must follow the procedures established by the Committee and must make such change or election within a reasonable timeframe prior to the beginning of the applicable pay period, as designated by the Committee.

By following the procedures designated by the Committee, a Participant may revoke his Employee pre-tax contribution agreement effective as of the first day of any subsequent pay

 

12


period. A Participant who revokes his Employee pre-tax contribution agreement may resume deferring a percentage of his Compensation hereunder at any time, provided he follows procedures designated by the Committee relating to resuming Employee pre-tax contributions, with such election effective as soon as administratively possible thereafter.

Employee pre-tax contributions shall be credited to a separate Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account for each Participant. A Participant’s Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account shall be invested, valued, distributed and except as specifically provided herein, in all respects treated in the same manner as the Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account, except that the amounts credited to the Participant’s Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested. Amounts in the Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account shall not be distributed until the earliest of the Participant’s death, disability, retirement, attainment of age 59  1 / 2 , termination of employment, in accordance with the provisions of Article VII of the Plan, or the occurrence of a hardship as set forth in Paragraph G of this Article.

Such amounts may also be distributed upon:

(1) Termination of the Plan without the establishment of another defined contribution plan, other than an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k)) or a SIMPLE IRA Plan (defined in Code Section 408(p)).

(2) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if such corporation continues to maintain the plan after the disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets.

(3) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.

All Employees who are eligible to make Employee pre-tax contributions under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(l1), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions. Consistent with the Employer’s administration of the Plan and applicable law, catch-up contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Employee pre-tax contributions for purposes of Participant loans pursuant to Article IX of this Plan and for purposes of any in-service withdrawals.

 

13


Effective January 1, 2009, a Participant shall be treated as having a severance from employment and therefore eligible for a distribution of his Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account during any period the Participant is performing service in the uniformed services for more than 30 days as described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A). In the event that such a Participant elects to receive a distribution by reason of severance from employment, the Participant may not make an elective deferral to the Plan during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

C. Employer Matching Contributions. The Employer may, in its sole discretion, contribute on behalf of each Participant who makes Employee pre-tax contributions an Employer matching contribution equal to such percentage of each Participant’s Employee pre-tax contributions as shall be determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion, provided that such Employer Matching Contributions (a) shall be based only on a Participant’s Employee pre tax contributions of up to 6% of Compensation or such other maximum as set by the Board, and (b) shall not result in an excess contribution as defined in Paragraph E below or exceed the applicable limits of Paragraph E of Article V. The Board may determine the time period for which such match will be made (e.g. a quarter or Plan Year), either prospectively or retroactively for the time period. If a match is made retroactively for a time period, the Participant must be employed on the last day of such period (an Active Participant) to receive the match. If Employer Matching Contributions are made for a time period, such Employer Matching Contributions may be made each pay period within it based on the Participant’s Employee pre tax contributions and Compensation for each such pay period, or may be allocated based on the Participant’s Employee pre-tax contributions and Compensation during the entire time period, as determined by the Board.

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, upon a Participant’s return from qualified military service, Employer matching contributions shall be made to the extent they would have been made with respect to Employee pre-tax contributions that are attributable to a period of qualified military service in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, Employee pre-tax contributions that are catch-up contributions made pursuant to Paragraph B of Article IV shall not be eligible for Employer Matching Contributions under this Paragraph C.

D. Nondiscrimination Test Applicable to Employee Pre-Tax Contributions. The maximum amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions that may be made by Highly-Compensated Employees is subject to the requirement that it meets one of the following nondiscrimination tests during each Plan Year:

(1) The Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Tax-Deferred Contribution purposes for the Plan Year may not be more than the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of non-Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Tax-Deferred Contribution purposes for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

14


(2) The excess of the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Tax-Deferred Contribution purposes for the Plan Year over the Actual Deferral Percentage of non-Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Tax-Deferred Contribution purposes for the current Plan Year may not be more than two percentage points, and the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Tax-Deferred Contribution purposes for the Plan Year may not be more than the Actual Deferral Percentage of the group of non-Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Tax-Deferred Contribution purposes for the current Plan Year multiplied by 2.0.

For purposes of this Paragraph, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Actual Deferral Percentage” or “ADP” shall mean the average of the Actual Deferral Ratios of the Eligible Participants in a group;

(b) “Actual Deferral Ratios” shall mean the ratio (calculated separately for each Participant and expressed as a percentage) of the Employer Tested Contributions on behalf of any Participant for the Plan Year to the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year;

(c) “Employer Tested Contributions” on behalf of any Participant shall include: (i) any Tax-Deferred Contributions made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election (including excess Tax-Deferred Contributions of Highly-Compensated Employees), but excluding a) excess Tax-Deferred Contributions of non-Highly-Compensated Employees that arise solely from Tax-Deferred Contributions made under this Plan or plans of this Employer and b) Tax-Deferred Contributions that are taken into account in the Contribution Percentage test in Paragraph E of this Article IV (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Tax-Deferred Contributions); and (ii) all Qualified Nonelective Contributions, if applicable; provided that only such Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions as are needed to meet the ADP test shall be included. Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall have the meaning provided in Reg. Section 1.401(k)-l(g). For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Tax-Deferred Contributions shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Tax-Deferred Contributions are made;

(d) “Eligible Participant” shall mean any Employee who is eligible to make a Tax-Deferred Contribution;

(e) “Compensation” shall mean compensation as defined in Code Section 414(s) and in the seventh through last subparagraphs of Article II, Paragraph F, of the Plan.

(f) “Excess Contributions” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

 

15


(i) the aggregate amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of Participants taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over

(ii) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test determined by hypothetically reducing Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of Highly-Compensated Employees, beginning with the Highly-Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Deferral Ratio, reducing the contributions until the ratio equals the next highest of such ratios, reducing the contributions of both until they equal the next highest ratio, and proceeding in the same manner until the maximum amount of such contributions is achieved.

Excess Contributions shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph F of this Article IV.

The Committee may elect, in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance), to use the Actual Deferral Percentage deferred by non-Highly-Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year instead of in the current Plan Year for the foregoing tests.

The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions (called Employer Vested Contributions for purposes of this Plan) that are allocated to the accounts of eligible Highly-Compensated Employees and/or any non-Highly-Compensated Employees in any manner that does not impermissibly discriminate against non-Highly-Compensated Employees, and may take into consideration all or any portion of such contributions in order to meet the nondiscrimination test applicable to Tax-Deferred Contributions, subject to the requirements of applicable regulations. Such contributions shall be 100% vested, shall be subject to the same restrictions on withdrawal as Tax-Deferred Contributions, shall meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) both before and after any portion is used for purposes of meeting the 401(k) and 401(m) nondiscrimination tests, and shall meet the requirements of the applicable regulations.

An Employer may elect to aggregate Tax-Deferred Contributions, 100% vested qualified employer matching contributions as defined by applicable regulations, and Employer Matching Contributions in order to meet the nondiscrimination test applicable to Tax-Deferred Contributions.

Compensation for the applicable year as used in this Paragraph shall mean Compensation as defined in Code Section 414(s) and in the seventh through last subparagraphs of Article II, Paragraph F, of the Plan. Tax-Deferred Contributions that cause this Plan to fail to meet one of the above tests are hereafter Excess Contributions and must be reduced and distributed in accordance with Paragraph F of this Article IV.

This Plan will take Tax-Deferred Contributions into account only if attributable to Compensation that would be received by the Participant during the Plan Year or earned during the Plan Year and received within 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the Plan Year. This Plan will aggregate all arrangements under which a Highly-Compensated Employee is eligible to make

 

16


Tax-Deferred Contributions for purposes of applying the nondiscrimination test applicable to Tax-Deferred Contributions.

Tax-Deferred Contributions allocated to a Highly-Compensated Employee as Excess Contributions may be recharacterized (“Recharacterized Contributions”). Recharacterized Contributions are treated as amounts distributed to the Participant and then contributed by the Participant to the Plan as a nondeductible employee contribution. Recharacterized Contributions will remain nonforfeitable and will be subject to all the distribution requirements for Tax-Deferred Contributions. Recharacterized Contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Recharacterized Contribution Account as of the last day of the Plan Year for which they are recharacterized. Amounts may not be recharacterized by a Highly-Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in combination with other Tax-Deferred Contributions and/or nondeductible employee contributions made by the Employee would exceed any stated limit under the Plan.

Recharacterization must occur no later than 2-1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose. Recharacterization is treated as occurring only when the Plan Administrator reports the recharacterized Excess Contributions as nondeductible employee contributions to the Internal Revenue Service and to the Employee by timely providing such Federal tax forms and accompanying instructions and timely taking such other action as is prescribed by applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin and in the applicable tax forms and instructions.

E. Nondiscrimination Test Applicable to Employer Matching Contributions.

The maximum Employer Matching Contributions that may be allocated to Highly-Compensated Employees are subject to the requirement that they meet one of the following tests:

(1) The Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for the Plan Year for Employer Matching Contribution purposes may not be more than the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of non-Highly- Compensated Employees who are Participants for Employer Matching Contribution purposes for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The excess of the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of Highly- Compensated Employees who are Participants for Employer Matching Contribution purposes for the Plan Year over the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of non-Highly- Compensated Employees who are Participants for Employer Matching Contribution purposes for the current Plan Year may not be more than two percentage points, and the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Employer Matching Contribution purposes for the Plan Year may not be more than the Actual Contribution Percentage of the group of non-Highly-Compensated Employees who are Participants for Employer Matching Contribution purposes for the current Plan Year multiplied by two.

For purposes of this Paragraph, the following definitions shall apply:

 

17


(a) “Actual Contribution Percentage” or “ACP” shall mean the average of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants in a group;

(b) “Contribution Percentage” shall mean the ratio (calculated separately for each Participant and expressed as a percentage) of the Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year;

(c) “Contribution Percentage Amounts” shall mean the sum of Employer Matching Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions, if applicable (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the ADP test) made under this Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Employer Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are excess deferrals, or Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. The Employer may include all or any portion of Tax-Deferred Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions in the Contribution Percentage Amounts, provided that if the Employer elects the Current Year Testing Method only such Tax-Deferred Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions as are needed to meet this ACP test shall be included. The ADP test must be met before the Tax-Deferred Contributions are used in the ACP test and continue to be met following the exclusion of those Tax-Deferred Contributions that are used to meet the ACP test;

(d) “Eligible Participant” shall mean any Employee who is eligible to make Tax-Deferred Contributions (if the employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), or to receive Employer Matching Contributions or a Qualified Matching Contribution;

(e) “Compensation” shall mean compensation as defined in Code Section 414(s) and in the seventh through last subparagraphs of Article II, Paragraph F, of the Plan.

(f) “Excess Aggregate Contributions” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

(i) the aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over

(ii) the maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP test determined by hypothetically reducing Contribution Percentage Amounts made on behalf of Highly-Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages, reducing the contributions until the percentage equals the next highest Contribution Percentage, reducing the contributions of both until they equal the next highest percentage, and proceeding in the same manner until the maximum permitted amount of such contribution is achieved. Such determination shall be made after first determining excess Tax-Deferred Contributions and then determining Excess Contributions pursuant to Paragraph D of this Article IV.

 

18


For purposes of this section, the Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly-Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his or her account under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a), or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly-Compensated Employee participates in two or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year under all such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, all such plans and arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single plan or arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code Section 401(m).

In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the ACP of employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent of the Employer’s non-Highly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Treas. Reg. 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ACP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such regulations, unless the Employer has elected to use the Current Year Testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.

Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph F of this Article IV.

The Committee may elect, in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance), to use the Actual Contribution Percentage of the non-Highly-Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year instead of in the current Plan Year for the foregoing tests.

The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions (called Employer Vested Contributions for purposes of this Plan) that are allocated to the accounts of eligible Highly-Compensated Employees and/or non-Highly-Compensated Employees in any manner that does not impermissibly discriminate against non Highly-Compensated Employees, and may take into consideration all or any portion of such contributions in order to meet the nondiscrimination test applicable to Employer Matching Contributions, subject to the requirements of applicable regulations. Such contributions shall be 100% vested, shall be subject to the same restrictions on withdrawal as Tax-Deferred Contributions, shall meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) both before and after any portion is used for purposes of meeting the 401(k) and 401(m) nondiscrimination tests, and shall meet the requirements of the applicable regulations.

F. Distribution of Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Contributions and vested Excess Aggregate Contributions, adjusted for allocable income

 

19


and losses, shall be distributed within two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months if reasonably practicable, but in no event later than twelve (12) months, after the end of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions are made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee to assure compliance with Code Section 401(k) and Code Section 401(m). Nonvested Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited.

The distribution of Excess Contributions shall be accomplished by reducing Tax-Deferred Contributions of the Highly-Compensated Employee(s) with the greatest dollar amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions until the earliest of the following events occurs: (1) all the Excess Contributions are distributed or (2) such Highly-Compensated Employee’s Tax-Deferred Contributions equal the Tax-Deferred Contributions of the Highly-Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions, and this process is repeated, if necessary, until the Excess Contributions are returned. The Committee may first distribute an Employee’s unmatched Tax-Deferred Contributions, and second, distribute an Employee’s matched Tax-Deferred Contributions, distributing Employer Matching Contributions pro rata, adjusted in each case for allocable income and losses for the Plan Year.

The distribution or forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be accomplished by reducing the actual Employer Matching Contributions of the Highly-Compensated Employee(s) with the highest dollar amount of Employer Matching Contributions until the earliest of the following events occurs: (1) the Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed or (2) such Highly-Compensated Employee’s Employer Matching Contributions equal the Employer Matching Contributions of the Highly-Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Employer Matching Contributions, and this process is repeated, if necessary, until the Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed. Such amounts shall be adjusted for allocable income and losses for the Plan Year.

Allocable income or loss through a date no more than seven (7) days before the date of distribution will be computed using any reasonable allocation method(s). Provided, however, that the process for calculating the income or loss must not discriminate in favor of Highly-Compensated Employees and must be used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year. Allocable income or loss for the taxable year with respect to Excess Aggregate Contributions is determined in a similar manner. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, when distributing Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, allocable income for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the Plan Year in which the Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions occurred and prior to the distribution) shall not be calculated or distributed.

The amount of excess deferrals attributable to tax-deferred contributions that may be distributed by this Plan for the taxable year of the Employee must be reduced by the amount of excess contributions attributable to Employer Matching Contributions previously distributed for the Plan Year beginning with or within the Employee’s taxable year.

This Plan will take a contribution into account for a Plan Year only if it is allocated to the Participant’s account on a day within the Plan Year.

 

20


G. Hardship Withdrawals of Employee Pre-Tax Contributions. The Plan Committee may distribute all or a part of a Participant’s Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, prior to the time such Account would otherwise be distributed, upon a showing of immediate and heavy financial hardship by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. A Participant may not withdraw the earnings on his Employee pre-tax contributions on account of hardship. A Participant’s Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account for purposes of hardship distributions shall be valued as provided in Article VII, Paragraph A(4). A hardship distribution (a) must be on account of an immediate and heavy financial need and may not exceed the amount necessary to meet that need, and (b) must be necessary to satisfy a financial need which the Employee is unable to satisfy from other resources reasonably available to him. An immediate and heavy financial need shall be deemed to exist if the requested distribution is on account of:

(1) Uninsured medical expenses as defined in Code Section 213 that have already been incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, child (whether or not custodial), a dependent of the Participant, or the designated beneficiary of the Participant, or such expenses that have not already been incurred, provided prepayment of the expenses is necessary to allow such persons to obtain medical services;

(2) Purchase of the Participant’s principal residence (excluding mortgage or loan payments);

(3) Payment of tuition, room and board expenses, and related educational fees for the next twelve months of post secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, child, dependent, or designated beneficiary, including graduate school and any approved trade or technical school;

(4) Payment to prevent eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure of a mortgage or other financing lien on the Participant’s principal residence;

(5) Payment of burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, child, dependent, or designated beneficiary;

(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify as a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of the Participant’s adjusted gross income); or

(7) Any other deemed immediate and heavy financial need that may be prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue through the publication of revenue rulings, notices, and other documents of general applicability.

Such a distribution may include an amount necessary to pay taxes and penalties on the distribution.

Hardship distributions shall be administered by the Committee in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards applicable to all Participants.

 

21


Any Participant making a hardship withdrawal as permitted hereunder may not make additional Employee contributions (including Section 401(k) pre-tax contributions) to this or any other plan maintained by the Employer for a period of six (6) months from the date of such withdrawal. Effective January 1, 2008, following the end of such a six-month period, a Participant may affirmatively elect to restart his Employee pre-tax contributions as soon as administratively feasible following the end of such six-month period, provided that prior to the date such Employee pre-tax contributions recommence and within the timeframe required by the Committee he elects to make Employee pre-tax contributions by following the procedures designated by the Committee.

H. Date of Payment . The Employer shall pay to the Trustee, within the time provided by law for filing of the Employer’s income tax return (including extensions), the amount to be contributed pursuant to Paragraphs A and C.

The Employer shall pay to the Trustee, within the time required by law for 401(k) contributions, Employee pre-tax contributions for each such pay period on behalf of all Participants pursuant to Paragraph B of this Article IV.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for determining the amount of any Plan contributions nor for collecting contributions not voluntarily paid to the Trustee.

I. Profit Sharing Plan. This Plan is designed to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Code Section 401(a), 402, 412, and 417. However, notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, all contributions shall be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits.

ARTICLE V

Participant’s Accounts,

Valuation, Maximum Contribution

A. Participant’s Accounts. The Committee or its delegate shall maintain a separate Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account, a separate Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, a separate Employer Matching Contribution Account, and a separate Rollover Account, where applicable for each Participant, which accounts shall reflect the Participant’s Accrued Benefit. The Committee shall furnish each Participant who requests the same in writing a statement reflecting, on the basis of the latest available information, his Accrued Benefit and the nonforfeitable portion thereof or if no benefits are nonforfeitable, the earliest date on which benefits will be nonforfeitable. Only one such statement need be furnished a Participant each 12 months. The Employer may appoint the Trustee or any qualified third party to perform recordkeeping functions.

B. Allocations of Contributions.

 

22


1. Allocation of Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. The Employer’s discretionary Profit Sharing contributions, if any, for a Plan Year pursuant to Paragraph A of Article IV shall be allocated to the Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account of each Participant who is an Active Participant (as defined in Paragraph C of this Article V) in the proportion that each Active Participant’s Compensation during the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such Active Participants during such Plan Year. If a person became enrolled as a Participant during a Plan Year on a date other than the first day of the Plan Year, only that portion of his Compensation attributable to Hours of Service performed while he was a Participant shall be considered in determining his allocation of the Employer’s discretionary Profit Sharing contribution to his Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account for such Plan Year.

2. Allocation of Employer Matching Contributions. The Employer matching contributions if any, for a Plan Year pursuant to Paragraph C of Article IV shall be allocated to the Employer Matching Contribution Account of each Participant who is an Active Participant (as defined in Paragraph C of Article IV).

C. Active Participants Receive Allocations of Employer Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. Only an Active Participant shall be entitled to share in the Employer’s discretionary profit sharing contributions, if any, for a particular Plan Year pursuant to Paragraph A of Article IV. For purposes of receiving Employer discretionary profit sharing contributions, an Active Participant means a Participant, employed on the Anniversary Date, who completes a Year of Service during the Plan Year; provided, that if a Participant became enrolled in the Plan on the mid-year Enrollment Date, he shall be deemed an Active Participant for that Plan Year if he completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service as an Employee during that Plan Year and is employed on the Anniversary Date.

If the Participant’s failure to complete a Year of Service in the Plan Year results from his death, disability as defined in Paragraph C of Article VII, retirement on or after age 62 while fully vested, or retirement on or after age 65, he shall be considered an Active Participant for such year.

D. Trust Valuation.

As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the fair market value of the trust assets allocated to Participants’ Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts, Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Accounts, Employer Matching Contribution Accounts, and Rollover Accounts in order to determine the percentage of increase or decrease in the fair market value of such assets when compared with the fair market value of such assets as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date. The cumulative amount allocated as of the preceding Valuation Date to the Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, where applicable, the Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account, where applicable, the Employer Matching Contribution Account, where applicable, and the Rollover Account, where applicable, of each Participant shall be adjusted to reflect the increase or decrease, as the case may be, by multiplying such account by the percentage so determined. The Employer, the Committee, and the Trustee do not in any manner

 

23


or to any extent whatever warrant, guarantee, or represent that the value of a Participant’s account or accounts shall at any time equal or exceed the amount previously contributed thereto.

E. Maximum Contributions.

1. Annual Addition. The term “annual addition” for any Plan Year means the sum of:

a. The Employer’s contributions on a Participant’s behalf to the Employer’s defined contribution plan(s) (any profit sharing and money purchase pension plans) including Employee pre-tax contributions hereunder;

b. The Participant’s voluntary nondeductible contributions, if any, to the defined contribution plan(s) maintained by the Employer;

c. Amounts allocated for a Plan Year beginning after March 31, 1984, to a Code Section 415(1)(2) individual medical account that is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer; and

d. Amounts paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after that date, for post-retirement benefits allocated to a separate account in a Code Section 419(e) welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer. These amounts will not be subject to the present limitations of Code Section 415(c)(l)(B).

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Paragraph E to the contrary, except to the extent permitted under Article IV, Paragraph B, and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s accounts under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of: (a) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code (i.e., $49,000 for 2010), or (b) 100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation, for purposes of Code Section 415. The compensation limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to (i) any contributions for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or Code Section 419A(f)(2)) and which are otherwise treated as an Annual Addition; or (ii) any amount otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

2. Excess Annual Addition. The 415 correction methods set forth in this Article V, Paragraph E.2, shall only apply with respect to limitation years beginning before July 1, 2007. If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, or other facts and circumstances to which Code regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the annual addition for a Participant exceeds the applicable limitations for the Plan Year, the annual addition shall be reduced as follows:

a. The amount of such excess consisting of the Employee’s unmatched Employee pre-tax contributions shall be paid to the Employee as soon as administratively feasible.

 

24


b. The amount of any remaining excess consisting of matched Employee pre-tax contributions on behalf of an Employee and Employer matching contributions on behalf of such Employee shall be reduced pro rata (currently $.50 of Employer matching contributions for every one dollar of matched Employee pre-tax contributions). Such Employee pre-tax contributions shall be paid to the Employee as soon as administratively feasible, and such Employer matching contributions shall be allocated to a suspense account as forfeitures and applied as provided in (c) below).

c. The amount of any remaining excess consisting of Employer discretionary Profit Sharing contributions to this Plan shall be allocated to a suspense account as forfeitures and held therein until the next succeeding date on which such forfeitures could be applied to reduce future Employer contributions under this Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan, the suspense account shall revert to the Employer.

The limitation year is the Plan Year. Notwithstanding any other provisions, the Employer shall not contribute any amount that would cause an allocation to the suspense account as of the date the contribution is allocated. If the contribution is made prior to the date as of which it is to be allocated, then such contribution shall not exceed an amount that would cause an allocation to the suspense account if the date of contribution were an allocation date. If an allocation is made to such suspense account, it shall contain no investment gains and losses or other income. Amounts in the suspense account are allocated as of each allocation date on which forfeitures may be allocated until the account is exhausted.

3. For the purpose of this Paragraph E, the following rules shall control:

a. The $40,000 maximum ($49,000 in 2010) shall be deemed adjusted for any Plan Year to conform to increases in the cost of living in accordance with regulations to be adopted by the Secretary of Treasury.

b. All qualified defined benefit plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one defined benefit plan, and all qualified defined contribution plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one defined contribution plan.

c. If the Employer is a member of a controlled group of corporations, trades or businesses under common control (as defined by Code Section 1563(a) or Code Section 414(b) and (c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined by Code Section 414(m)), all employees of such employers shall be considered to be employed by a single employer.

F. Forfeitures and Reinstatement of Forfeitures. On each Anniversary Date, the nonvested Accrued Benefit of each Participant with respect to whom an Event of Forfeiture has occurred and who is not in the employ of the Employer on the Anniversary Date shall be forfeited. If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer, incurs an Event of Forfeiture, is thereafter reemployed, and has not incurred five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service as of the Anniversary Date coinciding with or following the date of his reemployment,

 

25


the forfeited dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit shall be reinstated as if that nonvested dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit had not been forfeited, provided the terminated Participant repays the vested dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit previously distributed to him, which was attributable to Employer contributions, back to the Plan Trustee to be credited to the Participant. Any required repayment shall be made in cash and shall be repaid to the Participant’s Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account, and Employer Matching Contribution Account, as applicable. Any required repayment must occur before the earlier of (1) the date five years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or (2) the date the Participant would have incurred five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service following the date of the distribution had he not been re-employed. Reinstatement of a Participant’s forfeited Accrued Benefit in accordance with this Paragraph I shall occur on the Anniversary Date coinciding with or following such Participant’s date of repayment by allocating the required amount to the Participant’s Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account, and Employer Matching Contribution Account, as applicable, first, from forfeitures of Employer Matching Contributions occurring on such Anniversary Date, second, from Trust earnings allocated as of such Anniversary Date, and third, from extraordinary Employer contributions as required.

Forfeitures of amounts in Participants’ Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Accounts and Employer Matching Contribution Accounts shall be applied first to offset eligible Plan expenses in the Plan Year of the forfeiture or the Plan Year immediately following and then to reinstate any nonvested Accrued Benefits required to be reinstated for the Plan Year of the forfeiture or the Plan Year immediately following. Any remaining forfeitures shall be applied to reduce future Employer contributions.

ARTICLE VI

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit

A. Allocations Not Vested. Allocations to Participants in accordance with the provisions of Article V shall not vest any right or title to any part of the assets of the Trust.

B. Vesting Period. A Participant’s Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account and Rollover Account, if applicable, shall be 100% vested at all times. A Participant’s Participant- Directed Profit Sharing Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Completion of 1 Year of Service

     0

Completion of 2 Years of Service

     0

Completion of 3 Years of Service

     20

Completion of 4 Years of Service

     40

Completion of 5 Years of Service

     60

Completion of 6 Years of Service

     80

Completion of 7 Years of Service

     100

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective with respect to a Participant who completes at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2007, such Participant’s Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

26


Completion of 1 Year of Service

     20

Completion of 2 Years of Service

     40

Completion of 3 Years of Service

     60

Completion of 4 Years of Service

     80

Completion of 5 Years of Service

     100

A Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Completion of 1 Year of Service

     20

Completion of 2 Years of Service

     40

Completion of 3 Years of Service

     60

Completion of 4 Years of Service

     80

Completion of 5 Years of Service

     100

In crediting Years of Service to determine a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, the Committee shall apply the following rules using the Vesting Computation Period for purposes of determining Years of Service and One-Year Breaks in Service:

1. Except as specifically hereinafter provided, all of an Employee’s Years of Service with the Employer both prior to becoming a Participant and thereafter shall be taken into account. Certain Employees’ Years of Service with certain predecessor employers and acquired entities have been taken into account, as provided in this Plan prior to the Effective Date,

2. In the case of a Participant who terminates employment with the Employer and has no nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit, the Employer shall not give credit for Years of Service occurring before a One-Year Break in Service if, on the date the Participant first completes an Hour of Service following the date of termination, the number of his consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the aggregate number of Years of Service (whether or not consecutive) prior to the last such break if the number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service is five or more. Years of Service before the break shall not include Years of Service not required to be taken into account by reason of any other rule under this Paragraph B.

3. The Employer shall give credit for Years of Service which are not disregarded under subparagraph 2 upon the Participant’s reemployment date, which shall be the date on which he completes one Hour of Service after his termination of employment.

4. The nonforfeitable percentage of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions made prior to five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to Years of Service occurring after such five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service. Separate accounting shall be maintained for the pre-break Accrued Benefit.

C. Amendment to Vesting Computation Period or Vesting Schedule. The Employer may amend the Plan to provide for a different Vesting Computation Period so long as the new Vesting Computation Period, as amended, begins prior to the last day of the preceding Vesting Computation Period. No Plan amendment shall reduce a Participant’s nonforfeitable

 

27


Accrued Benefit. If the Plan vesting schedule is amended or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage, or if a different vesting schedule is applicable because a previously Top-Heavy Plan is no longer Top-Heavy, each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit (accrued before and after the amendment) computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the later of:

1. Sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

2. Sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or

3. Sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Committee.

D. Full Vesting. Upon a Participant’s death while still employed by the Employer, disability while still employed by the Employer, or attainment of normal retirement age while still employed by the Employer, the full amount credited to the Participant’s Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account pursuant to Article V shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the Participant’s survivors are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service), such as full vesting upon death, provided under the Plan as if the Participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.

E. Participant’s Commencement of Excluded Employment . In the event a Participant transfers to an employment category excluded under Article III, the following shall control:

1. For purposes of determining the Participant’s right to, and the amount of an allocation of the Employer contribution, Hours of Service performed and Compensation received while the Participant was in a category excluded under Article III hereof shall not be counted.

2. For purposes of determining the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, Hours of Service performed while the Participant was in an excluded category shall be counted.

F. Transfer of Participants. The transfer of a Participant from the employ of one Employer co-sponsoring the Plan to another Employer co-sponsoring the Plan shall for no purpose constitute a termination of employment hereunder for vesting purposes, nor shall such Participant receive a distribution from this Plan until such time as he terminates employment with all such Employers. The respective Employers shall notify the Committee of the transfer of

 

28


employment, and the Committee shall adjust its records accordingly. If an Active Participant shall transfer during a Plan Year, he shall receive an allocation of each of his Employer’s discretionary Profit Sharing contributions (if any) based upon his Compensation from each such Employer if he completes a total of at least 1,000 Hours of Service with Employers co-sponsoring the Plan during the Plan Year and is employed by an Employer sponsoring the Plan on the Anniversary Date.

ARTICLE VII

Distribution of Benefits

A. Retirement Age and Options. The normal retirement age shall be age 65 for all Participants, and each Participant or former Participant shall be entitled to retire the first day of the month coinciding with or following attainment of normal retirement age, which day shall be his Normal Retirement Date.

1. Employment After Normal Retirement Age. If a Participant continues in the employ of the Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date, he shall, pursuant to the terms of this Plan, continue to share in any Employer discretionary Profit Sharing contributions and increases and decreases in value, including fees and expenses until actual retirement and may elect Employee pre-tax contributions and receive Employer matching contributions hereunder.

a. Election to Receive Benefits While Still Employed. A Participant who has attained age 70  1 / 2 may elect in writing to receive his Accrued Benefit prior to his actual retirement date in accordance with procedures established by the Committee; such a Participant shall continue to share in any Employer discretionary Profit Sharing contributions and increases and decreases in value, including fees and expenses, until actual retirement and may elect Employee pre-tax contributions and receive Employer matching contributions hereunder.

b. Required Receipt of Benefits. The required beginning date of a Participant is the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 or retires except that benefit distributions to a more than five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Code Section 416) must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 .

A participant is treated as a more than five percent (5%) owner for purposes of this section if such participant is a more than five percent (5%) owner as defined in Code Section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70  1 / 2 .

A Participant to whom this subparagraph b. applies shall continue to share in any Employer discretionary Profit Sharing contributions, and increases and decreases in value, including fees and expenses, until actual retirement, and may elect Employee pre-tax contributions and receive Employer matching contributions hereunder.

 

29


2. Date of Retired Participant’s First Payment. A Participant who retires hereunder shall begin receiving his benefits as soon as is reasonably possible after his retirement date but no later than the date sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant retires, unless he elects to defer payment pursuant to subparagraph (3) below.

3. Deferral of Benefits. A Participant who retires hereunder or terminates employment with a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in excess of $1,000 shall not be required to receive a distribution without his written consent. The Participant may elect to defer the commencement of his Plan benefits to a later date, but not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70  1 / 2 . Such a Participant must make this election in writing on a form provided by the Committee. Such election shall include the current amount of the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and the date on which payment shall commence. The Participant may change such election prior to the commencement of his deferred benefits, provided payments commence no later than the date required above.

Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution while a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in excess of $1,000 is immediately distributable shall be deemed an election to defer commencement of payment.

4. Form of Payment. A Participant who is eligible to receive benefits under this paragraph may elect in writing to receive a single payment equal to the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following the Plan’s receipt of the Participant’s distribution request, except that a Participant who elected to receive installment payments prior to the date that installment payments ceased to be an optional form of payment under the Plan may continue to receive such installment payments, pursuant to subparagraph 5. below.

5. Reserved.

6. Minimum Required Distribution Under Final Regulations.

With respect to minimum required distributions made on or after the Effective Date as defined in Paragraph 6.a.i below, the following provisions shall apply:

a. General Rules.

i. Effective Date. The provisions of this Article VII, Paragraph A.6 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

ii. Precedence. The requirements of this Article VII, Paragraph A.6 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan as to the required minimum amount payable, provided that any provision of the Plan requiring faster payment or greater payments will remain in effect.

 

30


iii. Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Article VII, Paragraph A.6 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

iv. TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VII, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1,1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

b. Time and Manner of Distribution.

i. Required Beginning Date, The Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as defined in subparagraph e.v. below.

ii. Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

A. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later, unless subparagraph iii. below applies.

B. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, unless subparagraph iii. below applies.

C. If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

D. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this subparagraph ii, other than subparagraph ii.A, will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this subparagraph ii. and Article VII, Paragraph A.6.d, unless subparagraph ii.D. above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If subparagraph ii.D. above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subparagraph ii.A. above. If the Plan permits an annuity contract as a form of payment and

 

31


distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subparagraph ii.A), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

iii. Five-Year Rule. If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, distribution to the designated beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified above in subparagraph b.ii., as long as the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death (“five-year rule”). If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the foregoing 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule specified in subparagraph b.ii above and subparagraph d.ii below applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a designated beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of (a) December 31 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under subparagraph b.ii, or (b) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death. If the beneficiary does not make an election under this Paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with the five-year rule.

A designated beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31,2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period.

iv. Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, then for each distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Paragraphs A.6.C and A.6.d of this Article VII. If the Plan permits an annuity contract as a form of payment and the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.

c. Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.

i. Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

32


A. the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

B. if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

ii. Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Article VII, Paragraph A.6.c. beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

d. Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.

i. Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

A. Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

1. The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

2. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

3. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

33


B. No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

ii. Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

A. Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Article VII, Paragraph A.6.d.i above.

B. No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

C. Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Article VII, Paragraph A.6.b.ii.A above, this Article VII, Paragraph A.6.d.ii will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

e. Definitions.

i. Designated beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Article VII, Paragraph B of the Plan (including any individual who is a default beneficiary identified under Article VII, Paragraph B of the Plan), and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-l, of the Treasury regulations.

ii. Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Article VII, Paragraph A.6.b.ii. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar

 

34


years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

iii. Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

iv. Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. The Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

v. Required Beginning Date. The date specified in Article VII, Paragraph A.1.b. of the Plan.

B. Death. Each Participant shall designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries on a form to be furnished by the Committee. The beneficiary of a married Participant shall be his Spouse, unless the Spouse consents in writing to the designation of another specific beneficiary and acknowledges the effect of the consent. The consent shall be witnessed by a notary public or a Plan representative. Such designation shall be filed with the Committee and may be changed by the Participant from time to time by filing a new designation in writing (together with the Spouse’s consent where required). The designation last filed with the Committee shall control.

If any Participant shall fail to designate a beneficiary or if the person or persons designated predecease the Participant and there is no designated successor, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be the following in the order named:

a. Surviving Spouse at date of death,

b. Then living issue, per stirpes (lawful issue and adopted),

c. Then living parents, in equal shares,

d. Brothers and sisters, in equal shares, provided that if any brother or sister is not then living, his or her share shall be distributed to his or her then living issue, per stirpes, and

e. Estate of the Participant.

1. Death Prior to Commencement of Benefits. A Participant’s beneficiary shall receive the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in the form of a single lump sum

 

35


payment. Such payment shall be valued as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or following the Plan’s receipt of the beneficiary’s distribution request, subject to the following rules:

a. A beneficiary may elect to have payments commence a reasonable time after the Participant’s death.

b. All payments to the beneficiary shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs, except that such payments may extend beyond that five-year period if the Participant designated a beneficiary who is the Participant’s Spouse, and that beneficiary elects to have payments commence not later than the later of (a) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 or (b) December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs.

The beneficiary’s election of a Plan distribution shall be in writing on a form furnished by the Committee. If the beneficiary is the Participant’s Spouse and the Spouse elects to postpone payment of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, the Spouse shall designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph B as if the Spouse was the Participant. If such Spouse dies before payments commence hereunder, the provisions of this Paragraph B shall be applied as if the Spouse was the Participant.

If the Participant’s beneficiary fails to make a written election of a Plan distribution before December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs, and the Participant did not designate his Spouse as beneficiary, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to pay the benefit in a single sum to the Participant’s beneficiary not later than such December 31. If the Participant’s Spouse as designated beneficiary fails to make a written election of a Plan distribution before the later of (i) December 31 after the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the death of the Participant occurs, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Accrued Benefit in a single sum on or before the later of December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 or December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the death of the Participant occurs.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the event that a distribution is required to be made to a beneficiary by December 31 of a Plan Year and has not already been made, such required distribution shall be valued as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or preceding the distribution.

Payments shall be in the form described in Paragraph A(4) of this Article.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, to the extent permitted by and in accordance with the Code, a Participant or beneficiary who would have been required to receive a minimum distribution under Code Section 401(a)(9) from this Plan for 2009, will not receive such distribution(s) for 2009, unless the participant or beneficiary affirmatively elects to receive such distribution(s). In the event that a beneficiary does not elect to receive such a distribution and the five-year rule set forth in Code Section 401(a)(9)(B)(ii) applies to such beneficiary, the

 

36


five-year period shall be determined without regard to the Plan Year the distribution is suspended. In the event a Participant or beneficiary receives a required minimum distribution that was eligible for postponement, such distribution shall not be entitled to be directly rolled over, unless it is part of a larger distribution that was subject to direct rollover. In accordance with the Code, this Plan may accept a rollover of minimum distribution amounts that were subject to postponement. In the absence of an affirmative election by the Participant or beneficiary to receive a 2009 required minimum distribution, such 2009 minimum distributions are suspended. In the event the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) are extended beyond 2009, this paragraph shall apply to all subsequent years that receive relief from the minimum distribution requirement.

C. Disability. Disability means that a Participant, by reason of mental or physical disability, is incapable of performing the duties of his customary position with the Employer for an indefinite period which, in the opinion of the Committee, is expected to be of a long continual duration. In the event of disability, said Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be distributed to him if he so elects in the same manner as if he had attained full retirement age as provided in Paragraph A above. Such benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or following the Plan’s receipt of a disabled Participant’s distribution election form. Disability shall be established to the satisfaction of the Committee. If the Participant shall disagree with the Committee’s findings, disability shall be established by the certificate of a physician, selected by the Participant and approved by the Committee, or if the physician selected by the Participant shall not be approved by the Committee, then by a majority of three physicians, one selected by the Participant (or his Spouse, child, parent, or legal representative in the event of his inability to select a physician), one by the Committee, and the third by the two physicians selected by the Participant and the Committee.

D. Termination of Employment. In the event a Participant voluntarily or involuntarily terminates employment with a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of $1,000 or less, the Participant shall be paid such nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a single cash payment valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following his termination of employment, with such payment made as soon as reasonably possible after such Valuation Date(s). If such a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds $1,000, such benefit shall be paid in a single sum subject to the terms of Paragraph A.4 of this Article at such time as the Participant elects to commence distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit, but in no event shall such benefit be paid later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 as provided in Paragraph A.3 of this Article.

If the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds $1,000 at the time it first becomes available for distribution, such benefit shall be paid as provided in Paragraph A(4) of this Article within 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age, unless the Participant consents to an earlier distribution or elects to defer payments as provided in Paragraph A(3) of this Article.

 

37


If, at the time a Participant terminates employment, the Participant has completed 1,000 Hours of Service in the Plan Year, the vesting percentage used to compute his distribution shall reflect an additional Year of Service.

The Committee shall file such reports with the Secretary of Labor and Treasury and provide such information to a terminated Plan Participant as is required by law and regulations.

Anything in this Article VII, Paragraph D to the contrary notwithstanding, the forfeitable portion of a Participant’s account shall be subject to the forfeiture provisions of Article V, Paragraph F.

In the event the distribution to a terminated Participant is less than his Accrued Benefit, the Committee shall transfer the remainder of the terminated Employee’s Accrued Benefit to a separate account which shall be known as the “Termination Account.” At any relevant time prior to the event of forfeiture, the Participant’s vested portion of his Termination Account shall not be less than an amount (“X”) determined by the following formula:

X = P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the vested percentage at the relevant time; AB is the Termination Account balance at the relevant time; R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution; and D is the amount distributed when the Employee terminated employment.

E. Time of First Payment. Upon death, attainment of normal retirement age by a Participant who has separated from service with the Employer, termination of employment with a vested Accrued Benefit of $1,000 or less, or receipt by the Committee of a disabled Participant’s election to receive disability benefits, distribution of the affected Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Participant shall commence as soon as is reasonably possible following the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following the date such aforementioned event occurs. In no event shall distribution commence later than sixty (60) days following the Plan Year in which such aforementioned event occurs, provided, that if a Participant or beneficiary is entitled to elect to defer receipt of such a distribution pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph A(3) or B of this Article VII and such an election is made, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall commence as soon as reasonably possible following the Valuation Date coinciding with or following the Plan’s receipt of the Participant’s or beneficiary’s distribution request.

F. Distribution of Allocation Attributable to Last Year of Participation. The amount, if any, allocated to the Participant’s Accounts for the Plan Year in which an event described in Paragraph E occurs shall be paid no later than sixty days after the end of such Plan Year, unless the Participant or beneficiary elects to defer the commencement of benefits in accordance with Paragraph A(3) or B of this Article VII, or fails to consent to the distribution as required by this Article.

 

38


G. Facility of Payment. Every person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of age until the Committee receives written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to it, that such person is incompetent or a minor, and that a guardian, conservator, or other person legally vested with the care of his estate has been appointed. In the event that the Committee finds that any person to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is unable to properly care for his affairs, or is a minor, then any payment due (unless a prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may be paid to the spouse, a child, a parent, a brother, or a sister, or to any person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for such person otherwise entitled to payment.

In the event a guardian or conservator of the estate of any person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, payments shall be made to such guardian or conservator, provided that proper proof of appointment is furnished in a form and manner suitable to the Committee.

To the extent permitted by law, any payment made under the provisions of this Paragraph G shall be a complete discharge of liability under the Plan,

H. No Reduction in Benefits by Reason of Increase in Social Security Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the case of a Participant who is receiving benefits under the Plan, or in the case of a Participant who has terminated employment with the Employer and who has a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, such benefits will not be decreased by reason of any increase in the benefit levels payable under Title II of the Social Security Act.

 

39


ARTICLE VIII

Provision Against Anticipation

A. No Alienation of Benefits. Until distribution pursuant to the terms hereof and except as hereinafter provided in this Article VIII, no Participant shall have the right or power to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any of the benefits, proceeds, or avails of the funds set aside for him under the terms of this Plan, and no such benefits, proceeds, or avails shall be subject to seizure by any creditor of the eligible Employee under any writ or proceedings at law or in equity.

B. Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding any other Plan provision, the following procedures shall apply when any domestic relations order (entered on or after January 1, 1985) is received by the Plan with respect to a Participant. The Committee may delegate its authority under this Paragraph B to a third party.

1. The Committee shall promptly notify the Participant, and (a) each person named in the order as entitled to payment of Plan benefits, and (b) any other person entitled to any portion of the Participant’s Plan benefits (persons referred to in (a) and (b) are hereafter alternate payees) of the receipt of such order and of the Committee’s procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. The Committee shall permit each alternate payee to designate a representative for receipt of copies of notices.

2. Immediately upon receipt of such order, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to segregate in a separate account the amounts which are in pay status and which are payable to the alternate payee under the order.

3. The Committee shall meet promptly after receipt of the order and determine whether the order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. The Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and each alternate payee of its decision. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order is any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that:

a. Relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant;

b. Is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law (including a community property law);

c. Creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee’s right to receive all or a portion of a Participant’s Plan benefits;

d. Clearly specifies (i) the name and last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant, and the name and mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order; (ii) the amount or percentage of the Participant’s benefits to be paid by the Plan to each alternate payee, or the manner in which the amount or percentage is to be determined; (iii) the

 

40


number of payments or period to which the order applies; and (iv) the plan to which the order applies;

e. Does not require the Plan to provide any form of benefit not otherwise provided by the Plan or any increased benefits, and does not require the payment of benefits to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee under another order previously determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

4. The Committee’s decision shall be final unless the Participant or an alternate payee gives written notice of appeal within 60 days after receipt of the Committee’s decision.

5. If within 18 months an order is finally determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the segregated amounts plus interest (if any) shall be paid to the persons entitled thereto, and thereafter the alternate payee shall receive payments pursuant to the terms of the order. Amounts subject to the order which are not in pay status shall be transferred to a separate account in the name of the alternate payee and thereafter held for such payee’s benefit pursuant to the terms of the order. If within 18 months the order is determined not to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or if the issue has not been finally determined, the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts to the person who would have been entitled thereto if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is qualified after the close of the 18 month period shall be applied prospectively only.

6. The Committee’s procedures shall generally conform to the Plan’s claims procedures.

7. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, an alternate payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall be entitled to elect to receive a distribution from the Plan following the date such order is determined by the Committee to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and as specified in such Order. Provided, however, that for purposes of such a distribution, the amount distributed shall be valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following the Plan’s receipt of the alternate payee’s distribution request, with payment or payment commencing as soon as reasonably possible after such Valuation Date(s). Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall not be treated as a violation of the requirements of subsections (a) and (k) of Section 401 or Section 409(d) of the Code.

8. Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order will not fail to be a qualified domestic relations order solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or qualified domestic relations order or solely because of the time at which the order is issued.

C. Assignment of Benefits. A Participant receiving benefits under the Plan may voluntarily make a revocable assignment not to exceed 10% of any benefit payment so long as the assignment or alienation is not made for purposes of defraying Plan administration costs.

 

41


ARTICLE IX

Loans to Participants

A Participant may obtain a loan, first, from his Rollover Account, second, from his Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, and third, from his vested Employer Matching Contribution Account under the Plan, in accordance with the terms of the written Participant loan program established by the Committee, the terms and conditions of which are included in the Summary Plan Description and incorporated herein by reference. No loan shall be made which does not meet the following requirements:

A. A Participant shall apply for a loan in writing on a form providing such information as the Committee shall require.

B. The total amount of the loan, together with the outstanding balance of all other Plan loans to the Participant, shall not exceed the lesser of (1) $50,000 reduced by the excess, if any, of the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one year period ending on the day before the loan is made over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date on which such loan was made, or (2) one-half of the present value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit under this Plan. For purposes of the dollar limitations imposed by this Paragraph B, all plans maintained by the Employer and any trade or business which is a member of a controlled group of trades or businesses or an affiliated service group under Code Sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) shall be treated as one Plan.

C. Each loan shall bear interest at a commercially reasonable rate as determined by the Committee. In determining the interest rate, the Committee shall consider interest rates being charged by local financial institutions for similar loans with similar collateral.

D. Each loan shall have a definite maturity date and shall be repayable in level installment payments not less frequently than quarterly, except that during an Employer-approved leave of absence, a Participant may postpone loan payments. The term for repayment shall not exceed five years unless the loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) is to be used as the principal residence of the applicant. In that case, the Committee will determine the term for repayment of such a loan, which shall not exceed the term normally available through financial institutions offering such loans in similar amounts with similar collateral.

E. Interest paid on the loan shall accrue to the account of the Participant. All loans outstanding to a Participant shall be secured by not more than 50% of the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit with the determination being made as of the date of the loan approval. The Participant’s loan payments shall be reallocated among the Plan investment funds in accordance with the Participant’s most recent investment directions made pursuant to Article XI of the Plan.

F. Loans shall be available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. Credit-worthiness may be considered.

 

42


G. Loans shall not be made available to Plan Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (as defined in Section 414(q)) in amounts greater than the amount made available to other Plan Participants based upon a uniform percentage of nonforfeitable Accrued Benefits.

H. If an event occurs which results in a distribution (other than an in-service distribution) to any Participant or former Participant or to a beneficiary and a loan to such Participant is outstanding, the unpaid balance of the principal and interest shall be deducted from the amount of the distribution. A Participant may prepay his loan in full at any time without penalty.

I. Loan payments shall be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).

J. The minimum loan that may be made to a Participant is $1,000.

K. Administrative expenses associated with a Participant’s loan shall be paid directly by the Participant or charged to the Participant’s Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

ARTICLE X

Administrative Committee - Named

Fiduciary and Administrator

A. Appointment of Committee. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. shall appoint an Administrative Committee of not fewer than three (3) persons (herein referred to as the “Committee”). The Committee shall perform administrative duties set forth in part hereinafter and serve for such terms as the Board of Directors may designate or until a successor has been appointed or until removal by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall advise the Trustee in writing of the names of the members of the Committee and any changes thereafter made in the membership of the Committee. Vacancies due to resignation, death, removal, or other causes shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Members shall serve without compensation for service. All reasonable expenses of the Committee shall be paid by the Employer. The number of Committee members may be changed by the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. at any time.

B. Committee Action. The Committee shall choose a secretary who shall keep minutes of the Committee’s proceedings and all data, records, and documents pertaining to the Committee’s administration of the Plan. The Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office, and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may by such majority action authorize its secretary or any one or more of its members to execute any document or documents on behalf of the Committee, in which event the Committee shall notify the Trustee in writing of such action and the name or names of those so designated. The Trustee thereafter shall accept and rely conclusively upon any direction or document executed by such secretary, member, or members as representing action

 

43


by the Committee until the Committee shall file with the Trustee a written revocation of such designation. A member of the Committee who is also a Participant hereunder shall not vote or act upon any matter relating solely to himself.

C. Rights and Duties. The Committee shall be the Plan administrator and named fiduciary of the Plan and shall have the power and authority in its sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes. The responsibility and authority of the Committee shall include but shall not be limited to the following:

1. Determining all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate;

2. Computing and certifying to the Trustee the amount and kind of benefit payable to Participants, Spouses and beneficiaries;

3. Authorizing all disbursements by the Trustee from the Trust;

4. Establishing and reducing to writing and distributing to any Participant or beneficiary a claims procedure, and administering that procedure including the processing and determination of all appeals thereunder;

5. Maintaining all necessary records for the administration of the Plan other than those which the Trustee has specifically agreed to maintain pursuant to this Plan and Trust Agreement; and

6. Interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and publication of such rules for the regulation of the Plan as in the Committee’s sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion are deemed necessary and advisable and which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan or ERISA.

D. Investments. With respect to the Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts, Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Accounts, Employer Matching Contribution Accounts, and Rollover Accounts held in the Fund, the Committee shall have the responsibility and authority to direct the Trustee and shall be the named fiduciary with respect to the management and control of the assets of the Plan in selecting the investment funds to be offered to Plan Participants and in monitoring the investment performance of those funds, subject to the provisions of Paragraph F of this Article X.

E. Information - Reporting and Disclosure. To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of all Participants, their continuous regular employment, their retirement, death, or the cause for termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require, and the Committee shall furnish the Trustee such information as may be pertinent to the Trustee’s administration of the Plan. The Committee as

 

44


Plan Administrator shall have the responsibility of complying with the reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA to the extent applicable.

F. Standard of Care Imposed Upon the Committee. The Committee shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and beneficiaries and (1) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of the Plan; (2) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims; (3) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and (4) in accordance with the Plan provisions. Provided, however, that the Committee shall not be liable for any loss or for any breach of fiduciary responsibility which results from a Participant’s exercise of control over all or part of the investment of his Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, and Rollover Account. Where a Participant is directing the investment of all or part of such Accounts, the Committee shall have no responsibility to maintain diversification of the self-directed portion of such Accounts.

G. Allocation and Delegation of Responsibility. The Committee may by written rule promulgated under Paragraph C above allocate fiduciary responsibilities among Committee members and may delegate to persons other than Committee members the authority to carry out fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan, provided that no such responsibility shall be allocated or delegated to the Trustee without its written consent.

In the event that a responsibility is allocated to a Committee member, no other Committee member shall be liable for any act or omission of the person to whom the responsibility is allocated except as may be otherwise required by law. If a responsibility is delegated to a person other than a Committee member, the Committee shall not be responsible or liable for an act or omission of such person in carrying out such responsibility except as may otherwise be required by law.

H. Bonding. Where required by law, each fiduciary of the Plan and every person handling Plan funds shall be bonded. It shall be the obligation of the Committee to assure compliance with applicable bonding requirements. The Trustee shall not be responsible for assuring compliance with the bonding requirements.

I. Claims Procedure. As required by Paragraph C, the Committee shall establish a claims procedure which shall be reduced to writing and provided to any Participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The procedure shall provide for adequate notice in writing to any such Participant or beneficiary and the notice shall set forth the specific reasons for denial of benefits written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or beneficiary. The procedure shall afford a reasonable opportunity to the Participant or beneficiary for a full and fair review by the Committee of the

 

45


decision denying the claim. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for establishing such a procedure or assuring that it is carried out.

J. Funding Policy. The Committee shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy for the Employer’s Plan. In establishing such a policy, the short-term and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan shall be determined to the extent possible by considering among other factors the anticipated retirement date of Participants, turnover and contributions to be made by the Employer. The funding policy and method so established shall be communicated to the Trustee.

K. Indemnification. The Employer does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each Committee member from any loss, claim, or suit arising out of the performance of obligations imposed hereunder and not arising from said Committee member’s willful neglect or misconduct or gross negligence.

L. Compensation, Expenses. The Committee members shall serve without compensation for services under this Plan. All reasonable expenses of Plan administration shall be paid by the Trust to the extent that the Employer does not elect to pay in accordance with applicable law. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Committee, including but not limited to accountants, actuary, counsel, and other specialists, and other costs of administering this Plan. Provided, however, that the investment fees relating to the acquisition and disposition of Trust investments shall be a charge against and paid from the appropriate Plan Participants’ accounts. Provided, further, that reasonable administrative fees related to a Participant loan may be charged to that Participant’s Plan accounts. Provided, that reasonable fees may be charged to Participants’ Plan accounts in accordance with applicable law.

ARTICLE XI

Investment of Trust Funds

A. Investment of Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts, Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Accounts, Employer Matching Contribution Accounts, and Rollover Accounts. For investment purposes, each Participant shall have the right to allocate contributions made to his Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, and Rollover Account, if any, among Plan investment Funds selected by the Committee, in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee and uniformly applied. A Participant may transfer amounts in such Accounts from one investment Fund to another in such increments and at such times as shall be provided by rules adopted by the Committee and uniformly applied. With respect to the assets in such Accounts of Participants who do not allocate contributions on their behalf among those Plan investment Funds, such assets shall be invested in the Plan investment Fund(s) selected by the Committee.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee in following a Participant’s instructions in accordance with the terms of this Plan or in following the Committee’s instructions as to a Participant who does not elect among the available Plan investment Funds,

 

46


shall invest and reinvest the principal and income of the Fund in common investment funds (the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference); real estate; government, municipal or corporation bonds, debentures or notes; common and preferred stocks; interests in investment companies, whether so-called “open-end mutual funds” or “closed-end mutual funds”; or any other form of property, whether real, personal or mixed, including life insurance policies on key employees of the Employer for, the benefit of the Trust; provided, that the Trustee shall not invest in common or preferred stock, bonds, debentures or convertibles issued by the Employer. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss or any breach of fiduciary responsibility which results from a Participant’s exercise of control over all or part of his Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, and Rollover Account, if any.

B. Standard of Care Imposed Upon Trustee. The Trustee shall discharge its investment responsibilities hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants and beneficiaries and (1) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries, and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; (2) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and (3) in accordance with the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE XII

Mergers and Consolidations

In the case of any merger or consolidation with any other plan or a transfer of assets or liabilities to any other plan, each Participant shall be entitled to receive a benefit immediately after such a merger, consolidation or transfer, which is equal to the benefit he would have been entitled to immediately before if the Plan had been terminated.

ARTICLE XIII

Amendment and Termination of the Plan and Trust

A. Right to Amend and Terminate. HomeStreet, Inc. represents that the Plan is intended to be a continuing and permanent program for Participants, but reserves the right to terminate the Plan or Trust Agreement at any time. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. may modify, alter, or amend this Plan or the Trust Agreement in whole or in part, provided that no such modification, alteration, or amendment shall enlarge the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without its consent, nor reduce the Participant’s Accrued Benefit hereunder, except to the extent permitted by Code Section 412(c)(8). For purposes of this Article, a Plan amendment which has the effect of (1) eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, or (2) eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing the Accrued Benefit. In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a Participant who satisfies (either before or after the amendment) the preamendment conditions for the subsidy.

 

47


B. No Revesting. No termination, modification, alteration, or amendment shall have the effect of revesting in the Employer any part of the principal or income of the Trust, except as otherwise permitted by the Plan.

C. Exclusive Benefit of Employees. At no time during the existence of this Plan or at its termination may any part of the Trust corpus or income be used for or directed to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants hereof or their beneficiaries.

D. Termination.

1. This Plan shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

a. Written notice of HomeStreet, Inc. to the Trustee;

b. Complete discontinuance of contributions by all of the co-sponsoring Employers;

c. The dissolution or merger of HomeStreet, Inc. unless a successor to the business agrees to continue the Plan and Trust by executing an appropriate agreement, in which event such successor shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the Employer.

2. In the event that HomeStreet, Inc. is taken over by a successor who agrees to continue the Plan, the employment of any Employee who is continued in the employ of such successor shall not be deemed to have been terminated or severed for any purpose hereunder.

3. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, upon termination or partial termination of the Plan, or upon complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, all affected Participants’ Accounts, and all unallocated units, shares, or amounts shall fully vest and become nonforfeitable. All unallocated assets of the Trust shall be allocated to the Accounts of all Participants as of the next Valuation Date (or if the Plan is being terminated immediately, then on the date of such Plan termination as if it were the next Valuation Date) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan hereof; and shall be applied for the benefit of each such Participant either by a lump-sum distribution, or by the continuance of the Trust and the payments of benefits thereunder in the manner provided in the Plan. The Trustee, in consultation with the Committee, shall decide whether a partial termination of the Plan has occurred.

After the Plan’s initial qualification by the Internal Revenue Service, there will be no reversion of assets to the Employer under any circumstances. All Participants shall be treated in a manner consistent with the terms of this Plan and provisions of the Code and applicable regulations, as may be amended from time to time.

A Participant shall not receive his Employee Pre-Tax Contribution Account, and any income thereon, on account of Plan termination unless the Plan termination occurs without the establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan).

 

48


ARTICLE XIV

Top Heavy Plans Defined and Other Definitions

A. Top Heavy Plan. This Plan is Top Heavy and subject to the requirements of this Article and Article XV if for a Plan Year, as of the Determination Date, the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees in this Plan aggregated with the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees in all qualified plans maintained by the Employer and each member of the Controlled Group exceed 60% of the Accrued Benefits of all employees (excluding Non-Key Employees who were Key Employees in a prior plan year) in all qualified plans maintained by the Employer and all members of the Controlled Group which are in the Required Aggregation Group (the Top Heavy Test). Provided, the foregoing shall not apply and this Plan shall not be Top Heavy if this Plan is Permissively Aggregated and as a result the Top Heavy Test results in a percentage of 60% or less.

B. Additional Definitions for Use in this Article and Article XV.

1. Accrued Benefits. Accrued Benefits means:

a. for each defined contribution plan, the Employee’s account balances as of the Valuation Date coinciding with the Determination Date, adjusted for contributions required to be made under Code Section 412, and to be allocated as of a date not later than the Determination Date, although not yet contributed and

i. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under this Plan and any plan aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date.

ii. The preceding shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period” and

iii. The Accrued Benefits of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

b. for each defined benefit plan, the present value as of the Valuation Date coinciding with the Determination Date of the employee’s accrued benefits determined under (i) the method, if any that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

 

49


In computing a. and b., all benefits attributable to Employer Contributions and all benefits attributable to Employee contributions (excluding deductible Employee contributions, if any) are to be taken into consideration. All such benefits of individuals who have not performed services for the Employer or a member of the Controlled Group maintaining this Plan any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date are not taken into consideration. All distributions made in the Plan Year including the Determination Date are to be added back, including distributions from a terminated plan of a member of the Controlled Group, and excluding amounts which were rolled over or transferred to a plan of a member of the Controlled Group under circumstances which require such amounts to be considered part of the accrued benefit under the recipient plan. Rollovers and transfers to this Plan or a plan of a member of the Controlled Group initiated by an Employee and made in the Plan Year including the Determination Date, are not to be taken into consideration in computing (a) and (b) above. No accrued benefits of a Non-Key Employee with respect to this Plan (or any plan aggregated under Paragraph 7 or 8 below) for a Plan Year shall be taken into consideration if the Non-Key Employee was a Key Employee with respect to such plan for any prior Plan Year.

2. Controlled Group. Controlled Group means all employers required to be aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c) or (m).

3. Determination Date. Determination Date means the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in question or, in the first Plan Year, the last day thereof. Where plans other than this Plan are in question, the Determination Date for each plan shall be the last date of the Plan Year that falls within the same calendar year.

4. Key Employee. Key Employee means, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, any Employee or former Employee (including the beneficiary of any such deceased person) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is or was:

a. an officer receiving annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001;

b. an employee owning more than five percent of the Employer;

c. an employee receiving annual Compensation in excess of $150,000 and owning one percent of the employer.

For this purpose, annual Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) as set forth in Article II, Paragraph F. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

In determining ownership of an employer, the rules of Code Section 318 shall be applied substituting 5 percent for 50 percent in subparagraph (C) of Code Section 318(a)(2). In the case of an unincorporated employer, ownership shall be determined in accordance with regulations

 

50


promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury. Code Section 414(b), (c) and (m) shall not apply for purposes of determining ownership of an employer.

5. Minimum Benefit Accrual. Minimum Benefit Accrual means a benefit payable in the form of a life annuity at normal retirement age under a defined benefit plan which equals not less than the lesser of (1) 20% of average Compensation or (2) 2% of average Compensation times Years of Service. Average Compensation means the average of the employee’s Compensation for the five consecutive years when the employee had the highest aggregate Compensation. A Year of Service is disregarded if this Plan is not Top Heavy for the Plan Year ending during the Year of Service. Compensation in years following the last Plan Year in which this Plan is top heavy is not taken into account.

6. Non-key Employee. Non-key Employee means any employee who is not a Key Employee.

7. Permissively Aggregated. Permissively Aggregated means:

a. the Required Aggregation Group; and

b. such additional plans that may be aggregated without violating the requirements of Code Sections 410 and 401(a)(4).

8. Required Aggregation Group. Required Aggregation Group means:

a. all qualified plans of the employer and each member of the Controlled Group in which a Key Employee is a participant; and

b. each other qualified plan that must be considered along with the plans in (a) in order for this Plan to meet the requirements of Code Sections 410(b) or 401(a)(4).

ARTICLE XV

Additional Requirements

Applicable to Top Heavy Plans

A. Minimum Vesting Requirements. For each Plan Year that the Plan is subject to the provisions of this Article, a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in his Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Contribution Account and his Employer Matching Contribution Account, if any shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of

Service

   Nonforfeitable %  

0

     0

1

     20

2

     40

 

51


3

     60

4

     80

5

     100

B. Minimum Employer Contributions.

1. General Rule. Except as provided in Paragraphs 2. and 3. hereof, for each Plan Year that this Plan is subject to the provisions of this Article, each Non-Key Employee Participant shall receive an allocation (Minimum Employer Contribution), without regard to any Social Security contribution, to his Employer Discretionary Contribution Account of the lesser of:

a. three percent of his Compensation (as defined in Article II, Paragraph F), or

b. the highest percentage of Compensation (as defined in Article II, Paragraph F) allocated to the account of a Key Employee. This subparagraph b. shall not apply and the required contribution shall be 3% if exclusion of this Plan from the Required Aggregation Group would cause a defined benefit plan in the Required Aggregation Group to fail to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

In applying this Paragraph 1, failure of a Participant to complete a Year of Service, make mandatory contributions, if required, or receive Compensation sufficient to justify an allocation during the Plan Year shall not render such Participant ineligible to receive a minimum employer contribution under this Article XV, Paragraph B. In determining such contribution, Compensation for purposes of this Section is compensation attributable to Hours of Service performed while he was a Participant.

Employer Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and this Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under this Plan or, if this Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

2. Exceptions. Subparagraph 1. does not apply with respect to a Participant who

a. terminates employment with the Employer and all members of the Controlled Group prior to the last day of the Plan Year, or

b. is a participant in another defined contribution plan which is in the Required Aggregation Group and receives an allocation to his employer contribution account in such plan equal to the above (for the Plan Year ending on or before the Determination Date), or

 

52


c. is a participant in a defined benefit plan, which is in the Required Aggregation Group and receives thereunder for the Plan Year the Minimum Benefit Accrual for the Plan Year ending on or before the Determination Date.

3. Employee Participating in Defined Benefit Plan. For each Non-Key Employee Participant who is also a participant in a defined benefit plan which is in the Required Aggregation Group and which does not provide the Minimum Benefit Accrual for the Plan Year ending on or before the Determination Date, Paragraph 1 shall be applied substituting 5% of compensation for subparagraphs 1.a. and b.

4. Specific Rules. In determining the Minimum Employer Contribution hereunder, the following rules shall govern:

a. The Non-Key Employee’s account will receive the Minimum Employer Contribution notwithstanding a waiver of the minimum funding requirements of Code Section 412.

b. Tax-deferred contributions by Non-Key Employees to a qualified plan shall be disregarded; Tax-Deferred Contributions by Key Employees shall be taken into account in determining the minimum required employer contribution hereunder.

ARTICLE XVI

Right to Discharge Employees

Neither the establishment of the Plan and Trust nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any funds or accounts nor the payment of any benefit, shall be construed as giving any Participant, or any other person whomsoever, any legal or equitable right against the Employer, the Trustee, or the Committee unless the same shall be specifically provided for in this agreement or conferred by affirmative action of the Committee or the Employer in accordance with the terms and provisions of this agreement or as giving any Employee or Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer, and all Employees shall remain subject to discharge by the Employer to the same extent as if this Plan and Trust had never been adopted.

ARTICLE XVII

Return of Contributions;

Declaration of Trust Contingent

on Internal Revenue Service Approval

Contributions made hereto are conditioned on deductibility by the Employer under Section 404 of the Code, and such contributions may not be made under a mistake of fact.

Contributions may be returned to the Employer, in the amount involved, within one year of the mistaken payment of the contribution, or disallowance of a deduction, as the case may be.

 

53


This Plan and the Trust shall be contingent upon a favorable Internal Revenue Service ruling as to the initial acceptability under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and exemption from income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, and if the Employer does not effect an amendment which will cure the defect, then this Plan and Trust will thereupon terminate and be of no further force or effect, and the Trustee shall forthwith return to the Employer the current value of all contributions made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer (plus income, less any fees or expenses allocable thereto) within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

ARTICLE XVIII

Rollover Contributions; Trust to Trust Transfers

A. Rollover Contributions To This Plan. Subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to time be established by the Committee, an Employee of the Employer, whether or not a Participant, may make a rollover contribution to the Plan, provided that the rollover contribution does not result in this Plan becoming a transferee plan as defined in Code Section 401(a) (11)(B)(iii)(III). If a rollover contribution is to be made to this Plan directly from another plan that is subject to the qualified joint and survivor annuity requirements, the proper participant waiver and required spousal consent to that waiver must be obtained by the other plan prior to the direct rollover contribution to this Plan. The Committee shall be provided evidence to its satisfaction that the distribution is an eligible rollover distribution as defined in Paragraph C.1. below.

If an Employee has received an eligible rollover distribution from another qualified plan, or from an IRA that holds only assets from a qualified plan, the distribution must be contributed to this Plan within sixty (60) days following receipt of such amount by the Employee. All rollover contributions shall be accounted for separately but shall be invested and reinvested along with the assets of the Plan and treated in all respects as other assets of the Plan. The rollover contributions shall be credited to a special Rollover Account on behalf of the Employee. The Rollover Account shall, at all times, be 100% vested and nonforfeitable. An Employee may elect to receive an in-service withdrawal from his Rollover Account prior to his actual retirement date in accordance with procedures established by the Committee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Participant rollover contributions and direct rollovers of distributions made after December 31, 2001, the Plan will accept a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution or a Participant contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from: (1) a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions; (2) an annuity contract or 403(b)(7) custodial contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions; and (3) an eligible

 

54


plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.

B. Trust to Trust Transfers. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

C. Definitions.

1. Eligible Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period often years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and hardship withdrawals of pre-tax contributions, unless such a distribution is made after a permissible distribution event (other than a hardship withdrawal) occurs under Code Section 401(k)(2)(B).

Provided, however, that with respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

With respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.

2. Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

55


For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of this Article XVIII, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract or 403(b)(7) custodial contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

For distributions made after December 31, 2007, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also include an individual retirement plan described in Code Section 408A(b).

For distributions of after-tax contributions made after December 31, 2006, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), provided such contract separately accounts for such after-tax amounts.

3. Distributee. A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

Effective January 1, 2010, a nonspouse “designated beneficiary” within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E) may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution made in a direct rollover to an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or to an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, a distribution to a nonspouse designated beneficiary that is made prior to January 1, 2010 is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code Section 401(a)(31) (including Code Section 401(a)(31)(B)), the notice requirements of Code Section 402(f) or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code Section 3405(c).

4. Direct Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

ARTICLE XIX

Transfers of Employment

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of this Article XIX apply to transfers of employment that occur on or after October 1, 2009; transfers of employment occurring prior to October 1, 2009 are subject to the provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of such transfer. References to the provisions of the WMS 401(k) Plan described herein are included for solely purposes of clarity in describing the transfer provisions; in the event of a conflict between the information set forth herein and the terms of the WMS 401(k) Plan, the terms of the WMS 401(k) Plan shall govern.

 

56


A. Transfers out of This Plan. An Employee of an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan who, on or after October 1, 2009, either (1) transfers to employment with an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan or (2) terminates employment with the Employer and later becomes hired by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan (a “Transfer-Out Employee”), shall receive credit for his Years of Service and Hours of Service with the Employer co-sponsoring this Plan for purposes of eligibility and vesting in the WMS 401(k) Plan, as applicable, provided that there shall be no duplication of credit in the year of transfer to or year of hire by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credit for vesting purposes shall be granted prospectively in this Plan based on a Transfer-Out Employee’s Years of Service and Hours of Service with the employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan.

A Transfer-Out Employee’s Accrued Benefit, if any, in this Plan shall remain credited to his accounts in this Plan and shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. A Transfer-Out Employee may request a distribution from this Plan subject to the provisions of Article VII of this Plan, provided that he is no longer employed by a co-sponsor of this Plan or any other entity aggregated with a co-sponsor of this Plan under the aggregation requirements of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

To the extent that a Transfer-Out Employee has an original date of hire with the Employer prior to July 1, 2008, he shall be eligible while employed by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan to obtain in-service Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions hardship withdrawals and pre-tax 401(k) contributions withdrawals after age 59  1 / 2 from this Plan, provided the Plan requirements for such withdrawals are met. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Transfer-Out Employee whose original hire date with the Employer is on or after July 1, 2008 shall not be eligible while employed by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan to obtain such in-service Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions hardship withdrawals and pre-tax 401(k) contributions withdrawals after age 59  1 / 2 from this Plan, regardless of the date he transfers employment to a co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan. A Transfer-Out Employee may not take a new participant loan from this Plan.

A Transfer-Out Employee may make Employee pre-tax contributions and shall receive any Employer contributions to this Plan only for the period of time through which he is employed by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan in accordance with the terms of this Plan and based on his Compensation from his Employer which co-sponsors this Plan. A Transfer-Out Employee’s Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account, if any, in this Plan shall become 100% vested and nonforfeitable if (1) he dies, becomes permanently and totally disabled pursuant to the terms of this Plan, or attains Normal Retirement Age, and (2) such event occurs while the individual is still employed by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan, or by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan.

B. Transfers Into This Plan from the WMS Plan. An employee of a co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan who, on or after January 1, 2000, either (a) transfers to employment with an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan or (b) terminates employment with an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan and later becomes hired by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan (a “Transfer-In Employee”) shall receive credit for his Years of Service and Hours of

 

57


Service with the co-sponsors of the WMS 401(k) Plan for purposes of eligibility and vesting in this Plan, provided that there shall be no duplication of credit in the year of transfer to or year of hire by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whether such a transfer occurred before or after October 1, 2009, no credit for vesting purposes shall be granted prospectively in the WMS 401(k) Plan based on a Transfer-In Employee’s Years of Service and Hours of Service with an employer co-sponsoring this Plan. A Transfer-In Employee shall receive any Employer contributions to this Plan only for the period of time during which he is employed by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan in accordance with the terms of this Plan and based on his Compensation from his Employer which co-sponsors this Plan.

A Transfer-In Employee’s accrued benefit, if any, in the WMS 401(k) Plan shall remain credited to his accounts in such plan and shall continue to be subject to the terms of such plan. A Transfer-In Employee may request a distribution from the WMS 401(k) Plan, pursuant to the terms of such plan, provided that he is no longer employed by a co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan or any other entity aggregated with a co-sponsor of such plan under the aggregation requirements of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

To the extent that a Transfer-In Employee has an original date of hire with the Employer prior to July 1, 2008, he shall be eligible while such employment continues to obtain in-service Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions hardship withdrawals and pre-tax 401(k) contributions withdrawals after age 59  1 / 2 from the WMS 401(k) Plan, provided the plan requirements for such withdrawals are met. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Transfer-In Employee whose original hire date with the co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan is on or after July 1, 2008 shall not be eligible while employed by the Employer to obtain such in-service Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions hardship withdrawals and pre-tax 401(k) contributions withdrawals after age 59  1 / 2 from the WMS 401(k) Plan, regardless of the date he transfers employment to a co-sponsor of this Plan. A Transfer-In Employee may not take a participant loan from the WMS 401(k) Plan.

A Transfer-In Employee may make Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions to the WMS 401(k) Plan and shall receive Employer contributions to the WMS 401(k) Plan only for the period of time through which he is employed by an employer co-sponsoring such plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and based on his Compensation from his employer which co-sponsors such plan.

C. Other Transfer Provisions. If a Transfer-Out Employee or a Transfer-In Employee incurs an Event of Forfeiture under this Plan, the WMS 401(k) Plan, or both plans, then any forfeitures or reinstatement of forfeitures shall occur as to each plan in accordance with the terms of the respective plan(s), and there shall be no transfer of forfeitures or reinstatements of forfeitures between the plans. A Transfer-Out Employee’s service with a co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan shall not be considered in determining whether an Event of Forfeiture has been incurred in this Plan. Provided further, that a reinstatement of forfeitures in this Plan shall only apply if such an individual is rehired by a co-sponsor of this Plan, subject to the Plan’s normal rules relating to forfeitures and reinstatements of forfeitures as set forth in Article V, Paragraph F, of this Plan.

 

58


Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, no service credit shall be granted for eligibility or vesting purposes in this Plan if such Years of Service and Hours of Service would be disregarded under the Plan’s normal break-in-service rules as described in Article III, Paragraph D, and in subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4. of Article VI, Paragraph B, respectively, computed as if that prior service had been with the Employer. No service credit shall be granted for eligibility or vesting purposes in the WMS 401(k) Plan if such Years of Service and Hours of Service would be disregarded under the WMS 401(k) Plan’s normal break-in-service rules.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Plan and Trust to be executed as of this 9 th day of December, 2010.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.
By   /s/ Mark Mason
  Its Vice Chairman, President & CEO
HOMESTREET BANK
By   /s/ Mark Mason
  Its Chairman, President & CEO
HOMESTREET CAPITAL CORPORATION
By   /s/ Mark Mason
  Its Chairman, President & CEO

 

59

Exhibit 10.4

HOMESTREET, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST

AS OF JANUARY 1, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

   Name      1   

ARTICLE II

   Definitions      2   

A.

   “Accrued Benefit”      2   

B.

   “Acquisition Indebtedness”      2   

C.

   “Anniversary Date”      2   

D.

   “Board”      2   

E.

   “Code”      2   

F.

   “Committee”      2   

G.

   “Compensation”      2   

H.

   “Effective Date”      5   

I.

   “Eligibility Computation Period”      5   

J.

   “Employee”      5   

K.

   “Employer Stock”      6   

L.

   “Encumbered Stock”      6   

M.

   “Enrollment Date”      6   

N.

   “ERISA”      6   

O.

   “Event of Forfeiture”      6   

P.

   “Fiscal Year”      6   

Q.

   “Fund”      6   

R.

   “Highly-Compensated Employee”      6   

S.

   “Hour of Service”      7   

T.

   “Investment Account”      8   

U.

   “One-Year Break in Service”      8   

V.

   “Participant”      8   

W.

   “Plan”      8   

X.

   “Plan Year”      8   

Y.

   “Spouse”      8   

Z.

   “Stock Account”      8   

AA.

   “Trust”      8   

BB.

   “Trustee”      9   

CC.

   “Valuation Date”      9   

DD

   “Vesting Computation Period”      9   

EE

   “Year of Service”      9   

FF.

   “Miscellaneous.”      9   

GG.

   “WMS 401(k) Plan”      9   

HH.

   “WMS Money Purchase Pension Plan”      9   

II.

   “HomeSeleet Plan”      9   

 

ii


ARTICLE III

   Eligible Employees      9   

A.

   Exclusions      9   

B.

   Eligibility for Employer Contributions      10   

C.

   Other Eligibility Provisions      10   

ARTICLE IV

   Contributions      11   

A.

   Employer ESOP Contributions      11   

B.

   Date of Payment      11   

C.

   Profit Sharing Plan and ESOP      11   

ARTICLE V

   Participant’s Accounts, Valuation, Maximum Contribution      11   

A.

   Participant’s Accounts      11   

B.

   Allocations of ESOP Contributions      12   

C.

   Transfer From Encumbered Stock to Employer Stock Available for Allocation      12   
   1.         Special Rule      12   
   2.         General Rule      12   

D.

   Dividends on Encumbered Stock      13   

E.

   Active Participants Receive Allocations      13   

F.

   Trust Valuation      13   

G.

   Maximum Contributions      14   
   1.         Annual Addition      14   
   2.         Excess Annual Addition      14   

H.

   Voting of Employer Stock      15   

I.

   Forfeitures and Reinstatement of Forfeitures      15   

J.

   Special Nonallocation Rule for S Corporation      16   

ARTICLE VI

   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit      17   

A.

   Allocations Not Vested      17   

B.

   Vesting Period      17   

C.

   Amendment to Vesting Computation Period or Vesting Schedule      18   

D.

   Full Vesting      18   

E.

   Participant’s Commencement of Excluded Employment      19   

F.

   Transfer of Participants      19   

ARTICLE VII

   Distribution of Benefits      19   

A.

   Retirement Age and Options      19   
   1.         Employment After Normal Retirement Age      19   
           a.         Election to Receive Benefits While Still Employed      20   
           b.         Required Receipt of Benefits      20   
   2.         Date of Retired Participant’s First Payment      20   
   3.         Deferral of Benefits      20   
   4.         Form of Payment      20   
   5.         Minimum Distributions at Age 70  1 / 2 if Installments Elected      21   
   6.         Minimum Required Distribution Under Final Regulations      22   

 

iii


B.

   Death      26   
   1.         Death Prior to Commencement of Benefits      27   
   2.         Death After the Commencement of Benefits If Installment Payments Elected      29   

C.

   Disability      29   

D.

   Termination of Employment      29   

E.

   Time of First Payment      30   

F.

   Distribution of Allocation Attributable to Last Year of Participation      31   

G.

   Distribution to Minors or Incompetents      31   

H.

   No Reduction in Benefits by Reason of Increase in Social Security Benefits      31   

I.

   Right to Put Distributed Shares of Employer Stock      31   

J.

   Special Distribution and Diversification Provisions      33   

K.

   Right of First Refusal      35   

ARTICLE VIII

   Provision Against Anticipation      36   

A.

   No Alienation of Benefits      36   

B.

   Qualified Domestic Relations Orders      36   

C.

   Assignment of Benefits      38   

ARTICLE IX

   Administrative Committee - Named Fiduciary and Administrator      38   

A.

   Appointment of Committee      38   

B.

   Committee Action      38   

C.

   Rights and Duties      38   

D.

   Investments      39   

E.

   Information - Reporting and Disclosure      39   

F.

   Standard of Care Imposed Upon the Committee      40   

G.

   Allocation and Delegation of Responsibility      40   

H.

   Bonding      40   

I.

   Claims Procedure      40   

J.

   Funding Policy      40   

K.

   Indemnification      41   

L.

   Compensation Expenses      41   

ARTICLE X

   Investment of Trust Funds      41   

A.

   Investment of ESOP Fund      41   

B.

   Standard of Care Imposed Upon Trustee      42   

ARTICLE XI

   Powers and Duties of Trustee      42   

A.

   Powers of Trustee      43   

B.

   Borrowing      43   

C.

   Authority to Acquire Employer Stock      44   

D.

   Authority to Sell Employer Stock      44   

E.

   Annual Accounts      44   

F.

   Notices and Directions      45   

 

iv


ARTICLE XII

   Trust Construction      45   

ARTICLE XIII

                       Liability of Trustee      45   

A.

   Actions of Trustee Conclusive      45   

B.

   Distributions by Trustee      45   

ARTICLE XIV

   Resignation or Removal of Trustee      46   

A.

   Resignation      46   

B.

   Removal      46   

C.

   Waiver      46   

D.

   Settlement of Account      46   

E.

   Duties Before and After Successor’s Appointment      46   

ARTICLE XV

                       Suits      47   

ARTICLE XVI

   Mergers and Consolidations      47   

ARTICLE XVII

   Amendment and Termination of Plan and Trust      47   

A.

   Right to Amend and Terminate      47   

B.

   No Revesting      47   

C.

   Exclusive Benefit of Employees      47   

D.

   Termination      48   

ARTICLE XVIII

   Top Heavy Plans Defined and Other Definitions      49   

A.

   Top Heavy Plan      49   

B.

   Additional Definitions for Use in this Article and Article XIX      49   
   1.         Accrued Benefits      49   
   2.         Controlled Group      50   
   3.         Determination Date      50   
   4.         Key Employee      50   
   5.         Minimum Benefit Accrual      51   
   6.         Non-key Employee      51   
   7.         Permissively Aggregated      51   
   8.         Required Aggregation Group      51   

ARTICLE XIX

   Additional Requirements Applicable to Top Heavy Plans      51   

A.

   Minimum Vesting Requirements      51   

B.

   Minimum Employer Contributions      52   
   1.         General Rule      52   
   2.         Exceptions      52   
   3.         Employee Participating in Defined Benefit Plan      53   
   4.         Specific Rules      53   

 

v


ARTICLE XX

   Right to Discharge Employees      53   

ARTICLE XXI

   Return of Contributions; Declaration of Trust Contingent on Internal Revenue Service Approval      53   

ARTICLE XXII

   Trust to Trust Transfers      54   

A.

   Trust to Trust Transfers      54   

B.

   Definitions      54   
   1.         Eligible Rollover Distribution      54   
   2.         Eligible Retirement Plan      55   
   3.         Distributee      55   
   4.         Direct Rollover      55   

ARTICLE XXIII

   Transfers of Employment      56   

 

vi


HOMESTREET, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into at Seattle, Washington, by and between HomeStreet, Inc. (known as Continental, Inc. prior to May 15, 2000), HomeStreet Bank (known as Continental Savings Bank prior to May 15, 2000), and HomeStreet Capital Corporation (known as Continental Mortgage Company, Inc. prior to May 15, 2000), Washington corporations having their principal place of business at Seattle, Washington, hereinafter called the “Employer,” and HomeStreet Bank, their successor or successors, hereinafter called “Trustee” with respect only to shares of HomeStreet, Inc. stock held in the Plan Trust.

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to promote in its Employees a strong interest in the successful operation of the business, to increase efficiency, and to give to Employees the assurance that they will share in the prosperity of the Employer; and

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 1976, the Employer established for the exclusive benefit of its Employees eligible to participate, and their beneficiaries, a profit sharing plan to accumulate from profits a fund for the payment of retirement benefits;

WHEREAS, effective July 1, 1999, such profit sharing plan was amended and restated as a 401(k) savings and employee stock ownership plan;

WHEREAS, from May 15, 2000 through December 31, 2010, that 401(k) savings and employee stock ownership plan was known as the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (the “HomeStreet 401(k)/ESOP”);

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 2011, the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. wishes to (1) spin-off the ESOP portion of the HomeStreet 401(k)/ESOP into this separate plan to be known as the HomeStreet, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (the “Plan” or the “ESOP”), so that this Plan is a standalone employee stock ownership plan and no longer provides for profit sharing contributions, 401(k) contributions, or employer matching contributions, and (2) make certain other administrative changes to the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed that this spun-off Plan shall be amended and restated in its entirety, effective as of January 1, 2011, or such other applicable dates as specifically provided herein, as follows:

ARTICLE I

Name

The Plan and Trust shall be known as the HomeStreet, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (the “Plan”). The rights of persons who received Plan benefits prior to January 1, 2011, or persons who terminated employment with the Employer before January 1, 2011 with a vested Accrued Benefit, are controlled by the terms of the HomeStreet 401(k)/ESOP as in existence prior to January 1, 2011.


ARTICLE II

Definitions

A. “Accrued Benefit” means the balance of a Participant’s accounts at any time.

B. “Acquisition Indebtedness” means an obligation of the Trust incurred for the purpose of acquiring Employer Stock or repaying Acquisition Indebtedness.

C. “Anniversary Date” means the last day of each Plan Year.

D. “Board” means the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc.

E. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

F. “Committee” means the Administrative Committee appointed by the Board.

G. “Compensation” for Plan contribution purposes for Employees other than Single Family Retail Permanent Loan Officers and residential branch managers means an Employee’s regular base salary or wages from the Employer before any deferral of income pursuant to the Employer’s 401(k) plan and before any salary reduction contributions to the Employer’s Internal Revenue Code Section 125 flexible benefits plan and Code Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan, if any, but excluding all incentive-based compensation, bonuses, overtime, commissions, Employer contributions hereunder pursuant to Paragraph A of Article IV, Employer contributions to any other similar retirement plan, and payments by the Employer (other than Section 125 contributions) on account of medical, disability and life insurance.

“Compensation” for Plan contribution purposes for Single Family Retail Permanent Loan Officers means 40% of commissions, draws, bonuses, and base salary, up to $50,000. Compensation is subject to the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limits as described later in this Paragraph G and is determined before any deferral of income pursuant to Employer’s 401(k) plan and before any salary reduction contributions to the Employer’s Internal Revenue Code Section 125 flexible benefits plan and Code Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan, if any, but excluding Employer contributions hereunder pursuant to Paragraph A of Article IV, Employer contributions to any other similar retirement plan, and payments by the Employer (other than Section 125 contributions) on account of medical, disability, and life insurance.

“Compensation” for Plan contribution purposes for residential branch managers means 100% of base salary, short-term incentive based compensation, commissions and overrides, up to $75,000. Compensation considered may not exceed the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limits as described later in this Paragraph G, and is determined before any deferral of income pursuant to Employer’s 40l(k) plan and before any salary reduction contributions to the Employer’s Internal Revenue Code Section 125 flexible benefits plan and Code Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan, if any, but excluding Employer contributions hereunder pursuant to Paragraph A of Article IV, Employer contributions to any similar

 

2


retirement plan, and payments by the Employer (other than Section 125 contributions) on account of medical, disability and life insurance.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary and consistent with the Employer’s administration of the Plan, any long-term incentive compensation shall be excluded from Compensation on which the Plan contributions are based.

Effective January 1, 2009, (i) an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code Section 3401(h)(2), is treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment, (ii) the differential wage payment is treated as Compensation, and (iii) the Plan is not treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code Section 414(u)(l)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage payment. However, subsection (iii) applies only if all Employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in a retirement plan maintained by the Employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code Sections 410(b)(3), (4), and (5)).

Effective as of January 1, 2008, for purposes of Plan contributions, Compensation shall also include Compensation received during the applicable post-severance period only to the extent included in the definition of Compensation for Code Section 415 purposes below, and unless otherwise excluded under this Article II, Paragraph G, of the Plan. Any amount includible in a Participant’s gross income due to noncompliance with Code Section 409A shall be included in Compensation for purposes of Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits.

Effective January 1, 2008, for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits, the following Compensation shall be considered: (1) a Participant’s regular Compensation received for services rendered during the Participant’s regular working hours that is paid during a post-severance payment period, and (2) a Participant’s Compensation for services rendered outside his regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments that would have been paid to the Participant before a severance of employment had the Participant continued in employment with the Employer (provided such amounts are paid during the post-severance payment period). The post-severance period is the period from the Participant’s severance from employment until the later of 2-1/2 months after severance or the end of the Limitation Year in which severance occurred. Through December 31, 2008 only, Compensation for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits shall also include, if paid during the post-severance period, payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only to the extent that (a) the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued, and (b) the amounts would have been included in the definition of Compensation for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer. In no event shall the Compensation for purposes of Code Section 415 for a given limitation year exceed the maximum amount of

 

3


Compensation recognized for purposes of limiting contributions or benefits payable with respect to a plan under Code Section 401(a)(l7) for that same limitation year.

If the Employer so elects, effective January 1, 2008, Compensation for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits for a limitation year shall include amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next limitation year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly-situated participants, and no compensation is included in more than one limitation year.

As modified by the preceding two paragraphs, for purposes of the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits (Article V, Paragraph G hereof) and the Code Section 416 top heavy requirements (Articles XVIII and XIX hereof), and for purposes of determining a Highly Compensated Employee (Article II, Paragraph R hereof), “Compensation” means wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employers maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements, and expense allowances), Code Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan salary reduction contributions, and any elective deferrals as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employers at the election of the Employee and which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125 or 457. Such compensation does not include:

1. Contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed;

2. Employer contributions to a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) of the Code to the extent deductible by the Employee;

3. Distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless of whether such amounts are includible in gross income when distributed (except that amounts paid to an Employee under an unfunded nonqualified plan of deferred compensation will be considered as compensation for Code Sections 415 and 416 in the year such amounts are includible in gross income);

4. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option or when restricted property becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

5. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option;

 

4


6. Other amounts which receive special tax benefits such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in gross income) or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not contributions are excludable from gross income).

In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in this Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the annual Compensation of each Employee taken into account under this Plan shall not exceed the annual compensation limit as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17). The annual compensation limit (e.g., $245,000 for the 2010 Plan Year), shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined (determination period) beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

H. “Effective Date” unless otherwise stated in this Plan means January 1, 2011, the effective date of the amendment and restatement of this Plan, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. The Employer’s plan was originally adopted effective January 1, 1976.

I. “Eligibility Computation Period” initially means the 12-consecutive-month period beginning with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer (the “Employment Commencement Date”), or in the case of an Employee who has had a One-Year Break in Service, the 12-consecutive-month period beginning with the first date on which the Employee completes an Hour of Service following the last computation period in which a One-Year Break in Service occurred (the “Reemployment Commencement Date”). After the initial Computation Period, the succeeding Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date and each succeeding Plan Year.

J. “Employee” means any person in the service of the Employer receiving a regular wage or salary. A leased employee as defined in Code Section 414(n)(2) shall be considered an Employee hereunder solely for purposes of Code Section 414(n)(3) unless (i) leased employees constitute less than twenty percent (20%) of the Employer’s non-highly-compensated workforce as defined in Code Section 414(n)(5)(c)(ii) and (ii) the leased employee is a participant in a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5)(B), A leased employee for purposes of Code Section 414(n)(3) means any person who is not an Employee of the Employer and who provides services for the Employer pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization, who has performed such services for the Employer and related persons on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and whose services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. Notwithstanding that a leased employee is treated as an Employee hereunder solely for purposes of Code Section 414(n)(3), such a leased employee shall not be considered an eligible Employee or receive credit for service or share in Employer contributions under this Plan.

 

5


K. “Employer Stock” means voting common stock issued by HomeStreet, Inc. (known as Continental, Inc. prior to May 15, 2000).

L. “Encumbered Stock” means Employer Stock acquired by the Trust in a transaction in which Acquisition Indebtedness is incurred whether or not the stock is subject to a pledge in favor of the creditor or debtor.

M. “Enrollment Date” means the date on which an Employee who has complied with the eligibility requirements shall become eligible to participate in the Plan. The Enrollment Dates shall be the first day of each calendar month.

N. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

O. “Event of Forfeiture” means with respect to a Participant who terminates employment, either the incurring of five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service or a cash-out payment in full in a single lump sum of all of his vested Accrued Benefit, subject to the reinstatement of forfeitures requirements of Article V, Paragraph I. A Participant who terminates employment with no vested Accrued Benefit shall be deemed to have received a cash-out payment.

P. “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s fiscal year for federal tax purposes. The Employer’s fiscal year begins on January 1 and ends on December 31.

Q. “Fund” means the trust fund established pursuant to this Plan and the Trust Agreement in which all of the assets of the Plan are held, consisting of Participants’ ESOP Stock Accounts and ESOP Employer-Directed Investment Accounts.

R. “Highly-Compensated Employee” means any Employee who during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year is a more than five percent owner (as defined by Code Section 416(i)(1)) or an Employee who for the preceding Plan Year received Compensation in excess of $80,000 adjusted as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1), and effective January 1, 1999 who was a member of the top-paid 20% group of Employees (based on Compensation for the preceding Plan Year).

Effective January 1, 2008, for purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly-Compensated Employee, annual Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) as set forth in Article II, Paragraph G, for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations on contributions and benefits for the applicable Plan Year or preceding Plan Year.

The Committee must make the determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

6


The Employer for purposes of this Paragraph is the entity employing the Employee and includes all other entities aggregated with such employing entity under the aggregation requirements of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

A former Employee shall be considered a Highly-Compensated Employee if he was a Highly-Compensated Employee when he separated from service or if he was a Highly-Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age 55.

S. “Hour of Service” means

a. Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer for the performance of duties. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed. Effective with respect to reemployments initiated on or after December 12, 1994, an Employee in qualified military service as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5) shall be credited with Hours of Service at his customary rate; and

b. Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship was terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this subsection (b) for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee in qualified military service shall receive credit in accordance with Code Section 414(u). Hours under this subsection (b) shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference; and

c. Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited under subsection (a) or (b), as the case may be, and under this subsection (c). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the Eligibility or Vesting Computation Period or Periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

Provided, for the purpose of determining whether an Employee has incurred a One-Year Break in Service (i) Hours of Service described in subsection (b) shall be credited without regard to the 501-hour limitation of subsection (b); (ii) hours at the Employee’s customary rate shall be credited during any period the Employee is on authorized leave of absence or temporary layoff, and (iii) in the case of an Employee who is absent from work for any period by reason of pregnancy, birth of a child, placement with the Employee of a child for adoption, or caring for such child immediately following birth or placement, Hours of Service (up to 501 hours) shall be credited equal to the Hours of Service that otherwise would normally have been credited to the Employee but for such absence (or if such hours cannot be determined, equal to 8 Hours of Service per day of absence). The hours credited under (iii) above shall be credited to the applicable computation period in which the absence begins if such crediting will prevent a One-

 

7


Year Break in Service, or otherwise to the following computation period. No such credit shall be given unless the Employee provides the Committee with timely information (including, if requested, a written statement of a doctor or adoption official) to establish that the absence is for reasons referred to in this paragraph and the number of days for which there was such an absence. Provided, further, there shall be no duplication of credit under the Plan. Authorized leave of absence shall be granted on a nondiscriminatory basis.

Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of an affiliated service group (under Code Section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporation (under Code Section 414(b)), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Code Section 414(c)) of which the Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

An exempt salaried Employee who during a semi-monthly payroll period would be entitled to credit for at least one Hour of Service shall receive credit for 95 Hours of Service. All other Employees shall be credited with actual hours (i) for which they are entitled to payment by the Employer, and (ii) for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred, at their regular rate during unpaid leave of absence.

T. “Investment Account” means an account created for each Participant to which his share of the ESOP Fund other than Employer Stock shall be allocated. The Investment Account is credited with cash dividends on Employer Stock held in the Participant’s Stock Account and the Participant’s share of ESOP net gains (or losses) and ESOP Employer contributions other than Employer Stock and is debited with payments for Employer Stock.

U. “One-Year Break in Service” means the applicable Eligibility or Vesting Computation Period during which an Employee completes less than 501 Hours of Service.

V. “Participant” means an Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Article III.

W. “Plan” means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan set forth in this agreement and all subsequent amendments thereto.

X. “Plan Year” means the twelve-month period on which the records of the Plan are kept. Each Plan Year shall end on December 31.

Y. “Spouse” means the lawful husband or wife of the Participant.

Z. “Stock Account” means an account created for each Participant under the Plan reflecting the number of shares of Employer Stock credited to his name and fractions thereof.

AA. “Trust” means (1) with respect to Employer Stock, the Trust set forth in this agreement and all subsequent amendments thereto, and (2) with respect to all other assets of the Plan, the separate Trust Agreement between the Employer and Charles Schwab Trust Company and all subsequent amendments thereto.

 

8


BB. “Trustee” means HomeStreet Bank effective with respect to Employer Stock, and Charles Schwab Trust Company with respect to all other Plan assets, and any successor Trustee or Trustees hereunder appointed by the Board.

CC. “Valuation Date” means the date upon which the assets of the Trust are valued. The Valuation Dates for Participants’ ESOP Stock Accounts and ESOP Employer-Directed Investment Accounts shall be March 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009, and the Anniversary Date thereafter. The Committee is authorized to establish additional Valuation Dates in its discretion.

DD. “Vesting Computation Period” for purposes of determining a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit means the Plan Year.

EE. “Year of Service” means the applicable computation period during which the Employee completes not fewer than 1,000 Hours of Service as defined in Paragraph S.

FF. “Miscellaneous.” Unless some other meaning and intent is apparent from the context, the plurals shall mean the singular, and vice versa, and masculine, feminine, and neuter words shall be used interchangeably.

GG. “WMS 401(k) Plan” means the Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust. The WMS 401 (k) Plan was known as the Windermere Mortgage Services LLC 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust from January 1, 2004 through April 30, 2005. Prior to January 1, 2004, the WMS 401(k) Plan was known as the Windermere Mortgage Services LLCs 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust.

HH. “WMS Money Purchase Pension Plan” means the Windermere Mortgage Services LLCs Money Purchase Pension Plan and Trust. The WMS Money Purchase Pension Plan merged into the WMS 401(k) Plan effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2002.

II. “HomeSelect Plan” means the HomeSelect Series LLC 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust. The HomeSelect Plan terminated on October 28, 2008.

ARTICLE III

Eligible Employees

A. Exclusions. Employees shall be excluded from those eligible to participate if they are included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for participation by such Employees. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, any individual who is classified as an independent contractor by the Employer, regardless of whether such individual is classified as an employee by a court or by any federal, state or local agency, and any individual who performs services pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan.

 

9


B. Eligibility for Employer Contributions . Unless excluded by reason of Paragraph A of this Article III, each Employee who was a Participant on December 31, 2010 shall continue to be a Participant for purposes of eligibility for Employer contributions under Paragraph A of Article IV subject to the provisions of this Plan. Each other Employee not excluded by reason of Paragraph A of this Article III shall become eligible upon the later of January 1, 2011, or his completion of one Year of Service with the Employer and attainment of age 18. An Employee shall not be required to complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such months of service. However, if an Employee completes a Year of Service in his Eligibility Computation Period, he shall be eligible to participate in this Plan for purposes of Employer matching contributions as of the next Enrollment Date regardless of whether he completed the months of service required to participate in this Plan.

Each eligible Employee shall be enrolled as a Participant as of the Enrollment Date coinciding with or following completion of such requirements, provided the Employee has not separated from service before such Enrollment Date.

C. Other Eligibility Provisions. In counting Years of Service for eligibility purposes, the Committee shall apply the following rules using the applicable Eligibility Computation Period to determine Years of Service and One-Year Breaks in Service:

a. Except as hereafter provided, the Employee shall receive credit for each Year of Service.

b. In the case of a Participant who has a One-Year Break in Service prior to the time he has any nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit computed pursuant to Article VI, Paragraph B, and who returns to employment, service prior to the break shall not be counted if the number of his consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the aggregate number of Years of Service (whether or not consecutive) prior to the last such break if the number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service is five or more.

c. In the case of a Participant who terminates employment and is rehired, and his prior service is not disregarded under (b), he shall become a Participant on the date of his reemployment, which date shall be the date on which he completes one Hour of Service after his termination of employment.

The Committee may request each eligible Employee to apply for Plan participation in writing on a form to be supplied by the Committee, agreeing to the terms of the Plan and giving such information as may be required by the Committee, including beneficiary designation. An Employee shall not be precluded from Plan participation if he does not complete such form.

 

10


ARTICLE IV

Contributions

A. Employer ESOP Contributions . For each Plan Year, the Employer will pay to the Trustee for investment under the Trust such amount in cash or Employer Stock as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Employer at a meeting held before the time provided by law for filing of the Employer’s income tax return (including extensions); provided, however, that the amount of such contributions shall be sufficient to enable the Trust to pay any currently maturing Acquisition Indebtedness (including interest).

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective with respect to reemployments initiated on or after December 12, 1994, Employer ESOP contributions with respect to qualified military service shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

The Employer’s determination of such contribution shall be binding on all Participants, the Committee, and the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no right or duty to inquire into the amount of the Employer’s contribution or the method used in determining the amount of such contribution, but shall be accountable only for the funds actually received by it.

B. Date of Payment. The Employer shall pay to the Trustee, within the time provided by law for filing of the Employer’s income tax return (including extensions), the amount to be contributed pursuant to Paragraph A.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for determining the amount of any Plan contributions nor for collecting contributions not voluntarily paid to the Trustee.

C. Profit Sharing Plan and ESOP . This Plan is designed to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Code Section 401 (a), 402, 412, and 417, and as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) as described in Code Section 4975(e)(7). However, notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, all contributions shall be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits, and to the extent the Plan constitutes an ESOP and shares of Employer Stock acquired with Acquisition Indebtedness are to be allocated to Participants’ accounts, Employees of participating Employers who are LLCs shall be ineligible to share in such allocations.

ARTICLE V

Participant’s Accounts,

Valuation, Maximum Contribution

A. Participant’s Accounts. The Committee or its delegate shall maintain a separate ESOP Stock Account and a separate ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account as applicable for each Participant, which accounts shall reflect the Participant’s Accrued Benefit. The Committee shall furnish each Participant who requests the same in writing a statement

 

11


reflecting, on the basis of the latest available information, his Accrued Benefit and the nonforfeitable portion thereof or if no benefits are nonforfeitable, the earliest date on which benefits will be nonforfeitable. Only one such statement need be furnished a Participant each 12 months. The Employer may appoint the Trustee or any qualified third party to perform recordkeeping functions.

B. Allocations of ESOP Contributions. As of each Anniversary Date, the Committee shall allocate to the ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account of each Active Participant (as defined in Paragraph E of this Article V) each such Active Participant’s share of Employer ESOP cash contributions for the Plan Year (other than such contributions applied or earmarked to be applied to Acquisition Indebtedness), and shall allocate to his ESOP Stock Account his allocable share of Employer Stock available for allocation. Cash dividends on Employer Stock held in the Participant’s Stock Account shall be credited to the Participant’s ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account. Employer Stock available for allocation shall include Employer Stock contributed by the Employer for the Plan Year, and stock transferred from Encumbered Stock pursuant to Paragraph C. Each Active Participant’s share shall be determined by dividing his Compensation during the Plan Year by the aggregate Compensation of all Active Participants for the Plan Year and multiplying, the percentage determined by the total Employer ESOP contributions available for allocation. Provided, however, that if a person became enrolled as a Participant for Employer ESOP contributions purposes on an Enrollment Date other than January 1 of a Plan Year, only that portion of his Compensation attributable to Hours of Service performed while he was a Participant shall be considered in determining his allocation of the Employer ESOP contribution to his ESOP Stock Account and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account for such Plan Year.

C. Transfer From Encumbered Stock to Employer Stock Available for Allocation. As of each Anniversary Date, shares of Employer Stock shall be transferred from Encumbered Stock to Employer Stock available for allocation. The number of shares of Employer Stock to be so transferred shall be determined by using one of the following two rules:

1. Special Rule. If the Acquisition Indebtedness is payable over 10 years or less, stock shall be transferred from Encumbered Stock based solely on the ratio that payments of principal for each Plan Year (including any prepayments earmarked for a Plan Year) bear to the total principal amount of the Acquisition Indebtedness. This method shall be used so long as (a) the Acquisition Indebtedness provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amount for ten (10) years; (b) interest included in any payment is disregarded only to the extent it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables; and (c) the entire duration of the Acquisition Indebtedness does not exceed ten (10) years, even in the event of a renewal, extension or refinancing of the Acquisition Indebtedness.

2. General Rule. If the Special Rule does not apply, stock shall be transferred from Encumbered Stock by multiplying the number of shares of Encumbered Stock held immediately before the transfer by the following fraction:

 

12


P + I

P + I + AI

Where:

P = Principal payments (and prepayments) on Acquisition Indebtedness during the Plan Year.

I = Interest payments on Acquisition Indebtedness during the Plan Year.

AI = Acquisition Indebtedness projected to be paid during future Plan Years (including principal and interest to maturity) assuming the interest rate in effect on the last Anniversary Date will continue in effect without change through the term of the Acquisition Indebtedness

D. Dividends on Encumbered Stock. Cash dividends on Encumbered Stock shall be applied to make monthly interest payments on Acquisition Indebtedness. The remainder of any cash dividends on Encumbered Stock shall be applied on the next Valuation Date to reduce Acquisition Indebtedness, and any shares released thereby shall be allocated to Active Participants’ Stock Accounts in the same manner as Employer ESOP contributions are allocated. Stock dividends on Encumbered Stock shall be credited to stock available for allocation in the year of the dividend.

E. Active Participants Receive Allocations. Only an Active Participant shall be entitled to share in the Employer’s ESOP contributions for a particular Plan Year pursuant to Paragraph A of Article IV. An Active Participant means a Participant, employed on the Anniversary Date, who completes a Year of Service during the Plan Year; provided, that if a Participant became enrolled in the Plan an Enrollment Date other than January 1, he shall be deemed an Active Participant for that Plan Year if he completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service as an Employee during that Plan Year and is employed on the Anniversary Date.

If the Participant’s failure to complete a Year of Service in the Plan Year results from his death, disability as defined in Paragraph C of Article VII, retirement on or after age 62 while fully vested, or retirement on or after age 65, he shall be considered an Active Participant for such year.

F. Trust Valuation. As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the fair market value of the trust assets allocated to Participants’ ESOP Stock Accounts and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Accounts (excluding any contributions paid to or due the Trustee as of that day) in order to determine the percentage of increase or decrease in the fair market value of such assets when compared with the fair market value of such assets as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date. The cumulative amount allocated as of the preceding Valuation Date to the ESOP Stock Account and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account of each Participant shall be adjusted to reflect the increase or decrease, as the case may be, by multiplying such account by the percentage so determined. Unless Employer Stock is readily

 

13


tradable on an established market, the fair market value of Employer Stock allocated to Participants’ ESOP Stock Accounts shall be as determined by an independent appraisal which shall be performed by an independent appraiser selected by the Committee and at such intervals and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee shall determine.

G. Maximum Contributions.

1. Annual Addition. The term “annual addition” for any Plan Year means the sum of:

a. The Employer’s contributions on a Participant’s behalf to the Employer’s defined contribution plan(s) (any profit sharing and money purchase pension plans) including Employee pre-tax contributions;

b. The Participant’s voluntary nondeductible contributions, if any, to the defined contribution plan(s) maintained by the Employer;

c. Amounts allocated for a Plan Year beginning after March 31, 1984, to a Code Section 415(1)(2) individual medical account that is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer; and

d. Amounts paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after that date, for post-retirement benefits allocated to a separate account in a Code Section 419(e) welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer. These amounts will not be subject to the present limitations of Code Section 415(c)(1)(B).

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Paragraph G to the contrary, except to the extent permitted under the Employer’s 401(k) Plan and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s accounts under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of: (a) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code (i.e., $49,000 for 2010), or (b) 100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation, for purposes of Code Section 415. The compensation limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to (i) any contributions for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or Code Section 419A(f)(2)) and which are otherwise treated as an Annual Addition; or (ii) any amount otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code Section 415(1)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

2. Excess Annual Addition. The 415 correction methods set forth in this Article V, Paragraph G.2, shall only apply with respect to limitation years beginning before July 1, 2007. If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, or other facts and circumstances to which Code regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the annual addition for a Participant exceeds the applicable limitations for the Plan Year, the annual addition shall be reduced as follows:

a. The amount of any excess consisting of Employer ESOP contributions to this Plan shall be allocated to a suspense account as forfeitures and held therein

 

14


until the next succeeding date on which such forfeitures could be applied to reduce future Employer contributions under this Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan, the suspense account shall revert to the Employer.

The limitation year is the Plan Year. Notwithstanding any other provisions, the Employer shall not contribute any amount that would cause an allocation to the suspense account as of the date the contribution is allocated. If the contribution is made prior to the date as of which it is to be allocated, then such contribution shall not exceed an amount that would cause an allocation to the suspense account if the date of contribution were an allocation date. If an allocation is made to such suspense account, it shall contain no investment gains and losses or other income. Amounts in the suspense account are allocated as of each allocation date on which forfeitures may be allocated until the account is exhausted.

3. For the purpose of this Paragraph G, the following rules shall control:

a. The $40,000 maximum ($49,000 in 2010) shall be deemed adjusted for any Plan Year to conform to increases in the cost of living in accordance with regulations to be adopted by the Secretary of Treasury.

b. All qualified defined benefit plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one defined benefit plan, and all qualified defined contribution plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one defined contribution plan.

c. If the Employer is a member of a controlled group of corporations, trades or businesses under common control (as defined by Code Section 1563(a) or Code Section 414(b) and (c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined by Code Section 414(m)), all employees of such employers shall be considered to be employed by a single employer.

H. Voting of Employer Stock. A Participant shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which voting rights will be exercised with respect to any corporate matter which involves the voting of Employer Stock allocated to the Participant’s Stock Account with respect to the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction as may be prescribed in Treasury regulations. If the Employer has a registration-type class of securities, a Participant shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which voting rights will be exercised with respect to any corporate matter which involves the voting of Employer Stock allocated to the Participant’s Stock Account. The Trustee shall vote such stock as provided in Article XI, Section A(4).

I. Forfeitures and Reinstatement of Forfeitures . On each Anniversary Date, the nonvested Accrued Benefit of each Participant with respect to whom an Event of Forfeiture has occurred and who is not in the employ of the Employer on the Anniversary Date shall be forfeited. If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer, incurs an Event of Forfeiture, is thereafter reemployed, and has not incurred five consecutive One-Year Breaks in

 

15


Service as of the Anniversary Date coinciding with or following the date of his reemployment, the forfeited dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit (not the number of shares of Employer Stock forfeited) shall be reinstated as if that nonvested dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit had not been forfeited, provided the terminated Participant repays the vested dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit previously distributed to him, which was attributable to Employer contributions, back to the Plan Trustee to be credited to the Participant. Any required repayment shall be made in cash and shall be repaid to the Participant’s ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account. Any required repayment must occur before the earlier of (1) the date five years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or (2) the date the Participant would have incurred five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service following the date of the distribution had he not been re-employed. Reinstatement of a Participant’s forfeited Accrued Benefit in accordance with this Paragraph I shall occur on the Anniversary Date coinciding with or following such Participant’s date of repayment by allocating the required amount to the Participant’s ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account, first, from forfeitures occurring on such Anniversary Date, second, from Trust earnings allocated as of such Anniversary Date, and third, from extraordinary Employer contributions as required.

Forfeitures of amounts in Participants’ ESOP Stock Accounts and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Accounts shall be applied first to offset eligible Plan expenses in the Plan Year of the forfeiture or the Plan Year immediately following and then to reinstate any nonvested Accrued Benefits required to be reinstated for the Plan Year of the forfeiture or the Plan Year immediately following. Any remaining forfeitures shall be applied to reduce future Employer contributions. Any forfeitures from Participants’ ESOP Stock Accounts and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Accounts will come first from the terminated Participant’s ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account to the extent of the balance of such Account, and the balance of any such Forfeiture will come from such Participant’s ESOP Stock Account. In addition, where there is any Employer Stock in a Participant’s ESOP Stock Account which was acquired in a financed purchase as described in Article XI, Paragraph B, which comes within the definition of a loan as described in Section 4975(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder and a portion of the Employer Stock in such Account is to be forfeited, the following rules shall apply to the Employer Stock which was acquired in the financed purchase:

(1) Any forfeiture of Employer Stock will come first from Employer Stock which was not acquired in such a financed purchase, to the extent thereof, and the balance of the forfeiture will come from Employer Stock which was acquired in such a financed purchase.

(2) If more than one class of Employer Stock acquired in a financed purchase has been allocated to a Participant’s Stock Account, any forfeitures of such Employer Stock shall be in equal proportion from each such class.

J. Special Nonallocation Rule for S Corporation . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V, effective January 1, 2004, a disqualified person shall not receive an allocation of Employer Stock for a Plan Year if during such Plan Year this Plan holds Employer Stock that is subject to an S Corporation election and disqualified persons own (including

 

16


allocation of Employer Stock to their accounts under this Plan) at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of stock of the Employer (after application of the attribution rules of Code Section 318). For purposes of this Paragraph J, a “disqualified person” is defined under Code Section 409(p)(4) as a Participant whose account has allocated (either by themselves or through attribution with their family members) either twenty percent (20%) of the Employer Stock allocated under this Plan, or ten percent (10%) of all Employer Stock (including shares not in this Plan); provided, that solely for purposes of determining the amount allocated to the accounts of Participants under this Paragraph J, shares of unallocated Employer Stock in this Plan will be allocated in the same proportion as the most recent stock allocation under this Plan. Also for purposes of this Paragraph J the following shall apply: Family members shall be those persons described in Code Section 409(p)(4)(D); “synthetic equity,” which includes stock options, warrants and phantom stock, shall be treated as required by Code Section 409(p)(5); and this Paragraph J will be interpreted consistently with Code Section 409(p).

ARTICLE VI

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit

A. Allocations Not Vested. Allocations to Participants in accordance with the provisions of Article V shall not vest any right or title to any part of the assets of the Trust.

B. Vesting Period. A Participant’s ESOP Stock Account and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account, shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Completion of 1 Year of Service

     0

Completion of 2 Years of Service

     0

Completion of 3 Years of Service

     20

Completion of 4 Years of Service

     40

Completion of 5 Years of Service

     60

Completion of 6 Years of Service

     80

Completion of 7 Years of Service

     100

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective with respect to a Participant who completes at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2007, such Participant’s ESOP Stock Account and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Completion of 1 Year of Service

     20

Completion of 2 Years of Service

     40

Completion of 3 Years of Service

     60

Completion of 4 Years of Service

     80

Completion of 5 Years of Service

     100

In crediting Years of Service to determine a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, the Committee shall apply the following rules using the Vesting Computation Period for purposes of determining Years of Service and One-Year Breaks in Service:

 

17


1. Except as specifically hereinafter provided, all of an Employee’s Years of Service with the Employer both prior to becoming a Participant and thereafter shall be taken into account. Certain Employees’ Years of Service with certain predecessor employers and acquired entities have been taken into account, as provided in this Plan prior to the Effective Date.

2. In the case of a Participant who terminates employment with the Employer and has no nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit, the Employer shall not give credit for Years of Service occurring before a One-Year Break in Service if, on the date the Participant first completes an Hour of Service following the date of termination, the number of his consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the aggregate number of Years of Service (whether or not consecutive) prior to the last such break if the number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service is five or more. Years of Service before the break shall not include Years of Service not required to be taken into account by reason of any other rule under this Paragraph B.

3. The Employer shall give credit for Years of Service which are not disregarded under subparagraph 2 upon the Participant’s reemployment date, which shall be the date on which he completes one Hour of Service after his termination of employment.

4. The nonforfeitable percentage of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions made prior to five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to Years of Service occurring after such five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service. Separate accounting shall be maintained for the pre-break Accrued Benefit.

C. Amendment to Vesting Computation Period or Vesting Schedule. The Employer may amend the Plan to provide for a different Vesting Computation Period so long as the new Vesting Computation Period, as amended, begins prior to the last day of the preceding Vesting Computation Period. No Plan amendment shall reduce a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. If the Plan vesting schedule is amended or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage, or if a different vesting schedule is applicable because a previously Top-Heavy Plan is no longer Top-Heavy, each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit (accrued before and after the amendment) computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the later of:

1. Sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

2. Sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or

3. Sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Committee.

D. Full Vesting. Upon a Participant’s death while still employed by the Employer, disability while still employed by the Employer, or attainment of normal retirement age while still employed by the Employer, the full amount credited to the Participant’s ESOP Stock

 

18


Account and ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account, pursuant to Article V, shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the Participant’s survivors are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service), such as full vesting upon death, provided under the Plan as if the Participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.

E. Participant’s Commencement of Excluded Employment. In the event a Participant transfers to an employment category excluded under Article III, the following shall control:

1. For purposes of determining the Participant’s right to, and the amount of an allocation of the Employer contribution, Hours of Service performed and Compensation received while the Participant was in a category excluded under Article III hereof shall not be counted.

2. For purposes of determining the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, Hours of Service performed while the Participant was in an excluded category shall be counted.

F. Transfer of Participants. The transfer of a Participant from the employ of one Employer co-sponsoring the Plan to another Employer co-sponsoring the Plan shall for no purpose constitute a termination of employment hereunder for vesting purposes, nor shall such Participant receive a distribution from this Plan until such time as he terminates employment with all such Employers. The respective Employers shall notify the Committee of the transfer of employment, and the Committee shall adjust its records accordingly. If an Active Participant shall transfer during a Plan Year, he shall receive an allocation of each of his Employer’s ESOP contributions (if any) based upon his Compensation from each such Employer if he completes a total of at least 1,000 Hours of Service with Employers co-sponsoring the Plan during the Plan Year and is employed by an Employer sponsoring the Plan on the Anniversary Date.

ARTICLE VII

Distribution of Benefits

A. Retirement Age and Options. The normal retirement age shall be age 65 for all Participants, and each Participant or former Participant shall be entitled to retire the first day of the month coinciding with or following attainment of normal retirement age, which day shall be his Normal Retirement Date.

1. Employment After Normal Retirement Age. If a Participant continues in the employ of the Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date, he shall, pursuant to the terms of this Plan, continue to share in Employer ESOP contributions and increases and decreases in value, including fees and expenses until actual retirement.

 

19


a. Election to Receive Benefits While Still Employed. A Participant who has attained age 70  1 / 2 may elect in writing to receive his Accrued Benefit prior to his actual retirement date in accordance with procedures established by the Committee; such a Participant shall continue to share in Employer ESOP contributions and increases and decreases in value, including fees and expenses, until actual retirement.

b. Required Receipt of Benefits. The required beginning date of a Participant is the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 or retires except that benefit distributions to a more than five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Code Section 416) must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 .

A participant is treated as a more than five percent (5%) owner for purposes of this section if such participant is a more than five percent (5%) owner as defined in Code Section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70  1 / 2 .

A Participant to whom this subparagraph b. applies shall continue to share in Employer ESOP contributions and increases and decreases in value, including fees and expenses, until actual retirement.

2. Date of Retired Participant’s First Payment . A Participant who retires hereunder shall begin receiving his benefits as soon as is reasonably possible after his retirement date but no later than the date sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant retires, unless he elects to defer payment pursuant to subparagraph (3) below.

3. Deferral of Benefits . A Participant who retires hereunder or terminates employment with a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in excess of $1,000 shall not be required to receive a distribution without his written consent. The Participant may elect to defer the commencement of his Plan benefits to a later date, but not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70  1 / 2 . Such a Participant must make this election in writing on a form provided by the Committee. Such election shall include the current amount of the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and the date on which payment shall commence. The Participant may change such election prior to the commencement of his deferred benefits, provided payments commence no later than the date required above.

Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution while a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in excess of $1,000 is immediately distributable shall be deemed an election to defer commencement of payment.

4. Form of Payment. A Participant who is eligible to receive benefits under this paragraph may elect in writing to receive a single payment equal to the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following the Plan’s receipt of the Participant’s distribution request, except for the transition period described below. Provided, however, that the Employer shall maintain the right to require that distributions from Participants’ vested post-June 30,1999 ESOP Accounts be made

 

20


in up to five substantially equal annual installments or such additional number of installments as are provided in Paragraphs I and J of Article VII of this Plan, with each such installment payment valued as of the applicable Valuation Date.

A Participant or beneficiary entitled to a Plan distribution may elect to receive the Participant’s vested ESOP Stock Account and vested ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account either in Employer Stock or in cash. If Employer Stock is readily tradable on an established market, distribution of the Participant’s vested ESOP Stock Account shall be made in the form of Employer Stock unless the Participant elects to receive cash. If a Participant or beneficiary elects to receive the Participant’s vested ESOP Accounts in cash, the fair market value of Employer Stock in the Participant’s vested ESOP Stock Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately following the Plan’s receipt of the Participant’s distribution request and that amount shall be distributed to the Participant or beneficiary in cash. Provided, that for distribution requests that were received in the third calendar quarter of 2009, fair market value shall be determined as of the June 30, 2009 Valuation Date. If the Participant or beneficiary elects that the Participant’s vested ESOP Accounts be distributed in the form of Employer Stock, the Participant or beneficiary shall receive the number of full shares in the Participant’s vested ESOP Stock Account within a reasonable period following the Valuation Date coinciding with or following the Plan’s receipt of the Participant’s distribution request and the value of any partial share in cash, and the value of the Participant’s vested ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Account on such Valuation Date will be applied to acquire for distribution the applicable number of full shares of Employer Stock based on the fair market value of Employer Stock under this Plan on such Valuation Date. Any fractional value unexpended will be distributed in cash. If the Trustee is unable to purchase the Employer Stock required for distribution, he shall distribute the cash within the time required by this Plan. A demand that a benefit be distributed in the form of Employer Stock must be made in writing within ninety days after receipt of written notice from the Committee advising the Participant or his beneficiary in writing of the right to demand that the Participant’s vested ESOP Accounts be distributed solely in Employer Stock.

All Employer Stock that is distributed from the Plan shall be subject to a right of first refusal as provided in Paragraph K of this Article VII.

The Participant’s ESOP Accounts shall be divided into (a) pre-July 1, 1999 ESOP Accounts that are payable in accordance with this Paragraph A.4 subject to the Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit forms of payment rules, and (b) post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts for post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Fund accruals that, notwithstanding any language in this Paragraph A.4 to the contrary, are subject to the Employer’s right to require that distributions from such vested post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts be made in up to five substantially equal annual installments or such additional number of installments as provided in Paragraph J of Article VII of this Plan.

5. Minimum Distributions at Age 70  1 / 2 if Installments Elected . If a Participant’s distribution is required to commence due to attainment of age 70  1 / 2 , and if the Participant has elected to receive installment payments prior to the date that installment

 

21


payments cease to be an optional form of payment under the Plan, then at least an amount equal to the minimum required annual distribution shall be paid to the Participant, determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and subparagraph 6. below.

6. Minimum Required Distribution Under Final Regulations.

With respect to minimum required distributions made on or after the Effective Date as defined in Paragraph 6.a.i below, the following provisions shall apply:

a. General Rules.

i. Effective Date. The provisions of this Article VII, Paragraph A.6 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

ii. Precedence. The requirements of this Article VII, Paragraph A.6 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan as to the required minimum amount payable, provided that any provision of the Plan requiring faster payment or greater payments will remain in effect.

iii. Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Article VII, Paragraph A.6 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

iv. TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VII, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

b. Time and Manner of Distribution.

i. Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as defined in subparagraph e.v. below.

ii. Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

A. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later, unless subparagraph iii. below applies.

 

22


B. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, unless subparagraph iii. below applies.

C. If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

D. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this subparagraph ii, other than subparagraph ii.A, will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this subparagraph ii. and Article VII, Paragraph A.6.d, unless subparagraph ii.D. above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If subparagraph ii.D. above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subparagraph ii.A. above. If the Plan permits an annuity contract as a form of payment and distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subparagraph ii.A), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

iii. Five-Year Rule . If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, distribution to the designated beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified above in subparagraph b.ii., as long as the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death (“five-year rule”). If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the foregoing 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule specified in subparagraph b.ii above and subparagraph d.ii below applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a designated beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of (a) December 31 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under subparagraph b.ii, or (b) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death. If the beneficiary does not make an election under this Paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with the five-year rule.

 

23


A designated beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period.

iv. Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, then for each distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Paragraphs A.6.c and A.6.d of this Article VII. If the Plan permits an annuity contract as a form of payment and the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.

c. Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.

i. Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

A. the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

B. if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

ii. Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Article VII, Paragraph A.6.c. beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

d. Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .

i. Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .

A. Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s

 

24


nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

1.The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

2.If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

3.If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

B. No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

ii. Death Before Date Distributions Begin .

A. Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Article VII, Paragraph A.6.d.i above.

B. No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

C. Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date

 

25


distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Article VII, Paragraph A.6.b.ii.A above, this Article VII, Paragraph A.6.d.ii will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

e. Definitions.

i. Designated beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Article VII, Paragraph B of the Plan (including any individual who is a default beneficiary identified under Article VII, Paragraph B of the Plan), and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-1, of the Treasury regulations.

ii. Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Article VII, Paragraph A.6.b.ii. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

iii. Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

iv. Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit . The Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

v. Required Beginning Date . The date specified in Article VII, Paragraph A.1.b. of the Plan.

B. Death. Each Participant shall designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries on a form to be furnished by the Committee. The beneficiary of a married Participant shall be his Spouse, unless the Spouse consents in writing to the designation of another specific beneficiary and acknowledges the effect of the consent. The consent shall be witnessed by a notary public or a Plan representative. Such designation shall be filed with the Committee and may be changed by

 

26


the Participant from time to time by filing a new designation in writing (together with the Spouse’s consent where required). The designation last filed with the Committee shall control.

If any Participant shall fail to designate a beneficiary or if the person or persons designated predecease the Participant and there is no designated successor, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be the following in the order named:

a. Surviving Spouse at date of death,

b. Then living issue, per stirpes (lawful issue and adopted),

c. Then living parents, in equal shares,

d. Brothers and sisters, in equal shares, provided that if any brother or sister is not then living, his or her share shall be distributed to his or her then living issue, per stirpes, and

e. Estate of the Participant.

1. Death Prior to Commencement of Benefits . A Participant’s beneficiary shall receive the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a single payment, subject to applicable Plan provisions which permit the Employer to require that distributions from post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts to be made in up to five annual installment payments or such additional number of installment payments as provided in Paragraph J or Article VII of this Plan. Such payment shall be valued as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or following the Plan’s receipt of the beneficiary’s distribution request, subject to the following rules:

a. A beneficiary may elect to have payments commence a reasonable time after the Participant’s death.

b. All payments to the beneficiary shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs, except that such payments may extend beyond that five-year period if:

(i) The Participant designated a beneficiary who is not the Participant’s Spouse, and the Employer requires the beneficiary to receive a distribution from the Participant’s post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts in up to five annual installment payments or such additional number of installment payments as provided in Paragraph J or Article VII of this Plan, commencing not later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; or

(ii) The Participant designated a beneficiary who is the Participant’s Spouse, and that beneficiary elects to have payments commence not later than the later of (a) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 or (b) December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs.

 

27


The beneficiary’s election of a Plan distribution shall be in writing on a form furnished by the Committee. If the beneficiary is the Participant’s Spouse and the Spouse elects to postpone payment of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, the Spouse shall designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph B as if the Spouse was the Participant. If such Spouse dies before payments commence hereunder, the provisions of this Paragraph B shall be applied as if the Spouse was the Participant.

If the Participant’s beneficiary fails to make a written election of a Plan distribution before December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs, and the Participant did not designate his Spouse as beneficiary, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to pay the benefit in a single sum to the Participant’s beneficiary not later than such December 31. If the Participant’s Spouse as designated beneficiary fails to make a written election of a Plan distribution before the later of (i) December 31 after the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the death of the Participant occurs, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Accrued Benefit in a single sum on or before the later of December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 or December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the death of the Participant occurs. Provided, however, that the Employer shall maintain the right to require that distributions from Participants’ vested post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts be made in up to five substantially equal annual installments or such additional number of installments as are provided in Paragraphs I and J of Article VII of this Plan.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the event that a distribution is required to be made to a beneficiary by December 31 of a Plan Year and has not already been made, such required distribution shall be valued as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or preceding the distribution.

Payments shall be in the form described in Paragraph A(4) of this Article.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, to the extent permitted by and in accordance with the Code, a Participant or beneficiary who would have been required to receive a minimum distribution under Code Section 401(a)(9) from this Plan for 2009, will not receive such distribution(s) for 2009, unless the participant or beneficiary affirmatively elects to receive such distribution(s). In the event that a beneficiary does not elect to receive such a distribution and the five-year rule set forth in Code Section 401(a)(9)(B)(ii) applies to such beneficiary, the five-year period shall be determined without regard to the Plan Year the distribution is suspended. In the event a Participant or beneficiary receives a required minimum distribution that was eligible for postponement, such distribution shall not be entitled to be directly rolled over, unless it is part of a larger distribution that was subject to direct rollover. In accordance with the Code, this Plan may accept a rollover of minimum distribution amounts that were subject to postponement. In the absence of an affirmative election by the Participant or beneficiary to receive a 2009 required minimum distribution, such 2009 minimum distributions are suspended. In the event the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) are extended beyond

 

28


2009, this paragraph shall apply to all subsequent years that receive relief from the minimum distribution requirement.

2. Death After the Commencement of Benefits If Installment Payments Elected . This Paragraph B.2 shall apply with respect to a Participant who elects installment payments prior to the date that installment payments ceased to be an optional form of payment under the Plan. In addition, if the Employer requires that distribution of a Participant’s vested post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts be made in up to five substantially equal annual installments or such additional number of installments as are provided in Paragraphs I and J of Article VII of this Plan, then the Participant’s beneficiary shall receive the remainder of such installment payments and shall not have any right to accelerate such payments, notwithstanding any language in this Paragraph B.2 to the contrary. In the event that a Participant dies after the commencement of such installment payments, such installment payments shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary during the remainder of the payment period elected by the Participant (or by the Employer with respect to the Participant’s vested post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts); provided, however, that the Committee may direct the Trustee to accelerate such installment payments that were elected before installment payments ceased to be an optional form of payment under the Plan, upon the written request of the beneficiary.

C. Disability . Disability means that a Participant, by reason of mental or physical disability, is incapable of performing the duties of his customary position with the Employer for an indefinite period which, in the opinion of the Committee, is expected to be of a long continual duration. In the event of disability, said Participant’s. Accrued Benefit shall be distributed to him if he so elects in the same manner as if he had attained full retirement age as provided in Paragraph A above. Such benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or following the Plan’s receipt of a disabled Participant’s distribution election form. Disability shall be established to the satisfaction of the Committee. If the Participant shall disagree with the Committee’s findings, disability shall be established by the certificate of a physician, selected by the Participant and approved by the Committee, or if the physician selected by the Participant shall not be approved by the Committee, then by a majority of three physicians, one selected by the Participant (or his Spouse, child, parent, or legal representative in the event of his inability to select a physician), one by the Committee, and the third by the two physicians selected by the Participant and the Committee.

D. Termination of Employment . In the event a Participant voluntarily or involuntarily terminates employment with a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of $1,000 or less, the Participant shall be paid such nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a single cash payment valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following his termination of employment, with such payment made as soon as reasonably possible after such Valuation Date(s). If such a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit does not exceed $1,000, the Participant shall be paid such nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a single payment as soon as is reasonably possible after the Trustee makes such determination. Provided, that for distributions that are due to terminations in the third calendar quarter of 2009, fair market value shall be determined as of the June 30, 2009 Valuation Date. If such a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds $1,000, such benefit shall be paid in a single sum subject to the terms

 

29


of Paragraph A.4 of this Article at such time as the Participant elects to commence distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit, but in no event shall such benefit be paid later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2 as provided in Paragraph A.3 of this Article.

If the Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds $1,000 at the time it first becomes available for distribution, such benefit shall be paid as provided in Paragraph A(4) of this Article within 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age, unless the Participant consents to an earlier distribution or elects to defer payments as provided in Paragraph A(3) of this Article.

If, at the time a Participant terminates employment, the Participant has completed 1,000 Hours of Service in the Plan Year, the vesting percentage used to compute his distribution shall reflect an additional Year of Service.

The Committee shall file such reports with the Secretary of Labor and Treasury and provide such information to a terminated Plan Participant as is required by law and regulations.

Anything in this Article VII, Paragraph D to the contrary notwithstanding, the forfeitable portion of a Participant’s account shall be subject to the forfeiture provisions of Article V, Paragraph I.

In the event the distribution to a terminated Participant is less than his Accrued Benefit, the Committee shall transfer the remainder of the terminated Employee’s Accrued Benefit to a separate account which shall be known as the “Termination Account.” At any relevant time prior to the event of forfeiture, the Participant’s vested portion of his Termination Account shall not be less than an amount (“X”) determined by the following formula:

X = P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the vested percentage at the relevant time; AB is the Termination Account balance at the relevant time; R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution; and D is the amount distributed when the Employee terminated employment.

E. Time of First Payment . Upon death, attainment of normal retirement age by a Participant who has separated from service with the Employer, termination of employment with a vested Accrued Benefit of $1,000 or less, or receipt by the Committee of a disabled Participant’s election to receive disability benefits, distribution of the affected Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Participant shall commence as soon as is reasonably possible following the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following the date such aforementioned event occurs. Provided, that for distributions due to events that occurred in the third calendar quarter of 2009, fair market value shall be determined as of the June 30, 2009 Valuation Date. In no event shall distribution commence later than sixty (60) days following the Plan Year in which such aforementioned event occurs, provided, that if a Participant or beneficiary is entitled to elect to defer receipt of such a distribution pursuant to the provisions of

 

30


Paragraph A(3) or B of this Article VII and such an election is made, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall commence as soon as reasonably possible following the Valuation Date coinciding with or following the Plan’s receipt of the Participant’s or beneficiary’s distribution request.

F. Distribution of Allocation Attributable to Last Year of Participation. The amount, if any, allocated to the Participant’s Accounts for the Plan Year in which an event described in Paragraph E occurs shall be paid no later than sixty days after the end of such Plan Year, unless the Participant or beneficiary elects to defer the commencement of benefits in accordance with Paragraph A(3) or B of this Article VII, or fails to consent to the distribution as required by this Article.

G. Facility of Payment. Every person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of age until the Committee receives written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to it, that such person is incompetent or a minor, and that a guardian, conservator, or other person legally vested with the care of his estate has been appointed. In the event that the Committee finds that any person to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is unable to properly care for his affairs, or is a minor, then any payment due (unless a prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may be paid to the spouse, a child, a parent, a brother, or a sister, or to any person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for such person otherwise entitled to payment.

In the event a guardian or conservator of the estate of any person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, payments shall be made to such guardian or conservator, provided that proper proof of appointment is furnished in a form and manner suitable to the Committee.

To the extent permitted by law, any payment made under the provisions of this Paragraph G shall be a complete discharge of liability under the Plan.

H. No Reduction in Benefits by Reason of Increase in Social Security Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the case of a Participant who is receiving benefits under the Plan, or in the case of a Participant who has terminated employment with the Employer and who has a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, such benefits will not be decreased by reason of any increase in the benefit levels payable under Title II of the Social Security Act.

I. Right to “Put” Distributed Shares of Employer Stock.

1. At the time shares of Employer Stock are distributed, if the Employer Stock is not readily tradable on an established market, or is subject to a trading limitation, the distributee will have an option to “put” the shares to the Employer. The “put” option will provide that the distributee will have the right to require the Employer to purchase such shares from the distributee at their fair market value. Instead of the Employer purchasing the shares, the Trustee, as directed by the Committee, may offer to purchase the shares from the distributee and agree to pay the purchase price. Regardless of who offers to buy the shares, the “put” option will

 

31


be exercisable by written notice from the distributee to the Committee. The “put” option will be administered according to the following provisions:

a. A distributee will be deemed to be any Participant and his Beneficiaries, a Participant’s donees, any person to whom the Employer Stock passes by reason of a Participant’s death and any trustee of an individual retirement account (IRA) or other qualified retirement trust.

b. The “put” option period shall be for sixty (60) days after such shares are distributed. However, the sixty- (60-) day period will be extended to the extent of any time during which the Employer is prohibited by state or federal law from honoring the “put” option. If the distributee does not exercise the “put” option within the sixty- (60-) day period, the option will temporarily lapse. After the end of the Plan Year in which the option lapses, the fair market value of Employer Stock will be determined as provided in Article V.F. After that Plan Year-end fair market value has been determined, all distributees who did not exercise the “put” option during the initial sixty- (60-) day option period will be notified of that Plan Year-end fair market value. Each of these distributees will have an additional “put” option for sixty (60) days beginning as of the date that such notice is delivered or mailed to the distributee. During this sixty- (60-) day period, the distributee will have the right to require the Employer to purchase the shares at fair market value determined as provided in c. below.

c. Fair market value of Employer Stock put to the Employer during the first put option period or the second put option period will be determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date the Employer or the Plan receives the Participant’s or beneficiary’s election to put such Employer Stock to the Employer.

d. If an employee exercises the put option, the Employer, or the Plan, if the Plan so elects, shall repurchase the Employer Securities as follows:

(i) If the distribution constitutes a Total Distribution, payment of the fair market value of a Participant’s vested ESOP Accounts shall be made in accordance with Article VII, Paragraph A.4, subject to the Employer’s right to require that a Participant’s post-June 30, 1999 vested ESOP Accounts be distributed in up to five (5) substantially equal annual payments or such additional number of installments as provided in Paragraph J of Article VII of this Plan. The first such installment shall be paid not later than thirty (30) days after the Participant exercises the put option. The Plan will pay a reasonable rate of interest and provide adequate security on amounts not paid after thirty (30) days.

(ii) If the distribution does not constitute a Total Distribution, the Plan shall pay the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of the Employer Stock repurchased no later than thirty (30) days after the Participant exercises the put option.

“Total Distribution” shall mean a distribution to a Participant or a Participant’s beneficiary, within one taxable year of such recipient, of the entire balance to the credit of the Participant.

 

32


e. The existence of the “put” option will not affect the distributee’s right to sell the Employer Stock to the Trust, subject to the Employer right of first refusal described in Paragraph K of this Article VII.

f. All other terms of the “put” option will be determined by the Committee and shall be consistent with the requirements of Code Sections 409 and 4975. The terms of the “put” option and the administration of the Employer Stock repurchase provisions of the Plan will be according to a uniform nondiscriminatory policy established by the Committee.

2. Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph I, any Employer Stock which was originally acquired by the Trust as Encumbered Stock shall not be subject to any put, call, or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement. This requirement applies to such Employer Stock while held by and after it is distributed from the Trust. In addition, this requirement is nonterminable and will continue to apply to such Employer Stock even after the financing is paid and even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan as described in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code.

J. Special Distribution and Diversification Provisions.

1. Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph only, the following definitions shall apply.

a. “ESOP” shall mean an “Employee Stock Ownership Plan” as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

b. “Employer Securities” shall mean stock described in Section 4975(e)(8) of the Code or in Treas. Reg. § 54.4975-12.

c. “Qualified Participant” shall mean a Participant who has attained age fifty-five (55) and who has completed at least ten (10) years of Plan participation.

d. “Qualified Election Period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the later of (i) the first Plan Year in which the Participant first becomes a Qualified Participant, or (ii) the 1999 Plan Year (the first Plan Year in which the Plan became an Employee Stock Ownership Plan).

2. Special Distribution and Payment Requirements.

a. In General. This paragraph J(2) shall not eliminate any form or time of distribution available under the Plan.

b. Time of Distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, other than such provisions as require the consent of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse to a distribution with a present value in excess of $1,000, a Participant may elect to have the Participant’s nonforfeitable ESOP Accounts distributed as follows:

 

33


(i) If the Participant separates from service by reason of the attainment of normal retirement age under the Plan, death, or disability, the distribution of the Participant’s post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts will begin not later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which such event occurs, valued as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding distribution, unless the Participant otherwise elects to defer payment under the provisions of the Plan other than this paragraph 2.

(ii) If the Participant separates from service for any reason other than those enumerated in paragraph (i) above, and is not reemployed by the Employer at the end of the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year of such separation from service, distribution of the Participant’s post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts will begin not later than one year after the close of the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant separated from service, valued as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding distribution, unless the Participant otherwise elects to defer payment under the provisions of this Plan other than this paragraph 2.

(iii) If the Participant separates from service for a reason other than those described in paragraph (i) above, and is employed by the Employer as of the last day of the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year of such separation from service, distribution to the Participant, prior to any subsequent separation from service, shall be in accordance with terms of the Plan other than this Paragraph 2.

For purposes of this paragraph 2 and paragraph 3, Employer Securities shall not include any Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9) of the Code until the close of the Plan Year in which such loan is repaid in full.

c. Period for Payment. The Employer may require that distributions required under this Paragraph J.2 from a Participant’s post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts may be made in substantially equal annual payments over a period of up to five years. In no event shall such distribution period exceed the period permitted under Code Section 401(a)(9).

3. Period of Payment for Distributions . Notwithstanding Section 2(c) of this Paragraph J, if the fair market value of a Participant’s post-June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts attributable to Employer Securities is in excess of $800,000 (multiplied by the Adjustment Factor as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury) as of the date distribution is required to begin under Section 2(b), valued as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding distribution, the Employer may require that distributions required under Section 2 from a Participant’s post- June 30, 1999 ESOP Accounts may be made in substantially equal annual payments over a period of up to five (5) years plus an additional one (1) year (up to an additional five (5) years) for each $160,000 increment, or fraction of such increment, by which the value of the Participant’s account exceeds $800,000. In no event shall such distribution period exceed the period permitted under Code Section 401(a)(9).

4. Diversification of Investments .

 

34


a. Election By Qualified Participant. Each Qualified Participant shall be permitted to direct the Plan as to the sale or diversification of investments of an aggregate total of up to 25% of the value of the Qualified Participant’s ESOP Stock Account balance, within the ninety (90) day period after the last day of each Plan Year during the Participant’s Qualified Election Period. Within the ninety (90) day period after the close of the last Plan Year in the Participant’s Qualified Election Period, a Qualified Participant may direct the Plan as to the sale or diversification of investments of an aggregate total of up to fifty percent (50%) of the value of the Participant’s ESOP Stock Account balance. This means that a Qualified Participant will be allowed to sell or diversify 25% (or 50% after the last year of the Qualified Election Period) of the value of that Participant’s ESOP Stock Account balance minus the amounts sold or diversified by the Qualified Participant in prior years. The amount to be distributed or transferred will be valued as of the Valuation Date before the election is made.

b. Method of Directing Investment. The Qualified Participant’s direction shall be provided as directed by the Plan Committee in writing; shall be effective no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the close of the Plan Year to which the direction applies; and shall specify which, if any, of the options set forth in subparagraph (c) below the Participant selects.

c. Investment Options.

(i) At the election of the Qualified Participant, the Plan shall distribute (notwithstanding section 409(d) of the Code) the Qualified Participant’s ESOP Stock Account that is covered by a valid election within ninety (90) days after the last day of the period during which the election can be made. Such distribution shall be subject to such requirements of the Plan concerning put options as would otherwise apply to a distribution of Employer Securities from the Plan. This section (i) shall apply notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan other than such provisions as require the consent of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse to a distribution with a present value in excess of $1,000. If the Participant and the Participant’s spouse do not consent, such amount shall be retained in this Plan.

(ii) In lieu of distribution under section (i) above, the Qualified Participant who has the right to receive a cash distribution under section (i) may direct the Plan to transfer the Participant’s ESOP Stock Account amount that would otherwise have been distributed in cash and that is covered by the election to the Qualified Participant’s Participant-Directed Profit Sharing Account in the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, which Account accepts such transfers, permits Employee-directed investment, and does not invest in Employer Securities to a substantial degree. Such transfer shall be made no later than ninety (90) days after the last day of the period during which the election can be made.

K. Right of First Refusal. Any shares of Employer Stock distributed by the Plan that are not readily tradable on an established market shall be subject to a “right of first refusal.” The right of first refusal shall provide that, prior to any subsequent transfer, the shares must first be offered for purchase in writing to the Employer, and then to the Plan, at the fair market value of such Employer Stock. The fair market value of such Employer Stock shall be its fair market

 

35


value determined under this Plan on the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date the Participant offers such shares to the Employer or to the Plan for purchase. The Employer and the Plan shall have a total of 14 days to exercise the right of first refusal. The Employer may require that a Participant entitled to a distribution of Employer Stock execute an appropriate stock transfer agreement (evidencing the right of first refusal) prior to receiving a certificate for Employer Stock. The Board of Directors may establish reasonable procedures relating to this right of first refusal.

Shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Plan may include such legend restrictions on transferability as the Employer may reasonably require in order to assure compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

ARTICLE VIII

Provision Against Anticipation

A. No Alienation of Benefits. Until distribution pursuant to the terms hereof and except as hereinafter provided in this Article VIII, no Participant shall have the right or power to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any of the benefits, proceeds, or avails of the funds set aside for him under the terms of this Plan, and no such benefits, proceeds, or avails shall be subject to seizure by any creditor of the eligible Employee under any writ or proceedings at law or in equity.

B. Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding any other Plan provision, the following procedures shall apply when any domestic relations order (entered on or after January 1, 1985) is received by the Plan with respect to a Participant.

1. The Committee shall promptly notify the Participant, and (a) each person named in the order as entitled to payment of Plan benefits, and (b) any other person entitled to any portion of the Participant’s Plan benefits (persons referred to in (a) and (b) are hereafter alternate payees) of the receipt of such order and of the Committee’s procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. The Committee shall permit each alternate payee to designate a representative for receipt of copies of notices.

2. Immediately upon receipt of such order, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to segregate in a separate account the amounts which are in pay status and which are payable to the alternate payee under the order.

3. The Committee shall meet promptly after receipt of the order and determine whether the order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. The Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and each alternate payee of its decision. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order is any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that:

a. Relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant;

 

36


b. Is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law (including a community property law);

c. Creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee’s right to receive all or a portion of a Participant’s Plan benefits;

d. Clearly specifies (i) the name and last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant, and the name and mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order; (ii) the amount or percentage of the Participant’s benefits to be paid by the Plan to each alternate payee, or the manner in which the amount or percentage is to be determined; (iii) the number of payments or period to which the order applies; and (iv) the plan to which the order applies;

e. Does not require the Plan to provide any form of benefit not otherwise provided by the Plan or any increased benefits, and does not require the payment of benefits to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee under another order previously determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

4. The Committee’s decision shall be final unless the Participant or an alternate payee gives written notice of appeal within 60 days after receipt of the Committee’s decision.

5. If within 18 months an order is finally determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the segregated amounts plus interest (if any) shall be paid to the persons entitled thereto, and thereafter the alternate payee shall receive payments pursuant to the terms of the order. Amounts subject to the order which are not in pay status shall be transferred to a separate account in the name of the alternate payee and thereafter held for such payee’s benefit pursuant to the terms of the order. If within 18 months the order is determined not to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or if the issue has not been finally determined, the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts to the person who would have been entitled thereto if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is qualified after the close of the 18 month period shall be applied prospectively only.

6. The Committee’s procedures shall generally conform to the Plan’s claims procedures.

7. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, an alternate payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall be entitled to elect to receive a distribution from the Plan following the date such order is determined by the Committee to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and as specified in such Order, subject to any applicable Plan provisions which provide for payments from ESOP Accounts to be made in up to five annual installment payments or such additional number of installments as provided in Paragraph J of Article VII of this Plan. Provided, however, that for purposes of such a distribution, the amount distributed shall be valued as of the Valuation Date(s) coinciding with or immediately following the Plan’s receipt of the alternate payee’s distribution request, with payment or payment commencing as soon as reasonably possible after such Valuation Date(s).

 

37


Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall not be treated as a violation of the requirements of subsections (a) and (k) of Section 401 or Section 409(d) of the Code.

8. Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order will not fail to be a qualified domestic relations order solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or qualified domestic relations order or solely because of the time at which the order is issued.

C. Assignment of Benefits. A Participant receiving benefits under the Plan may voluntarily make a revocable assignment not to exceed 10% of any benefit payment so long as the assignment or alienation is not made for purposes of defraying Plan administration costs.

ARTICLE IX

Administrative Committee - Named

Fiduciary and Administrator

A. Appointment of Committee. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. shall appoint an Administrative Committee of not fewer than three (3) persons (herein referred to as the “Committee”). The Committee shall perform administrative duties set forth in part hereinafter and serve for such terms as the Board of Directors may designate or until a successor has been appointed or until removal by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall advise the Trustee in writing of the names of the members of the Committee and any changes thereafter made in the membership of the Committee. Vacancies due to resignation, death, removal, or other causes shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Members shall serve without compensation for service. All reasonable expenses of the Committee shall be paid by the Employer. The number of Committee members may be changed by the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. at any time.

B. Committee Action. The Committee shall choose a secretary who shall keep minutes of the Committee’s proceedings and all data, records, and documents pertaining to the Committee’s administration of the Plan. The Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office, and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may by such majority action authorize its secretary or any one or more of its members to execute any document or documents on behalf of the Committee, in which event the Committee shall notify the Trustee in writing of such action and the name or names of those so designated. The Trustee thereafter shall accept and rely conclusively upon any direction or document executed by such secretary, member, or members as representing action by the Committee until the Committee shall file with the Trustee a written revocation of such designation. A member of the Committee who is also a Participant hereunder shall not vote or act upon any matter relating solely to himself.

C. Rights and Duties. The Committee shall be the Plan administrator and named fiduciary of the Plan and shall have the power and authority in its sole, absolute and uncontrolled

 

38


discretion to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes. The responsibility and authority of the Committee shall include but shall not be limited to the following:

1. Determining all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate;

2. Computing and certifying to the Trustee the amount and kind of benefit payable to Participants, Spouses and beneficiaries;

3. Authorizing all disbursements by the Trustee from the Trust;

4. Establishing and reducing to writing and distributing to any Participant or beneficiary a claims procedure, and administering that procedure including the processing and determination of all appeals thereunder;

5. Maintaining all necessary records for the administration of the Plan other than those which the Trustee has specifically agreed to maintain pursuant to this Plan and Trust Agreement; and

6. Interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and publication of such rules for the regulation of the Plan as in the Committee’s sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion are deemed necessary and advisable and which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan or ERISA.

D. Investments. With respect to the ESOP Fund, the Committee shall be a named fiduciary with the discretion and authority to direct the Trustee to invest up to 100% of the ESOP Fund in shares of Employer Stock which are qualifying employer securities under ERISA Section 407(d)(5).

With respect to the portion of the ESOP Fund that is not invested in Employer Stock, the Committee shall have the power to direct the Trustee as to the investment of such portion of the ESOP Fund or to appoint, in writing, an Investment Manager or Managers to manage and control all or part of such portion of the ESOP Fund in accordance with the terms of this Plan and Trust. No such appointment shall be effective until the Investment Manager has acknowledged in writing that it is a fiduciary of the Plan and that it has complied with the bonding requirements of ERISA.

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, as of each Valuation Date(s), the Committee is responsible for determining the fair market value of the Employer Stock held by the ESOP Fund in the Plan and for directing the Trustee as to that fair market value.

E. Information - Reporting and Disclosure. To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of all Participants, their continuous regular employment, their retirement, death, or the cause for termination of employment, and such other pertinent

 

39


facts as the Committee may require, and the Committee shall furnish the Trustee such information as may be pertinent to the Trustee’s administration of the Plan. The Committee as Plan Administrator shall have the responsibility of complying with the reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA to the extent applicable.

F. Standard of Care Imposed Upon the Committee. The Committee shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and beneficiaries and (1) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of the Plan; (2) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims; (3) to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to invest in assets other than Employer Stock, by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and (4) in accordance with the Plan provisions.

G. Allocation and Delegation of Responsibility. The Committee may by written rule promulgated under Paragraph C above allocate fiduciary responsibilities among Committee members and may delegate to persons other than Committee members the authority to carry out fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan, provided that no such responsibility shall be allocated or delegated to the Trustee without its written consent.

In the event that a responsibility is allocated to a Committee member, no other Committee member shall be liable for any act or omission of the person to whom the responsibility is allocated except as may be otherwise required by law. If a responsibility is delegated to a person other than a Committee member, the Committee shall not be responsible or liable for an act or omission of such person in carrying out such responsibility except as may otherwise be required by law.

H. Bonding. Where required by law, each fiduciary of the Plan and every person handling Plan funds shall be bonded. It shall be the obligation of the Committee to assure compliance with applicable bonding requirements. The Trustee shall not be responsible for assuring compliance with the bonding requirements.

I. Claims Procedure. As required by Paragraph C, the Committee shall establish a claims procedure which shall be reduced to writing and provided to any Participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The procedure shall provide for adequate notice in writing to any such Participant or beneficiary and the notice shall set forth the specific reasons for denial of benefits written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or beneficiary. The procedure shall afford a reasonable opportunity to the Participant or beneficiary for a full and fair review by the Committee of the decision denying the claim. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for establishing such a procedure or assuring that it is carried out.

J. Funding Policy. The Committee shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy for the Employer’s Plan. In establishing such a policy, the short-term

 

40


and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan shall be determined to the extent possible by considering among other factors the anticipated retirement date of Participants, turnover and contributions to be made by the Employer. The funding policy and method so established shall be communicated to the Trustee.

K. Indemnification. The Employer does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each Committee member from any loss, claim, or suit arising out of the performance of obligations imposed hereunder and not arising from said Committee member’s willful neglect or misconduct or gross negligence.

L. Compensation, Expenses. The Committee members shall serve without compensation for services under this Plan. All reasonable expenses of Plan administration shall be paid by the Trust to the extent that the Employer does not elect to pay in accordance with applicable law. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Committee, including but not limited to accountants, actuary, counsel, and other specialists, and other costs of administering this Plan. Provided, however, that the investment fees relating to the acquisition and disposition of Trust investments shall be a charge against and paid from the appropriate Plan Participants’ accounts. Provided, further, that reasonable administrative fees related to a Participant loan may be charged to that Participant’s Plan accounts. Provided, that reasonable fees may be charged to Participants’ Plan accounts in accordance with applicable law.

ARTICLE X

Investment of Trust Funds

A. Investment of ESOP Fund. The ESOP Fund shall be primarily invested in Employer Stock and up to 100% of the ESOP Fund may be so invested. To the extent that the Employer contributes such securities to the Trust, the Trustee shall retain the same unless otherwise instructed by the Committee. Unless the Committee instructs otherwise, the Trustee shall invest to the extent possible, all Employer ESOP cash contributions in Employer Stock. The Trustee shall acquire such securities in accordance with the instructions of the Committee, either from the Employer or from any other source. All purchases of Employer Stock shall be made at not more than fair market value. ESOP Funds in Participants’ ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Accounts awaiting investing in Employer Stock may be retained in cash uninvested, or may be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the instructions of the Committee or by the Investment Manager or Managers appointed by the Committee pursuant to the Trust Agreement in readily marketable short-term obligations, having maturities not to exceed one year from date of purchase. ESOP Funds in Participants’ ESOP Committee-Directed Investment Accounts earmarked by the Committee for the purchase of assets other than Employer Stock shall be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the instructions of the Committee or by the Investment Manager or Managers appointed by the Committee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee may in accordance with such instructions invest such funds in common stock, common investment funds (the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference), real estate, government, municipal or corporation bonds, debentures or notes, interests in investment companies, whether so-called “open-end mutual funds” or “closed-end

 

41


mutual funds,” or any other form of income producing property, whether real, personal, or mixed; provided, however, that ESOP Fund investments other than Employer Stock shall be so diversified as to minimize the risk of large losses unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so.

The Trustee may invest all or any part of the assets of the ESOP Fund through the medium of any common, collective or commingled trust fund maintained by the Trustee, by any affiliated bank, trust or investment corporation, or by any bank or trust corporation acting as agent to the Trustee or to said affiliated bank, trust or investment corporation. Such fund or funds must be maintained exclusively for qualified plans under Section 401 (a) of the Code and qualified as tax-exempt under the provisions of Section 501 of the Code or other appropriate Section of the Code. During the period of time that an investment through any such medium exists, the “Plan of Operation” establishing such common, collective or commingled trust fund shall constitute a part of this Agreement and is hereby incorporated by reference. The term “interests in investment companies” shall include shares of open-end investment companies, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such investment companies as are commonly known as “money-market funds.” The Trustee shall use the price established and provided from time to time by any such open-end investment company for any valuation required under the terms of this Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee, as directed by the Committee, (1) may retain any shares of Employer Stock presently held as an investment in the ESOP Fund, (2) may sell or otherwise dispose of ESOP Fund assets and apply the proceeds thereof to purchase additional shares of Employer Stock that are available for purchase either from the Employer or from the Employer’s stockholders, and (3) may apply Employer ESOP cash contributions to purchase additional shares of Employer Stock that are available for purchase either from the Employer or from the Employer’s stockholders.

B. Standard of Care Imposed Upon Trustee. The Trustee shall discharge its investment responsibilities hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants and beneficiaries and (1) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries, and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; (2) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and (3) in accordance with the terms of this Plan and Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

Powers and Duties of Trustee

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, this Article XI shall only apply with respect to the portion of the Plan invested in Employer Stock, for which HomeStreet Bank is the Trustee.

 

42


A. Powers of Trustee. The Trustee shall have the power with regard to Trust property:

1. to sell, convey, transfer, mortgage, pledge, lease, or otherwise dispose of the same without the approval of any court and without obligation upon any person dealing with the Trustee to see to the application of any money or other property delivered to it;

2. to exchange property or securities for other property or securities;

3. to keep any or all securities or other property in the name of a nominee;

4. to vote, either in person or by proxy, any shares of stock held as part of the assets of this Trust; provided, however, that the Trustee shall vote all shares of Employer Stock allocated to Participants’ Stock Accounts in accordance with the instructions of each Participant with respect to matters described in Article V, Paragraph H. If no instructions are received from the Participant with respect to the voting of any such allocated Employer Stock as to such matters, the Committee shall direct the Trustee as to how to vote such Stock. The Committee shall also direct the Trustee as to how to vote all Encumbered Stock;

5. to collect the principal or income of the Trust as the same shall become due and payable and, if necessary, to take such legal action as it determines to be in the best interest of the Trust to collect any sum of money due the Trust. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to commence suit unless it shall have been first indemnified by the Trust Fund with respect to expenses or losses to which it may be subjected through taking such action;

6. to borrow money for Trust purposes and to have power to execute and deliver notes, mortgages, pledges, or other instruments as may be necessary in connection therewith;

7. to pay the expenses of the Trust out of the Fund, including any taxes and reasonable compensation for its services as Trustee, if and to the extent that the Employer does not pay such expenses and compensation.

8. generally to do all such acts, execute all such instruments, take all such proceedings, and exercise all such rights and privileges with relation to the assets of the Trust as it deems necessary to carry out its obligations hereunder to the extent consistent with the rights of Participants and beneficiaries and the standard of care imposed by Paragraph B of Article X.

B. Borrowing. The Trustee shall, if instructed by the Committee, borrow funds for the purpose of acquiring Employer Stock, or repaying prior borrowing to acquire Employer Stock. If the borrowing is to acquire Employer Stock, such stock shall be acquired within a reasonable time. The amount of the loan, the lender, and the terms of the loan shall be as determined by the Employer. In each case, the loan shall be primarily for the benefit of Participants and beneficiaries, shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, and the only collateral pledged to the creditor by the Trust shall consist only of the assets purchased with the borrowed funds. Under the terms of the loan, the creditor shall have no recourse against the Trust except

 

43


with respect to the collateral pledged. In the event of default, the value of the Plan assets used to repay the loan cannot exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a party in interest, the only permissible default is failure to meet the payment schedule. The loan shall be repaid only from Employer ESOP contributions to the Plan, earnings attributable to Employer ESOP contributions, and cash dividends on Encumbered Stock that are received by the Plan Trust. Upon the payment of any portion of the balance due on any such loan, the assets originally pledged as collateral for such portion shall be released from encumbrance. Employer Stock released shall be allocated to the ESOP Stock Accounts of Participants under the Plan for the Plan Year for which such portion is paid off as provided in Article V, Paragraph C. The loan may be made by a party-in-interest, provided the loan satisfied the requirements of ERISA and the Code and regulations thereunder.

Should the Employer ESOP Contributions, earnings attributable to such Employer ESOP Contributions, and cash dividends received by the Trust on Encumbered Stock be insufficient to meet the obligations created by the Acquisition Indebtedness, then the Trustee shall so advise the Employer. The Employer may recommend certain actions including but not limited to, refinancing the original loan, amendment of the original loan agreement, or the entering into of additional Acquisition Indebtedness.

C. Authority to Acquire Employer Stock. If so instructed by the Committee, the Trustee shall enter into a contract to purchase Employer Stock from any person or entity designated by the Committee. The agreement may provide for a cash purchase or a purchase to be completed in installments. The Plan may also take an assignment of the Employer’s option to acquire stock from a shareholder, solely for purposes of acquiring stock and not as an investment. In any case, the Plan shall not pay more than adequate consideration for the securities purchased. Adequate consideration shall have the same meaning as fair market value, as described in Paragraph F of Article V.

D. Authority to Sell Employer Stock. The Committee may direct the Trustee to sell shares of Employer Stock to any person, including the Employer, at a price equal to the fair market value of such Employer Stock as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of sale. In the event of any such sale, shares of Employer Stock will be acquired from the Participants’ respective ESOP Stock Accounts pro rata with the number of shares in such ESOP Stock Accounts, and the proceeds of the sale will be credited to the respective Participants’ respective ESOP Employer-Directed Investment Accounts, unless Paragraph J.4.c. of Article VII is applicable. If shares of Employer Stock which have not been allocated to the respective ESOP Stock Accounts of Participants are sold, the proceeds of such sale will be credited in the same manner as the shares of Employer Stock would have been had they not been sold. However, if shares of Employer Stock are sold to the Employer to enable the Trust to distribute cash under Article VII(A)(4), said shares will be acquired from the respective ESOP Stock Accounts of the Participants involved and the ESOP Employer-Directed Investment Accounts of said Participants will be credited with the proceeds of the sale.

E. Annual Accounts. The Trustee within a reasonable period following the close of each Plan Year of the Trust (not to exceed 120 days) shall render to the Employer and to the

 

44


Committee a certified account of its administration of the Trust during the preceding year which shall include such information maintained by the Trustee which is necessary to enable the Plan Administrator to comply with the reporting requirements of federal law. The Trustee is hereby relieved of all obligations of the Trustees Accounting Act of the State of Washington.

F. Notices and Directions. Whenever a notice or direction is given to the Trustee, the instrument shall be signed in the name of the Committee as authorized in Paragraph B of Article IX. The Trustee shall be protected in acting upon any such notice, resolution, order, certificate, opinion, telegram, letter, or other document believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties and may act thereon without notice to any Participant and without considering the rights of any Participant. The Trustee shall not be required to determine or make any investigation to determine the identity or mailing address of any person entitled to benefits under the Plan and shall send checks and other papers to such persons at addresses as may be furnished it by the Committee.

ARTICLE XII

Trust Construction

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, this Article XII shall only apply with respect to the portion of the Plan invested in Employer Stock, for which HomeStreet Bank is the Trustee.

This agreement shall be construed in accordance with ERISA and regulations issued thereunder and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the State of Washington.

ARTICLE XIII

Liability of Trustee

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, this Article XIII shall only apply with respect to the portion of the Plan invested in Employer Stock, for which HomeStreet Bank is the Trustee.

A. Actions of Trustee Conclusive. In the performance of its duties under this Trust, the Trustee shall exercise good faith and comply with the standard of care imposed upon it and with the terms of this agreement. The Trustee shall have the authority to interpret its responsibilities hereunder and in the absence of fraud or breach of fiduciary responsibility, the Trustee’s interpretation shall be conclusive. In case any dispute or doubt arises as to the Trustee’s rights, liabilities or duties hereunder, the Trustee may employ counsel and take the advice of such counsel as it may select and shall be fully protected in acting upon and following such advice except to the extent otherwise provided by law. The Trustee shall be entitled to reimburse itself from the Trust Fund for reasonable expenses thereby incurred.

B. Distributions by Trustee. Until the Trustee receives written notice of any agreement or occurrence having effect upon any rights hereunder, including but not limited to

 

45


birth, marriage, divorce, death, and/or agreements between Spouses, the Trustee shall incur no liability for distributions made pursuant to the Committee’s instructions.

ARTICLE XIV

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, this Article XIV shall only apply with respect to the portion of the Plan invested in Employer Stock, for which HomeStreet Bank is the Trustee.

A. Resignation. The Trustee may resign at any time by giving HomeStreet, Inc. sixty (60) days’ written notice of such resignation, sent by registered mail, addressed to the last known offices of the HomeStreet, Inc. and in such event HomeStreet, Inc. shall designate a successor Trustee within sixty (60) days, failing in which the Trustee shall petition the Superior Court of the State of Washington to designate a successor Trustee, which successor Trustee may be a corporate Trustee or an individual Trustee.

B. Removal. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc., may remove a Trustee, with or without cause, by giving the Trustee at least sixty (60) days’ written notice and by appointing a successor Trustee or Trustees, corporate or individual, or any combination of Trustees.

C. Waiver. The Trustee and HomeStreet, Inc. may agree to waive such written notice or may cause a resignation or removal to become effective before the running of the notice period.

D. Settlement of Account. In the case of the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the right to a settlement of its account, which may be made, at the option of the Trustee, either (1) by judicial settlement in an action instituted by the Trustee in a court of competent jurisdiction, or (2) by agreement of settlement between the Trustee, Committee, and the Employer. Upon such settlement, all right, title, and interest of such Trustee in the assets of the Trust and all rights and privileges under this agreement theretofore vested in such Trustee shall vest in the successor Trustee, and thereupon all of such Trustee’s responsibility hereunder shall terminate, provided, however, that the Trustee shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver all documents and written instruments which are necessary to transfer and convey the right, title, and interest in the trust assets and all rights and privileges to the successor Trustee.

E. Duties Before and After Successor’s Appointment. Pending appointment of any successor Trustee and acceptance of such appointment, the remaining Trustee or Trustees shall have full power and authority to take any action hereunder. Upon accepting appointment as a successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall have the same duties and obligations as those imposed upon the Trustee by this Agreement, provided, however, no successor Trustee shall be liable or responsible for anything done or omitted in the administration of the Fund prior to the date he became Trustee.

 

46


ARTICLE XV

Suits

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, this Article XV shall only apply with respect to the portion of the Plan invested in Employer Stock, for which HomeStreet Bank is the Trustee.

If any person or party to this agreement shall request the Trustee to bring any action at law or suit in equity to determine any of the provisions or rights arising out of this agreement, the Trustee shall not be obligated to bring such suit unless the Trustee is fully indemnified for all costs of such action, including a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees.

ARTICLE XVI

Mergers and Consolidations

In the case of any merger or consolidation with any other plan or a transfer of assets or liabilities to any other plan, each Participant shall be entitled to receive a benefit immediately after such a merger, consolidation or transfer, which is equal to the benefit he would have been entitled to immediately before if the Plan had been terminated.

ARTICLE XVII

Amendment and Termination of the Plan and Trust

A. Right to Amend and Terminate. HomeStreet, Inc. represents that the Plan is intended to be a continuing and permanent program for Participants, but reserves the right to terminate the Plan and Trust at any time. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. may modify, alter, or amend this Plan and Trust in whole or in part, provided that no such modification, alteration, or amendment shall enlarge the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without its consent, nor reduce the Participant’s Accrued Benefit hereunder, except to the extent permitted by Code Section 412(c)(8). For purposes of this Article, a Plan amendment which has the effect of (1) eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, or (2) eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing the Accrued Benefit. In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a Participant who satisfies (either before or after the amendment) the preamendment conditions for the subsidy.

B. No Revesting. No termination, modification, alteration, or amendment shall have the effect of revesting in the Employer any part of the principal or income of the Trust, except as otherwise permitted by the Plan.

C. Exclusive Benefit of Employees. At no time during the existence of this Plan and Trust or at its termination may any part of the Trust corpus or income be used for or directed to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants hereof or their beneficiaries.

 

47


D. Termination.

1.This Plan and Trust shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

a.Written notice of HomeStreet, Inc. to the Trustee;

b.Complete discontinuance of contributions by all of the co-sponsoring Employers;

c.The dissolution or merger of HomeStreet, Inc. unless a successor to the business agrees to continue the Plan and Trust by executing an appropriate agreement, in which event such successor shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the Employer.

2.In the event that HomeStreet, Inc. is taken over by a successor who agrees to continue the Plan, the employment of any Employee who is continued in the employ of such successor shall not be deemed to have been terminated or severed for any purpose hereunder.

3.Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, upon termination or partial termination of the Plan and Trust, or upon complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, all affected Participants’ Accounts, and all unallocated units, shares, or amounts shall fully vest and become nonforfeitable. All unallocated assets of the Trust, including but not limited to Employer ESOP contributions and unallocated Trust assets and earnings thereon, shall be allocated to the Accounts of all Participants as of the next Valuation Date (or if the Plan is being terminated immediately, then on the date of such Plan termination as if it were the next Valuation Date) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan hereof; and shall be applied for the benefit of each such Participant either by a lump-sum distribution, or by the continuance of the Trust and the payments of benefits thereunder in the manner provided in the Plan. The Trustee, in consultation with the Committee, shall decide whether a partial termination of the Plan has occurred.

After the Plan’s initial qualification by the Internal Revenue Service, there will be no reversion of assets to the Employer under any circumstances. All Participants shall be treated in a manner consistent with the terms of this Plan and provisions of the Code and applicable regulations, as may be amended from time to time.

If this Plan ceases to be an ESOP, the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan will be used within a reasonable time after receipt by the Plan either to acquire Employer Stock or to repay the loan or a prior Acquisition Loan. Even if the Plan ceases to be an ESOP, any Employer Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan will be subject to a put option if it is not publicly traded when distributed, or if subject to a trading limitation when distributed. The put must be exercisable in accordance with Paragraph I of Article VII of the Plan. If the transaction takes place between the Plan and a disqualified person, value will be determined as of the date of the transaction.

 

48


ARTICLE XVIII

Top Heavy Plans Defined and Other Definitions

A. Top Heavy Plan. This Plan is Top Heavy and subject to the requirements of this Article and Article XIX if for a Plan Year, as of the Determination Date, the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees in this Plan aggregated with the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees in all qualified plans maintained by the Employer and each member of the Controlled Group exceed 60% of the Accrued Benefits of all employees (excluding Non-Key Employees who were Key Employees in a prior plan year) in all qualified plans maintained by the Employer and all members of the Controlled Group which are in the Required Aggregation Group (the Top Heavy Test). Provided, the foregoing shall not apply and this Plan shall not be Top Heavy if this Plan is Permissively Aggregated and as a result the Top Heavy Test results in a percentage of 60% or less.

B. Additional Definitions for Use in this Article and Article XIX.

1. Accrued Benefits. Accrued Benefits means:

a. for each defined contribution plan, the Employee’s account balances as of the Valuation Date coinciding with the Determination Date, adjusted for contributions required to be made under Code Section 412, and to be allocated as of a date not later than the Determination Date, although not yet contributed and

i. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under this Plan and any plan aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date.

ii. The preceding shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period” and

iii. The Accrued Benefits of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

b. for each defined benefit plan, the present value as of the Valuation Date coinciding with the Determination Date of the employee’s accrued benefits determined under (i) the method, if any that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 41l(b)(l)(C) of the Code.

In computing a. and b., all benefits attributable to Employer Contributions and all benefits attributable to Employee contributions (excluding deductible Employee contributions, if

 

49


any) are to be taken into consideration. All such benefits of individuals who have not performed services for the Employer or a member of the Controlled Group maintaining this Plan any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date are not taken into consideration. All distributions made in the Plan Year including the Determination Date are to be added back, including distributions from a terminated plan of a member of the Controlled Group, and excluding amounts which were rolled over or transferred to a plan of a member of the Controlled Group under circumstances which require such amounts to be considered part of the accrued benefit under the recipient plan. Rollovers and transfers to this Plan or a plan of a member of the Controlled Group initiated by an Employee and made in the Plan Year including the Determination Date, are not to be taken into consideration in computing (a) and (b) above. No accrued benefits of a Non-Key Employee with respect to this Plan (or any plan aggregated under Paragraph 7 or 8 below) for a Plan Year shall be taken into consideration if the Non-Key Employee was a Key Employee with respect to such plan for any prior Plan Year.

2. Controlled Group. Controlled Group means all employers required to be aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c) or (m).

3. Determination Date. Determination Date means the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in question or, in the first Plan Year, the last day thereof. Where plans other than this Plan are in question, the Determination Date for each plan shall be the last date of the Plan Year that falls within the same calendar year.

4. Key Employee. Key Employee means, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, any Employee or former Employee (including the beneficiary of any such deceased person) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is or was:

a. an officer receiving annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(l) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001;

b. an employee owning more than five percent of the Employer;

c. an employee receiving annual Compensation in excess of $ 150,000 and owning one percent of the employer.

For this purpose, annual Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) as set forth in Article II, Paragraph G. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 4l6(i)(l) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

In determining ownership of an employer, the rules of Code Section 318 shall be applied substituting 5 percent for 50 percent in subparagraph (C) of Code Section 318(a)(2). In the case of an unincorporated employer, ownership shall be determined in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury. Code Section 414(b),(c) and (m) shall not apply for purposes of determining ownership of an employer.

 

50


5. Minimum Benefit Accrual. Minimum Benefit Accrual means a benefit payable in the form of a life annuity at normal retirement age under a defined benefit plan which equals not less than the lesser of (1) 20% of average Compensation or (2) 2% of average Compensation times Years of Service. Average Compensation means the average of the employee’s Compensation for the five consecutive years when the employee had the highest aggregate Compensation. A Year of Service is disregarded if this Plan is not Top Heavy for the Plan Year ending during the Year of Service. Compensation in years following the last Plan Year in which this Plan is top heavy is not taken into account.

6. Non-key Employee. Non-key Employee means any employee who is not a Key Employee.

7. Permissively Aggregated. Permissively Aggregated means:

a. the Required Aggregation Group; and

b. such additional plans that may be aggregated without violating the requirements of Code Sections 410 and 401(a)(4).

8. Required Aggregation Group. Required Aggregation Group means:

a. all qualified plans of the employer and each member of the Controlled Group in which a Key Employee is a participant; and

b. each other qualified plan that must be considered along with the plans in (a) in order for this Plan to meet the requirements of Code Sections 410(b) or 401(a)(4).

ARTICLE XIX

Additional Requirements

Applicable to Top Heavy Plans

A. Minimum Vesting Requirements. For each Plan Year that the Plan is subject to the provisions of this Article, a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in his ESOP Stock Account, ESOP Employer-Directed Investment Account shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

51


Years of

Service

   Nonforfeitable %  

0

     0

1

     20

2

     40

3

     60

4

     80

5

     100

B. Minimum Employer Contributions.

1. General Rule. Except as provided in Paragraphs 2. and 3. hereof, for each Plan Year that this Plan is subject to the provisions of this Article, each Non-Key Employee Participant shall receive an allocation (Minimum Employer Contribution) to the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, without regard to any Social Security contribution, of the lesser of:

a. three percent of his Compensation (as defined in Article II, Paragraph G), or

b. the highest percentage of Compensation (as defined in Article II, Paragraph G) allocated to the account of a Key Employee. This subparagraph b. shall not apply and the required contribution shall be 3% if exclusion of this Plan from the Required Aggregation Group would cause a defined benefit plan in the Required Aggregation Group to fail to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

In applying this Paragraph 1, failure of a Participant to complete a Year of Service, make mandatory contributions, if required, or receive Compensation sufficient to justify an allocation during the Plan Year shall not render such Participant ineligible to receive a minimum employer contribution under this Article XIX, Paragraph B. In determining such contribution, Compensation for purposes of this Section is compensation attributable to Hours of Service performed while he was a Participant.

2. Exceptions. Subparagraph 1. does not apply with respect to a Participant who

a. terminates employment with the Employer and all members of the Controlled Group prior to the last day of the Plan Year, or

b. is a participant in another defined contribution plan which is in the Required Aggregation Group and receives an allocation to his employer contribution account in such plan equal to the above (for the Plan Year ending on or before the Determination Date), or

c. is a participant in a defined benefit plan, which is in the Required Aggregation Group and receives thereunder for the Plan Year the Minimum Benefit Accrual for the Plan Year ending on or before the Determination Date.

 

52


3. Employee Participating in Defined Benefit Plan. For each Non-Key Employee Participant who is also a participant in a defined benefit plan which is in the Required Aggregation Group and which does not provide the Minimum Benefit Accrual for the Plan Year ending on or before the Determination Date, Paragraph 1 shall be applied substituting 5% of compensation for subparagraphs 1.a. and b.

4. Specific Rules. In determining the Minimum Employer Contribution hereunder, the following rules shall govern:

a. The Non-Key Employee’s account will receive the Minimum Employer Contribution notwithstanding a waiver of the minimum funding requirements of Code Section 412.

b. Tax-deferred contributions by Non-Key Employees to a qualified plan shall be disregarded; Tax-Deferred Contributions by Key Employees shall be taken into account in determining the minimum required employer contribution hereunder.

ARTICLE XX

Right to Discharge Employees

Neither the establishment of the Plan and Trust nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any funds or accounts nor the payment of any benefit, shall be construed as giving any Participant, or any other person whomsoever, any legal or equitable right against the Employer, the Trustee, or the Committee unless the same shall be specifically provided for in this agreement or conferred by affirmative action of the Committee or the Employer in accordance with the terms and provisions of this agreement or as giving any Employee or Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer, and all Employees shall remain subject to discharge by the Employer to the same extent as if this Plan and Trust had never been adopted.

ARTICLE XXI

Return of Contributions;

Declaration of Trust Contingent

on Internal Revenue Service Approval

Contributions made hereto are conditioned on deductibility by the Employer under Section 404 of the Code, and such contributions may not be made under a mistake of fact.

Contributions may be returned to the Employer, in the amount involved, within one year of the mistaken payment of the contribution, or disallowance of a deduction, as the case may be.

This Plan and the Trust shall be contingent upon a favorable Internal Revenue Service ruling as to the initial acceptability under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and exemption from income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue

 

53


Code. In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, and if the Employer does not effect an amendment which will cure the defect, then this Plan and Trust will thereupon terminate and be of no further force or effect, and the Trustee shall forthwith return to the Employer the current value of all contributions made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer (plus income, less any fees or expenses allocable thereto) within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

ARTICLE XXII

Trust to Trust Transfers

A. Trust to Trust Transfers. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

B. Definitions.

1. Eligible Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and hardship withdrawals of pre-tax contributions, unless such a distribution is made after a permissible distribution event (other than a hardship withdrawal) occurs under Code Section 401(k)(2)(B).

Provided, however, that with respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

With respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee

 

54


may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.

2. Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of this Article XXII, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract or 403(b)(7) custodial contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

For distributions made after December 31, 2007, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also include an individual retirement plan described in Code Section 408A(b).

For distributions of after-tax contributions made after December 31, 2006, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), provided such contract separately accounts for such after-tax amounts.

3. Distributee. A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

Effective January 1, 2010, a nonspouse “designated beneficiary” within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E) may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution made in a direct rollover to an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or to an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, a distribution to a nonspouse designated beneficiary that is made prior to January 1, 2010 is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code Section 401(a)(31) (including Code Section 401(a)(31)(B)), the notice requirements of Code Section 402(f) or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code Section 3405(c).

4. Direct Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

55


ARTICLE XXIII

Transfers of Employment

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of this Article XXIII apply to transfers of employment that occur on or after October 1, 2009; transfers of employment occurring prior to October 1, 2009 are subject to the provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of such transfer. References to the provisions of the WMS 401(k) Plan described herein are included for solely purposes of clarity in describing the transfer provisions; in the event of a conflict between the information set forth herein and the terms of the WMS 401(k) Plan, the terms of the WMS 401(k) Plan shall govern.

A. Transfers out of This Plan. An Employee of an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan who, on or after October 1, 2009, either (1) transfers to employment with an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan or (2) terminates employment with the Employer and later becomes hired by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan (a “Transfer-Out Employee”), shall receive credit for his Years of Service and Hours of Service with the Employer co-sponsoring this Plan for purposes of eligibility and vesting in the WMS 401(k) Plan, as applicable, provided that there shall be no duplication of credit in the year of transfer to or year of hire by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credit for vesting purposes shall be granted prospectively in this Plan based on a Transfer-Out Employee’s Years of Service and Hours of Service with the employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan.

A Transfer-Out Employee’s Accrued Benefit, if any, in this Plan shall remain credited to his accounts in this Plan and shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. A Transfer-Out Employee may request a distribution from this Plan subject to the provisions of Article VII of this Plan, provided that he is no longer employed by a co-sponsor of this Plan or any other entity aggregated with a co-sponsor of this Plan under the aggregation requirements of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

A Transfer-Out Employee shall receive any Employer contributions to this Plan only for the period of time through which he is employed by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan in accordance with the terms of this Plan and based on his Compensation from his Employer which co-sponsors this Plan. A Transfer-Out Employee’s Accrued Benefit, if any, in this Plan shall become 100% vested and nonforfeitable if (1) he dies, becomes permanently and totally disabled pursuant to the terms of this Plan, or attains Normal Retirement Age, and (2) such event occurs while the individual is still employed by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan, or by an employer co-sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan.

B. Transfers Into This Plan from the WMS Plan. An employee of a co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan who, on or after January 1, 2000, either (a) transfers to employment with an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan or (b) terminates employment with an employer co- sponsoring the WMS 401(k) Plan and later becomes hired by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan (a “Transfer-In Employee”) shall receive credit for his Years of Service and Hours of Service with the co-sponsors of the WMS 401(k) Plan for purposes of eligibility and vesting in

 

56


this Plan, provided that there shall be no duplication of credit in the year of transfer to or year of hire by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whether such a transfer occurred before or after October 1, 2009, no credit for vesting purposes shall be granted prospectively in the WMS 401(k) Plan based on a Transfer-In Employee’s Years of Service and Hours of Service with an employer co-sponsoring this Plan. A Transfer-In Employee shall receive any Employer contributions to this Plan only for the period of time during which he is employed by an Employer co-sponsoring this Plan in accordance with the terms of this Plan and based on his Compensation from his Employer which co-sponsors this Plan.

A Transfer-In Employee’s accrued benefit, if any, in the WMS 401(k) Plan shall remain credited to Ms accounts in such plan and shall continue to be subject to the terms of such plan. A Transfer-In Employee may request a distribution from the WMS 401(k) Plan, pursuant to the terms of such plan, provided that he is no longer employed by a co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan or any other entity aggregated with a co-sponsor of such plan under the aggregation requirements of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

To the extent that a Transfer-In Employee has an original date of hire with the Employer prior to July 1, 2008, he shall be eligible while such employment continues to obtain in-service Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions hardship withdrawals and pre-tax 401(k) contributions withdrawals after age 59  1 / 2 from the WMS 401(k) Plan, provided the plan requirements for such withdrawals are met. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Transfer-In Employee whose original hire date with the co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan is on or after July 1, 2008 shall not be eligible while employed by the Employer to obtain such in-service Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions hardship withdrawals and pre-tax 401(k) contributions withdrawals after age 59  1 / 2 from the WMS 401(k) Plan, regardless of the date he transfers employment to a co-sponsor of this Plan. A Transfer-In Employee may not take a participant loan from the WMS 401(k) Plan.

A Transfer-In Employee may make Employee pre-tax 401(k) contributions to the WMS 401 (k) Plan and shall receive Employer contributions to the WMS 401(k) Plan only for the period of time through which he is employed by an employer co-sponsoring such plan in accordance with the terms of such plan and based on his Compensation from his employer which co-sponsors such plan.

C. Other Transfer Provisions. If a Transfer-Out Employee or a Transfer-In Employee incurs an Event of Forfeiture under this Plan, the WMS 401(k) Plan, or both plans, then any forfeitures or reinstatement of forfeitures shall occur as to each plan in accordance with the terms of the respective plan(s), and there shall be no transfer of forfeitures or reinstatements of forfeitures between the plans. A Transfer-Out Employee’s service with a co-sponsor of the WMS 401(k) Plan shall not be considered in determining whether an Event of Forfeiture has been incurred in this Plan. Provided further, that a reinstatement of forfeitures in this Plan shall only apply if such an individual is rehired by a co-sponsor of this Plan, subject to the Plan’s normal rules relating to forfeitures and reinstatements of forfeitures as set forth in Article V, Paragraph I, of this Plan.

 

57


Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, no service credit shall be granted for eligibility or vesting purposes in this Plan if such Years of Service and Hours of Service would be disregarded under the Plan’s normal break-in-service rules as described in Article III, Paragraph C, and in subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4. of Article VI, Paragraph B, respectively, computed as if that prior service had been with the Employer. No service credit shall be granted for eligibility or vesting purposes in the WMS 401(k) Plan if such Years of Service and Hours of Service would be disregarded under the WMS 401(k) Plan’s normal break-in-service rules.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Plan and Trust to be executed as of this 9 th day of December, 2010.

 

HOMESTREET INC.
By:   /s/ Mark Mason
  Its Vice Chairman, President & CEO
HOMESTREET BANK
By:   /s/ Mark Mason
  Its Chairman, President & CEO
HOMESTREET CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Mark Mason
  Its Chairman, President & CEO

TRUSTEE (WITH RESPECT TO EMPLOYER STOCK ONLY):

 

HOMESTREET BANK

By:   /s/ Mark Mason
  Its Chairman, President & CEO

 

58

Exhibit 10.5

HOMESTREET, INC. DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

This nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for Directors of HomeStreet Bank and HomeStreet, Inc. (which are referred to hereinafter as the “Company”) is designed to permit Directors to defer all or a portion of their Director’s Fees that would otherwise be paid to them in a calendar year.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.1 Administrator. “Administrator” of the Plan means the Controller of HomeStreet, Inc. and HomeStreet Bank.

2.2 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc.

2.3 Committee. “Committee” means the Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee appointed by the HomeStreet Bank Board.

2.4 Director. “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of a Company sponsoring this Plan who is not an employee of a Company sponsoring this Plan.

2.5 Director’s Fees. “Director’s Fees” means any Board fees and retainer fees earned by a Director of a Company sponsoring this Plan. For purposes of this Plan, Director’s Fees shall not include any compensation paid in stock.

2.6 Effective Date. The “Effective Date” of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2005. The original effective date of this Plan was May 19, 1999. This Plan document supersedes any previously adopted Plan document and is intended to comply with

 

1


Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and applicable IRS and Treasury guidance and regulations.

2.7 Participant. “Participant” means a Director of a Company sponsoring this Plan.

2.8 Plan. “Plan” means the HomeStreet, Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan as contained in this document, and as amended from time to time, plus any administrative rules or regulations adopted by the Controller.

2.9 Plan Year. “Plan Year” of this amended and restated Plan means the calendar year.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTOR’S DEFERRED COMPENSATION

Annually during the month of December, a Participant may irrevocably elect in writing on a form provided by the Company to defer an amount equal to all or a portion of his or her Director’s Fees that would otherwise be earned and payable in the following Plan Year. Any compensation paid in stock may not be deferred. The amount deferred by a Director for a Plan Year must be at least $2,500.

Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, a Director who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on a date after January 1 of a Plan Year may elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her Director’s Fees for services to be performed subsequent to his or her deferral election in the remainder of the initial Plan Year of eligibility. That election must be made in writing within thirty (30) days after the Director becomes a Director eligible to participate in this Plan, and shall be irrevocable as to any Director’s Fees for services to be performed subsequent to his or her deferral election in the remainder of that Plan Year.

 

2


A Participant’s written deferral election for a particular Plan Year must also include the Participant’s initial written election of the time and form of payment of his or her Plan deferrals for that Plan Year, adjusted to reflect the applicable deemed earnings on such deferrals, as described in Article IV below.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, an individual who is a Director may make his or her initial elections as to the time and form of payment of his Plan benefits that were deferred for each Plan Year prior to 2009 and that were not otherwise payable by the Plan to the Participant in those Plan Years, if those initial time and form of payment elections are made by December 31, 2008.

ARTICLE IV

FORM AND TIME OF BENEFIT PAYMENT

4.1 Initial Election of Form and Time of Payment. A Participant’s Plan benefits shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. A Participant (or if a Participant dies before payments commence, a deceased Participant’s beneficiary) shall commence to receive a distribution of his or her Plan deferrals for a particular Plan Year, adjusted to reflect the applicable deemed earnings on such deferrals, upon the occurrence of the earliest of (1) a future date specified by the Participant in his or her election to defer Director’s Fees for that Plan Year, (2) the Participant’s death, or (3) the date the Participant ceases to be a Director.

 

3


At the time the Participant’s initial deferral election is made for a particular Plan Year, the Participant must also elect in writing to receive the Participant’s Plan deferrals for that Plan Year in the form of:

 

  a. a single lump sum payment, or

 

  b. annual installment payments for a period of up to ten (10) years.

4.2 Election to Change Form of Payment. A Participant who initially elects a form of payment for a particular Plan Year’s deferrals may later elect to change the form of payment the Participant previously elected for those deferrals to another form of permitted payment (for example, from a lump sum to installments payable over a period of up to 10 years, or vice versa), as long as (1) that new election is made at least 12 months prior to the earlier of the specified payment date previously elected by the Participant for payment of that particular Plan Year’s deferrals or the date the Participant ceases to be a Director, (2) the distribution date is changed to a date at least five years after the earlier of the applicable specified date previously elected by the Participant for payment of those deferrals or the date the Participant ceased to be a Director, and (3) the election change does not take effect for at least 12 months after it is made in writing and delivered to the Plan Administrator.

4.3 Election to Change Time of Payment. A Participant who initially elects the time of payment for a particular Plan Year’s deferrals may later elect to change the time of payment the Participant previously elected for those deferrals to the earliest of a new future date specified by the Participant, the Participant’s death, or the date the Participant ceases to be a Director, as long as (1) that new election is made at least 12 months prior to the earlier of the specified payment date previously elected by the Participant for payment of that particular Plan Year’s deferrals or the date the Participant ceases to be a Director, (2) the distribution date is

 

4


changed to a date at least five years after the earlier of the applicable specified date previously elected by the Participant for payment of those deferrals or the date the Participant ceased to be a Director, and (3) the election change does not take effect for at least 12 months after it is made in writing and delivered to the Plan Administrator.

4.4 Participant’s Death. If a Participant elects to change his or her prior election of the time and form of payment as provided in Paragraphs 4.2 or 4.3, the five year deferral in the payment date does not apply in the case of the Participant’s death. Payment will commence at the time of the Participant’s death if payment of the Participant’s Plan deferrals for a particular Plan Year has not begun at the time the Participant dies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant is receiving installment payments and dies before all installments have been paid, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be paid the Participant’s remaining installment payments.

4.5 No Initial Election of Form of Payment. If a Participant makes no initial election of the form of payment for a particular Plan Year’s deferrals, then the Participant’s deferrals for that Plan Year, adjusted to reflect deemed earnings, shall be paid in a lump sum at the time payable under this Plan.

4.6 Payment Commencement Date. Payments shall commence no later than 60 days following the applicable distribution date as provided in this Article IV.

ARTICLE V

EARNINGS CREDITED

The Plan will establish and maintain separate Company recordkeeping accounts for each Participant’s deferred Director’s Fees for a particular calendar year. Such accounts shall be credited with a deemed earnings rate to be determined by the Committee and communicated to

 

5


the Participants. The Committee may amend that deemed earnings rate prospectively in its discretion, and shall communicate to Plan Participants any change in that deemed earnings rate.

ARTICLE VI

BENEFICIARIES

6.1 Designation. Any amount due to a Participant which is unpaid upon his or her death shall be paid to the beneficiary designated by him or her on a form provided by the Administrator and filed with the Administrator. The designated beneficiary may be changed from time to time by filing a new beneficiary designation with the Administrator. The designation last filed will control.

6.2 Failure to Designate a Beneficiary. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary or if the person or persons designated on the beneficiary designation predecease the Participant and the beneficiary designation form does not indicate who receives the amount due, the amount owing shall be paid to the following in the order named:

 

  a. Surviving spouse;

 

  b. Surviving descendants, per stirpes;

 

  c. Surviving parents in equal shares;

 

  d. Surviving brothers and sisters, in equal shares, provided that the share of a sibling who is then deceased shall be paid to his or her then living descendants, per stirpes; and

 

  e. Executors or administrators.

6.3 Payment to a Beneficiary. Payment of a Participant’s Plan benefits to the beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall be made in accordance with Article IV.

 

6


ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

The Controller is the Administrator of this Plan. The construction and interpretation by the Administrator of any provision of this Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties. The Administrator shall have the power and authority in its sole discretion to adopt, interpret, alter, amend or revoke rules and regulations necessary to assist it in the administration of the Plan, and to delegate ministerial duties and employ such outside professionals as may be required for prudent administration of the Plan. Expenses of Plan administration shall be paid by the Company.

A Director shall pay applicable income taxes and self-employment taxes due on Plan benefits at the time those benefits are paid to the Director.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1 Amendment. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. shall have the right to amend the Plan at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. hereby delegates to the Committee the right to amend the Plan. Any amendment adopted by the Committee pursuant to this delegated authority shall be reported to the Board of Directors within two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the close of the Plan Year of adoption. The Board or the Committee shall notify each Participant in writing of any Plan amendment.

8.2 Termination. Although the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. has established this Plan with a bona fide intention and expectation to maintain the Plan indefinitely, the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. may terminate or discontinue the Plan

 

7


in whole or in part at any time without any liability for such termination or discontinuance. Upon Plan termination, all deferrals shall cease. No amendment or Plan termination shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant to his or her deferred Director’s Fees which have accrued prior to the date of such amendment or Plan termination, adjusted to reflect the applicable deemed earnings on such deferrals. If the Plan is terminated, Participants’ past deferrals, credited with earnings as described in Article V, shall be paid at the time and in the form described above in Articles III and IV.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Representations. The Company does not represent or guarantee that any particular federal or state income, payroll, or personal property or other tax consequence will result from participation in the Plan. A Participant should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of his or her participation.

9.2 Limitation of Rights; Employment Relationship. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving a Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Company except as provided in the Plan, or create a right in the Participant to remain under contract with the Company, nor will it interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or otherwise deal with a Participant without regard to the existence of the Plan.

9.3 Assignment. No amounts deferred hereunder shall be assignable in whole or in part, either by voluntary or involuntary act or operation of law. Rights hereunder are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance, and such rights may not be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant or his or her beneficiary.

 

8


9.4 Unsecured Benefit. The unpaid balance of any account maintained pursuant to this Plan is an unsecured, general obligation of the Company. All amounts deferred hereunder remain the unrestricted assets of the Company. Any assets purchased shall remain the sole property of the Company subject to the claims of its general creditors and shall be available for the Company’s use for whatever purpose desired. No Participant hereunder shall have any right other than the unsecured promise of the Company to pay deferred Director’s Fees in the future. No Participant has ownership rights with respect to any asset of the Company by reason of his or her participation in this Plan.

9.5 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of this Plan to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan shall continue to be fully effective.

9.6 Governing Law. The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Washington. Venue shall also be in the State of Washington.

ARTICLE X

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

If a Participant disagrees with the information or computations in connection with any benefits paid pursuant to Article IV, or the Plan Administrator fails to make payments to which the Participant believes he or she is entitled under the terms of this Plan, the Participant may make a claim to the Plan Administrator. A claim must be in the form of a letter stating the basis of the disagreement and include all relevant facts and information. The Participant shall be advised of the acceptance or rejection of a claim within ninety (90) days after the claim is received, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If

 

9


the Plan Administrator requires an extension, written notice of the extension stating the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator will make a final decision shall be furnished to the Participant prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period. The extension may not exceed an additional period of ninety (90) days.

If the claim is denied, the Plan Administrator shall state in detail:

 

  1. the specific reasons for the denial;

 

  2. the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

  3. any additional material or information which the Participant may provide which would entitle the Participant to the benefits claimed; and

 

  4. an explanation of why such material or information is necessary.

The notice of denial must also explain the steps to be taken if the Participant or a beneficiary wishes to submit a claim for review. If notice of denial of the initial claim is not furnished within the time period allowed above, the claim shall be deemed denied and the Participant may proceed to request a review of the denied claim.

A claim for review by the Plan Administrator must be submitted within sixty (60) days after the date the initial claim is denied. A request for review of a denied claim must include a statement of the reasons the claim should be allowed. The Participant or an authorized representative may examine any documents the Plan Administrator has in its files and will use in reaching a decision, and may also submit additional written comments to the Plan Administrator which support the claim.

The Plan Administrator shall advise the Participant or beneficiary of its decision in writing within sixty (60) days following receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing. If the Plan Administrator requires an

 

10


extension, written notice of the extension stating the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator will make a final decision shall be furnished to the Participant prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period. The extension may not exceed an additional period of ninety (90) days.

The Plan Administrator’s decision on review shall be in writing and include specific reasons for the decision, as well as specific references to the Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. The decision of the Plan Administrator is final and subject to no further appeal or review.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized representatives this 19th day of December, 2008.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.
By   /s/ Bruce W. Williams
  Its CEO
HOMESTREET BANK
By   /s/ Joan Enticknap
  Its President

 

11

Exhibit 10.6

HOMESTREET, INC. EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

This nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for eligible management or highly-compensated employees of HomeStreet, Inc., HomeStreet Bank, and HomeStreet Capital Corporation (all of which are referred to hereinafter as the “Employer”) is designed to permit eligible management or highly-compensated employees of the Employer to elect to defer all or a portion of their bonuses, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) that would be earned in a calendar year, provided that election is made in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.1 Administrator. “Administrator” of the Plan means the Controller of HomeStreet, Inc. and HomeStreet Bank.

2.2 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc.

2.3 Committee. “Committee” means the Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee appointed by the HomeStreet Bank Board.

2.4 Effective Date. The “Effective Date” of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2005. The original effective date of this Plan is February 1, 2004. This Plan document supersedes any previously adopted Plan document and is intended to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and applicable IRS and Treasury guidance and regulations.

2.5 Eligible Employee. “Eligible Employee” means an employee who is selected by the Committee from among the group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employer.


2.6 Participant. “Participant” means any Eligible Employee.

2.7 Plan. “Plan” means the HomeStreet, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan as contained in this document, and as amended from time to time, plus any administrative rules or regulations adopted by the Controller.

2.8 Plan Year. “Plan Year” of this amended and restated Plan means the calendar year.

ARTICLE III

DEFERRED COMPENSATION

3.1 Elective Deferrals. Annually during the month of December, an Eligible Employee may irrevocably elect in writing on a form provided by the Employer to defer all or a portion of his or her annual bonus, commissions and other variable pay (excluding draws) that would otherwise be earned in the following Plan Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Eligible Employee’s annual bonus, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) for a Plan Year performance period is performance-based compensation, then the Eligible Employee may irrevocably elect by June 30 of that Plan Year performance period in writing on a form provided by the Employer to defer all or a portion of his or her annual bonus, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) that is performance-based compensation for that Plan Year performance period.

For purposes of this Section 3.1, performance-based compensation means compensation that is contingent (either as to the amount or the entitlement to receipt) on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance goals that relate to a Plan Year performance period of at least 12 consecutive months. An Eligible Employee’s initial deferral election for a Plan Year performance period may be made for performance-based compensation by the date six months before the end of the performance period (June 30), if (i) the Eligible Employee performs

 

 

2


services continuously from the later of the date the performance period starts (January 1) or the date the performance criteria for that Plan Year performance period are established through the date the initial deferral election for that Plan Year performance period is made, and (ii) no election to defer performance-based compensation is made after the compensation is substantially certain to be paid.

Organizational or individual performance criteria are considered preestablished if they are established in writing by not later than 90 days after the commencement of the Plan Year performance period to which the criteria relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established.

If bonuses, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) are performance-based compensation, Eligible Employees may elect in writing by June 30 of each Plan Year performance period to defer a percentage or a specified dollar amount of their bonuses, commissions and other variable pay (excluding draws) for that Plan Year performance period that would otherwise be paid in the next Plan Year. In that case, an Eligible Employee may elect that the percentage of bonuses, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) to be deferred will be based on bonuses, commissions, and variable pay that exceed a specified dollar amount. For example, an Eligible Employee may elect by June 30, 2008 to defer 50% of the sum of his or her bonuses, commissions, and other variable pay that constitute performance-based compensation for the 2008 Plan Year performance period and that exceed $20,000.

Any long-term incentive compensation paid in stock or any other compensation paid in stock may not be deferred. The amount to be deferred by an Eligible Employee for a Plan Year performance period must be at least the lesser of $2,500 or 5% of the Eligible Employee’s total

 

3


annual bonus, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) for that Plan Year performance period.

Notwithstanding any language in this Paragraph 3.1 to the contrary, an Eligible Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on a date after January 1 may elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her annual bonuses, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) for services to be performed subsequent to his or her deferral election in the remainder of the initial Plan Year of eligibility. That election must be made in writing within thirty (30) days after the Eligible Employee becomes eligible to participate in this Plan, and shall be irrevocable as to any annual bonuses, commissions, and other variable pay (excluding draws) for services to be performed subsequent to his or her deferral election in the remainder of that Plan Year.

3.2 Employer Contributions. The Employer shall make an Employer contribution to the Plan on behalf of senior management committee members for each calendar year beginning with 2004. The amount of that Employer contribution shall be equal to the additional Employer contributions (Employer discretionary profit sharing contributions, Employer discretionary matching contributions, and ESOP contributions) that would have been made to the HomeStreet, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“401(k) and ESOP”) based on senior management committee members’ Compensation that was not deferred under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as Compensation is defined for purposes of each type of contribution under the 401 (k) and ESOP) if (a) the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) compensation dollar limit did not apply to the 401(k) and ESOP, and (b) the Internal Revenue Code Section 415 annual addition limit did not apply to reduce such Employer contributions to the 401(k) and ESOP, plus (c) a deemed rate of earnings on the amount by which such Employer

 

4


contributions to the 401 (k) and ESOP were required to be reduced to meet the Internal Revenue Code Section 415 annual addition limit, with that deemed earnings rate determined by the Committee in its discretion.

3.3 Initial Election As To Time and Form of Payment. A Participant’s written deferral election for a particular Plan Year must also include the Participant’s initial written election of the time and form of payment of his or her Plan deferrals for that Plan Year, adjusted to reflect the applicable deemed earnings on such deferrals, as described in Article IV below. A Participant who may be entitled to an Employer contribution under Paragraph 3.2 above for a particular Plan Year must make an initial written election of the time and form of payment of the Employer contribution for that Plan Year by December 31 of the calendar year preceding that Plan Year.

3.4 December 31, 2008 Election Deadline. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, an individual who is an Eligible Employee may make his or her initial elections as to the time and form of payment of his Plan benefits that were deferred for each Plan Year prior to 2009 and that were not otherwise payable by the Plan to the Participant in those Plan Years, if those initial time and form of payment elections are made by December 31, 2008.

ARTICLE IV

FORM AND TIME OF BENEFIT PAYMENT

4.1 Initial Election of Form and Time of Payment. A Participant’s Plan benefits shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. A Participant (or if a Participant dies before payments commence, a deceased Participant’s beneficiary) shall commence to receive a distribution of his or her Plan deferrals for a particular Plan Year, adjusted to reflect the applicable deemed earnings on such deferrals, upon the occurrence of the earliest of (1) a future date specified by the Participant in his or her deferral election for that Plan Year, (2) the

 

5


Participant’s death, (3) the Participant’s Permanent Disability as defined in Paragraph 9.7, (4) the Participant’s retirement on or after age 65, or (5) the Participant’s termination of employment. A Participant who may be entitled to an Employer contribution under Paragraph 3.2 above for a particular Plan Year must make an initial written election of the time of payment of the Employer contribution for that Plan Year within the time described in Paragraph 3.3 above, and that time of payment must be the earliest of (1) a future date specified by the Participant in his or her election of the time of payment for Employer contributions for that Plan Year, or (2) the Participant’s death, (3) the Participant’s Permanent Disability as defined in Paragraph 9.7, (4) the Participant’s retirement on or after age 65, or (5) the Participant’s termination of employment.

At the time the Participant’s initial time of payment election is made for a particular Plan Year, the Participant must also elect in writing to receive the Participant’s deferrals or Employer contributions for a particular Plan Year in the form of:

 

  a. a single lump sum payment, or

 

  b. annual installment payments over a period of years, but not more than (10) years.

4.2 Election to Change Form of Payment. A Participant who initially elects a form of payment for a particular Plan Year’s deferrals or Employer contributions may later elect to change the form of payment the Participant previously elected for those deferrals or Employer contributions to another form of permitted payment (for example, from a lump sum to installments payable over a period of up to 10 years, or vice versa), as long as (1) that new election is made at least 12 months prior to the earlier of (a) the specified payment date previously elected by the Participant for payment of that particular Plan Year’s deferrals or Employer contributions or (b) the date the Participant retires or terminates employment, (2) the

 

6


distribution date is changed to a date at least five years after the earlier of (a) the applicable specified date previously elected by the Participant for payment of those deferrals or Employer contributions or (b) the date the Participant retired or terminated employment, and (3) the election change does not take effect for at least 12 months after it is made in writing and delivered to the Plan Administrator.

4.3 Election to Change Time of Payment. A Participant who initially elects the time of payment for a particular Plan Year’s deferrals or Employer contributions may later elect to change the time of payment the Participant previously elected for those deferrals or Employer contributions to the earliest of a new future date specified by the Participant, the Participant’s death or Permanent Disability, or the date the Participant retires or terminates employment, as long as (1) that new election is made at least 12 months prior to the earlier of (a) the specified payment date previously elected by the Participant for payment of that particular Plan Year’s deferrals or Employer contributions or (b) the date the Participant retires or terminates employment, (2) the distribution date is changed to a date at least five years after the earlier of (a) the applicable specified date previously elected by the Participant for payment of those deferrals or Employer contributions or (b) the date the Participant retired or terminated employment, and (3) the election change does not take effect for at least 12 months after it is made in writing and delivered to the Plan Administrator.

4.4 Participant’s Death or Permanent Disability. The five year deferral in the payment date does not apply in the case of the Participant’s death or Permanent Disability. Payment will commence at the time of the Participant’s death or Permanent Disability if payment of the Participant’s Plan deferrals or Employer contributions for a particular Plan Year has not begun at the time of the Participant’s death or Permanent Disability. Notwithstanding the

 

7


foregoing, if a Participant is receiving installment payments and dies before all installments have been paid, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be paid the Participant’s remaining installment payments.

4.5 No Initial Election of Form of Payment. If a Participant makes no initial election of the form of payment for a particular Plan Year’s deferrals or Employer contributions, then the Participant’s deferrals for that Plan Year, adjusted to reflect deemed earnings, shall be paid in a lump sum at the time payable under this Plan.

4.6 Payment Commencement Date. Payments from the Plan shall commence no later than 60 days following the applicable distribution date as provided in this Article IV, and a Participant shall not be permitted, directly of indirectly, to designate the tax year of any payment.

ARTICLE V

EARNINGS CREDITED

The Plan will establish and maintain separate Employer recordkeeping accounts for each Participant’s deferrals or Employer contributions for a particular Plan Year. Such accounts shall be credited with a deemed earnings rate to be determined by the Committee and communicated to the Participants. The Committee may amend that deemed earnings rate prospectively in its discretion, and shall communicate to Plan Participants any change in that deemed earnings rate.

ARTICLE VI

BENEFICIARIES

6.1 Designation. Any amount due to a Participant which is unpaid upon his or her death shall be paid to the beneficiary designated by him or her on a form provided by the Administrator and filed with the Administrator. The designated beneficiary may be changed from time to time by filing a new beneficiary designation with the Administrator. The designation last filed will control.

 

8


6.2 Failure to Designate a Beneficiary. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary or if the person or persons designated on the beneficiary designation predecease the Participant and the beneficiary designation form does not indicate who receives the amount due, the amount owing shall be paid to the following in the order named:

 

  a. Surviving spouse;

 

  b. Surviving descendants, per stirpes;

 

  c. Surviving parents in equal shares;

 

  d. Surviving brothers and sisters, in equal shares, provided that the share of a sibling who is then deceased shall be paid to his or her then living descendants, per stirpes; and

 

  e. Executors or administrators.

6.3 Payment to a Beneficiary. Payment of a Participant’s Plan benefits to the beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall be made in accordance with Article IV.

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

The Controller is the Administrator of this Plan. The construction and interpretation by the Administrator of any provision of this Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties. The Administrator shall have the power and authority in its sole discretion to adopt, interpret, alter, amend or revoke rules and regulations necessary to assist it in the administration of the Plan, and to delegate ministerial duties and employ such outside professionals as may be required for prudent administration of the Plan. Expenses of Plan administration shall be paid by the Employer.

Social Security (“FICA”) taxes are due on the Participant’s deferrals, including any Employer contributions, at the time of such deferrals or contributions. The Employer shall

 

9


withhold applicable FICA taxes at the appropriate times from the Participant’s non-deferred compensation.

All amounts payable to a Participant hereunder may be reduced by any federal and state income taxes imposed upon the Participant or his or her beneficiary, which are required to be withheld from such payments.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1 Amendment. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. shall have the right to amend the Plan at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part. The Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. hereby delegates to the Committee the right to amend the Plan. Any amendment adopted by the Committee pursuant to this delegated authority shall be reported to the Board of Directors within two and one-half (2 1/2 ) months after the close of the Plan Year of adoption. The Board or the Committee shall notify each Participant in writing of any Plan amendment.

8.2 Termination. Although the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. has established this Plan with a bona fide intention and expectation to maintain the Plan indefinitely, the Board of Directors of HomeStreet, Inc. may terminate or discontinue the Plan in whole or in part at any time without any liability for such termination or discontinuance. Upon Plan termination, all deferrals and Employer contributions shall cease. No amendment or Plan termination shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant to his or her deferred compensation under the Plan which has accrued prior to the date of such amendment or Plan termination, adjusted to reflect the applicable deemed earnings on such deferrals. If the Plan is terminated, Participants’ past deferrals and Employer contributions, credited with earnings as

 

10


described in Article V, shall be paid at the time and in the form described above in Articles III and IV.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Representations. The Employer does not represent or guarantee that any particular federal or state income, payroll, or personal property or other tax consequence will result from participation in the Plan. A Participant should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of his or her participation.

9.2 Limitation of Rights; Employment Relationship. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving a Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer except as provided in the Plan, or create a right in the Participant to remain under contract with the Employer, nor will it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge or otherwise deal with a Participant without regard to the existence of the Plan.

9.3 Assignment. No amounts deferred hereunder shall be assignable in whole or in part, either by voluntary or involuntary act or operation of law. Rights hereunder are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance, and such rights may not be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant or his or her beneficiary.

9.4 Unsecured Benefit. The unpaid balance of any account maintained pursuant to this Plan is an unsecured, general obligation of the Employer. All amounts deferred hereunder remain the unrestricted assets of the Employer. Any assets purchased shall remain the sole property of the Employer subject to the claims of its general creditors and shall be available for the Employer’s use for whatever purpose desired. No Participant hereunder shall have any right other than the unsecured promise of the Employer to pay deferred compensation in the future.

 

11


No Participant has ownership rights with respect to any asset of the Employer by reason of his or her participation in this Plan.

9.5 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of this Plan to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan shall continue to be fully effective.

9.6 Governing Law. The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Washington. Venue shall also be in the State of Washington.

9.7 Definition of Permanent Disability. “Permanent Disability,” for purposes of this Plan, means that the Participant (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s Employer.

ARTICLE X

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

If a Participant disagrees with the information or computations in connection with any benefits paid pursuant to Article IV, or the Plan Administrator fails to make payments to which the Participant believes he or she is entitled under the terms of this Plan, the Participant may make a claim to the Plan Administrator. A claim must be in the form of a letter stating the basis of the disagreement and include all relevant facts and information. The Participant shall be advised of the acceptance or rejection of a claim within ninety (90) days after the claim is

 

12


received, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Plan Administrator requires an extension, written notice of the extension stating the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator will make a final decision shall be furnished to the Participant prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period. The extension may not exceed an additional period of ninety (90) days.

If the claim is denied, the Plan Administrator shall state in detail:

 

  1. the specific reasons for the denial;

 

  2. the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

  3. any additional material or information which the Participant may provide which would entitle the Participant to the benefits claimed; and

 

  4. an explanation of why such material or information is necessary.

The notice of denial must also explain the steps to be taken if the Participant or a beneficiary wishes to submit a claim for review. If notice of denial of the initial claim is not furnished within the time period allowed above, the claim shall be deemed denied and the Participant may proceed to request a review of the denied claim.

A claim for review by the Plan Administrator must be submitted within sixty (60) days after the date the initial claim is denied. A request for review of a denied claim must include a statement of the reasons the claim should be allowed. The Participant or an authorized representative may examine any documents the Plan Administrator has in its files and will use in reaching a decision, and may also submit additional written comments to the Plan Administrator which support the claim.

The Plan Administrator shall advise the Participant or beneficiary of its decision in writing within sixty (60) days following receipt of the request for review, unless special

 

13


circumstances require an extension of time for processing. If the Plan Administrator requires an extension, written notice of the extension stating the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator will make a final decision shall be furnished to the Participant prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period. The extension may not exceed an additional period of ninety (90) days.

The Plan Administrator’s decision on review shall be in writing and include specific reasons for the decision, as well as specific references to the Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. The decision of the Plan Administrator is final and subject to no further appeal or review.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized representatives this 19th day of December, 2008.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.

By

 

/s/ Bruce W. Williams

 

Its CEO

HOMESTREET BANK

By

 

/s/ Joan Enticknap

 

Its President

HOMESTREET CAPITAL CORPORATION

By

 

/s/ Debra L. Johnson

 

Its CFO

 

14

Exhibit 10.7

FORM OF

HOMESTREET, INC.

AWARD AGREEMENT FOR

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, HomeStreet, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby grants to Participant named below the nonqualified stock option (the “Option”) to purchase any part or all of the number of shares of its common stock, par value ______ (the “Common Stock”), that are covered by this Option, as specified below, at the Exercise Price per share specified below and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Award Agreement, the Standard Terms and Conditions (the “Standard Terms and Conditions”) attached hereto, and those provisions of the HomeStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) incorporated herein by reference. This Option is subject to and qualified in its entirety by the Standard Terms and Conditions; however, to the extent this Option expressly addresses a matter set forth in the Standard Terms and Conditions, and the provisions of this Option differ from such Standard Terms and Conditions, this Option shall govern such matters and the remaining Standard Terms and Conditions shall be otherwise unmodified. This Option is granted outside the Plan, pursuant to a Board resolution dated July 1, 2010; however it is intended to be granted under substantially identical terms, and therefore certain provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Name of Participant:

  
Grant Date:   

Number of Shares of Common

Stock covered by Option:

  
Exercise Price Per Share:   
Expiration Date:   

Ten (10) years after date of grant unless terminated earlier

Vesting Schedule:   

25% on date of grant

25% on the earlier of one year or upon a capital raise

25% on the earlier of two years or upon termination of the Cease and Desist Order

25% on three year anniversary from date of grant

This Option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code. By accepting this Award Agreement, Participant acknowledges that he or she has received; and read, and agrees that this Option shall be subject to, the terms of this Award Agreement and the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.

                                                                                                                                           
                                Participant Signature

By                                                                                                                    

  
Title:                                                                                                                   Address (please print):
                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                                           


HOMESTREET, INC.

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

These Standard Terms and Conditions apply to the Options granted outside the HomeStreet, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which are identified as nonqualified stock options and are evidenced by an Award Agreement that specifically refers to these Standard Terms and Conditions. In addition to the specific Standard Terms and Conditions set forth below, the Option shall be subject to the following applicable terms of the Plan, which are incorporated into these Standard Terms and Conditions by this reference: Sections 2, 7, 12, 13, 14, and 15. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

1. TERMS OF OPTION

HomeStreet, Inc. (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant named in the Award Agreement provided to said Participant herewith (the “Award Agreement”) a nonqualified stock option (the “Option”) to purchase up to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), set forth in the Award Agreement. The exercise price per share and the other terms and subject to the conditions of the Option are set forth in the Award Agreement, these Standard Terms and Conditions (as amended from time to time), and the incorporated provisions of the Plan. For purposes of these Standard Terms and Conditions and the Award Agreement, any reference to the Company shall include a reference to any Subsidiary.

 

2. NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

The Option is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION

On and after the Grant Date, to the extent not previously exercised, and subject to termination or acceleration as provided in these Standard Terms and Conditions, the Option shall be exercisable only to the extent it becomes vested, as described in the Award Agreement or the terms of the Plan, to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock as set forth in the Award Agreement, provided that (except as set forth in Section 4.A below) the Participant remains employed with the Company and does not experience a Termination of Service. The vesting period and/or exercisability of an Option may be adjusted by the Board to reflect the decreased level of employment during any period in which the Participant is on an approved leave of absence or is employed on a less than full time basis. The Option shall become fully vested upon a Change in Control under the terms in Section 14 of the Plan.

To exercise the Option (or any part thereof), the Participant shall deliver to the Company a “Notice of Exercise” in a form specified by the Board, specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock the Participant wishes to purchase and how the Participant’s


shares of Common Stock should be registered (in the Participant’s name only or in the Participant’s and the Participant’s spouse’s names as community property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship).

The exercise price (the “Exercise Price”) of the Option is set forth in the Award Agreement. The Company shall not be obligated to issue any shares of Common Stock until the Participant shall have paid the total Exercise Price for that number of shares of Common Stock. The Exercise Price may be paid in Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof, including an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over such amount from a sale of the Common Stock issuable under the Option, the delivery of previously owned Common Stock, withholding of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of the Option, or in another manner, all as may be permitted by the Board.

Fractional shares may not be exercised. Shares of Common Stock will be issued as soon as practical after exercise. Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock during any period when the Company determines that the exercisability of the Option or the delivery of shares of Common Stock hereunder would violate any federal, state or other applicable laws.

 

4. EXPIRATION OF OPTION

The Option shall expire and cease to be exercisable as of the earlier of (a) the Expiration Date set forth in the Award Agreement or (b) the date specified below in connection with the Participant’s Termination of Service:

 

  A. If the Participant’s Termination of Service is by reason of death or Disability, the Participant (or the Participant’s estate, beneficiary or legal representative) may exercise the Option, to the extent then vested, until the date that is twelve months following the date of such Termination of Service. The unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited and cancelled as of the date of such event.

 

  B. If the Participant’s Termination of Service is for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, the Participant may exercise any portion of the Option that is vested and exercisable at the time of such Termination of Service until the date that is ninety (90) days following the date of such Termination of Service. Any portion of the Option that is not vested and exercisable at the time of such Termination of Service (after taking into account any accelerated vesting under Section 14 of the Plan or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if applicable) shall be forfeited and canceled as of the date of such Termination of Service.

 

  C. If the Participant’s Termination of Service is by the Company for Cause, the entire Option, whether or not then vested and exercisable, shall be immediately forfeited and canceled as of the date of such Termination of Service.

 

5. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALES OF SHARES ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO OPTION EXERCISE

 

3


Shares issued upon the exercise of the Option shall be subject to the terms of a Shareholder Agreement restricting transfer of the shares, which Shareholder Agreement shall be substantially similar to the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto. Any shares issued upon the exercise of this Option shall bear a legend endorsed on the shares of Common Stock reflecting the existence of the Shareholder Agreement. The form of such legend shall be as reasonably prescribed by the Company or its counsel, and shall be in addition to any legends required for compliance with applicable securities and Blue Sky laws. The Company may also impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the exercise of the Option, including without limitation (a) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (b) restrictions designed to delay and/or coordinate the timing and manner of sales by Participant and other optionholders and (c) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers.

 

6. INCOME TAXES

The Company shall not deliver shares of Common Stock in respect of the exercise of any Option unless and until the Participant has made arrangements satisfactory to the Board to satisfy applicable withholding tax obligations. Unless the Participant pays the withholding tax obligations to the Company by cash or check in connection with the exercise of the Option, withholding may be effected, at the Company’s option, by withholding Common Stock issuable in connection with the exercise of the Option (provided that shares of Common Stock may be withheld only to the extent that such withholding will not result in adverse accounting treatment for the Company). The Participant acknowledges that the Company shall have the right to deduct any taxes required to be withheld by law in connection with the exercise of the Option from any amounts payable by it to the Participant (including, without limitation, future cash wages).

 

7. NON-TRANSFERAB1LITY OF OPTION

Except as permitted by the Board or as permitted under the Plan, the Participant may not assign or transfer the Option to anyone other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant during his or her lifetime. The Company may cancel the Participant’s Option if the Participant attempts to assign or transfer it in a manner inconsistent with this Section 7.

 

8. OTHER AGREEMENTS SUPERSEDED

The Award Agreement, these Standard Terms and Conditions, the incorporated provisions of the Plan, and the Shareholder Agreement, constitute the entire understanding between the Participant and the Company regarding the Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the Option are superseded.

 

4


9. LIMITATION OF INTEREST IN SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION

Neither the Participant (individually or as a member of a group) nor any beneficiary or other person claiming under or through the Participant shall have any right, title, interest, or privilege in or to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Award Agreement or these Standard Terms and Conditions except as to such shares of Common Stock, if any, as shall have been issued to such person upon exercise of the Option or any part of it. Nothing in the Plan, in the Award Agreement, these Standard Terms and Conditions or any other instrument shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Company’s employ or service nor limit in any way the Company’s right to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time for any reason.

 

10. GENERAL

In the event that any provision of these Standard Terms and Conditions is declared to be illegal, invalid or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be reformed, if possible, to the extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable, or otherwise deleted, and the remainder of these Standard Terms and Conditions shall not be affected except to the extent necessary to reform or delete such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.

The headings preceding the text of the sections hereof are inserted solely for convenience of reference, and shall not constitute a part of these Standard Terms and Conditions, nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.

These Standard Terms and Conditions shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective permitted heirs, beneficiaries, successors and assigns.

These Standard Terms and Conditions shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Washington, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

In the event of any conflict between the Award Agreement, these Standard Terms and Conditions and the Plan, the Award Agreement and these Standard Terms and Conditions shall control. In the event of any conflict between the Award Agreement and these Standard Terms and Conditions, the Award Agreement shall control.

All questions arising under these Standard Terms and Conditions shall be decided by the Board in its total and absolute discretion.

 

11. ELECTRONIC DELIVERY

By executing the Award Agreement, the Participant hereby consents to the delivery of information (including, without limitation, information required to be delivered to the Participant pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company and the Subsidiaries, the Plan, the Option and the Common Stock via Company web site or other electronic delivery.

 

5

Exhibit 10.16

FORM OF OFFICER

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                          ,          between HomeStreet, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “ Holding Company ”), and                                          (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company has adopted Articles of Incorporation (the “ Articles ”) and Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ” and together with the Articles, the “ Governing Documents ”) providing for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Holding Company to the full extent permitted by applicable law, including the right, conditioned on a satisfactory undertaking by Indemnitee, to payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding. The Governing Documents also provide that, by action of its Board of Directors from time to time, the Holding Company may provide indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to or on behalf of employees and agents of the Holding Company with the same scope and effect as provided in the Governing Documents for the benefit of the Holding Company’s directors and officers or pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business Corporation Act (the “ Statute ”) or otherwise.

B. The Holding Company also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing certain coverage to the officers and directors of the Holding Company and its affiliates, including Home Street Bank (the “ Bank ”).

C. The Governing Documents specifically provide that the rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition provided thereby are not exclusive of any other right which any person may have or acquire under any statute, provision of the Governing Documents, agreement, vote or consent of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Statute contemplates that contracts may be entered into between the Holding Company and the members of its Board of Directors and its officers, employees and agents with respect to indemnification of such directors, officers, employees and agents.

D. Indemnitee is currently serving [(i)] as an officer of the Holding Company[, and (ii) at the request of, for the convenience of, and to benefit, the Holding Company, as an officer of the Bank].

E. In consideration of Indemnitee’s service as an officer of the Holding Company [and at the Holding Company’s request as an officer of the Bank], the Holding Company wishes to provide Indemnitee with certain additional indemnity rights as set forth in this Agreement.

 

 

Officer Form      


F. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Governing Documents and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

ACCORDINGLY, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee

In consideration of Indemnitee’s service as an officer of the Holding Company and/or, at the request of the Holding Company, as an officer of the Bank after the date hereof, and without limiting Indemnitee’s rights under the Governing Documents and/or the Statute or other applicable law, and subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement, the Holding Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if (i) Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in Indemnitee’s Official Capacity (as hereinafter defined) with the Holding Company and/or the Bank, that Indemnitee’s conduct was in the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests and, in all other cases, that Indemnitee’s conduct was at least not opposed to the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests and (ii) with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if (i) Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in Indemnitee’s Official Capacity with the Holding Company and/or the Bank, that Indemnitee’s conduct was in the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests and, in all other cases, that Indemnitee’s conduct was at least not opposed to the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests

 

Officer Form    -2-   


and (ii) with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

2. Additional Indemnity

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Holding Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Holding Company and/or the Bank), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Holding Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Holding Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 9 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3. Limitations on Indemnity

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Holding Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance purchased and maintained by the Holding Company or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under such insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

(b) with respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of applicable law;

(c) where the act or omission for which Indemnitee seeks indemnification involves (i) intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (ii) a violation of RCW 23B.08.310 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended) or any successor provision of the Statute, or (iii) a transaction from which Indemnitee received or will receive a benefit in money, property or services to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled;

(d) where the act or omission for which Indemnitee seeks indemnification involves recklessness, unless the Holding Company elects by resolution of its shareholders to provide such indemnification pursuant to RCW 23B.08.550(2)(d) (as now in effect or as it may hereafter by amended);

(e) if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the Proceeding shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful;

 

Officer Form    -3-   


(f) for any amounts paid in any settlement of a Proceeding effected without the Holding Company’s written consent;

(g) with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (i) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company or (ii) such Proceeding is being brought by the Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce [his/her] rights under this Agreement;

(h) that would result in a “prohibited indemnification payment” (as such term is defined at 12 CFR §359.1(1)) to Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s service as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank; or

(i) that would not otherwise be permitted by 12 CFR §359 as currently in effect.

 

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding at a time when Indemnitee is not a named defendant or respondent to the Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

5. Contribution

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 is available, in respect of any Proceeding in which the Holding Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Holding Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Holding Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Holding Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Holding Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Holding Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Holding Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Holding Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Holding Company and all officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding Company, other than Indemnitee, who are

 

Officer Form    -4-   


jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Holding Company and all officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Holding Company and all officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Holding Company shall fully indemnify, defend and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Holding Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Holding Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Holding Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the Statute and public policy of the State of Washington. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Holding Company a written request, including such supporting documentation and

 

Officer Form    -5-   


information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Holding Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Holding Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Holding Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is permissible under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in RCW 23B.08.510 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended) shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company: (i) by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined); (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under clause (i) of this subsection, by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors, in which designation directors who are parties to the Proceeding may participate, consisting solely of two or more Disinterested Directors; (iii) by Special Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined) (A) selected by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in (i) or (ii) of this subsection or (B) if a quorum of the Holding Company’s Board of Directors cannot be obtained under clause, (i) of this subsection and a committee cannot be designated under clause (ii) of this subsection, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors of the Holding Company, in which selection directors who are parties to the Proceeding may participate; or (iv) by the shareholders of the Holding Company, but shares owned by or voted under the control of persons who are at the time parties to the Proceeding may not be voted on the determination. The Holding Company shall pay any and all fees and expenses incurred by Special Legal Counsel in acting in such capacity.

(c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure to have made a determination pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, nor a determination pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof (including by the Holding Company’s directors, Special Legal Counsel or the Holding Company’s shareholders) that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(d) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith as set forth in RCW 23B.08.510(a) (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended) if Indemnitee’s conduct is based on information supplied to Indemnitee by the other officers of the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, or on information or records given or reports made to the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, by an independent certified public

 

Officer Form    -6-   


accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or at least not opposed to the best interests of the Holding Company and/or the Bank. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(e) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6(b) to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 calendar days after receipt by the Holding Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(f) The Holding Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such Proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(g) The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in RCW 23B.08.510 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended).

 

7. Notification and Defense of Proceeding

Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Holding Company in writing after receipt by Indemnitee of any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be the subject of indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Holding Company will not relieve the Holding Company from any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay actually and materially prejudices the Holding Company’s rights. If such failure does actually and materially prejudice

 

Officer Form    -7-   


the Holding Company’s rights, the Holding Company will be relieved from its obligations under this Agreement only to the extent of such prejudice. Following such notice:

(a) The Holding Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense;

(b) Except as otherwise provided below, the Holding Company will be entitled to assume the defense of the Proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Holding Company to Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Holding Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Holding Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Holding Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of the Proceeding, or (iii) the Holding Company shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of Indemnitee in such Proceeding or shall not be acting in connection therewith with reasonable diligence, in each of which cases Indemnitee may employ counsel and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Holding Company. The Holding Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Holding Company or the Bank or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion set forth in clause (ii) above; and

(c) The Holding Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent; provided, however, that the Holding Company’s consent to any settlement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Holding Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.

 

8. Advancement and Reimbursement of Expenses

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Holding Company and, at Indemnitee’s request therefor, shall be paid as incurred and in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee agrees to repay the Holding Company for all Expenses in the event and only to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Holding Company for such Expenses under provisions of applicable law, the Governing Documents, this Agreement or otherwise. Expenses shall be paid or advanced by the Holding Company to Indemnitee or at his or her direction within ten calendar days after the receipt by the Holding Company of Indemnitee’s written request therefor. Such written request shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by the written undertakings required by RCW 23B.08.530 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be

 

Officer Form    -8-   


amended). Any advances by the Holding Company and the agreement of Indemnitee to repay pursuant to this Section 8 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

9. Remedies of Indemnitee

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, or (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 60 calendar days after receipt by the Holding Company of the request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Washington of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or payment. The Holding Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Holding Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) Subject to Section 3 hereof, in the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 9, seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Holding Company, the Holding Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication.

(e) The Holding Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Holding Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of a Proceeding.

 

Officer Form    -9-   


10. Subrogation

In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Holding Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Holding Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

11. Security

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, the Holding Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Holding Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

 

12. Enforcement

The Holding Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, and the Holding Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving in such capacity.

 

13. Definitions

Disinterested Directors mean those directors of the Holding Company not at the time parties to the Proceeding.

“Expenses shall include all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, penalties or fines against Indemnitee.

Official Capacity means (a) when used with respect to Indemnitee’s capacity as an officer of Holding Company, the capacity of officer at the Holding Company, and (b) when used with respect to Indemnitee’s capacity as an officer of the Bank, the capacity of officer at the Bank.

 

Officer Form    -10-   


Proceeding includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Holding Company and/or the Bank or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Holding Company as an officer of the Bank; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement to enforce rights under this Agreement.

Special Legal Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is retained for the specific occasion referred to in this Agreement and neither presently is, nor at any time in the past has been, retained to represent: (i) the Holding Company, the Bank or Indemnitee in any matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Special Legal Counsel shall not include any inside counsel to the Holding Company or the Bank.

 

14. Notices

All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed or (c) sent via nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, on the first day after the date on which it is deposited with the nationally recognized overnight courier. All communications shall be sent:

 

If to Indemnitee, to:

   To the address as noted below signature line

If to the Holding Company,

   HomeStreet, Inc

to:

   601 Union Street, Suite 2000
   Seattle, WA 98101-2326
   Attn: Corporate Secretary
   Fax: 206-389-7703

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Holding Company or to the Holding Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

Officer Form    -11-   


15. Separability

Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provisions hereof shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and, to the fullest extent legally possible, the other provisions hereof shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

16. Nonexclusivity

The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, provision of the Governing Documents, or any agreements, vote or consent of shareholders or disinterested directors of the Holding Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in [his/her] status as an officer of the Holding Company and/or the Bank prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Statute, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

17. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Binding Effect; Amendment and Termination

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, as applied to contracts between Washington residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Washington, without regard to conflict of laws rules.

(b) The Holding Company and Indemnitee each irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Washington (the Washington Courts ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any

 

Officer Form    -12-   


other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Washington Courts for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Washington, irrevocably Stoel Rives LLP, 600 University Street, Suite 3600, Seattle, Washington 98101 as its agent in the State of Washington as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Washington, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Washington Courts, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Washington Courts has been brought in an improper or inconvenient.

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon Indemnitee and upon the Holding Company, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, personal representatives and assigns and to the benefit of the Holding Company, its successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Holding Company).

(d) No supplement, amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

18. Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically referred to herein or as provided in Section 16, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

19. Conflicts

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any provision of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the standards of conduct in Section 1 and the procedures and presumptions set forth in Section 6, is inconsistent with any provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation promulgated by any regulatory agency with subject matter jurisdiction over the activities of the Holding Company or the Bank, the provision of applicable law, rule or regulation promulgated by such regulatory agency shall control.

 

20. Counterparts

 

Officer Form    -13-   


This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but both of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

Officer Form    -14-   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.
By    
[Name], [Title]

 

INDEMNITEE
 

[Name]

Title:  
Address:  
 

 

Officer Form    -15-   

Exhibit 10.17

FORM OF DIRECTOR

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                  ,              between HomeStreet, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “ Holding Company ”), and                  (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company has adopted Articles of Incorporation (the “ Articles ”) and Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ” and together with the Articles, the “ Governing Documents ”) providing for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Holding Company to the full extent permitted by applicable law, including the right, conditioned on a satisfactory undertaking by Indemnitee, to payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding. The Governing Documents also provide that, by action of its Board of Directors from time to time, the Holding Company may provide indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to or on behalf of employees and agents of the Holding Company with the same scope and effect as provided in the Governing Documents for the benefit of the Holding Company’s directors and officers or pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business Corporation Act (the “ Statute ”) or otherwise.

B. The Holding Company also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing certain coverage to the officers and directors of the Holding Company and its affiliates, including Home Street Bank (the “ Bank ”).

C. The Governing Documents specifically provide that the rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition provided thereby are not exclusive of any other right which any person may have or acquire under any statute, provision of the Governing Documents, agreement, vote or consent of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Statute contemplates that contracts may be entered into between the Holding Company and the members of its Board of Directors and its officers, employees and agents with respect to indemnification of such directors, officers, employees and agents.

D. Indemnitee is currently serving (i) as a director of the Holding Company, and/or (ii) at the request of, for the convenience of, and to benefit, the Holding Company, as a director of the Bank.

E. In consideration of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Holding Company and/or at the Holding Company’s request as a director of the Bank, the Holding Company wishes to provide Indemnitee with certain additional indemnity rights as set forth in this Agreement.


F. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Governing Documents and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

ACCORDINGLY , the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee

In consideration of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Holding Company and/or, at the request of the Holding Company, as a director of the Bank after the date hereof, and without limiting Indemnitee’s rights under the Governing Documents and/or the Statute or other applicable law, and subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement, the Holding Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if (i) Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in Indemnitee’s Official Capacity (as hereinafter defined) with the Holding Company and/or the Bank, that Indemnitee’s conduct was in the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests and, in all other cases, that Indemnitee’s conduct was at least not opposed to the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests and (ii) with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Holding Company or the Bank. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if (i) Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in Indemnitee’s Official Capacity with the Holding Company and/or the Bank, that Indemnitee’s conduct was in the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests and, in all other cases, that Indemnitee’s conduct was at least not opposed to the Holding Company’s and/or the Bank’s best interests

 

Current Director Form    -2-   


and (ii) with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

2. Additional Indemnity

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Holding Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Holding Company and/or the Bank), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Holding Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Holding Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 9 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3. Limitations on Indemnity

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Holding Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance purchased and maintained by the Holding Company or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under such insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

(b) with respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of applicable law;

(c) where the act or omission for which Indemnitee seeks indemnification involves (i) intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (ii) a violation of RCW 23B.08.310 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended) or any successor provision of the Statute, or (iii) a transaction from which Indemnitee received or will receive a benefit in money, property or services to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled;

(d) where the act or omission for which Indemnitee seeks indemnification involves recklessness, unless the Holding Company elects by resolution of its shareholders to provide such indemnification pursuant to RCW 23B.08.550(2)(d) (as now in effect or as it may hereafter by amended);

(e) if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the Proceeding shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful;

 

Current Director Form    -3-   


(f) for any amounts paid in any settlement of a Proceeding effected without the Holding Company’s written consent;

(g) that would result in a “prohibited indemnification payment” (as such term is defined at 12 CFR §359.1(1)) to Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank; or

(h) that would not otherwise be permitted by 12 CFR §359 as currently in effect.

 

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding at a time when Indemnitee is not a named defendant or respondent to the Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

5. Contribution

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 is available, in respect of any Proceeding in which the Holding Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Holding Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Holding Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Holding Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Holding Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Holding Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Holding Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Holding Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Holding Company and all officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Holding Company and all officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding

 

Current Director Form   -4-   


Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Holding Company and all officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Holding Company shall fully indemnify, defend and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors, employees or agents of the Holding Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Holding Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Holding Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Holding Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the Statute and public policy of the State of Washington. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Holding Company a written request, including such supporting documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Holding Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Holding Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Holding Company.

 

Current Director Form   -5-   


(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is permissible under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in RCW 23B.08.510 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended) shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company: (i) by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined); (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under clause (i) of this subsection, by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors, in which designation directors who are parties to the Proceeding may participate, consisting solely of two or more Disinterested Directors; (iii) by Special Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined) (A) selected by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in (i) or (ii) of this subsection or (B) if a quorum of the Holding Company’s Board of Directors cannot be obtained under clause (i) of this subsection and a committee cannot be designated under clause (ii) of this subsection, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors of the Holding Company, in which selection directors who are parties to the Proceeding may participate; or (iv) by the shareholders of the Holding Company, but shares owned by or voted under the control of persons who are at the time parties to the Proceeding may not be voted on the determination. The Holding Company shall pay any and all fees and expenses incurred by Special Legal Counsel in acting in such capacity.

(c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure to have made a determination pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, nor a determination pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof (including by the Holding Company’s directors, Special Legal Counsel or the Holding Company’s shareholders) that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(d) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith as set forth in RCW 23B.08.510(a) (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended) if Indemnitee’s conduct is based on the records or books of account, including financial statements, of the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, or on information or records given or reports made to the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise. Without

 

Current Director Form   -6-   


limiting the foregoing, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or at least not opposed to the best interests of the Holding Company and/or the Bank. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(e) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6(b) to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 calendar days after receipt by the Holding Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(f) The Holding Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such Proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(g) The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in RCW 23B.08.510 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended).

 

7. Notification and Defense of Proceeding

Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Holding Company in writing after receipt by Indemnitee of any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be the subject of indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Holding Company will not relieve the Holding Company from any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay actually and materially prejudices the Holding Company’s rights. If such failure does actually and materially prejudice the Holding Company’s rights, the Holding Company will be relieved from its obligations under this Agreement only to the extent of such prejudice. Following such notice:

(a) The Holding Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense;

 

Current Director Form   -7-   


(b) Except as otherwise provided below, the Holding Company will be entitled to assume the defense of the Proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Holding Company to Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Holding Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Holding Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Holding Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of the Proceeding, or (iii) the Holding Company shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of Indemnitee in such Proceeding or shall not be acting in connection therewith with reasonable diligence, in each of which cases Indemnitee may employ counsel and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Holding Company. The Holding Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Holding Company or the Bank or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion set forth in clause (ii) above; and

(c) The Holding Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent; provided, however, that the Holding Company’s consent to any settlement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Holding Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.

 

8. Advancement and Reimbursement of Expenses

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Holding Company and, at Indemnitee’s request therefor, shall be paid as incurred and in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee agrees to repay the Holding Company for all Expenses in the event and only to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Holding Company for such Expenses under provisions of applicable law, the Governing Documents, this Agreement or otherwise. Expenses shall be paid or advanced by the Holding Company to Indemnitee or at his or her direction within ten calendar days after the receipt by the Holding Company of Indemnitee’s written request therefor. Such written request shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by the written undertakings required by RCW 23B.08.530 (as now in effect or as it may hereafter be amended). Any advances by the Holding Company and the agreement of Indemnitee to repay pursuant to this Section 8 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

9. Remedies of Indemnitee

 

Current Director Form   -8-   


(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, or (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 60 calendar days after receipt by the Holding Company of the request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Washington of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or payment. The Holding Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Holding Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) Subject to Section 3 hereof, in the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 9, seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Holding Company, the Holding Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication.

(e) The Holding Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Holding Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of a Proceeding.

 

10. Subrogation

In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Holding Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such

 

Current Director Form   -9-   


rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Holding Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights,

 

11. Security

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, the Holding Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Holding Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

 

12. Enforcement

The Holding Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, and the Holding Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving in such capacity.

 

13. Definitions

Disinterested Directors mean those directors of the Holding Company not at the time parties to the Proceeding.

Expenses shall include all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, penalties or fines against Indemnitee.

Official Capacity means (a) when used with respect to Indemnitee’s capacity as a director of Holding Company, the capacity of director at the Holding Company, and (b) when used with respect to Indemnitee’s capacity as a director of the Bank, the capacity of director at the Bank.

Proceeding includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Holding Company and/or the Bank or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or

 

Current Director Form   -10-   


investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Holding Company as a director of the Bank; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement to enforce rights under this Agreement.

Special Legal Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is retained for the specific occasion referred to in this Agreement and neither presently is, nor at any time in the past has been, retained to represent: (i) the Holding Company, the Bank or Indemnitee in any matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Special Legal Counsel shall not include any inside counsel to the Holding Company or the Bank.

 

14. Notices

All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed or (c) sent via nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, on the first day after the date on which it is deposited with the nationally recognized overnight courier. All communications shall be sent:

 

If to Indemnitee, to:

   To the address as noted below signature line

If to the Holding Company,

   HomeStreet, Inc

to:

   601 Union Street, Suite 2000
   Seattle, WA 98101-2326
   Attn: Corporate Secretary
   Fax: 206-389-7703

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Holding Company or to the Holding Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

15. Separability

Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provisions hereof shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect or

 

Current Director Form   -11-   


impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and, to the fullest extent legally possible, the other provisions hereof shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

16. Nonexclusivity

The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, provision of the Governing Documents, or any agreements, vote or consent of shareholders or disinterested directors of the Holding Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in [his/her] status as a director of the Holding Company and/or the Bank prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Statute, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

17. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Binding Effect; Amendment and Termination

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, as applied to contracts between Washington residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Washington, without regard to conflict of laws rules.

(b) The Holding Company and Indemnitee each irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Washington (the “ Washington Courts ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Washington Courts for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Washington, irrevocably Perkins Coie LLP, 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800, Seattle, Washington 98101-3099 as its agent in the State of Washington as such party’s agent for

 

Current Director Form    -12-   


acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Washington, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Washington Courts, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Washington Courts has been brought in an improper or inconvenient.

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon Indemnitee and upon the Holding Company, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, personal representatives and assigns and to the benefit of the Holding Company, its successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Holding Company).

(d) No supplement, amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

18. Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically referred to herein or as provided in Section 16, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

19. Conflicts

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any provision of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the standards of conduct in Section 1 and the procedures and presumptions set forth in Section 6, is inconsistent with any provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation promulgated by any regulatory agency with subject matter jurisdiction over the activities of the Holding Company or the Bank, the provision of applicable law, rule or regulation promulgated by such regulatory agency shall control.

 

20. Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but both of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

Current Director Form    -13-   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.
By    

[Name], [Title]

INDEMNITEE
 
Name

 

Address:  
 
 

 

Current Director Form    -14-   

Exhibit 10.18

 

 

H OME S TREET , I NC .

D IRECTOR /O FFICER I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

 

 

[N AME OF I NDEMNITEE ]

[                         ]

 

 


H OME S TREET , I NC .

D IRECTOR I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

This [Director/Officer] Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) has been made and executed this              by and between HomeStreet, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “ Company ”), and              , an individual resident of              (the “ Indemnitee ”).

W HEREAS , it is essential for the Company to retain and attract as [directors/officers] the most capable persons available;

W HEREAS , Indemnitee [is currently serving][has agreed to serve] as a [director/officer] of the Company;

W HEREAS , both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors of companies in today’s environment;

W HEREAS ,              of the Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”), as currently in effect, requires the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors to the full extent permitted by law and the Indemnitee [has been serving and continues to serve][has agreed to serve] as a director of the Company in part in reliance on such provisions;

W HEREAS , in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company in an effective manner, the Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Bylaw provisions, and, in part, to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection provided by the Bylaws will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or any Change of Control the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies; and

W HEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that (i) it is essential to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders that the Company act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future, and that (ii) it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as provided in this Agreement so that they will continue to act in their capacity as directors of the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

N OW T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and

 

2


sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Indemnitee, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Indemnification . The Company hereby irrevocably agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Washington law, as in effect from time to time. Without diminishing the scope of the indemnification provided by this Section, the rights of indemnification of the Indemnitee provided hereunder shall include, but shall not be limited to, those rights hereinafter set forth in this Agreement, except that no indemnification shall be available to the Indemnitee:

 

  A. on account of (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) or similar provisions of any other federal, state or other statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act),

 

  B. on account of conduct of the Indemnitee which is finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been knowingly fraudulent or to constitute willful misconduct;

 

  C. in circumstances where payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

 

  D. in any circumstance where such indemnification is expressly prohibited by applicable law; or

 

  E. in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the Indemnitee, or any Proceeding by the Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other Indemnitees, (i) unless (x) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (y) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company, or (z) such indemnification is provided by the Company in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (ii) except as provided in Sections 9 and 13 hereof.

SECTION 2. Actions Other Than by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the indemnification rights provided in this Section 2 if the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, other than an

 

3


action by or in the right of the Company, arising out of or relating to any Indemnifiable Claim. Pursuant to this Section 2 , the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement which were actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding unless it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, if the Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings ascribed to them below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the Power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Incorporation of HomeStreet, Inc., as in effect on the date hereof, and as subsequently amended.

Expenses ” means all expenses and other costs incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees, retainers, deposits and other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Claim.

Indemnifiable Claim ” means any event or occurrence, whether occurring prior or after the date of this Agreement, related to or arising out of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or predecessor Person, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent or fiduciary of any other entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust, or by reason of any act or omission by the Indemnitee in any such capacity.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust or unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation or proceeding, appeal of any of the foregoing or any inquiry or investigation, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, that the Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature and whether formal or informal.

SECTION 3. Actions by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the indemnification rights provided in this Section 3 if the Indemnitee was or is a

 

4


party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or relating to any Indemnifiable Claim. Pursuant to this Section 3 , the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, unless it is finally judicially determined that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to be the best interests of the Company; provided , however , that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, right or matter as to which applicable law expressly prohibits such indemnification by reason of any adjudication of liability of the Indemnitee to the Company or in connection with any other Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the Indemnitee in which the Indemnitee was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the Indemnitee, unless and only to the extent that the applicable District Court of the State of Washington or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such expenses and costs which such court shall deem proper.

SECTION 4. Additional Indemnity . In addition to the indemnification provided in Sections 1 , 2 and 3 of this Agreement, the Company shall, and hereby does, irrevocably agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf if, in connection with any Proceeding arising out of or related to an Indemnifiable Claim, including, without limitation, all liability arising out of negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of the Indemnitee unless it is finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such indemnification is unlawful.

SECTION 5. Indemnification for Expenses and Costs of Successful Party . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has served on behalf of the Company as a witness or other participant in any claim, action or Proceeding, or has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or Proceeding referred to in Sections 1 through 4 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, including, but not limited to, the dismissal of any action without prejudice, such Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith.

SECTION 6. Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, costs, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, but is not entitled to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, costs, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by the Indemnitee to which the Indemnitee is entitled. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Proceeding is brought against the Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s capacity as a director, officer, or employee and as a shareholder or as a director officer, employee or agent of any shareholder or other person, the presumption shall be that recovery is sought by reason of the Indemnitee’s status as a director, officer or employee of the Company.

 

5


SECTION 7. Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intention of the parties that this Agreement provide the Indemnitee with rights to indemnification that are as favorable as may be permitted by Washington law and the public policy of the State of Washington. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event that there is any question as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for indemnification, including an identification of the action, Proceeding or claim giving rise to such request. In addition, at the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall also provide such other documentation and information as is reasonably requested by the Company and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification hereunder shall be borne by the Company.

(b) Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification under Section 7(a) , the entitlement of the Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the following person or persons, who shall be empowered to make such determination: (a) in the event that no Change of Control (as defined in Section 10 below) has occurred, by (i) the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly designated committee of the Board of Directors of the Company to whom such authority has been delegated, by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors; or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if either the Board of Directors, by the majority vote of Disinterested Directors, or the Indemnitee, by notice to the Company, so elects, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee and (b) in the event that a Change of Control has occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. The term “ Disinterested Director ” means a Director of the Company who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by the Indemnitee. The term “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm with a reputable corporate governance practice or a member of such a law firm that neither is presently nor in the past five years has been retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of the identity of the

 

6


Independent Counsel so selected. The Company may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements for serving as Independent Counsel as set forth in Section 7(b) , and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the applicable District Court of the State of Washington or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made to the Indemnitee’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under this Agreement hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(e) The Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if the Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Company in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, or of any officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that the Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 45 days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefore, the

 

7


requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 45-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto. Pending any such determination, the Company shall advance Expenses as provided in Section 8 , subject to the undertaking set forth in Section 8 to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.

(g) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against the Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such Proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. In addition, the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself: (a) create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; or (b) otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification, except as may be provided herein.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Indemnitee will not be entitled to any indemnification, including but not limited to advancement of expenses, if payment of such indemnification would be prohibited by, or not authorized in manner provided by, applicable law, regulation, rule, order or interpretation, including without limitation Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or 12 CFR Part 359.

SECTION 8. Advancement of Expenses and Costs . All Expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or Proceeding, if so requested by the Indemnitee, within 20 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances. The Indemnitee may submit such statements from time to time. The Indemnitee’s entitlement to such expenses shall include those incurred in connection with any Proceeding by the Indemnitee seeking an adjudication or award in arbitration pursuant to this Agreement. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses and costs incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith and shall include or be accompanied by (a) a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct described in RCW 23B.08.510, and (b) an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled

 

8


to be indemnified against such expenses and costs by the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Any such repayment obligation shall be unsecured and shall be interest free. In addition, in the event that a Change of Control has occurred, the Company shall, upon the request of the Indemnitee, deposit in an escrow account with a financial institution reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee an amount equal to the Expenses reasonably projected by counsel to the Indemnitee to be incurred over the next six months in connection with defending, or investigating or preparing to defend, any Proceeding with respect to which the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, and shall, from time to time upon request of the Indemnitee replenish the amount of such escrow deposit so that, after the date of such additional deposit, the amount of such escrow account is at least equal to such reasonably projected Expenses over the ensuing six month period.

SECTION 9. Remedies of the Indemnitee in Cases of Determination not to Indemnify or to Advance Expenses . In the event that a determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder or if payment has not been timely made or if Expenses are not timely advanced pursuant to Section 8 , the Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 7 in an appropriate court of the State of Washington or any other court of competent jurisdiction of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advance. Alternatively, the Indemnitee may, at the Indemnitee’s option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, such award to be made within 60 days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration or any other claim. Such judicial Proceeding or arbitration shall be made de novo and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination (if so made) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. If a determination is made or deemed to have been made pursuant to the terms of Section 7 hereof that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination and shall be precluded from asserting that such determination has not been made or that the procedure by which such determination was made is not valid, binding and enforceable. The Company further agrees to stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertions to the contrary. If the court or arbitrator shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to any indemnification hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and costs actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or award in arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate Proceedings).

SECTION 10. Change of Control .

(a) A “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s

 

9


then outstanding Voting Securities (as defined below), or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all the Company’s assets. The term “ Voting Securities ” means any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

(b) The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense advances under this Agreement or any other agreement, Company Bylaw or provision in the Certificate now or hereafter in effect relating to claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Legal Counsel selected by the Indemnitee. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

SECTION 11. Non-Exclusivity; Insurance .

(a) The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may now or in the future be entitled under any provision of the Certificate or Bylaws of the Company, any vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors, any provision of law or otherwise. No amendment, or alteration of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such amendment or alteration. To the extent that a change in the Washington Business Corporation Act, RCW Chapter 23B, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy

 

10


hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

SECTION 12. Additional Provisions Regarding Third Party Indemnification of the Indemnitee . The Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee may be entitled to, or may be provided, indemnification by another Person (a “ Third Party Indemnitor ”) in respect of the Indemnitee’s service as a director or officer for Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlements with respect to an Indemnifiable Claim for which the Indemnitee is also entitled to seek indemnification hereunder (the “ Company Indemnified Expenses ”). The Company acknowledges and agrees that, as between the Company and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Third Party Indemnitor and its Affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries), on the other hand, the Company shall be primarily liable to the Indemnitee with respect to any Company Indemnified Expenses and any liability of the Third Party Indemnitor or its Affiliates to the Indemnitee shall be secondary liability. In recognition of the primary liability of the Company, the Company agrees that, in the event that the Third Party Indemnitor or any of its Affiliates pays any Company Indemnified Expenses to or on behalf of the Indemnitee, reimburses the Indemnitee for any Company Indemnified Expenses paid by the Indemnitee or advances amounts to the Indemnitee (including by way of any loan) for the payment of Company Indemnified Expenses, then (i) the Company shall pay to the Third Party Indemnitor any amounts so paid, reimbursed or advanced, to the extent that the Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification of such Company Indemnified Expenses and (ii) the Third Party Indemnitor shall be subrogated to all of the rights of the Indemnitee with respect to any claim that the Indemnitee could have brought against the Company or any subsidiary with respect to any Company Indemnified Expenses that have been paid, reimbursed or advanced to or on behalf of the Indemnitee. All such payments to the Third Party Indemnitor shall be made within 5 business days of the receipt by the Company of written notice from the Third Party Indemnitor of such payment, reimbursement or advance, accompanied by documentation showing, in reasonable detail, the Company Indemnified Expenses so paid, reimbursed or advanced by the Third Party Indemnitor or any of its Affiliates. The Third party Indemnitor shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement and the Company agrees, upon request of the Indemnitee or the Third Party Indemnitor, to enter into an agreement with the Third Party Indemnitor evidencing this agreement. The Company shall also reimburse the Third Party

 

11


Indemnitor and its Affiliates for all expenses, including legal expenses, incurred in enforcing this Section 12 or any other applicable portion of this Agreement.

SECTION 13. Attorneys’ Fees and Other Expenses to Enforce Agreement . In the event that the Indemnitee is subject to or intervenes in any Proceeding in which the validity or enforceability of this Agreement is at issue or seeks an adjudication or award in arbitration to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, the Indemnitee, if the Indemnitee prevails in whole or in part in such action, shall be entitled to recover from the Company and shall be indemnified by the Company against any actual Expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith.

SECTION 14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) 20 years after the Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust, and (b) the final termination of all pending or threatened Proceedings to which the Indemnitee may be subject by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust, or by reason of any act or omission by the Indemnitee in any such capacity. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though the Indemnitee may have ceased to be a director or officer of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee’s spouse, successors, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.

SECTION 15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any Sections of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifest by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be required to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

SECTION 17. Captions . The captions and headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

12


SECTION 18. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

SECTION 19. Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or if (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, on the date shown on the return receipt:

If to the Indemnitee, at the address set forth on the signature page hereof.

If to the Company, to:

HomeStreet, Inc.

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

Attention: _______________

Telephone: _______________

Facsimile: _______________

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

Davis Wright Tremaine LLP

Suite 2200

1201 Third Avenue

Seattle, Washington 98101-3045

Attention: Marcus J. Williams

Telephone: (206) 622-3150

Facsimile: (206) 757-7700

or to such other address as may be furnished to the Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

SECTION 20. Governing Law; Venue . The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles. The parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agree that any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be tried either in (i) the Federal district court in the State in which the Indemnitee resides, or (ii) the Federal courts in the State of Washington; provided that, if such courts do not have subject matter jurisdiction, such suit or proceeding will be tried in any State court located either in the State in which the Indemnitee resides or in the State of Washington, as appropriate, and the parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts; provided further , that, if the suit or proceeding relates to already pending litigation, then venue

 

13


shall be proper, and the parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, the jurisdiction in which such pending litigation has been brought.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

HOMESTREET, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 


INDEMNITEEE:
   
Name:
Address for Notices:
   
   
   
With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:
   
   
   

Exhibit 10.19

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

WASHINGTON, D.C.

WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON

 

     
     )   
In the Matter of    )    STIPULATION AND CONSENT
   )    TO THE ISSUANCE
HOMESTREET BANK    )    OF AN ORDER
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON    )    TO CEASE AND DESIST
   )   
(INSURED STATE NONMEMBER BANK)    )    Docket FDIC-09-121b
     )   

Subject to the acceptance of this STIPULATION AND CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST (“CONSENT AGREEMENT”) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), it is hereby stipulated and agreed by and between a representative of the Legal Division of FDIC, a representative of the DFI, and HomeStreet Bank, Seattle, Washington (“Bank”), as follows:

1. The Bank has been advised of its right to receive a NOTICE OF CHARGES AND OF HEARING (“NOTICE”) detailing the unsafe or unsound banking practices and violations of law alleged to have been committed by the Bank and of its right to a public hearing on the alleged charges under section 8(b)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“Act”), 12 U.S.C. § 1818(b)(1), and the Revised Code of Washington (“RCW”), Anno. § 30.04.450, and has waived those rights.

2. The Bank, solely for the purpose of this proceeding and without admitting or denying any of the alleged charges of unsafe or unsound banking practices and any violations of law, hereby consents and agrees to the issuance of an ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST


(“ORDER”) by the FDIC and the DFI. The Bank further stipulates and agrees that such ORDER will be deemed to be an order which has become final under the Act and the RCW, and that said ORDER shall become effective upon its issuance by the FDIC and the DFI, and fully enforceable by the FDIC and the DFI pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the RCW.

3. In the event the FDIC and the DFI accept the CONSENT AGREEMENT and issue the ORDER, it is agreed that no action to enforce said ORDER in the United States District Court will be taken by the FDIC, and no action to enforce said ORDER in State Superior Court will be taken by the DFI, unless the Bank or any institution-affiliated party, as such term is defined in section 3(u) of the Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(u), has violated or is about to violate any provision of the ORDER.

4. The Bank hereby waives:

 

  (a) The receipt of a NOTICE;

 

  (b) All defenses in this proceeding;

 

  (c) A public hearing for the purpose of taking evidence on such alleged charges;

 

  (d) The filing of Proposed Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law;

 

  (e) A recommended decision of an Administrative Law Judge; and

 

  (f) Exceptions and briefs with respect to such recommended decision.

 

Dated: May 7, 2009

  

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE

CORPORATION, LEGAL DIVISION

  

HOMESTREET BANK

SEATTLE, WASHINGTON

BY:

   BY:

/s/ JoAnna A. Gekas

  

/s/ Scott M. Boggs

JoAnna A. Gekas

Counsel

   Scott M. Boggs

 

-2-


WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

BY:

  

/s/ Brad Williamson

  

/s/ Brian P. Dempsey

Brad Williamson

Director

   Brian P. Dempsey
  

/s/ David A. Ederer

   David A. Ederer
  

/s/ Joan L. Enticknap

   Joan L. Enticknap
  

/s/ Judd Kirk

   Judd Kirk
  

/s/ Gerhardt Morrison

   Gerhardt Morrison
  

/s/ Mary H. Oldshue

   Mary H. Oldshue
  

/s/ Cynthia P. Sonstelie

   Cynthia P. Sonstelie
  

/s/ Janet L. Westling

   Janet L. Westling

 

-3-


/s/ Bruce W. Williams

Bruce W. Williams

/s/ Kathryn A. Williams

Kathryn A. Williams

Comprising the Board of Directors of

HomeStreet Bank, Seattle, Washington

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.20

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

WASHINGTON, D.C.

WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON

 

    
      )      
In the Matter of     )      
    )       ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST
HOMESTREET BANK     )      
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON     )       FDIC-09-121b
    )      
(INSURED STATE NONMEMBER BANK)     )      
      )      

HomeStreet Bank, Seattle, Washington (“Bank”), having been advised of its right to a NOTICE OF CHARGES AND OF HEARING detailing the unsafe or unsound banking practices and violations of law and/or regulations alleged to have been committed by the Bank and of its right to a hearing on the alleged charges under section 8(b)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“Act”), 12 U.S.C. § 1818(b)(1), and Revised Code of Washington, Anno. § 30.04.450, and having waived those rights, entered into a STIPULATION AND CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST (“CONSENT AGREEMENT”) with counsel for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and with counsel for the Washington Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), dated May 7, 2009, whereby solely for the purpose of this proceeding and without admitting or denying the alleged charges of unsafe or unsound banking practices and violations of law and/or regulations, the Bank consented to the issuance of an ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST (“ORDER”) by the FDIC and the DFI.

The FDIC and the DFI considered the matter and determined that they had reason to believe that the Bank had engaged in unsafe or unsound banking practices and violations of law


and/or regulations. The FDIC and the DFI, therefore, accepted the CONSENT AGREEMENT and issued the following:

ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST

IT IS HEREBY ORDERED, that the Bank, its institution-affiliated parties, as that term is defined in section 3(u) of the Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(u), and its successors and assigns, cease and desist from the following unsafe and unsound banking practices and violations of law and/or regulations:

(a) operating with management whose policies and practices are detrimental to the Bank and jeopardize the safety of its deposits;

(b) operating with a board of directors which has failed to provide adequate supervision over and direction to the active management of the Bank;

(c) operating with inadequate capital in relation to the kind and quality of assets held by the Bank;

(d) operating with a large volume of poor quality loans;

(e) engaging in unsatisfactory lending and collection practices;

(f) operating in such a manner as to produce low earnings;

(g) operating with inadequate provisions for liquidity; and

(h) operating in violation of Part 362 of the FDIC’s Rules and Regulations, 12 C.F.R. Part 362.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED, that the Bank, its institution-affiliated parties, and its successors and assigns, take affirmative action as follows:

 

  1. The Bank shall have and retain qualified management.

(a) Each member of management shall have qualifications and experience commensurate with his or her duties and responsibilities at the Bank. Management shall include

 

-2-


a chief executive officer with proven ability in managing a bank of comparable size, and experience in upgrading a low quality loan portfolio, improving earnings, and other matters needing particular attention. Management shall also include a chief credit officer with significant appropriate lending, collection, and loan supervision experience and experience in upgrading a low quality loan portfolio. Each member of management shall be provided appropriate written authority from the Bank’s Board to implement the provisions of this ORDER.

(b) The qualifications of management shall be assessed on its ability to:

 

  (i) comply with the requirements of this ORDER;

 

  (ii) operate the Bank in a safe and sound manner;

 

  (iii) comply with applicable laws and regulations; and

 

  (iv) restore all aspects of the Bank to a safe and sound condition, including asset quality, capital adequacy, earnings, management effectiveness, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk.

(c) During the life of this ORDER, the Bank shall notify the Regional Director of the FDIC’s San Francisco Regional Office (“Regional Director”) and the Director of Banks of the DFI (“Director of Banks”) in writing when it proposes to add any individual to the Board or employ any individual as a senior executive officer. The notification must be received at least 30 days before such addition or employment is intended to become effective and should include a description of the background and experience of the individual or individuals to be added or employed.

2. (a) Within 30 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall increase its participation in the affairs of the Bank, assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of all of the Bank’s activities, consistent with the role and expertise commonly expected for directors of banks of comparable size. This

 

-3-


participation shall include meetings to be held no less frequently than monthly at which, at a minimum, the following areas shall be reviewed and approved: reports of income and expenses; reports from the Board Credit Committee regarding new, overdue, renewal, insider, charged-off, and recovered loans; investment activity; operating policies; and individual committee actions. The Board minutes shall document these reviews and approvals, including the names of any dissenting directors.

(b) Within 60 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall develop an infrastructure for its credit administration function that is appropriate to the size and complexity of the Bank and that ensures oversight by officers with appropriate credit qualifications and expertise.

(c) Within 60 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall assess the function and qualifications of its Loan Committee in order to ensure that the Loan Committee contains directors and officers with appropriate credit oversight qualifications and experience. The Loan Committee shall develop a charter that details appropriate duties and responsibilities for the Loan Committee. The charter must be acceptable to the Regional Director and Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

3. (a) Within 150 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall have and thereafter maintain Tier 1 capital in such an amount as to equal or exceed 10 percent of the Bank’s total assets.

(b) Within 150 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall have and thereafter maintain total risk-based capital in such an amount as to equal or exceed 12 percent of the Bank’s total risk-weighted assets.

(c) The level of Tier 1 capital to be maintained during the life of this ORDER pursuant to Subparagraph 3(a) shall be in addition to a fully funded allowance for loan and lease

 

-4-


losses, the adequacy of which shall be satisfactory to the Regional Director and the Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

(d) Any increase in Tier 1 capital necessary to meet the requirements of Paragraph 3 of this ORDER may be accomplished by the following:

 

  (i) the sale of common stock; or

 

  (ii) the sale of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock; or

 

  (iii) the direct contribution of cash by the Bank’s Board, shareholders, and/or parent holding company; or

 

  (iv) any other means acceptable to the Regional Director and the Director of Banks; or

 

  (v) any combination of the above means.

Any increase in Tier 1 capital necessary to meet the requirements of Paragraph 3 of this ORDER may not be accomplished through a deduction from the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses.

(e) For the purposes of this ORDER, the terms “Tier 1 capital” and “total assets” shall have, the meanings ascribed to them in Part 325 of the FDIC’s Rules and Regulations, 12 C.F.R. §§ 325.2(v) and 325.2(x).

4. (a) Within 45 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall formulate a written plan to reduce the Bank’s risk exposure in each asset adversely classified “Substandard” or “Doubtful” as of December 31, 2008, including all outstanding loan commitments. For purposes of this provision, “reduce” means to collect, charge off, or improve the quality of an asset so as to warrant its removal from adverse classification by the Regional Director and the Director of Banks. In developing the plan mandated by this paragraph, the Bank shall, at a minimum, and with respect to each such adversely classified loan or lease,

 

-5-


review, analyze, and document the financial position of the borrower, including source of repayment, repayment ability, and alternative repayment sources, as well as the value and accessibility of any pledged or assigned collateral, and any possible actions to improve the Bank’s collateral position.

(b) In addition, the plan mandated by this provision shall also include, but not be limited to, the following:

(i) A schedule for reducing the outstanding dollar amount of each such adversely classified asset, including timeframes for achieving the reduced dollar amounts (at a minimum, the schedule for each such adversely classified asset must show its expected dollar balance on a quarterly basis);

(ii) Specific action plans intended to reduce the Bank’s risk exposure in each such classified asset;

(iii) A schedule showing, on a quarterly basis, the expected consolidated balance of all such adversely classified assets, and the ratio of the consolidated balance to the Bank’s projected Tier 1 capital plus the allowance for loan and lease losses;

(iv) A provision for the Bank’s submission of monthly written progress reports to its board of directors; and

(v) A provision mandating board review of the progress reports, with a notation of the review recorded in the minutes of the meeting of the board of directors.

(c) The plan mandated by this provision shall further require a reduction in the aggregate balance of assets classified “Substandard” and “Doubtful” as of December 31, 2008.

(d) The requirements of this paragraph do not represent standards for future operations of the Bank. Following compliance with the above reduction schedule, the Bank shall

 

-6-


continue to reduce the total volume of adversely classified assets. The plan may include a provision for increasing Tier 1 capital when necessary to achieve the prescribed ratio.

(e) The Bank shall, immediately upon completion, submit the plan to the Regional Director and the Director of Banks for review and comment. Within 30 days from receipt of any comment from the Regional Director and the Director of Banks, and after due consideration of any recommended changes, the Bank shall approve the plan, which approval shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting of the board of directors. Thereafter, the Bank shall implement and fully comply with the plan.

5. (a) Beginning with the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall not extend, directly or indirectly, any additional credit to, or for the benefit of, any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank that has been charged off or classified, in whole or in part, “Loss” and is uncollected. Subparagraph 5(a) of this ORDER shall not prohibit the Bank (i) from renewing or extending the maturity of any credit in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Number 15 (“FASB 15”), or (ii) from making advances on mortgaged property in the process of foreclosure for payment of taxes and insurance or for the purpose of preserving and protecting the property from theft, vandalism and the elements, with expenses limited to the following: installation of exterior doors, windows, roofing, and/or moisture barriers and subject to a maximum per house expenditure of $50,000.

(b) Beginning with the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall not extend, directly or indirectly, any additional credit to, or for the benefit of, any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank that has been classified, in whole or part, “Substandard” or “Doubtful” without the prior approval of a majority of the Board or the Board Credit Committee.

 

-7-


(c) The Board Credit Committee or Board shall not approve any extension of credit, or additional credit to a borrower in subparagraph 5(b) above without first collecting in cash all past due interest.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of Paragraph 5 or 6 of this ORDER to the contrary, the Bank may make loan modifications to 1-4 family residential mortgage loans in accordance with loan modification programs and practices promoted, sponsored or approved by the FDIC or other governmental agencies.

6. (a) Within 45 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall revise, adopt, and implement written lending and collection policies to provide effective guidance and control over the Bank’s lending function, which policies shall include specific guidelines for placing loans on a non-accrual basis. In addition, the Bank shall obtain adequate and current documentation for all loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Such policies and their implementation shall be in a form and manner acceptable to the Regional Director and the Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

(b) The initial revisions to the Bank’s loan policy and practices, required by this paragraph, at a minimum, shall include the following:

(i) provisions, consistent with FDIC’s instructions for the preparation of Reports of Condition and Income, under which the accrual of interest income is discontinued and previously accrued interest is reversed on delinquent loans;

(ii) provisions which prohibit the capitalization of interest or loans related expense unless the Board Credit Committee supports in writing and records in the minutes of the corresponding Board Credit Committee meeting why an exception thereto is in the best interests of the Bank;

 

-8-


(iii) provisions which require complete loans documentation, realistic repayment terms, and current credit information adequate to support the outstanding indebtedness of the borrower. Such documentation shall include current financial information, profit and loss statements or copies of tax returns and cash flow projections;

(iv) provisions which incorporate limitations on the amount that can be loaned in relation to established collateral values;

(v) provisions which specify the circumstances and conditions under which real estate appraisals must be conducted by an independent third party;

(vi) provisions which establish officer lending limits;

(vii) provisions that directors first determine that the lending staff has the expertise necessary to properly supervise construction loans and that adequate procedures are in place to monitor any construction involved before funds are disbursed;

(viii) provisions which prohibit concentrations of credit in excess of 25 percent of the Bank’s total equity capital and reserves to any borrower and that borrower’s related interests;

(ix) provisions which require the preparation of a loan “watch list” which shall include relevant information on all loans in excess of $200,000, which are classified “Substandard” and “Doubtful” and all other loans in excess of $200,000, which warrant individual review and consideration by the Board as determined by the Board Credit Committee or active management. The loan “watch list” shall be presented to the Board for review at least monthly with such review noted in the minutes; and

(x) provisions which limit aggregate regulatory loan to value exceptions to no more than 100% of total capital and which require documentation of specific

 

-9-


mitigating credit factors before granting exceptions to regulatory loan to value guidelines, in compliance with Part 365 of the FDIC’s Rules and Regulations;

(xi) provisions requiring a portfolio-level stress testing analysis that, at a minimum, demonstrates the impact to capital and earnings of market declines based upon loan to value impairment Stress testing results shall also be included in capital planning and budgeting processes;

(xii) provisions that address appropriate, measurable credit criteria with respect to residential construction loans. Such criteria shall reflect prudent risk tolerances; and

(xiii) the Board shall adopt procedures whereby officer compliance with the revised loan policy is monitored and responsibility for exceptions thereto assigned. The procedures adopted shall be reflected in minutes of a Bank’s Board meeting at which all members are present and the vote of each is noted.

7. (a) Within 45 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall revise its Concentration Policy to limit concentrations for Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”) and Acquisition, Development, and Construction (“ADC”) loans in order to comply with the following: (i) Appendix A of Part 365 of the FDIC’s Rules and Regulations, 12 C.F.R. Part 365, Appendix A; and (ii) FIL-104-2006, Commercial Real Lending Joint Guidance, dated December 12, 2006. The Bank’s Concentration Policy and its implementation shall be acceptable to the Regional Director and Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

(b) Within 45 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall develop a written plan for systematically reducing the amount of CRE and ADC loans in compliance with the revised Concentration Policy required by subparagraph 7(a) of this ORDER. The Bank shall not make any new CRE or ADC loans unless: (i) the loans are in compliance

 

-10-


with the written plan required by this subparagraph; (ii) the loans are in compliance with the provisions of subparagraph 5(c) of this ORDER; and (iii) the loans are approved by the Board Credit Committee. The plan and its implementation shall be acceptable to the Regional Director and Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

8. Within 75 days of the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall develop and submit to the Regional Director and Director of Banks a written three-year strategic plan. Such plan shall include specific goals for the dollar volume of total loans, total investment securities, and total deposits as of December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2011. For each time frame, the plan will also specify the anticipated average maturity and average yield on loans and securities; the average maturity and average cost of deposits; the level of earning assets as a percentage of total assets; and the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets. The plan shall be in a form and manner acceptable to the Regional Director and Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

9. Within 75 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall formulate and implement a written profit plan. This plan shall be forwarded to the Regional Director and the Director of Banks for review and comment and shall address, at a minimum, the following:

(a) goals and strategies for improving and sustaining the earnings of the Bank, including:

 

  (i) an identification of the major areas in, and means by which, the Bank’s Board will seek to improve the Bank’s operating performance;

 

  (ii) realistic and comprehensive budgets;

 

  (iii) a budget review process to monitor the income and expenses of the Bank to compare actual figures with budgetary projections; and

 

-11-


  (iv) a description of the operating assumptions that form the basis for, and adequately support, major projected income and expense components.

(b) coordination of the Bank’s loan, investment, and operating policies, and budget and profit planning, with the funds management policy.

10.(a) Within 30 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall revise, adopt and fully implement a written liquidity and funds management policy, which policy shall address specific contingency plans that detail actions to be implemented under various liquidity scenarios. Such policy shall include specific provisions to provide for a minimum primary liquidity ratio (net cash, short-term, and marketable assets divided by net deposits and short-term liabilities) of at least 15 percent. The policy and its implementation shall be in a form and manner acceptable to the Regional Director and Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

(b) Within 30 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall submit to the Regional Director and Director of Banks a liquidity and funds management plan to reduce the Bank’s reliance on non-core funding sources, including brokered deposits and borrowings, and reduce the Bank’s Non-Core Funding Dependency ratio to not more than 20 percent. The plan shall be acceptable to the Regional Director and the Director of Banks as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

11. Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall develop and implement a plan to reduce the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity, establish prudent limits on the impact of interest rate changes on earnings, and develop plans for mitigating risks from interest rate changes.

12. The Bank shall not pay cash dividends without the prior written consent of the Regional Director and the Director of Banks.

 

-12-


13.(a) During the life of this ORDER, the Bank shall not solicit, retain, or rollover brokered deposits unless it has applied for and been granted a waiver of this prohibition by the FDIC in accordance with the provisions of section 337.6 of the FDIC’s Rules and Regulations.

(b) For purposes of this ORDER, brokered deposits are defined as described in section 337.6(a)(2) of the FDIC’s Rules and Regulations, 12 C.F.R. § 337.6(a)(2).

14. The Bank shall not use, renew, or extend irrevocable Federal Home Loan Bank standby letters of credit collateralized with Bank assets to secure private deposits in the Bank, and shall ensure future compliance with Part 362 of the FDIC Rules and Regulations, 12 C.F.R. Part 362, provided that the Bank shall not be deemed to have violated this ORDER by reason of such letters of credit that were outstanding as of April 1, 2009 so long as they are not renewed or extended. In addition, the Bank shall take all necessary steps to ensure future compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

15. Within 30 days of the end of the first quarter, following the effective date of this ORDER, and within 30 days of the end of each quarter thereafter, the Bank shall furnish written progress reports to the Regional Director and the Director of Banks detailing the form and manner of any actions taken to secure compliance with this ORDER and the results thereof. Such reports shall include a copy of the Bank’s Report of Condition and the Bank’s Report of Income. Such reports may be discontinued when the corrections required by this ORDER have been accomplished and the Regional Director and the Director of Banks have released the Bank in writing from making further reports.

16. Following the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall either send to its shareholder HomeStreet, Inc. a copy of this ORDER or otherwise furnish a description of this ORDER in conjunction with the next Board meeting of HomeStreet, Inc., in which case such

 

-13-


description shall fully describe the ORDER in all material respects. The description and any accompanying communication, statement, or notice shall be sent to the FDIC, Accounting and Securities Section, Washington, D.C. 20429, at least 15 days prior to dissemination to shareholders. Any changes requested to be made by the FDIC shall be made prior to dissemination of the description, communication, notice, or statement.

This ORDER will become effective upon its issuance by the FDIC and the DFI. The provisions of this ORDER shall remain effective and enforceable except to the extent that, and until such time as, any provisions of this ORDER shall have been modified, terminated, suspended, or set aside by the FDIC and the DFI.

Pursuant to delegated authority.

Dated at San Francisco, California, this 8th day of May, 2009.

 

/s/ J. George Doerr

J. George Doerr

Deputy Regional Director

Risk Management

Division of Supervision and Consumer Protection

San Francisco Region

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

/s/ Brad Williamson

Brad Williamson

Director of Banks

Washington Department of Financial Institutions

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.21

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Before the

OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION

 

 

   )   
In the Matter of    )    Order No.: WN-09-008
   )   
HOMESTREET, INC.    )    Effective Date: May 18, 2009
   )   
Seattle, Washington.    )   
OTS Docket No. H-0827    )   

 

   )   

STIPULATION AND CONSENT TO

ISSUANCE OF ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST

WHEREAS, the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS), acting by and through its Regional Director for the Western Region (Regional Director), and based upon information derived from the exercise of its regulatory and supervisory responsibilities, has informed HomeStreet, Inc., Seattle, Washington, OTS Docket No. H-0827 (Holding Company) that OTS is of the opinion that grounds exist to initiate an administrative proceeding against Holding Company pursuant to 12 USC § 1818(b);

WHEREAS, the Regional Director, pursuant to delegated authority, is authorized to issue Orders to Cease and Desist where a savings and loan holding company has consented to the issuance of an order; and

WHEREAS, Holding Company desires to cooperate with OTS to avoid the time and expense of such administrative cease and desist proceeding by entering into this Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of Order to Cease and Desist (Stipulation) and, without admitting or denying that such grounds exist, but only admitting the statements and conclusions in Paragraph 1 below concerning Jurisdiction, hereby stipulates and agrees to the following terms:

 


1. Jurisdiction .

a. Holding Company is a “savings and loan holding company” within the meaning of 12 USC § 1813(w)(3) and 12 USC § 1467a;

b. Pursuant to 12 USC § 1818(b)(9), the “appropriate Federal banking agency” may initiate a cease and desist proceeding against a savings and loan holding company in the same manner and to the same extent as against a savings association for regulatory violations and unsafe and unsound acts or practices.

c. Pursuant to 12 USC § 1813(q)(4), the Director of OTS is the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with jurisdiction to maintain an administrative enforcement proceeding against a savings and loan holding company. Therefore, Holding Company is subject to the authority of OTS to initiate and maintain an administrative cease and desist proceeding against a savings and loan holding company pursuant to 12 USC §§ 1818(b)(1) and (b)(9).

 

2. OTS Findings of Fact .

Based on findings set forth in the OTS Report of Examination of the Holding Company dated August 4, 2008 (ROE) and of its ongoing supervision of the Holding Company, OTS finds that the Holding Company has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices that resulted in the Holding Company’s operation with low earnings and inadequate capital.

 

3. Consent .

Holding Company consents to the issuance by OTS of the accompanying Order to Cease and Desist (Order), Holding Company further agrees to comply with the terms of the Order upon the Effective Date of the Order and stipulates that the Order complies with all requirements of law.

 

2


4. Finality .

The Order is issued by OTS under 12 USC § 1818(b) and upon the Effective Date it shall be a final order, effective and fully enforceable by OTS under the provisions of 12 USC § 1818(i).

 

5. Waivers .

Holding Company waives the following:

a. The right to be served with a written notice of OTS’s charges against it as provided by 12 USC § 1818(b) and 12 CFR Part 509;

b. The right to an administrative hearing of OTS’s charges as provided by 12 USC § 1818(b) and 12 CFR Part 509;

c. The right to seek judicial review of the Order, including, without limitation, any such right provided by 12 USC § 1818(h), or otherwise to challenge the validity of the Order; and

d. Any and all claims against OTS, including its employees and agents, and any other governmental entity for the award of fees, costs, or expenses related to this OTS enforcement matter and/or the Order, whether arising under common law, federal statutes or otherwise.

 

6. OTS Authority Not Affected .

Nothing in this Stipulation or accompanying Order shall inhibit, estop, bar or otherwise prevent OTS from taking any other action affecting Holding Company if at any time OTS deems it appropriate to do so to fulfill the responsibilities placed upon OTS by law.

 

3


7. Other Governmental Actions Not Affected .

Holding Company acknowledges and agrees that its consent to the issuance of the Order is solely for the purpose of resolving the matters addressed herein, consistent with Paragraph 6 above, and does not otherwise release, discharge, compromise, settle, dismiss, resolve, or in any way affect any actions, charges against, or liability of Holding Company that arise pursuant to this action or otherwise, and that may be or have been brought by any governmental entity other than OTS.

 

8. Miscellaneous .

a. The laws of the United States of America shall govern the construction and validity of this Stipulation and of the Order;

b. If any provision of this Stipulation and/or the Order is ruled to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by the decision of any Court of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, unless the Regional Director in his or her sole discretion determines otherwise;

c. All references to OTS in this Stipulation and the Order shall also mean any of OTS’s predecessors, successors, and assigns;

d. The section and paragraph headings in this Stipulation and the Order are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Stipulation or the Order;

e. The terms of this Stipulation and of the Order represent the final agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matters thereof, and constitute the sole agreement of the parties with respect to such subject matters; and

 

4


f. The Stipulation and Order shall remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by OTS, acting through its Regional Director or other authorized representative.

 

9. Signature of Directors/Board Resolution .

Each Director of Holding Company signing this Stipulation attests that he or she voted in favor of a Board Resolution authorizing the consent of Holding Company to the issuance of the Order and the execution of the Stipulation. This Stipulation may be executed in counterparts by the directors after approval of execution of the Stipulation at a duly called board meeting. A copy of the Board Resolution authorizing execution of this Stipulation shall be delivered to OTS, along with the executed original(s) of this Stipulation.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5


WHEREFORE, Holding Company, by its directors, executes this Stipulation.

 

   Accepted by:

HOMESTREET, INC.

Seattle, Washington

   OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION

By: /s/ Bruce W. Williams

  

By: /s/ C.K. Lee

Bruce W. Williams

  

C.K. Lee

Chairman

  

Regional Director, Western Region

   Date: See Effective Date on page 1

/s/ Glory Beijar

  

Glory Beijar, Director

  

/s/ Brian P. Dempsey

  
Brian P. Dempsey, Director   

/s/ David A. Ederer

  
David A. Ederer, Director   

/s/ Gerhardt Morrision

  
Gerhardt Morrision, Director   

/s/ Janet L. Westling

  
Janet L. Westling, Director   

/s/ Kathryn A. Williams

  
Kathryn A. Williams, Director   

/s/ Marcia F. Williams

  
Marcia F. Williams, Director   

/s/ Wendy S. Williams

  
Wendy S. Williams, Director   

/s/ Karen M. Zimmerman

  
Karen M. Zimmerman, Director   

/s/ Steven W. Zimmerman

  
Steven W. Zimmerman, Director   

 

6

Exhibit 10.22

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Before the

OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION

 

     )      
In the Matter of      )       Order No.: WN-09-008
     )      
HOMESTREET, INC.      )       Effective Date: May 18, 2009
     )      
Seattle, Washington.      )      
OTS Docket No. H-0827      )      
       )      

ORDER TO CEASE AND DESIST

WHEREAS, HomeStreet, Inc., Seattle, Washington, OTS Docket No. H-0827 (Holding Company), by and through its Board of Directors (Board) has executed a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist (Stipulation); and

WHEREAS, Holding Company, by executing the Stipulation, has consented and agreed to the issuance of this Order to Cease and Desist (Order) by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) pursuant to 12 USC § 1818(b); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to delegated authority, the OTS Regional Director for the Western Region (Regional Director), is authorized to issue Orders to Cease and Desist where a savings and loan holding company has consented to the issuance of an order.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS ORDERED that:

 

I. CEASE AND DESIST

The Holding Company shall cease and desist from engaging in all unsafe and unsound practices that have resulted in the operation of the Holding Company with low earnings and inadequate capital.


II. DIVIDENDS

Effective immediately, Holding Company shall pay no dividends or make any other capital distributions, as that term is defined in 12 CFR § 563.141, without receiving the prior written approval of the Regional Director. Holding Company’s written request for written approval shall be submitted to the Regional Director at least thirty (30) days prior to the anticipated date of the proposed dividend payment or distribution of capital.

 

III. DEBT LIMITATIONS/RESTRICTIONS

Effective immediately, Holding Company shall not incur, issue, renew, repurchase, make payments on (including payments on trust preferred securities) or rollover any debt, increase any current lines of credit, or guarantee the debt of any entity without receiving the prior written approval of the Regional Director. Holding Company’s written request for written approval shall be submitted to the Regional Director at least thirty (30) days prior to the anticipated date of any such proposed action.

 

IV. OPERATIONS PLAN

A. Within forty-five (45) days, Holding Company shall approve and submit to OTS for review and approval an Operations Plan that addresses how Holding Company will meet all financial obligations for the calendar years 2009 through 2011, including, but not limited to, payments on senior notes, dividend payments on preferred stock, and interest payments on trust preferred securities without reliance on dividends from its wholly owned bank, HomeStreet Bank, Seattle, Washington. The Operations Plan shall include, at a minimum, comprehensive pro forma cash flow projections detailing all anticipated sources and uses of funds, including, but not limited to, any scheduled payment obligations of Holding Company related to outstanding debt, operating expenses, and equity issuances.

 

2


B. The Board shall approve revisions to the Operations Plan within thirty (30) days after receiving the Regional Director’s comments, if any, and implement the Operations Plan immediately upon Board approval of the final Operations Plan.

C. At least quarterly, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2009, the Board shall review the adequacy of the Operations Plan given the then current financial obligations of the Holding Company and actual results. The Board shall also review a written report prepared by management describing any material deviations between the projections contained in the Operations Plan and actual results (Variance Analysis Report).

D. Within thirty(30) days of the end of each quarter, the Board shall provide the Regional Director with a copy of each Variance Analysis Report, which shall include a detailed explanation of any material deviation described in the Variance Analysis Report, and the minutes from the Board meeting containing the Board’s discussion of the Variance Analysis Report, including, if applicable, any Board discussion of possible modifications to the Operations Plan.

 

V. OPERATING RESTRICTIONS

A. Management Changes. Effective immediately, the Holding Company shall comply with the prior notification requirements for changes in directors or Senior Executive Officers set forth in 12 CFR Part 563, Subpart H.

B. Severance and Indemnification Payments. Effective immediately, the Holding Company shall not make any golden parachute payment 1 or any prohibited indemnification payment 2 , unless, with respect to each such payment, the Holding Company has complied with the requirements of 12 CFR Part 359.

 

1  

The term “golden parachute” is defined at 12 CFR § 359. l(f)

2  

The term “prohibited indemnification payment” is defined at 12 CFR § 3591(I)

 

3


VI. EFFECTIVE DATE, INCORPORATION OF STIPULATION

This Order is effective on the Effective Date as shown on the first page. The Stipulation is made a part hereof and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

VII. DURATION

This Order shall remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended, by written notice of such action by OTS, acting by and through its authorized representatives.

 

VIII. TIME CALCULATIONS

A. Calculation of time limitations for compliance with the terms of this Order run from the Effective Date and shall be based on calendar days, unless otherwise noted.

B. The Regional Director, or an OTS authorized representative, may extend any of the deadlines set forth in the provisions of this Order upon written request by Holding Company that includes reasons in support for any such extension. Any OTS extension shall be made in writing.

 

IX. SUBMISSIONS AND NOTICES

A. All submissions, including progress reports, to OTS that are required by or contemplated by this Order shall be submitted within the specified timeframes.

B. Except as otherwise provided herein, all submissions, requests, communications, consents or other documents relating to this Order shall be in writing and sent by first-class U. S. mail (or by reputable overnight carrier, electronic facsimile transmission or hand delivery by messenger) addressed as follows:

To OTS:

C.K. Lee, Regional Director

Western Region

Office of Thrift Supervision

225 E. John Carpenter Freeway

Suite 500

Irving, TX 75062-9027

 

4


With a Copy to:

Dale R. Blackburn, Assistant Director

Office of Thrift Supervision

101 Stewart Street, Suite 1010

Seattle, WA 98101-2419

To Holding Company:

Bruce W. Williams

Chairman of the Board

HomeStreet, Inc.

2000 Two Union Square

601 Union Street

Seattle, WA 98101-2326

 

X. NO VIOLATIONS AUTHORIZED

Nothing in this Order or the Stipulation shall be construed as allowing the Holding Company, its Board, officers, or employees to violate any law, rule, or regulation.

IT IS SO ORDERED.

 

OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION

By: /s/ C.K. Lee

C.K. Lee

Regional Director, Western Region

Date: See Effective Date on page 1

 

5

Exhibit 10.23

 

 

Original Lease – March 5 1992

  
 

Supplemental Lease Agreement – August 25, 1992

 

    

 

1

 

  

 

 

Second Amendment to Lease – May 6, 1998

 

    

 

2

 

  

 

 

Third Amendment to Lease – June 17, 1998

 

    

 

3

 

  

 

 

Fourth Amendment to Lease – February 15, 2000

 

    

 

4

 

  

 

 

Fifth Amendment to Lease – July 31, 2001

 

    

 

5

 

  

 

 

Sixth Amendment to Lease – March 5, 2002

 

    

 

6

 

  

 

 

Seventh Amendment to Lease – May 19, 2004

 

    

 

7

 

  

 

 

Eighth Amendment to Lease – August 31, 2004

 

    

 

8

 

  

 

 

Ninth Amendment to Lease – April 19, 2006

 

    

 

9

 

  

 

 

Tenth Amendment to Lease – August 16, 2006

 

    

 

10

 

  

 

 

Eleventh Amendment to Lease – January 21, 2007

 

    

 

11

 

  

 

 

Twelfth Amendment to Lease – November 7, 2007

 

    

 

12

 

  

 

        

 

13

 

  

 

        

 

14

 

  

 

        

 

15

 

  

 


Continental Savings Bank

Master Lease (March 5, 1992)

Contents

 

Lease

Section

  

Topic

  

Page

 
1   

Basic Lease Information

     1   
1.1   

Leased Premises

     1   
1.2   

Floor Areas

     2   
1.3   

Term

     2   
1.4   

Rent

     3   
1.5   

Base Indices

     4   
1.6   

Use

     4   
1.7   

Lessee’s Address for Notices

     4   
1 8   

Lessor’s Address for Notices

     4   
1.9   

Exhibits and Other Attachments

     4   
1.10   

Lessor

     5   
2   

Rent Payment

     5   
3   

Annual Rent Adjustment (Operating Expenses)

     6   
4   

Real Property Description and Taxes

     7   
5   

Possession

     9   
6   

Acceptance and Care of Premises

     10   
7   

Alterations

     11   
8   

Inspection and Repairs

     11   
9   

Services by Lessor

     12   
10   

Fire or Other Casualty

     15   
11   

Waiver of Subrogation

     16   
12   

Uses

     16   
13   

Signage arid Plaza Identification

     17   
14   

Accidents and Indemnity

     18   
15   

Liens and Insolvency

     20   
16   

Default by Lessee and Re-Entry

     20   
17   

Removal of Property and Replacement of Non-Standard Items

     20   
18   

Non-Waiver

     21   
19   

Costs and Attorney’s Fees

     21   
20   

Priority

     21   
21   

Condemnation

     22   
22   

Assignment and Subletting

     23   
23   

Rules, Regulations and Miscellaneous

     24   
24   

Successors

     27   
25   

Shared Tenant Services

     27   
26   

Tenant improvement

     27   
27   

Expansion Options

     28   
28   

Right of First Offer/Right of First Refusal

     29   
29   

Extension Term and Rent

     32   


Continental Savings Bank

Master Lease (March 5, 1992)

Contents

 

Lease

Section

  

Topic

  

Page

30   

Parking

   33
31   

Storage Space

   35
32   

Satellite Dish

   35
33   

Additional Expenses

   35
34   

Default by Lessor

   36
35   

Regulatory Approval

   36
36   

Exclusivity

   36
37   

Branch Bank

   37
38   

Backup Power

   37
Exh - A   

Floor Prints of Leased Premises

   9 Pgs.
Exh - B   

Initial Improvement of Leased Premises

   15 Pgs.
Exh - C   

Janitorial Specifications

   7 Pgs.
Exh D-1   

Nondisturbance and Attornment Form

   1 Pg.
Exh D-2   

Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

   7 Pgs.
Exh- E   

Fireplace Lobby Plan

   1 Pg.


TWO UNION SQUARE

Seattle, Washington

OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE, dated the 5th day of March, 1992, between: ONE UNION SQUARE VENTURE, a joint venture (Lessor) and CONTINENTAL, INC. (Lessee).

Lessee and Lessor, in consideration of this lease, covenant and agree as follows:

1. BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

1.1 Leased Premises . The leased premises are located in the office tower portion and retail portion of the Two Union Square Building (the TUS Building) situated on the land (TUS Land) described in Section 4.1(a). A portion of the leased premises may also be located in retail portion of the One Union Square Building (OUS Building) situated on the land (OUS Land) described in Section 4.1(b). The term “Building” shall mean The TUS Building with respect to the portion of the leased premises in the TUS Building and the OUS Building with respect to the portion (if any) of the leased premises in the OUS Building. The TUS and OUS Lands are collectively called the Land. The initial leased premises shall be comprised of:

(a) Between 45,000 and up to all of the office space on floors 18, 19 and 20 (approximately 60,000 RSF) in the TUS Building.

(b) Approximately 2,511 USF (no load factor to be applied) as outlined in red on attached Exhibit A for Lessee’s branch bank.

(c) Up to 7,000 USF of additional retail space (no load factor to be applied) in one or more of the following locations:

 

  i) All of the upper level of the branch bank location (approximately 2,540 USF in the TUS Building);

 

  ii) All of the former IBM employment center space in the OUS Building (approximately 2,068 USF) (If prior to April 3, 1992, Lessor determines that the adjacent Federal Express space will be available for lease to a party other than Federal Express, Lessor will so advise Lessee and Lessee may include the Federal Express


 

space and the IBM employment center space as part of the initial leased premises pursuant to this Section 1.1(c)(ii), provided the election is made no later than April 3, 1992.);

 

  iii) All of the Security Pacific Branch Bank space in the OUS Building (approximately 1762 USF), if said space becomes available; and/or

 

  iv) All of the upper level of the plaza building at the corner of sixth and Union (approximately 2,000 USF - Dakota, 1,600 USF vacant) in the TUS Building or all of the vacant space or all of the Dakota space, if available and if required governmental approvals for Lessee’s intended use can be obtained. Lessor will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such approvals.

The space described in Section 1.1(a) and any additional space in the Tower portion of the TUS Building is sometimes referred to as the office space or office area portion of the leased premises. The space described in Sections 1.1(b) and 1.1(c) is sometimes referred to as the retail space or retail area portion of the leased premises.

Lessee shall specify the exact spaces comprising the leased premises (within the parameters specified above) and such spaces shall be outlined in black on prints marked Exhibit A which shall be initialed by the parties and attached to this lease, not later than April 3, 1992 for the retail area portion(s) and May 15, 1992 for the office area portion.

1.2 Floor Areas . The load factors to convert the usable area (USF) of office space in the TUS Building to rentable area (RSF) therein are 1.13 (i.e., 13%) when Lessee occupies part of the office space on a floor and 1.0927 (i.e., 9.27%) when Lessee occupies all of the office space on a floor. The total area of the office and retail space in TUS Building is 1,095,391 square feet (RSF for office plus USF for retail). The total area of office and retail space in the OUS Building is 628,845 square feet (RSF for office plus USF for retail). The total usable area of retail space in the TUS Building and OUS Building is 55,757 square feet. The usable and rentable areas of office space and usable areas of retail space comprising the leased premises shall be calculated from Lessee’s Final Preliminary Plans (defined in Exhibit B), as mutually agreed to by Lessee’s Architect and Lessor’s Architect, and set forth in Exhibit A when it is attached and made part of this lease as above provided. In the event a portion of the Building is damaged or any other event or change occurs which alters the usable or rentable areas of the leased premises or the Building, Lessor may appropriately adjust the foregoing areas . Usable and rentable areas shall mean such areas as defined by the Building Owners and Managers Association International in its “Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings” (American National Standard ANSIZ 65.1-1980). Whenever areas are herein referred to generally, it shall mean rentable area.

1.3 Term . The lease term shall commence on January 1, 1993 and end December 31, 2002.

 

-2-


A portion of the leased premises shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when all of the tenant improvements for such portion of the leased premises has been completed in accordance with plans and specifications provided by Lessee in accordance with Exhibit B and have been accepted as complete by Lessee’s Architect; such acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the existence of typical punchlist items shall not be grounds for withholding such acceptance, provided that Lessor shall correct and/or complete such punchlist items as soon as reasonably possible.

Lessee shall not be required to occupy the leased premises prior to January 1, 1993 without its consent, which consent may be withheld by Lessee in its sole discretion. Prior to January 1, 1993, Lessee shall have the right to occupy all or any portion of the leased premises regardless of whether all or any portion of the leased premises is or is not Substantially Completed, and in such event rent shall commence upon occupancy, but only as to the part of the leased premises occupied by Lessee. However, in no event shall Lessee occupy a portion of the leased premises before the entire leased premises is Substantially Completed if such occupancy would materially interfere with the timely completion of that portion or any other portion of the leased premises or increase costs, unless Lessee agrees to the consequences of such delay and to pay such increase in costs.

1.4 Rent. The base monthly rent, payable without demand in advance on the first day of each calendar month, shall be based on an annual rate of 17.98/RSF/year (USF/year for retail space) for the entire initial lease term through December 31, 2002.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rent rate for the first month of full occupancy from and after January 1, 1993 shall be $4.71/RSF/year (USF/year for retail space). In the event Lessee elects to occupy the leased premises (or a portion thereof) prior to January 1, 1993, its base monthly rent during 1992 shall commence upon occupancy and be based on an annual rate of $4.71 per RSF/year (or USF/year for retail space) for the space occupied. Such pre-January 1, 1993 occupancy shall not in any way negate, reduce or otherwise impact the terms of the first sentence of this paragraph.

For occupancy on and after January 1, 1993, rent for the office space portion of the leased premises shall start on the earlier of (a) the date Lessee first occupies the office space portion of the leased premises (or as to the portion occupied if occupied in stages), or (b) five (5) days after the date on which the tenant improvements in the office space portion have been Substantially Completed, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.6 of Exhibit B. Rent for the retail space portion of the leased premises shall start when such space is first occupied by Lessee (or as to the portion occupied if occupied in stages), except as otherwise provided in Section 5.6 of Exhibit B. The rates for occupancy of office space or retail space prior to January 1, 1993 shall be $4.71 per RSF/year (USF/year for retail space).

Commencing January 1, 1995, Lessee will pay its share of retail area Common Area Maintenance costs, in the ratio that its retail space area bears to total retail space area in the TUS Building and the OUS Building, not to exceed a maximum of $2.00/USF/year. Thereafter (namely, as of the first day of 1996 and the first day of each year thereafter), the maximum rate

 

-3-


will be the sum of the 1995 rate (adjusted to 95% occupancy) and the actual annual increases in such costs, with the actual 1995 costs (adjusted to 95% occupancy) as the base year, not to exceed five percent (5%) per year (cumulative and compounded).

1.5 Base Indices

Consumer Price Index for September 1992.

Cost of electricity per kilowatt-hour (average) for 12 months ending September 30, 1992.

Janitorial hourly labor rate as of September 30, 1992.

Operating Cost Adjustment Base: The lesser of $4.95/RSF/year (USF/year for retail space) or the actual operating costs (adjusted to 95% occupancy) incurred by Lessor in the year ended October 31, 1992.

The first rent adjustment pursuant to Section 3 will be January 1, 1994.

1.6 Use. The leased premises shall be used only for the purposes of general office, banking services, loan production, escrow services, and other banking, real estate and financial service-related uses.

1.7 Lessee’s Address for Notices if Other Than the Leased Premises: Until Lessee has occupied office portion of the leased premises, Lessee’s address for notices shall be The Pacific Building, Eighth Floor, 720 Third Avenue, Seattle, WA 98104, Attention: Richard Swanson.

1.8 Lessor’s Address for Notices and Payment of Rent:

1010 Unigard Financial Center

1215 Fourth Avenue

Seattle, Washington 98161-1001

1.9 Exhibits and Other Attachments Which are Part of the Lease:

 

  Exhibit A: Prints with leased premises outlined in black on standard floor plans.

 

               B: Initial Improvement of Leased Premises.

 

               C: Janitorial Services Outline

 

               D: Non-Disturbance Agreement Form(s)

 

-4-


               E: Possible Design Solution for Branch Bank Space

1.10 Lessor . Lessor is a Washington joint venture comprised of (a) Properties Associates, a Washington limited partnership, (b) Security Pacific Premises, Inc., a Washington corporation, and (c) Security and Union Venture, a Washington joint venture. Lessor is the sole owner of the Building and Land. UNICO Properties, Inc. is the manager and authorized rental agent of One and Two Union Square and it has the authority to execute this lease on behalf of Lessor and bind Lessor as provided in this lease, without the need for signature or comment of any other party, other than the consent of State of Washington State Investment Board, beneficiary of the first deed of trust on Two Union Square and second deed of trust on One Union Square. Execution of this lease by Lessor shall be Lessor’s warranty that such consent has been obtained.

2. RENT PAYMENT

Lessee shall pay the rent and other charges provided for in this lease, in lawful money of the United States on or before their specified due dates to Lessor at the address specified in Section 1.8, or to such other party or at such other place as Lessor may hereafter from time to time designate in writing. All rent which is past due shall bear interest at the rate of one percent (1%) per month from the date rent is due until paid. If the maximum annual rate of interest permitted by applicable law shall be less than the rate of interest provided for herein, then all past due payments of rent shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by applicable law from due date until paid. Lessee acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to Lessor of rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Therefore, if any payment of rent due from Lessee is not received by Lessor within 10 days after the due date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor (in addition to the interest above provided) a late charge of Fifty Dollars ($50) or two percent (2%) of the overdue rent, whichever shall be greater. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Lessee shall be entitled to ten (10) days prior written notice before the application of either the late charge of the above-described interest rate the first time in each calendar year during the term of this lease that Lessee is late with a payment. Moreover, the late charge shall apply only once to a given late payment (for example, if Lessee failed to pay rent for a given month until the fifteenth day of the following month, such late rent payment would be subject only to one two percent late charge. The late charge is in addition to interest payable by Lessee as herein provided.) The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee and is in addition to any interest charges on past due rent.

For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code, including Section 467 thereof, rent expense and rental income shall be recognized by the parties as and when rent amounts are payable under the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if Lessee prepays rent, Lessee shall be entitled to recognize such expense on the date payment is made.

 

-5-


3. ANNUAL RENT ADJUSTMENT (OPERATING EXPENSES)

3.1 A portion of the initial rental rate shall be adjusted January 1 of each year commencing January 1, 1994. Three separate indicators, each to be factored separately by one-third of the Operating Cost Adjustment Base, are used to provide a reasonably broad base to determine the amount of such adjustment. These indicators are the Consumer Price Index, the cost of electricity and janitorial hourly labor rate.

3.2 The base indices for the Consumer Price Index, the cost of electricity and janitorial hourly labor rate, shall be as stated in Section 1.5. Succeeding indices for each of these indices will be calculated annually thereafter, using the succeeding data for the month of September, 12-month period ending September 30, and September 30, respectively. The ratio that each succeeding index bears to its base index shall be reduced by 1.00 and multiplied by one-third of the Operating Cost Adjustment Base, and by the area of the leased premises. Each January 1, commencing January 1, 1994, the monthly rent otherwise provided for in this Lease shall be increased by l/12th of the sum of the amounts so determined.

3.3 The Consumer Price Index to be used shall be the Consumer Price Index for all urban consumers, U.S. city average, all items, series 1982-84 equals 100 (as published by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Statistics). If this index is revised or changed (as, for example, by taking the average index for different years as the base figure of 100), the base index shall be adjusted accordingly. If this index is discontinued, the index promulgated by the Department of Labor which most closely approximates the above-referenced index, shall be used and the base index shall be adjusted accordingly.

3.4 The cost of electricity to be used shall be the average cost to Lessor per kilowatt-hour of electricity consumed in the TUS Building and OUS Building, respectively, for the 12-month periods ending the September 30 specified in Section 1.5 and each September 30 thereafter.

3.5 The janitorial hourly labor rate to be used shall be the average regular time hourly compensation paid to persons employed as janitors in the TUS Building and OUS Building, respectively, including all applicable taxes and fringe benefits payable by employers. Lessor shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the costs described in this Section 3.5 as low as possible.

3.6 The rate for additional rent for a calendar year under Section 3 shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the Operating Cost Adjustment Base per year (cumulative and compounded) from January 1, 1993 to the January 1 in question. If the Operating Cost Adjustment base is $4.95, then the rate ($/(RSF)(USF)/year) for additional rent under Section 3 shall not exceed

 

  (a) $0.24750 for 1994 [(0.05)(4.95)],

 

  (b) $0.50738 for 1995 [(1.05)(0.05)(4.95) plus 0.24750],

 

-6-


  (c) $0.78025 for 1996 [(1.05)(1.05)(0.05)(4.95) plus 0.50738].

 

  (d) $1.06676 for 1997 [(1.05)(1.05)(1.05)(0.05)(4.95)plus $0.78025], etc.

3.7 Lessor shall automatically provide Lessee with reasonable backup documentation supporting all calculations called for in this Section 3 and Lessee shall have the right to review/audit all pertinent information and documentation upon reasonable advance notice to Lessor. The Operating Cost Adjustment Base is subject to only one audit. If Lessee’s audit reveals that Lessor overcharged Lessee (or sought to overcharge Lessee) by more than a factor of three percent (3 %) of the additional rent payable under Section 3 for the period of the audit, Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for all costs incurred by Lessee in conducting such audit. Lessor shall keep all pertinent backup information and documentation for at least five (5) years after the adjustment year in question.

3.8 Separate calculations of additional rent under Section 3 shall be made for the portions of the leased premises in the TUS Building and OUS Building, respectively, using the appropriate indices and areas for the TUS Building and OUS Building, respectively.

4. REAL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION AND TAXES

4.1(a) The legal description of the TUS Land is:

Commencing at the most southwesterly corner of Lot 12, of Block 61, Addition to Town of Seattle (commonly known as A.A. Denny’s Fifth Addition to City of Seattle), according to plat recorded in Volume 1 of Plats, page 89, in King County, Washington; thence north 30°37’08” west along the westerly line of said block 119.84 feet, to the true point of beginning; thence north 59°20’00” east 105.15 feet; thence north 30°40’32” west 38.89 feet; thence north 59° 23’00” east 14.80 feet; thence north 30°37’00” west 0.55 feet; thence north 59°20’14” east 135.80 feet to the easterly line of said block; thence south 30°35’43” east 116.45 feet to the westerly margin of Interstate No. 5; thence north 59°24’17” east 33.00 feet to the centerline of vacated Seventh Avenue; thence north 30°35’43” west along said centerline 311.89 feet to the southerly margin of Union Street as created by City of Seattle Ordinance No. 18188; thence south 59°22’04” west along said southerly margin 288.79 feet to the easterly margin of Sixth Avenue; thence south 30°37’08” east 234.99 feet to the true point of beginning; and Lots 1, 4, 5 and 8 in Block 64, of said addition except the portions thereof condemned under King County Superior Court Cause Nos. 62589, 570519 and 566654; together with portion of vacated alley and Seventh Avenue lying adjacent to and abutting thereon as provided by Ordinance Nos. 107299 and 111138, respectively, of the City of Seattle, and portion of vacated alley conveyed to Lessor by deed recorded under King County Receiving No. 8010090702.

 

-7-


  (b) The legal description of the OUS Land is:

That portion of Block 61 (described above); and of vacated alley lying therein as provided by Ordinance No. 107299 of the City of Seattle; and of vacated Seventh Avenue adjacent, as vacated by City of Seattle Ordinance No. 111138, described as follows:

Beginning at the most southwesterly corner of Lot 12 of said Block 61, thence north 30°37’08” west along the westerly line of said block 119.84 feet; thence north 59° 20’00” east 105.15 feet; thence north 30°40’32” west 38.89 feet; thence north 59°23’00” east 14.80 feet; thence north 30°37’00” west 0.55 feet; thence north 59°20’14” east 135.80 feet to the easterly line of said block; thence south 30° 35’43” east 159.45 feet to the most southeasterly corner of said block; thence south 59°22’32” west 255.64 feet to the point of beginning.

4.2 Lessor shall pay all real property taxes and assessments (including interest thereon) which may be levied against the TUS Building and the TUS Land. If the amount of such real property taxes and assessment installments (including interest thereon) payable in any calendar year during the lease term exceeds the amount thereof payable during the later of 1993 or the first calendar year the TUS Building is assessed and taxed as a completed building with the assessor utilizing occupancy rates and vacancy rates then generally applied by the assessor to completed class A office buildings in downtown Seattle, then each such year, Lessee shall pay Lessor its share of such excess in the ratio that the area of the leased premises in the TUS Building (RSF for office space plus USF for retail space) bears to the area of the TUS Building (RSF for office space plus USF for retail space), payable one half on April 1 and one half on October 1 of each such year.

4.3 Lessor shall pay all real property taxes and assessments (including interest thereon) which may be levied against the OUS Building and the OUS Land. If the amount of such real property taxes and assessment installments (including interest thereon) payable in any calendar year during the lease term exceeds the amount thereof payable during 1993, then each such year, Lessee shall pay Lessor its share of such excess in the ratio that the area of the leased premises in the OUS Building (USF for retail space) bears to the area of the OUS Building (RSF for office space plus USF for retail space), payable one half on April 1 and one half on October 1 of each such year.

4.4 If the real property taxes (excluding assessments) payable in any calendar year for the TUS Building or OUS Building is less than the amount thereof payable during the Building in question’s base year, and provided that such reduction does not result from change(s) in laws which also increase taxes or create new taxes which are payable by Lessor, then Lessee shall receive a credit against future payments due Lessor under this Section 4 equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the portion of such difference which bears the same ratio to such difference that the area of the leased premises in the Building in question bears to the total area (RSF for office and USF for retail space) of the Building in question. Such credit shall apply only upon future payments due from Lessee to Lessor under this Section 4.

 

-8-


4.5 Upon Lessee’s request, Lessor shall furnish copies of the real property tax statements for the year in which the additional payment is requested and the respective base year(s). All assessments (including interest thereon) shall be paid over the longest period allowable.

4.6 Lessor shall appeal the tax assessor’s valuation whenever in Lessor’s judgment there is a reasonable likelihood for success in such appeal to an extent which justifies such an appeal, and any refunds gained by such appeal shall be applied first to the cost of the appeal and any excess shall be refunded to Lessee in proportion to the share of the taxes in question paid by Lessee.

4.7 The foregoing charges constitute additional rent which shall be deemed to accrue uniformly during the calendar year in which the payment is due. Payment under the provisions of this Section for the year the lease term ends shall be prorated, based on reasonable projections of the increase through the termination of this lease and shall be due thirty (30) days before such termination.

5. POSSESSION

5.1 In the event of the inability of Lessor to deliver possession of the leased premises or any portion thereof, at the time of the commencement of the term of this lease, Lessor shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall this lease thereby become void or voidable, nor shall the term herein specified be in any way extended, but in such event, Lessee shall not be liable for payment of any rent until such time as Lessor can deliver possession, except as may be otherwise provided in Exhibit B to this lease. If Lessor shall deliver possession of the leased premises to Lessee prior to January 1, 1993 and Lessee agrees to accept the same at such time, both Lessor and Lessee agree to be bound by all provisions and obligations of this lease during the prior period.

5.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessor fails to deliver all of the office space portion of the leased premises to Lessee in Substantially Completed condition by 5:00 p.m., December 14, 1992, Lessor shall hold Lessee harmless from (a) all rent and other occupancy charges incurred by Lessee with respect to its existing office space premises in the Pacific Building or elsewhere which is in excess of the rent and other charges payable by Lessee for its existing office space Pacific Building premises (at the rent rate and additional rent charges in effect for December 1992) from January 1, 1993 until five (5) days after the date on which the tenant improvement in the office space portion of the leased premises have been Substantially Completed, and (b) reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Lessee with respect to such occupancy beyond December 31, 1992 in its existing Pacific Building premises or elsewhere (other than the Building). Such indemnity shall not apply to the extent such failure would not have occurred but for delay caused by Lessee or its agents (including Lessee’s Architect), including without limitation delay caused by Lessee’s failure to comply with the schedule specified in Exhibit B, change orders requested by Lessee, and the causes listed in Section 5.6 of Exhibit B.

 

-9-


5.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessor fails to deliver all of the branch bank portion of the leased premises to Lessee in Substantially Completed condition by 5:00 p.m., December 14, 1992, Lessor shall hold Lessee harmless from (a) all rent and other occupancy charges incurred by Lessee with respect to its existing branch bank premises in the Pacific Building which is in excess of the rent and other charges payable by Lessee for its existing Pacific Building branch bank premises (at the rent rate and additional rent charges in effect for December 1992) from January 1, 1993 until five (5) days after the date on which the tenant improvements in the branch bank portion of the leased premises have been Substantially Completed and (b) reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Lessee with respect to occupancy beyond December 31, 1992 in its existing Pacific Building branch bank premises or elsewhere (other than the Building) from January 1, 1993 until five (5) days after the date on which the tenant improvements in the branch bank portion of the leased premises have been substantially completed. Such indemnity shall not apply to the extent such failure would not have occurred but for (a) delay caused by Lessee or its agents (including Lessee’s Architect), including without limitation delay caused by Lessee’s failure to comply with the schedule specified in Exhibit B, change orders requested by Lessee, and the causes listed in Section 5.6 of Exhibit B, (b) delay caused because the time period to obtain a building permit for the branch bank space exceeded twelve (12) weeks from the date a complete building permit application was submitted to the City of Seattle because Lessee’s design for such space differed materially from the design solution shown in Exhibit E, or (c) Lessee’s failure to occupy the branch bank space when it could be beneficially occupied by Lessee (i.e., branch bank business could be reasonably conducted therein, even though some portions of the work which did not prevent Lessee’s beneficial occupancy were not completed).

5.4 Notwithstanding Section 5.1, Lessor will proceed diligently and in good faith to deliver all of leased premises covered by a building permit to Lessee in a Substantially Completed condition within one hundred twelve (112) days after the building permit for such portion of the leased premises has been received by Lessor from the City of Seattle, or such later date as may be specified in the construction contract for such work, subject to delays caused by Lessee or its agents strikes or other labor disputes, material shortages, fire or other casualty, acts of God or other causes beyond Lessor’s control. From the date hereof until the date rent commences for the entire office portion of the leased premises, Lessee may use Floor 21 of the TUS Building (on an AS IS, WHERE IS, basis) free of any rent to store furniture and equipment which will be installed by Lessee in the leased premises when the term of this lease commences. Costs incurred by Lessee in connection with such use shall be a charge to Tenant Work. All of such furniture and equipment and packaging materials or other debris associated with such use shall be removed from Floor 21 not later than the date rent commences for the entire office portion of the leased premises, and the areas used by Lessee shall be left in a broom clean condition.

6. ACCEPTANCE AND CARE OF PREMISES

6.1 Taking of possession of the leased premises by Lessee shall be conclusive evidence the leased premises were, on that date, in good, clean and tenantable condition and as

 

-10-


represented by Lessor, except as otherwise noted by Lessee in writing to Lessor within thirty (30) days after said date, except for latent defects.

6.2 Lessee shall keep the leased premises neat and clean and in a sanitary condition (subject to Lessor’s janitorial obligations) and shall at all times preserve them in as good condition and repair as they are when first occupied by Lessee, or may hereafter be put into, reasonable use and wear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted. All damage or injury done to the leased premises by Lessee or by any persons who may be in or upon the leased premises with the consent of Lessee, including the cracking or breaking of glass of any windows and doors, shall be paid for by Lessee and Lessee shall pay for all damage to the Building caused by Lessee’s misuse of the leased premises or the appurtenances thereto. Lessee shall not put any curtains, draperies or other hangings on or beside the windows in the leased premises without first obtaining Lessor’s consent. If Lessee shall fail to keep and preserve the leased premises in said condition and state of repair (after notice and opportunity to cure as provided for in Section 16 below, although a shorter cure period (or no cure period at all) shall be permissible in an emergency situation or if necessary in order to avoid further damage (e.g., if an exterior window is broken.)) Lessor may at its option put or cause the same to be put into the condition and state of repair agreed upon, and in such case Lessee, on demand, shall pay the cost thereof.

7. ALTERATIONS

Lessee shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in or to the leased premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, unless the work in question can lawfully be performed without a building permit, in which case Lessor’s consent shall not be required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make changes to locks on doors, or add, disturb or in any way change any plumbing, electrical wiring, HVAC or other Building service components therein, without the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessor may require that any such work be performed by contractors acceptable to Lessor, in Lessor’s reasonable discretion. Lessor, at its option, may at its own expense make any repairs, alterations or improvements which Lessor may deem necessary or advisable for the preservation, safety or improvement of the leased premises or the Building, provided only that Lessee shall at all times have reasonable access to and the use of all of the leased premises.

8. INSPECTION AND REPAIRS

Lessor shall have the right to inspect the leased premises at all reasonable times and the right to enter the same for the purpose of cleaning, repairing, altering or improving the same, or the Building, but nothing contained in this lease shall be construed so as to impose any obligation on Lessor to make any repairs, alterations or improvements except as expressly provided in Section 9. In no event shall Lessor enter any portion of the leased premises without giving Lessee reasonable advance notice, other than in the case of an emergency or entrance in conjunction with normal janitorial work. Moreover, and notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor acknowledges that a portion of the leased premises will be used for banking activities. As a result, Lessor hereby agrees that it will comply with reasonable security measures required by Lessee for security reasons or for regulatory compliance reasons (e.g., Lessor shall have no

 

-11-


access whatsoever to Lessee’s vault and Lessor’s janitors shall work with lessee’s alarm company to ensure the integrity of Lessee’s alarm system.)

9. SERVICES BY LESSOR

9.1 Lessor will, at its expense, furnish Lessee with the following services and utilities:

(a) Elevator service during normal business hours of the Building and the service of at least one elevator during all other hours. Lessee shall have twenty-four hour per day, three hundred and sixty-five day per year access to all of its space and to the Building and parking garage without need to give any prior notice to Lessor or Lessor’s agents. Acceptable arrangements shall be made for Lessee’s access to the freight elevator and loading dock for after-hour usage.

(b) Heating and air cooling to maintain a temperature condition which provides for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the leased premises under normal business operations from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Saturdays, except for those legal holidays generally observed in the state of Washington, provided Lessee complies with Lessor’s instructions regarding use of drapes and thermostats and Lessee does not utilize heat generating machines or equipment which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air cooling system. Upon request Lessor shall make available at Lessee’s expense after hours heat or air cooling. The after hours HVAC service shall be available to Lessee as requested at a rate of $10.00 per hour per floor (or partial floor), initially, subject to reasonable increases during the lease term.

(c) Cold water for the drinking fountain and toilets and , hot and cold water for lavatories located in the core of the office tower portion of the TUS Building, and cold water for any purposes within the leased premises.

(d) Electricity for Building standard lighting and operation of low power usage office machines in quantities usually furnished by Lessor to tenants in the Building for general office use. Low power usage machines are typewriters, desk top calculators, desk top computer terminals and similar equipment with similar power requirements which operate on 110 volt circuits.

(e) Janitorial service and window washing as outlined in Exhibit C attached. This service includes vacuum cleaning of carpets and cleaning of Building standard vinyl composition tile, but no other services with respect to carpets or non-standard floor coverings. Shampoo or similar cleaning of carpets and repair and replacement of carpets shall be Lessee’s responsibility and at Lessee’s expense, except as otherwise provided in Section 26.4. Lessor shall maintain and operate all common areas of the Building (including elevators) in a neat, orderly and first class condition and manner.

(f) Maintain the exterior window blinds, windows, doors, floors, walls, ceilings, plumbing and plumbing fixtures, and electrical distribution system, HVAC system, fire safety

 

-12-


system and all other systems that are common to the Building, and lighting fixtures which are standard for the Building in good condition and repair, except for damage caused by Lessee, its employees, agents, invitees or visitors. Such services and the other services in this Section 9 will also be provided by Lessor as to any of the foregoing items that are not standard for the Building, but possibly at Lessee’s expense as hereafter provided.

(g) Replacement of burned out fluorescent tubes in light fixtures which are standard for the Building and incandescent bulbs in elevator lobbies which are standard for the Building. Burned out bulbs, tubes or other light sources in fixtures which are not standard for the Building will also be replaced by Lessor, but at Lessee’s expense. Lessee shall pay Lessor the retail price for non-standard tubes, bulbs or other light sources replaced by Lessor. There shall be no labor charge to Lessee for such replacements. All incandescent bulbs are non-standard, except for the number used in building standard elevator lobbies.

(h) Painting and cleaning of walls and ceilings which are standard for the Building when required due to normal wear and tear in the judgment of Lessor. Otherwise, such painting and cleaning shall be at Lessee’s expense, except as otherwise provided in Section 26.4.

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary outlined anywhere in this lease, in no event shall Lessee be subjected to any charges whatsoever for the usage of electricity in the leased premises (excluding after-hours usage of the HVAC system, which shall be charged in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1(b) above), regardless of whether such electricity is being used to serve machinery or equipment of the high power usage variety, provided that the machinery or equipment is similar in type and quantity (on a per square foot basis) to the machinery and equipment currently in use in Lessee’s Pacific Building premises (if that is not the case, any excess electricity usage shall be charged to Lessee at rates reasonably estimated to reflect the actual cost of such excess electricity to Lessor). Lessor has toured Lessee’s Pacific Building space. Lessee has provided Lessor with an inventory of the machinery and equipment currently used by Lessee in its Pacific Building premises and a statement setting forth the rentable area of its Pacific Building premises.

In addition, notwithstanding any other statement to the contrary contained anywhere else in this lease, in no event shall Lessee be subject to any charge whatsoever for any normal cleaning or maintenance of any portion of the leased premises, regardless of whether such portion is building standard or not, except that Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for the reasonable costs incurred by Lessor to clean and maintain items which are not standard for the Building, if the cost to normally clean and maintain the leased premises as required under this lease is in Lessor’s judgment (acting in good faith) significantly more than the cost to similarly clean and maintain a leased premises where all items are standard for the Building. With respect to non-standard items substituted for building standard items, the amount to be reimbursed shall be limited to the amount by which the cost to clean and maintain the non-standard item exceeds the cost Lessor would have incurred to clean and maintain the substituted for standard item.

9.2 Lessor shall use reasonable diligence to remedy an interruption in the furnishing of such services and utilities. If, however, any governmental authority imposes regulations,

 

-13-


controls or other restrictions upon Lessor or the Building which would require a change in the services provided by Lessor under this lease, Lessor may comply with such regulations, controls or other restrictions, including without limitation, curtailment, rationing or restrictions on the use of electricity or any other form of energy serving the leased premises. Lessee will cooperate and do such things as are reasonably necessary to enable Lessor to comply with such regulations, controls or other restrictions.

9.3 Whenever heat generating machines or equipment or lighting other than building standard lights are used in the leased premises by Lessee which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air cooling system, Lessor shall have the right to install supplementary air cooling units in the leased premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor upon billing by Lessor. Subject to the terms of Section 9.1, Lessor may impose a reasonable charge for utilities and services, including without limitation, air cooling, electric current and water, required to be provided the leased premises by reason of, (a) any substantial recurrent use of the leased premises at any time other than the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Saturday, (b) any use beyond what Lessor agrees to furnish as described above, (c) electricity used by equipment designated by Lessor as high power usage equipment or (d) the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement or operation of supplementary air cooling equipment, additional electrical systems or other equipment required by reason of special electrical, heating, cooling or ventilating requirements of equipment used by Lessee at the leased premises. Lessee shall not be deemed to have triggered the substantial recurrent after-hours use clause outlined above unless it uses more than twenty percent of the leased premises on a night shift or similar regular recurring basis between the hours of 8:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. High power usage equipment includes without limitation, data processing machines, punch card machines, computers and machines which operate on 220 volt circuits. Lessee shall not install or operate high power usage equipment on the leased premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which may be refused unless Lessee confirms in writing its obligation to pay the additional charges necessitated by such equipment (subject to the terms of Section 9.1). At Lessor’s or Lessee’s option, separate meters for such utilities and services may be installed for the leased premises and Lessee upon demand therefor, shall immediately pay Lessor for the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of such meters.

9.4 Lessor does not warrant that any of the services and utilities referred to above will be free from interruption. Interruption of services and utilities shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Lessee’s use and possession of the leased premises or any part thereof or render Lessor liable to Lessee for damages, or relieve Lessee from performance of Lessee’s obligations under this lease.

If there is an interruption of heating, cooling, electricity, water, sewer or elevator service to the leased premises, and such interruption was not caused by Lessee or by casualty described in Section 10 below, and such interruption materially disrupts the conduct of Lessee’s business upon the leased premises, then such interruption is hereafter referred to as an Essential Service Interruption. If an Essential Service Interruption lasts for more than three (3) consecutive business days, or five (5) days out of any seven (7) day period, the rent under this lease shall

 

-14-


thereafter be abated on the portion of the leased premises affected until restoration of the Essential Service in question, unless the Essential Service Interruption was caused by Lessor’s negligent or willful act, and in such event the rent shall be so abated from the day after the Essential Service Interruption occurs until restoration of the Essential Service in question.

Likewise, if the Essential Service Interruption exists for twenty-five (25) business days out of any sixty (60) day period, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this lease by giving Lessor thirty (30) days prior written notice (such termination notice shall be nullified if the Essential Service in question is restored on a permanent basis during such thirty (30) day period). The provisions of Section 10.4 concerning substitute space shall also be applicable in the event of an Essential Service Interruption which does or is expected to exist for twenty-five (25) business days out of any sixty (60) day period. If such substitute space is provided before the end of said thirty (30) day period, said thirty (30) day period shall be extended to a period ending one hundred eighty (180) days from the commencement of such interruption if Lessor is diligently pursuing the remedy of such interruption and it is reasonably certain that the Essential Service Interruption in question can be and will be restored within one hundred eighty (180) days from the commencement of such interruption.

10. FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

10.1 In the event the Building or the leased premises shall be destroyed or rendered untenantable, either wholly or in part, by fire or other casualty, Lessor may, at its option, restore the Building or leased premises to as near their previous condition as is reasonably possible, and in the meantime the rent shall be abated in the same proportion as the untenantable portion of the leased premises bears to the whole thereof; but unless Lessor, within sixty (60) days after the happening of any such casualty, shall notify Lessee of its election to so restore, this lease shall thereupon terminate and end. Such restoration by Lessor shall not include replacement of furniture, equipment or other items that do not become part of the Building or any improvements to the leased premises in excess of those provided for in the allowance

10.2 If Lessee is deprived of elevator access to the office portion of the leased premises as a result of a casualty, all rent shall be abated as to said office portion during the duration of the period in which such access is unavailable.

10.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the casualty in question can be repaired, rebuilt or replaced (i.e., restored) within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the casualty (without working overtime), Lessor shall be required to so restore. If Lessor does not warrant to Lessee (a) within sixty (60) days from the date of the casualty, or (b) within ten (10) days after Lessor’s receipt of written request from Lessee which references this Section 10 and asks if such notice will be issued (Lessee’s request to be given not earlier than fifty (50) days after the date of casualty), whichever is later, that Lessor will have completed the restoration work within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the casualty, and if the casualty materially disrupts the conduct of Lessee’s business at the office portion, branch bank portion or other portions (if any) of its leased premises, Lessee shall be entitled to terminate this entire lease (even if the material disruption is only in the branch bank portion) by giving notice of termination to Lessor

 

-15-


on or before that date which is one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the casualty or three (3) business days after Lessee has received written notice from Lessor that Lessor has received its building permit for the restoration work, whichever occurs first.

If Lessor elects or is required to restore, all parties shall proceed diligently to enable the required building permit to be obtained within ninety (90) days from the date of casualty.

Provided that Lessor has proceeded diligently to obtain the building permit, said one hundred eighty (180) day period shall be extended by the number of days (if any) in excess of ninety (90) days from the date of casualty to the date the building permit is issued, but in no event beyond three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of casualty.

Said original one hundred eighty (180) day period shall be extended by the duration of any delay in substantially restoring the leased premises in question caused by Lessee, strikes, or other labor disputes, material shortages, fire or other casualty, acts of God or other causes beyond Lessor’s control, but in no event beyond three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of casualty, except for delays caused by Lessee.

10.4 Lessor hereby agrees that in the event of a casualty that materially disrupts the conduct of Lessee’s business in the office space portion, branch bank portion or other portion (if any) of the leased premises, Lessor will use its reasonable best efforts to provide Lessee with substitute space (which is the functional equivalent of the space damaged by the casualty) in the Building or in other buildings that Lessor or any affiliate of Lessor may manage, own or control in the central business district of Seattle. Such substitute space shall be provided to Lessee on an “AS IS, WHERE IS” basis and at fair market rent for the substitute space (given the “AS IS, WHERE IS” nature of the tenancy), not to exceed the rent called for herein. Lessee shall pay its own moving expenses. Lessee shall vacate such space promptly after the leased premises have been restored to a tenantable condition.

11. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessor and Lessee each hereby waives any and all claims against the other, its agents, officers, directors, shareholders or employees, for loss or damage to the leased premises or the Building, or any personal property of such party therein, that is caused by or results from fire and other perils insured against under (a) the normal fire with extended coverage insurance policies, or (b) the standard business interruption insurance policies (if any), carried by the parties and in force at the time of damage or loss. Each party shall cause each such insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurance company waives all right to recovery by way of subrogation against the other party in connection with any such damage or loss.

12. USES

12.1 The leased premises are to be used only for the uses specified in Section 1.6 hereof, and for no other business or purpose without the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessee

 

-16-


shall not establish a separate and distinct operation within the retail space of the TUS Building which is identifiable by the public as being engaged in the sale of securities, investment banking or stock brokerage, so long as such uses are prohibited by the lease to Dean Witter Reynolds Inc. for its space on the 29th floor of the TUS Building, including assignments or extensions thereof. If the required consent of Dean Witter Reynolds Inc. or its assignee to any or all of such uses has been obtained, Lessor will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any or all of such uses. No act shall be done in or about the leased premises that is unlawful or that will increase the existing rate of insurance on the Building. Lessee shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste upon the leased premises, or any public or private nuisance or other act or thing which disturbs the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building. Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of Lessor, use any apparatus, machinery or device in or about the leased premises which will cause any substantial noise or vibration. If any of Lessee’s office machines and equipment should disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building, then Lessee shall provide adequate insulation, or take such other action as may be necessary to eliminate the disturbance. Lessee shall comply with all laws relating to its use of the leased premises, but Lessee shall not be required to make capital improvements to the leased premises unless the capital improvement is required as a result of Lessee’s unique use of the leased premises, as opposed to a capital improvement that applies generally throughout all or most of the Building or that applies throughout all or most of the retail/public access portions of the Building. Lessee shall however be responsible to cause the leased premises to comply with current or future laws related to disabled or otherwise handicapped persons at all times during the lease term, excluding from the foregoing requirement, the shell (exterior perimeter walls and windows and structural members of the TUS Building) and core (the center area of the tower portion of the TUS Building containing the elevators, elevator lobbies, restrooms, fire stairways and other common areas or service spaces portions of the TUS Building) or the common areas of the Building, which shell and core and common areas shall be the responsibility of Lessor.

12.2 Lessor represents that there are no provisions in existing leases of space in the TUS or OUS Buildings which restrict Lessee’s use of the leased premises or expansion space added to the leased premises under Sections 27 or 28 for the uses authorized in Section 1.6, except the restrictions in the Dean Witter Reynolds, Inc. lease set forth above in Section 12.1. Lessor will not agree to any amendment of existing leases or the insertion in future leases of space in the TUS or OUS Buildings which would prevent Lessee from using the leased premises (including expansion space added thereto under Sections 27 or 28) for any of the uses authorized in Section 1.6.

13. SIGNAGE AND PLAZA IDENTIFICATION

13.1 Lessee shall not inscribe any inscription or post, place, or in any manner display any sign, notice, picture, placard or poster, or any advertising matter whatsoever, anywhere in or about the office space portion of the leased premises at places visible (either directly or indirectly as an outline or shadow on a glass pane) from anywhere outside the office space portion of the leased premises without first obtaining Lessor’s written consent thereto. Any such consent by Lessor shall be upon the understanding and condition that Lessee will remove the same at the expiration or sooner termination of this lease and Lessee shall pay Lessor the cost to

 

-17-


repair any damage to the leased premises or the Building caused thereby. Lessor shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Lessee which, in its reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building as a first-class shopping, business or professional area.

13.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall have the right to install signage on the outer surfaces of any retail spaces it occupies and display promotional materials in the windows of such space. Such signage shall be professional in nature. Lessor agrees to cooperate with Lessee in achieving the maximum permitted signage desired by Lessee for its requirements. However, Lessee shall submit its permanent signage plans to Lessor for advance approval as to style, materials, and aesthetics, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor will require any signage to be professional in appearance and in keeping with the first class nature of the Building. Garish signs will therefore be prohibited. Lessee shall also have the right to use a likeness of the Building or its branch bank location in its promotional materials.

13.3 Lessor agrees to work to minimize any confusion that may occur between the identity and location of Continental Insurance (6th floor) and Lessee (Continental, Inc.), including consideration of how Lessee will be identified on the Building Directory in the main lobby.

13.4 Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary contained anywhere else in this lease, Lessee’s obligations under this lease are hereby made expressly subject to and contingent upon Lessee being satisfied in Lessee’s sole discretion with both (1) the resolution of the issue described in Section 13.3 above and (2) the signage that Lessor has approved pursuant to Section 13.2. above. Lessor and Lessee hereby agree to work together diligently and in good faith to resolve such issues as soon as is reasonably possible after the date on which this lease becomes fully executed. If Lessee has not notified Lessor in writing on or before that day which is thirty (30) days from the date on which this lease becomes fully executed that Lessee is terminating this lease pursuant to the contingency outlined in this Paragraph 13.4, such contingency shall automatically lapse and thereafter be null and void. If necessary, the thirty (30) day period will be extended an additional thirty (30) days upon written notice from Lessee to Lessor, provided Lessee is proceeding as above provided and the notice is received by Lessor prior to the expiration of the initial thirty (30) day period.

14. ACCIDENTS AND INDEMNITY

14.1 Lessee shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Lessor harmless from all loss, damage, liability or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting from any injury to any person or any loss of or damage to any property caused by or resulting from any act, omission or negligence of Lessee or any officer, employee, agent, contractor, invitee, or visitor of Lessee in or about the Leased Premises or the Building, but the foregoing provision shall not be construed to make Lessee responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from injuries to any person caused by any act, omission or negligence of Lessor, or of any officer, employee, agent, contractor, invitee or visitor of Lessor, or other tenant of the Building.

 

-18-


14.2 Lessor shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Lessee harmless from all loss, damage, liability or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting from any injury to any person or any loss of or damage to any property caused by or resulting from any act, omission or negligence of Lessor or any officer, employee, agent, contractor, invitee, or visitor of Lessor in or about the Leased Premises or the Building, but the foregoing provision shall not be construed to make Lessor responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from injuries to any person caused by any act, omission or negligence of Lessee, or of any officer, employee, agent, contractor, invitee or visitor of Lessee, or other tenant of the Building. The general contractor for the Tenant Work described in Exhibit B is Lessor’s contractor.

14.3 If Lessor and Lessee are concurrently negligent for any reason whatsoever, each party shall indemnify or be obligated as hereinabove provided, but only to the extent of the indemnifying or obligated party’s negligence. Any immunity provided for either party under Title 51, RCW, is hereby waived by Lessor and Lessee.

14.4 Lessee’s Insurance . Lessee shall, throughout the term of this lease and any renewal hereof, at its own expense, keep and maintain in full force and effect, (a) a policy of commercial general liability insurance including a contractual liability endorsement covering Lessee’s obligations under this lease, insuring Lessee’s activities upon, in or about the leased premises or the Building against claims of bodily injury or death or property damage or loss with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit, and (b) what is commonly referred to as “all risk” coverage insurance (but excluding earthquake and flood) on Lessee’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property in an amount not less than the current One Hundred Percent (100%) replacement value thereof. Such insurance may contain deductibles in such amounts as Lessee in its judgment determines are reasonable.

14.5 Lessor’s Insurance . Lessor shall throughout the term of this lease and any renewal hereof, at its own expense, keep and maintain in full force and effect, (1) what is commonly referred to as “all risk” coverage insurance, (excluding earthquake and flood,) on the Building and the leasehold improvements in the leased premises that become part of the Building in an amount not less than One Hundred Percent (100%) replacement value thereof or such other coverage as is generally maintained by owners of comparable Class A buildings in downtown Seattle; (b) commercial general liability insurance including a contractual liability endorsement covering Lessor’s obligations under this lease with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit. Such insurance may contain deductibles in such amounts as Lessor shall in its judgment determine are reasonable.

14.6 Insurance Policy Requirements . All insurance under this Section 14 shall be with companies satisfactory to Lessor and authorized to do business in Washington. No insurance policy required hereunder shall be canceled or reduced in coverage and each insurance policy shall provide that it is not subject to cancellation or a reduction in coverage except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor prior to commencement of the lease term and from time to time thereafter, copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of same and naming Lessor as Additional Insured thereunder. In no event shall the limits of any insurance policy required hereunder be

 

-19-


considered as limiting the liability of Lessee or Lessor under this Lease. At Lessee’s request, Lessor will provide Lessee with copies of its required insurance coverages or provide Lessee with access to such policies for Lessee’s inspection.

15. LIENS AND INSOLVENCY

Lessee shall keep the leased premises and the Building free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials ordered or obligations incurred by Lessee. If Lessee becomes insolvent, voluntarily or involuntarily bankrupt, or if a receiver, or assignee or other liquidating officer is appointed for the business of Lessee, then Lessor, at its option, may immediately or any time thereafter terminate Lessee’s right of possession under this lease, subject to the terms of any applicable laws then in effect.

16. DEFAULT BY LESSEE AND RE-ENTRY

Lessee covenants as a material part of the consideration for this lease to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions by Lessee to be kept and performed and that this lease is made upon the condition of such performance. Except for a default under the preceding Section 15 for which immediate right of termination is given to Lessor, if Lessee fails to pay any installment of rent within ten (10) days after written notice, or to perform any other covenant under this lease within thirty (30) days after written notice from Lessor stating the nature of the default, Lessor may terminate this lease and re-enter and take possession of the leased premises; provided that if the nature of such default other than for non-payment of rent is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty-day period, Lessee shall not be deemed to be in default if Lessee shall within such period (i.e., within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s notice) commence such cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Notwithstanding such retaking of possession by Lessor, Lessee’s liability for the rent provided herein shall not be extinguished for the balance of the term of this lease, and Lessee shall make good to Lessor any deficiency arising from a reletting of the leased premises at a lesser rental, plus the costs and expenses of renovating or altering the leased premises (pro rated if the term of the new tenancy extends beyond the remaining term of this lease). Lessee shall pay any such deficiency each month as the amount thereof is ascertained by Lessor. All remedies provided herein are cumulative and are in addition to those provided by law.

17. REMOVAL OF PROPERTY AND REPLACEMENT OF NON-STANDARD ITEMS

Upon the expiration or termination of the lease term, Lessee shall (a) at its expense remove Lessee’s goods and effects and those of all persons claiming under Lessee, and (b) if Lessee caused the leased premises to be improved with other than building standard ceiling suspension system, acoustical tile ceiling, fluorescent light fixtures, millwork detail, doors and door frames, hardware or hard surface floor tile and base, or any corridor adjacent to the core of the building to be other than building standard width and construction, and if such improvements are made without Lessor’s consent, Lessee shall pay Lessor an amount equal to the cost to replace all such non-standard non-approved items with building standard items and the cost to

 

-20-


replace such non-standard non-approved public corridor with one of building standard width and construction. Any property left in the leased premises after the expiration or termination of the lease term shall be deemed to have been abandoned and the property of Lessor to dispose of as Lessor deems expedient at Lessee’s expense, subject to Lessor’s compliance with any applicable laws then in effect.

18. NON-WAIVER

Failure of either party to insist, in any one or more instances, upon strict performance of any term, covenant or condition of this lease, or to exercise any option herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver, or a relinquishment for the future, of such term, covenant, condition or option, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. The receipt by Lessor of rents with knowledge of a breach of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this lease to be kept or performed by Lessee shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.

19. COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES

In the event of litigation between the parties hereto declaratory or otherwise, for the enforcement of any of the covenants, terms and conditions of this lease, the losing party shall pay the costs thereof and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing party, which shall be determined and taxed by the Court as part of the costs of such action.

20. PRIORITY

20.1 Provided that Lessee is given a satisfactory non-disturbance covenant by the lender in question, Lessee agrees that this lease shall be subordinate to any first mortgages or deeds of trust that may hereafter be placed upon the leased premises or the Building containing the same, and to any and all advances to be made thereunder, and to the interest thereon, and all renewals, replacement and extensions thereof. Within fifteen (15) days after written request from Lessor, Lessee shall execute any documents that may be necessary or desirable to effectuate the subordination of this lease to any such mortgages or deeds of trust and shall execute reasonable estoppel certificates as requested by Lessor from time to time.

20.2 Lessee will be provided non-disturbance agreements, with permanent lien holder(s) in form attached as Exhibit D. Lessor hereby warrants that, simultaneous with Lessor’s execution of this lease, Lessor shall obtain non-disturbance agreements in the form attached as Exhibit D-l from all permanent lien holders with a lien recorded against all or any part of the TUS Building, or the TUS Land as of the date of full execution of this lease, and the holder of the second lien recorded against the OUS Building or the OUS Land, and use its reasonable best efforts to obtain for Lessee non-disturbance agreement in the form attached as D-2 from the holder of the first lien recorded against the OUS Building or the OUS Land.

 

-21-


21. CONDEMNATION

21.1 If all of the leased premises or such portions of the Building as may be required for the reasonable use of the leased premises, are taken by eminent domain, this lease shall automatically terminate as of the date Lessee is required to vacate the leased premises and all rentals shall be paid to that date. In case of a taking of a portion of the leased premises not required for the reasonable use of the leased premises, or a portion of the Building not required for the reasonable use of the leased premises, or a taking of a portion of the leased premises that is required for Lessee’s reasonable use thereof and Lessee does not elect to terminate, then this lease shall continue in full force and effect and the rent shall be equitably reduced based on the proportion by which the floor area of the leased premises is reduced, such rent reduction to be effective as of the date possession of such portion is delivered to the condemning authority.

21.2 In the event of a taking of a portion of the leased premises that is required for Lessee’s reasonable use of the leased premises, Lessee shall have the option to terminate this lease effective the date Lessee is required to vacate such portion, if Lessor is unable to provide satisfactory alternative space in the Building for the space taken on a turnkey basis at Lessor’s sole expense at the same rent and other terms of this lease. Alternative space for office space shall be in the TUS Building. If the alternative office space is comparable to the original office leased premises in all material respects, it will be accepted by Lessee, otherwise its acceptance will be subject to Lessee’s approval in its sole discretion. Alternative space for the branch bank space shall be the functional equivalent of the branch bank space and be in (a) the retail area of the Building with street frontage, or (b) off site at a location approved by Lessee in its sole discretion. Lessor and Lessee hereby agree that if the portion of Lessee’s branch bank space which is taken is a portion required for Lessee’s reasonable use of its branch bank space, it is a taking entitling Lessee to terminate the entire lease unless Lessor provides alternative space which complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence (e.g., off-site alternative space must be at a location approved by Lessee in its sole discretion). Alternative space for the rest of Lessee’s retail area space may be in the retail or office portions of the Building and subject to Lessee’s approval, acting reasonably.

21.3 Subject to the following provisions of this Section 21, Lessor reserves all rights to the award for any taking of the Building and Land or portions thereof by eminent domain, and Lessee hereby assigns to Lessor any right Lessee may have to such award. Lessee shall make no claim against Lessor for damages for termination of the leasehold interest or interference with Lessee’s Building. Lessee shall have the right, however, to claim and recover from the condemning authority compensation for any loss or damage suffered by Lessee as a result of the termination of Lessee’s leasehold interest, for any loss to which Lessee may be put for Lessee’s moving expenses and for the interruption of or damage to Lessee’s business, provided that such damages may be claimed only if they are awarded separately in the eminent domain proceeding and not as part of the damages recoverable for taking of the leased premises or the Building.

 

-22-


22. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

22.1 Lessee shall have the right to assign the Lease and all extension, expansion and other rights related thereto, in its entirety, or to sublease all or any portion of the leased premises, without the consent of Lessor to (a) any party resulting from a merger or consolidation with Lessee, (b) any entity succeeding to the business and assets of Lessee, or (c) a subsidiary, parent or affiliate of Lessee, provided such Assignee shall have a financial worth equal to or greater than Lessee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Lessee shall have the right to assign to Continental Savings Bank without Lessor’s consent, provided that Continental Savings Bank’s financial worth is then at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the financial worth of Lessee.

22.2 All other assignments and subleases shall require Lessor’s consent. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The criteria for consent shall be limited to:

(a) financial responsibility, i.e., the proposed transferee is sufficiently creditworthy to lease directly from the Lessor or the average similarly situated lessor at the time of the proposed assignment or sublease; provided, however, that if Lessor chooses not to release Lessee from liability under the Lease, Lessee’s financial backing shall be factored into Lessor’s analysis of this criteria;

(b) the identity and business of the proposed transferee is suitable for the Building;

(c) the proposed use is legal; and

(d) neither the proposed assignee/sublessee nor the proposed use will violate restrictions in any other existing third party lease of space in the Building.

22.3 Any profit, net of subleasing or assignment costs (which costs shall include, but not be limited to, lease commissions, tenant improvement expenses, rent concessions or other concessions granted to the sublessee or assignee), to Lessee from any assignment or sublease requiring Lessor’s consent shall be shared 50% to Lessee and 50% to Lessor.

22.4 If Lessee wishes to assign this Lease or sublet the leased premises or any part thereof other than as outlined above in Section 22.1, Lessee shall first give written notice (“Lessee’s Notice”) to Lessor of its intention to do so, which notice shall contain the name of the proposed assignee or subtenant (collectively “transferee”), the nature of the proposed transferee’s business to be carried on in the leased premises and the terms and provisions of the proposed assignment or sublease. Lessee shall also provide Lessor with a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease when it is available and such financial and other information with respect to the proposed transferee and transfer that Lessor may reasonably require.

22.5 Whether or not Lessor consents to a proposed transfer, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor on demand for any and all costs that may be incurred by Lessor in connection with any

 

-23-


proposed transfer including, without limitation, the cost of investigating the acceptability of the proposed transferee and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with each proposed transfer. In no event shall such costs exceed Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00), increased by five percent (5%) per year of the lease term (cumulative and compounded).

22.6 If Lessor consents to any proposed assignment or sublease, (a) Lessee may enter into same, but only upon the specific terms and conditions set forth in Lessee’s Notice, (b) any sublease or assignment shall be subject to, and in full compliance with, all of the terms and provisions of this lease, (c) the consent by Lessor to any assignment or sublease shall not relieve Lessee of any obligation under this lease, and (d) each assignee shall assume in a manner satisfactory to Landlord all obligations of Lessee under this lease and shall be jointly and severally liable with Lessee for the payment of rent, and the performance of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Lessee’s part to be performed.

23. RULES, REGULATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS

23.1 Lessee shall use the leased premises and the public areas in the Building in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may from time to time be adopted by Lessor for the general safety, care and cleanliness of the leased premises or the Building, and the preservation of good order therein, and shall cause Lessee’s employees, agents, invitees and visitors to abide by such rules and regulations. In no event shall Lessee be obligated to comply with any rule or regulation not expressly stated in this lease to the extent such rule or regulation materially alters Lessee’s express rights and obligations outlined in this lease.

23.2 Lessee shall not place any boxes, cartons, or other rubbish in the corridors or other public areas of the Building.

23.3 Lessor does not guarantee the continued present status of light or air over any premises adjoining or in the vicinity of the Building. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands near or adjacent to the Building shall in no way affect this lease or impose any liability on Lessor.

23.4 Lessee shall conserve heat, air-conditioning, water and electricity and shall use due care in the use of the leased premises and of the public areas in the Building, and without qualifying the foregoing, shall not neglect or misuse water fixtures, electric lights and heating and air-conditioning apparatus.

23.5 Lessor will not admit to the branch bank portion of the leased premises the Lessee or any of the Lessee’s agents or employees or other persons claiming the right of admittance, if such persons have no key and are not listed on a list of authorized entrants issued by Lessee to Lessor (persons on such list must have photo identification to obtain entry).

23.6 Lessee shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises so long as it pays the rent payable by it hereunder and is not in default in performing all the provisions of this lease.

 

-24-


23.7 The titles to sections of this lease are for convenience only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part thereof. This lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington.

23.8 All notices under this lease shall be in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail to Lessor at the same place rent payments are made, and to Lessee at the leased premises, or such addresses as may hereafter or herein be designated by either party in writing. Notices mailed as aforesaid shall be deemed given on the date of receipt or refusal to accept such mailing.

23.9 The rent herein is exclusive of any sales, business and occupation, gross receipts or other tax based on rents or tax upon this lease or tax upon or measured by the number of employees of Lessee or the area of the leased premises or any similar tax or charge. If any such tax or charge be hereafter enacted, Lessee shall reimburse to Lessor the amount thereof together with each monthly rent payment. Lessee shall not be liable to reimburse Lessor for any federal income tax or other income tax of a general nature applicable to Lessor’s income. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Lessee’s reimbursement obligations shall be conditioned upon Lessor successfully collecting reimbursement of such taxes from tenants representing at least eighty percent (80%) of the square footage then leased by other tenants in the Building.

23.10 Lessee shall not place any plants, sculptures or other items so as to be located wholly or partially in the public corridor portions of the Building without Lessor’ s prior written approval.

23.11 All improvements, alterations or additions which may be made by either of the parties hereto upon the leased premises, except movable office furnishings, shall become part of the Building when made, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the leased premises as a part thereof. The maintenance and care of such improvements shall be the responsibility of Lessee, except as otherwise provided in Section 9. Wall paneling, partitions paid for by Lessor, closets, built-in cabinets, sinks, doors, however attached, floor coverings and other built-in units of all kinds are a partial listing of improvements that become property of Lessor as aforesaid. Wall hung office furniture, refrigerator/sink units and other electrical appliances may be removed by Lessee provided the reasonably estimated amount to cap plumbing and repair screw holes or other damage is paid by Lessee to Lessor prior to such removal and such removal does not cause any material damage to the property.

23.12 The freight elevator shall be used by Lessee or others to move furniture, supplies or other items to or from the leased premises . The movement of furniture or other items requiring extended use of the freight elevator shall be scheduled and coordinated with Lessor’s Service Department. The freight elevator may be used on an as available basis for delivery of supplies without such scheduling or coordination, during normal business hours for the Building. Lessee shall not permit passenger elevators to be used to move furniture, supplies or other items to or from the leased premises. Lessee shall cause its suppliers and other providers to comply with the foregoing provisions.

 

-25-


23.13 The name of the Building may at any time be changed by Lessor, except that so long as Lessee (or an assignee authorized under Section 22.1) maintains its principal offices and headquarters within the TUS Building and occupies an area in the TUS Building equal to at least two full floors, Lessor will not change the name of the TUS Building to that of another competing financial institution without Lessee’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

23.14 This lease contains the entire agreement of the parties and no representations, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not embodied herein shall be of any force and effect. Neither this lease nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by instrument in writing executed by Lessor and Lessee. This lease supersedes the letter of intent between the parties dated December 11, 1991.

23.15 UNICO Properties, Inc. (UNICO) is Lessor’s manager and rental agent in all matters concerning this lease and the leased premises, and the Lessee, until notified in writing to the contrary by either the Lessor or UNICO or the Assignee of Lessor’s interest under this lease, shall recognize such agency and pay all rental, furnish all statements, and give any notice which the Lessee may be under the duty of giving hereunder, or may elect to give hereunder, to UNICO at its office in the City of Seattle, King County, Washington, instead of to the Lessor. As long as such agency shall exist, the rights and options extended to Lessor shall be deemed extended to UNICO, and each and every other term and provision of this lease which is in any way beneficial to the Lessor, including especially every stipulation against liability, or limiting liability, shall inure to the benefit of UNICO and its agents and shall be applicable to UNICO and its agents in the same manner and as fully and with the same effect as to Lessor. Whenever Lessor’s consent is required, Lessee shall request such consent from UNICO. The consent of UNICO shall be deemed the consent of UNICO and Lessor.

23.16 Once the Commencement Date has occurred, Lessee agrees to look only to the equity of Lessor in the Building and the Land and not to Lessor personally with respect to any obligations or payments due or which may become due from Lessor hereunder, and no other property or assets of Lessor or any partner, joint venturer, officer, director, shareholder, agent, or employee of Lessor, disclosed or undisclosed, shall be subject for the satisfaction of Lessee’s claims under or with respect to this Lease, and no partner, officer, director, agent or employee of Lessor shall be personally liable in any manner or to any extent under or in connection with this Lease; provided, however, Lessee shall be entitled to offset against future rent obligations (i) any payments made by Lessee due to Lessor’s default hereunder and (ii) any judgment Lessee may have against Lessor. If at any time the holder of Lessor’s interests hereunder is a partnership or joint venture, a deficit in the capital account of any partner or joint venturer shall not be considered an asset of such partnership or joint venture. In the event of a sale or conveyance by Lessor of the Building, the same shall operate to release Lessor from any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of Lessor accruing from and after the effective date of the sale or conveyance.

 

-26-


23.17 Whenever the consent or approval of a party is required under this lease (including exhibits), it shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless expressly stated to the contrary in this lease (including exhibits).

23.18 A conference room will be provided in the TUS Building for use by Lessee and others so long as Lessor is required to provide such a conference room in the TUS Building under the lease between Lessor and Bogle & Gates. The location of such conference room may be changed from time to time. The use shall be scheduled on a first come first served basis pursuant to Lessor’s guidelines for the conference room. There will be no charge for the use of the conference room, but Lessor may charge a reasonable set up fee (currently $15.00) when required.

24. SUCCESSORS

All the covenants, agreements, terms and conditions contained in this lease shall apply to and be binding upon Lessor and Lessee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

25. SHARED TENANT SERVICES

Lessee acknowledges that any provision of telecommunications and office automation services and equipment (“Shared Tenant Services”) by a third party provider, Shared Technologies Inc., its agents, affiliates and successors (the “Provider”) is entirely separate and distinct from this lease agreement and that Lessor has no duty of performance concerning the provision of Shared Tenant Services.

26. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

26.1 Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement, design and moving allowance (including stationery and mailed announcements) of $43.00 per USF of initial leased premises in addition to the Building’s standard shell and core items, which are more fully described in Exhibit B attached. If Lessee spends less than the allowance, it shall receive the balance as a rent credit to be applied to the first rents due hereunder after the amount of the credit is determined, provided, however, the credit shall not exceed five dollars ($5.00) per USF of initial leased premises.

26.2 Lessee shall have the right to select contractors and subcontractors of its choosing to bid on and construct the tenant improvements provided same shall be subject to landlord’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld. Lessor shall not charge any fees for its involvement in the tenant improvement design or construction.

26.3 For those office floors where Lessee occupies more than half the floor, it shall have the right to incorporate its design into the elevator lobby. Lessor shall have the right to include at Lessor’s standard location in such elevator lobby, Lessor’s standard elevator signage identifying Lessee and the other tenants on the floor in question. For expansion space added

 

-27-


under Section 27 below, Lessor shall design (as directed by Lessee and approved by Lessor) and construct expansion space tenant improvements for standard business office space use on a turnkey basis consistent with the initial leased premises (using existing tenant improvements which are consistent with initial leased premises when reasonably possible); provided however, costs for expansion space tenant improvements and design shall not exceed $38.00/USF (as adjusted by increases in the Building Cost Index (BCI) for Seattle as published in the Engineering-News Record from January 1993 to date work commences). If the BCI is discontinued, the Consumer Price Index described in Section 3.3 shall be substituted for the BCI.

If an interconnecting stairwell is required to an expansion floor, it shall be constructed by Lessor on a turnkey basis at Lessor’s sole expense, provided Lessee has added at least one-half (1/2) of the expansion floor to the leased premises.

26.4 If Lessee elects to exercise its first extension option, then Lessor shall, at its sole cost and expense, recarpet and repaint the Premises during the eleventh year.

27. EXPANSION OPTIONS

27.1 Lessee shall have four (4) options to add between 6,000 and 8,000 RSF to its leased premises each time. Such option space shall first be the portion (if any) of floors 18-20 not included in the initial leased premises, and then at Lessor’s election on floors contiguous to the initial leased premises (i.e., floors 17 or 21) or contiguous to floors containing exercised expansion space. Option space will be on the same floor until at least two-thirds of such floor has been added to the leased premises. If part of the leased premises is on floors which are only partially leased by Lessee and the total usable area on such partially leased floors exceeds the average usable area of each such floor, then Lessee’s rent for such space on partially leased floors (based on the rentable area of such space) will be determined using the full floor load factor on the usable area of space on partially leased floors equal to the average usable area of such floors and the partial floor load factor upon the usable area of the balance of such space. For example, if Lessee is leasing 15,000 USF on floor 18, 17,000 USF on floor 17 and 8,000 USF on floor 21 for a total of 40,000 USF on such floors, and the average useable area of floors 17, 18 and 21 is 18,000 USF, then Lessee’s rent for such space shall be determined by applying the full floor load factor on 36,000 USF (18,000 USF x 2) and the partial floor load factor on 4,000 USF (40,000 USF - 36,000 USF). The first, second, third and fourth option spaces shall be added to the Premises on dates specified by Lessor between (1) July 1, 1995 and June 30, 1996, (2) July 1, 1997 and June 30, 1998, (3) July 1, 1999 and June 30, 2000, and (4) July 1, 2001 and June 30, 2002, respectively. Lessor shall use its best efforts so that not less than eighteen months nor more than thirty months pass between expansion space availability dates.

27.2 Lessor shall notify Lessee at least twelve months prior to the date an option space is available as to the commencement date, location and size of the option space. Lessee shall have the right to delay the commencement date of an expansion option by six months and/or reduce the square footage to be leased by up to 25%, provided that the unleased space is in a leasable configuration ( i.e., if Lessee elects to exercise its expansion option, Lessee must lease at

 

-28-


least seventy-five percent (75%) of the space stated in Lessor’s notice within six (6) months after the commencement date specified in Lessor’s notice). Lessee shall notify Lessor no later than nine months prior to the proposed commencement date, as the same may have been extended by Lessee in accordance with the terms of the preceding sentence of its intent to lease said option space, including actual size and commencement date. Except to the extent expressly provided to the contrary in this lease, the option space shall be governed by all of the terms of this lease, including rent, lease expiration date, extension options, base year, etc.

27.3 If Lessee exercises its third and fourth such options but fails to extend the Lease, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor on the lease expiration date for the unamortized cost of non shell and core improvements below the ceiling of the premises leased pursuant to such third and fourth options. Such amortization to be in equal monthly installments over five years, including interest at 9% per annum.

27.4 During the last five years of the original ten year term, Lessee shall respond promptly to requests by Lessor as to Lessee’s growth projections and renewal expectations, so as to assist Lessor in Lessor’s herein expressed obligation to use its reasonable best efforts and work with Lessee to provide Lessee with similar expansion options on similar terms during the extended years of this lease. The location, size and timing of such options will depend in part on Lessee’s requirements and in part on availability of space which is not subject to other leases. It is therefore possible that such space will not be on contiguous floors or in the same elevator bank as the initial leased premises.

28. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER/RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

28.1 Commencing January 1, 1993 and continuing throughout the term of the Lease (including extension options), Lessee shall have the following described Right of First Offer/Right of First Refusal to lease any and all available space in the low rise elevator bank, subject only to i) contrary rights (including, but not limited to, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, extension options and renewal options) granted to other tenants prior to December 18, 1991, and ii) expansion options granted at the outset to other tenants who, after December 18, 1991, lease more than 15,000 RSF in Lessee’s elevator bank. If Lessee elects to add space pursuant to this Section 28 which was to be used by Lessor to satisfy all or part of one or more of Lessee’s options under Section 27, (a) Lessee shall be deemed to have waived the part of the option or options in question (or all of an option or options, as the case may be) which Lessor intended to satisfy with such space, provided that, when the space is offered Lessee under this Section 28, Lessor shall have advised Lessee in writing as to the option or options (or part thereof) Lessor intended to satisfy with such space, and (b) such space shall be added to the leased premises on the terms applicable to option space under Section 27.

28.2 When Lessor first learns that office space with Lessee’s elevator bank is or will be available, Lessor shall promptly notify Lessee in writing of the fact and anticipated date of such availability. If Lessee is interested in such space and requests a proposal from Lessor, Lessor will notify Lessee in writing of the terms on which Lessor would be willing to lease such space. If Lessee does not request a proposal for such space, Lessor will not lease such space to any

 

-29-


third party without first notifying Lessee in writing of the terms on which Lessor would be willing to lease such space. In either of such cases, Lessee shall then have ten (10) days after receipt of such a notice in which to elect in writing to lease the space in question on the offered terms, with the exceptions that i) Lessee shall in no event be obligated to lease such space for a term that extends beyond the expiration date then applicable to the balance of Lessee’s leased premises and ii) Lessee’s two five-year extension options shall apply to the Right of First offer/Right of First Refusal space in question. If Lessee fails to so elect within such deadline (or within the five (5) day deadline of a subsequent notice with respect to such space), Lessor shall be free to lease the space to a third party on the terms specified in Lessor’s most recent notice to Lessee, provided such lease or a binding letter of intent for such a lease is executed within six months after the date of Lessor’s notice to Lessee. If Lessor wishes to offer more favorable rent, tenant improvements, parking or other material terms (from a tenant’s perspective) to a third party during such six month period, or if during such six month period Lessor wishes to reaffirm to Lessee the terms previously proposed to Lessee, Lessor shall be required to first re-offer the space to Lessee on such improved terms or reaffirmed terms, in which event Lessee will be required to respond in five (5) days. Likewise, if Lessor fails to come to terms with a third party within the six month period, Lessor will be required to re-offer the space to Lessee on whatever terms Lessor then chooses, and, in that event, Lessee shall have ten (10) days to respond.

28.3 Lessee shall have the Rights of First Offer/Rights of First Refusal shown in the following table. The initial retail space alternatives available to Lessee under Section 1.1(c) are set forth in column A. Opposite each such alternative, there is set forth the space or spaces which are subject to Lessees rights under this Section 28.3. The spaces currently leased by Federal Express and One Stop Copy are shown on Exhibit A.

 

A    B

Initial Retail Space Made Part of Leased Premises

Pursuant to Section 1.1(c)

  

Retail Space Subject to Lessee’s Section 28.3 Rights

All or part of Upper Level of Plaza Building    Remainder (if any) of the Upper Level of Plaza Building and Upper Level of Branch Bank
All or part of Upper Level of Plaza Building and Upper Level of Branch Bank    Remainder (if any) of the Upper Level of Plaza Building
Upper Level of Plaza Building and IBM Space    Federal Express Space
Upper Level of Plaza Building and Security Pacific Branch Space    One Stop Copy Space

 

-30-


A    B

Initial Retail Space Made Part of Leased Premises

Pursuant to Section 1.1(c)

  

Retail Space Subject to Lessee’s Section 28.3 Rights

Upper Level of Branch Bank    (a) IBM, Federal Express and One Stop Copy Spaces, or (b) Upper Level of Plaza Building. If any of the (a) spaces are added, the rights to the (b) space or any part of the (b) space shall terminate, and vice versa.
Upper Level of Branch Bank and IBM Space    Federal Express and One Stop Copy Spaces (if contiguous at time of availability)
Upper Level of Branch Bank and Security Pacific Branch Space    One Stop Copy and Federal Express Spaces (if contiguous at time of availability)
Upper Level of Branch Bank and IBM Space and Security Pacific Branch Space    None
IBM Space or Security Pacific Branch Space    Federal Express and One Stop Copy (if contiguous at time of availability) and Upper Level of Branch Bank
IBM Space and Security Pacific Branch Space    Upper Level of Branch Bank

After the initial retail space has been specified pursuant to Section 1.1(c), the parties will execute a memorandum specifically identifying the portion of the above table which shall apply thereafter, and deleting the other portions of the above table which do not apply thereafter.

The rights granted Lessee under this Section 28.3 shall apply only if the space in question is being added to the leased premises for uses that bring customers of Lessee to the space for the purpose of conducting business therein, or as expansion for space being used for such purpose. The procedure described in Section 28.2 shall be equally applicable to the space subject to Lessee’s rights under this Section 28.3. The rights granted under this Section 28.3 shall commence January 1, 1993 and continue through the term of the lease (including extension options), subject only to i) contrary rights (including, but not limited to, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, extension options and renewal options) granted to other tenants prior to December 18, 1991 and ii) expansion options granted at the outset to other tenants who, after December 18, 1991, lease any part of such space after such space has been first offered to Lessee.

The parties agree to work together in good faith, recognizing each others needs and concerns, if Lessee advises Lessor that it needs additional retail space above and beyond what is provided for under Section 28.3 to accommodate growth in the facets of Lessee’s business which are retail or plaza level oriented, and not for uses that are customarily found in office tower

 

-31-


space. The parties recognize the possibility that additional space may not be available as a result of such needs and concerns.

29. EXTENSION TERM AND RENT

29.1 Lessee shall have the right to extend the initial Lease term for two (2) additional five-year terms, on the same terms and conditions as stated herein except for rent, which is stated below. The extension options shall be exercised by Lessee delivering to Lessor a written notice of exercise at least nine (9) months prior to the then applicable expiration date of the Lease term. Lessee shall not be required to extend the Lease for the entire leased premises, provided the unleased space is in a leasable configuration. Between thirteen (13) and eleven (11) months prior to the then expiration date of the lease term, Lessee may request Lessor to advise Lessee of the Market Rent Lessor proposes for the next option term. Lessor will provide Lessee with written notice of such rent within thirty (30) days after its receipt of Lessee’s written request.

29.2 For Years 11-15, the annual rent shall be the lesser of (a) 95% of “Market Rent”, or (b) $23.00/RSF or USF, as the case may be (in the latter case, the initial Base indices and cap shall be retained).

29.3 For Years 16-20, the rent shall be 95% of Market Rent.

29.4 “Market Rent” shall mean the effective flat rental rate per RSF (or USF) paid by tenants to landlords of comparable Class A office buildings located in the Seattle downtown area over the term in question, if such landlord were to put space comparable to the space in question (in its then-existing condition) on the market for lease to a new tenant, assuming a new tenant with comparable attributes to Lessee. Market Rent shall be coupled with a new Base Year for taxes and new Base Indices for operating expenses (subject to the cap described in Section 3.6). If the parties are unable to agree on the Market Rent by that date which is eight (8) months prior to the then-applicable expiration date, both parties shall submit their final estimate of the Market Rent to the other in writing by that date which is eight (8) months prior to the then-applicable expiration date, and the Market Rent shall be determined by arbitration as follows:

(a) The arbitration will be before one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee. Absent such agreement, the arbitration will be by three arbitrators, all of whom must be (1) neutral parties and (2) either MAI appraisers or licensed real estate brokers who have been active over the five (5) years ending on the date of appointment in the brokering or appraisal of office space in the central business district of Seattle. Lessor and Lessee shall each appoint one of the arbitrators and such selection shall be accomplished on or before that date which is seven (7) months prior to the then-applicable expiration date. The third arbitrator will be selected by the two arbitrators so chosen by Lessor and Lessee. If the two arbitrators cannot agree upon the third arbitrator on or before that date which is six (6) months prior to the then-applicable expiration date, the third arbitrator will be selected by application by either party to the American Arbitration Association.

 

-32-


(b) On or before that date which is three (3) months prior to the then-applicable expiration date, the arbitrators shall decide on the Market Rent for the Premises for a five (5) year term (in the case of a determination of Market Rent for years 11 through 15, the existence of an additional five year extension option at ninety-five percent of Market Rent shall be taken into consideration). The decision of the majority of the arbitrators shall control. If a majority of the arbitrators do not agree within the stipulated time period, then each arbitrator shall render his or her separate determination of the Market Rent on or before that date which is two (2) months prior to the then-applicable expiration date. In such case, the three determinations shall be averaged to determine the Market Rent. However, if the lowest Market Rent and/or the highest Market Rent is more than ten percent (10%) lower or higher than the middle Market Rent, the low Market Rent and/or high Market Rent shall be disregarded. If only one Market Rent is disregarded the remaining two Market Rents will be averaged in order to establish the Market Rent.

(c) Both parties may submit any information to the arbitrators for their consideration with copies to the other party. Either party may require that the arbitration be conducted by hearing before the arbitrator(s). A copy of the arbitrators’ written decision will be given to both parties when the Market Rent has been determined. The determination of the Market Rent will be final and binding upon Lessor and Lessee. The fees and expenses of the arbitrator(s) will be paid by Lessee if the Market Rent is one hundred ten percent (110%) or more of the Market Rent specified in the notice given by Lessee to Lessor, and shall be paid by Lessor if the Market Rent is less than ninety percent (90%) of the Market Rent specified in the notice given by Lessor to Lessee, and otherwise shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee. Each party shall bear the fees and expenses of their respective attorneys, expert witnesses and other consultants.

30. PARKING

30.1 Throughout the term of the Lease as extended, Lessor will provide parking for thirty-three automobiles in the controlled access area of the One/Two Union Garage shown in Exhibit A attached along with up to sixty-six access cards to said area only (the number of access cards initially issued will be as mutually determined and reviewed periodically so that the number of issued cards is based on actual experience concerning usage and control of usage, and to assure that a) Lessee is achieving maximum usage and b) this right is not abused). Such access cards shall be used only to park not more than thirty-three automobiles at any time in said controlled access area, and shall not be used to park more than thirty-three cars in said controlled access area or to park elsewhere in the One/Two Union Garage. Throughout the Term of the Lease as extended, Lessor will also provide i) seventeen parking permits in the Hilton Garage; ii) six reserved short-term bank customer stalls, with unlimited validation in a manner acceptable to Lessor and Lessee, located on Level A nearest the garage entrance ramp and west garage elevators (of which four will be used initially and the remaining two added as usage indicates); and iii) 1,000 hours per month of free parking scrip (available in 1/2 hour increments and in addition to the customer stalls). Lessee shall comply with reasonable procedures and rules established by Lessor (or its garage operator) from time to time concerning the parking rights in the One/Two Union Garage and reasonably required controls with respect thereto.

 

-33-


30.2 The parking charge for (a) the right to park thirty-three automobiles, and (b) the right to up to six reserved short-term bank customer stalls as provided in Section 30.1, shall be at the rate of $110 per month (including sales tax) per automobile for the right to park thirty-three automobiles in the controlled access area plus $110 per month (including sales tax) per stall for the number of reserved short-term bank customer stalls being used by Lessee. Initially the monthly charge will be $4,070.00 ($110 times 33 plus $110 times 4) for 1993 and 1994. Thereafter the rate shall increase annually by the change in CPI, not to exceed 5% per year (cumulative and compounded), and in no event shall the rate exceed the generally prevailing monthly rate charged to tenants in the Building. Each January 1, commencing January 1, 1995, the adjustment will be based on the change in CPI for the twelve (12) month period ending the November 30 preceding the January 1 in question (e.g., the adjustment for January 1, 1995 will be based in the change in the November 1994 CPI over the November 1993 CPI.) Such charge shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor (or the garage operator at Lessor’s direction) in advance on the first day of each month during the term of the Lease as extended.

30.3 The parking charge per each Hilton permit shall not exceed $135.00 per month including tax during calendar year 1993, and shall increase annually thereafter by the change in CPI, not to exceed 5% per year (cumulative and compounded) and in no event to exceed the generally prevailing monthly rate charged to tenants in the Building. The adjustment for 1994 and thereafter shall be made in the same manner as provided in the last sentence of Section 30.2.

30.4 If Lessee leases additional space in excess of the greater of the area of the initial leased premises (RSF and USF, combined) or 60,000 RSF and USF (combined) pursuant to its expansion options, or right of first offer, its parking rights shall increase by one permit for each full 1,500 RSF and USF (combined) in excess of the greater of the area of the initial leased premises (RSF and USF, combined) or 60,000 RSF and USF (combined), all to be located in the Building Garage, except up to one-half may be located in the Hilton Garage at Lessor’s discretion. The monthly charges for such additional parking shall be the same as for the initial monthly parking at each location, respectively.

30.5 The provisions with respect to the 17 permits (subject to increase under Section 30.4) in the Hilton Garage are subject to obtaining the Hilton Garage owner’s written approval and agreement to provide such parking. In the event Lessor is unable to obtain such written agreement, or at Lessor’s election from time to time, then Lessor shall provide 17 permits (subject to increase under Section 30.4) in the Building Garage (or partly in the Building Garage and partly in the Hilton Garage, in such other garage or garages as are approved by Lessee in its sole discretion), at the charge stated above for permits in the Hilton Garage. Lessee may decrease or increase (up to 17) the permits used by Lessee pursuant to this Section 30.5, from time to time, upon not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice, provided that the change stated in any one notice shall not exceed three (3) permits.

 

-34-


31. STORAGE SPACE

Floors 18, 19 and 20 of the TUS Building each contain approximately 200 square feet of storage space in the core of the TUS Building for a total of approximately 600 square feet. The area of such space is not included in the USF of leased premises on such floors. Lessee is entitled to use such storage space without additional charge on each floor, in the ratio that the USF leased by Lessee on the floor bears to the total USF on the floor. Lessee shall have the right to lease up to 400 square feet at one location of dead storage space elsewhere in the TUS Building if available therein, otherwise in the OUS Building, at an annual rent of $12.00 per USF for Years 1-10. Thereafter, rent shall be market.

32. SATELLITE DISH

Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall be allowed to move its existing satellite dish from the Pacific Building and install the satellite dish on top of the TUS Building or the OUS Building, at Lessee’s choice. There will be no rent due in connection with the use of the rooftop during the term of the Lease or any extension thereof. Plans and specifications, location and mounting method shall be subject to Lessor’s approval. Lessee shall be solely responsible for obtaining all permits and other approvals necessary for the satellite dish, and shall provide evidence of such approvals to Lessor prior to commencement of installation of the satellite dish. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and against any damage, loss, liability or claim that Lessor may suffer or incur (including reasonable attorney fees and costs) as a result of Lessee’s installation or operation of the satellite dish, including without limitation, liability for claimed health hazards that may be associated with the satellite dish, claims of third parties and claims due to roof leaks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Lessor hereby warrants that no other party has an exclusive right or other contractual right that would yield a claim to such party based simply on the existence of Lessee’s satellite dish (as opposed to, for example, a claim based on interference caused by Lessee’s satellite dish). As a result, Lessee’s foregoing indemnity will not operate with regard to such a contract claim.

33. ADDITIONAL EXPENSES

Lessor will reimburse Lessee in cash, or pay directly, at Lessee’s option, real estate consulting fees of $3.50/RSF ($3.50/USF for the retail spaces) leased for the initial leased premises. Moving expenses will be reimbursable by Lessor as part of Lessee’s $43.00/USF tenant improvement allowance. Lessor agrees that it shall make all payments promptly upon receipt of an invoice (i.e., within 30 days of receipt of approved invoice) therefor. Real estate consulting fees shall be payable one-half within 30 days after execution of the Lease and removal of all contingencies (if any) by all parties, and one-half within 30 days after occupancy of the initial leased premises by Lessee. If the exact size of the leased premises has not been determined by the date on which the first one-half real estate consulting fee payment is due, the payment will be $105,000.00 ((60,000.00 x $3.50) ÷ 2), with the balance that is actually due (after the exact leased premises have been determined) being paid within thirty days after occupancy by Lessee.

 

-35-


34. DEFAULT BY LESSOR

If Lessor fails to keep or perform any of its covenants or conditions under the Lease, and such failure is not cured within thirty days after written notice of the failure from Lessee to Lessor, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Lessee, under the Lease, at law or in equity, Lessee may offset the amount that Lessee paid to cure Lessor’s default against any sums payable by Lessee to Lessor under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessor commences curative efforts within the thirty-day period, such period shall be extended so long as Lessor is diligently pursuing the cure to completion in good faith.

35. REGULATORY APPROVAL

The Lease will be subject to regulatory approval as to the location of Lessee’s main office and the branch bank. Lessee will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain said approval. If, on or before that day which is thirty (30) days from the date on which this lease becomes fully executed, Lessee has not obtained all regulatory approvals that Lessee deems necessary, Lessee shall be entitled to terminate this lease by so advising Lessor, provided that such notice shall be received by Lessor on or before the end of such thirty (30) day period, otherwise such contingency shall automatically lapse and thereafter be null and void. If necessary, the thirty (30) day period will be extended an additional thirty (30) days upon written notice from Lessee to Lessor, providing Lessee is proceeding as above provided and the notice is received by Lessor prior to the expiration of the initial thirty (30) day period.

36. EXCLUSIVITY

36.1 Lessor hereby agrees that, during the entire term of this lease, including extension terms, Lessor shall not lease any space in the retail or plaza areas of the TUS Building or the OUS Building for any standard banking uses (e.g., the taking of deposits, the cashing of checks, etc.). Moreover, Lessor hereby agrees that it will draft the use and/or assignment/subletting clauses in all future leases in such a way so as to prohibit any changes in use to such standard banking uses in said areas. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Lessee hereby agrees that the above terms of this Section 36 shall not apply to

(a) the space currently occupied by Security Pacific Bank in the retail area of the OUS Building and any adjacent contiguous space into which a bank tenant of such space may hereafter expand, but not more expansion space than the space currently occupied by One Stop Copy and Federal Express, with the understanding that the only permissible expansion space will be the space currently occupied by One Stop Copy and Federal Express (such spaces are delineated on Exhibit A).

(b) the space currently occupied by Puget Sound Bank in the retail area of the TUS Building and any adjacent contiguous space into which a bank tenant of such space may hereafter expand. In the event of such expansion, the tenant of such space will not be permitted to have signage which can be seen from the low rise elevator lobby of the TUS Building.

 

-36-


(c) any other retail space, provided that the number of tenants occupying retail space for standard bank purposes does not exceed three (including Lessee’s branch bank), the proposed tenant will lease more than one full office floor in the OUS Building, Lessee has been offered the right to lease such retail and office space on the same terms and conditions as the proposed tenant, and Lessee has refused or failed to agree to lease such retail and office space upon the offered terms within ten (10) days after receipt of such offer. In no event shall such other retail space have frontage on Sixth Avenue if Lessee is leasing and occupying the space described in Section 1.1 (b) for branch bank purposes.

(d) prohibit automatic teller machines.

37. BRANCH BANK

The Lease is subject to Lessee’s determination that the space described in Section l.l(b) can be feasibly used for Lessee’s branch bank. Such feasibility determination to include without limitation whether a branch bank is a permissible use under the Master Use Permit and laws applicable to said space, whether a building permit can be obtained for the branch bank space to permit occupancy of such space by a date acceptable to Lessee, whether there are any grade changes applicable to such space which cannot be satisfactorily addressed, and whether the space can be designed to be satisfactorily used as a branch bank and comply with laws applicable to such space. Such determination shall be made by Lessee in good faith and shall not be the basis for renegotiation of any of the provisions of this lease or be made to enable Lessee to accept a lease offer from another landlord. Lessee shall proceed diligently to make such determination. If on or before that day which is thirty (30) days from the date this lease becomes fully executed, Lessee has not made such determination, Lessee shall be entitled to terminate this lease by so advising Lessor, provided that such written notice shall be received by Lessor on or before the end of such thirty (30) day period, otherwise such contingency shall automatically lapse and thereafter be null and void. If necessary, the thirty (30) day period shall be extended an additional thirty (30) days upon written notice from Lessor to Lessee, provided Lessee is proceeding as above provided and the notice is received by Lessor prior to the expiration of the initial thirty (30) day period.

38. BACKUP POWER

Lessor acknowledges that Lessee’s entire operation (including all facilities located on other properties) is dependent on the telephone and computer systems located in the space being leased by Lessee pursuant to this Lease. Consequently, Lessor hereby agrees that if there is ever a power failure, Lessor will, to the extent it is permissible to do so under all applicable laws and ordinances, and if Lessor’s equipment will permit Lessor to do so, and to the extent Lessee so requests at the time, supply Lessee’s telephone and computer systems with whatever backup power Lessor has available to it. Lessee acknowledges that its rights hereunder will in all events be subordinate to the fire and life-safety needs of the Building. Moreover, Lessee acknowledges and agrees that all costs incurred in so supplying Lessee with backup power shall be paid by

 

-37-


Lessee. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor is not required to install equipment to supply backup power, in excess of the equipment presently installed in the Building.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this lease has been executed by Lessor and Lessee as of the day and year first above set forth.

 

LESSEE:   LESSOR:
CONTINENTAL, INC.  

ONE UNION SQUARE VENTURE,

A Washington Joint Venture

By

 

/s/ Richard S. Swanson

 

By UNICO PROPERTIES, INC.

(Manager and authorized rental agent for

One Union Square Venture)

By

 

/s/ Bruce W. Williams

 

  By  

/s/ David C. Cortelyou

 

-38-


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )     
  )      ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )     

On this 6th day of March, 1992, before me personally appeared David C. Cortelyou, to me known to be the President of UNICO PROPERTIES, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and One Union Square Venture, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Sharon L. Overman

Notary Public in and for the State of
Washington, residing at  

Seattle

My commission expires:  

9-23-92


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )     
  )      ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )     

On this 6th day of March, 1992, before me personally appeared Richard Swanson and Bruce W. Williams to me known to be the President and General Counsel of Continental, Inc., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Sharon L. Overman

Notary Public in and for the State of
Washington, residing at  

Seattle

My commission expires:  

9-23-95


SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT

Lessor:      One Union Square Venture

Lessee:      Continental, Inc.

Agreement made this 25th day of August, 1992 between One Union Square Venture (Lessor) and Continental Inc. (Lessee).

Lessor and Lessee are parties to lease dated March 5, 1992 (the Lease) for leased premises in the Two Union Square Building in Seattle, Washington. The parties desire to supplement the Lease and agree as follows:

1. Clauses (a), (b) and (c) of Section 1.1 (Leased Premises) of the Lease describing the initial leased premises are amended in their entirety to read as follows:

 

  (a) All of the office space on floors 18, 19 and 20 in the TUS Building, for a total of 59,898 RSF on these three floors.

 

  (b) 2,692 USF (no load factor to be applied) on level 2 of the retail area of the Building as outlined in black on attached Exhibit F for Lessee’s branch bank.

 

  (C) 2,401 USF (no load factor to be applied) on level 3 of the retail area of the Building as outlined in black on attached Exhibit G.

2. Base monthly rent shall be calculated as provided in Section 1.4 (Rent) of the Lease, except the rent rate for base monthly rent for the twenty-nine months immediately following the first month of full occupancy shall be $7.00/RSF/year for 2,600 square feet of office space and $17.98/RSF/year (USF/year for retail space) for the remainder of the leased premises. By way of example, if the first month of full occupancy commences on January 1, 1993, the base monthly rent for the initial leased premises (59,898 RSF of office space and 5,093 USF of retail space) for the term January 1, 1993 through December 31, 2002 will be:

 

Period

   Base Monthly Rent  
January 1 through January 31, 1993    $ 25,508.97   
February 1, 1993 through June 30, 1995    $ 94,999.16   
July 1, 1995 through December 31, 2002    $ 97,378.18   

3. Section 1.9 (Exhibits and Other Attachments which are part of the Lease) is amended to add thereto:

 

-1-


Exhibit F:

   Print with Branch Bank space outlined in black, replacing the corresponding page in Exhibit A.

Exhibit G:

   Print with upper level of Branch Bank Location outlined in black, replacing the corresponding page in Exhibit A.

4. The first option to add space under Section 27.1 shall be reduced to between 4,000 and 6,000 RSF. The first sentence of Section 27.1 is therefore modified to read “Lessee shall have one (1) option to add between 4,000 and 6,000 RSF to its leased premises and three (3) subsequent options to add between 6,000 and 8,000 RSF to its leased premises each time.”

5. The table in Section 28.3 is deleted from the Lease. The Retail Space subject to Lessee’s Section 28.3 rights shall be:

 

  (a) The IBM, Federal Express and One Stop Copy spaces, or

 

  (b) the upper level of Plaza Building, corner of Sixth Avenue and Union Street.

If any of the space described in clause (a) is added to the leased premises, then the rights to add any of the space described in clause (b) shall terminate. If any of the space described in clause (b) is added to the leased premises, then the rights to add any of the space described in clause (a) shall terminate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this supplemental lease agreement has been executed by Lessor and Lessee as of the day and year first above set forth.

 

LESSEE:     LESSOR:
   
CONTINENTAL, INC.    

ONE UNION SQUARE VENTURE,

A Washington Joint Venture

By   /s/ Richard S. Swanson     By UNICO PROPERTIES, INC.
     

(Manager and authorized rental agent for

One Union Square Venture)

By  

/s/ Bruce W. Williams

   
      By  

/s/ Stephen W. Camp

        Stephen W. Camp, Vice President

 

-2-


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON    )   
   )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING    )   

On this 29 th day of December, 1992, before me personally appeared Stephen W. Camp , to me known to be the Vice President of UNICO PROPERTIES, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and One Union Square Venture, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Elaine [Illegible Signature]

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Seattle                                                .

My commission expires:   1-15-95                                              .

LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON    )   
   )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING    )   

On this 25 day of August, 1992, before me personally appeared Richard S. Swanson and Bruce W. Williams to me known to be the President and Vice President of continental, Inc., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Laura [Illegible Signature]

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Seattle                                                .

My commission expires:   2/17/93                                              .

 

-3-


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

Lessor:

   UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Lessee:

   CONTINENTAL, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: May 6, 1998

Lessor and Lessee are parties to Lease dated March 5, 1992, as amended August 25, 1992, (the Lease) and desire to further amend the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.1, Leased Premises is hereby amended from all of the office space on floors 18, 19 and 20 to all of the office space on floors 18, 19, 20 and Rooms 2101-2112 and 2134 - 2137.

 

2 Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 54,816 usable square feet; 59,897 rentable square feet to 61,708 usable square feet; 67,685 rentable square feet.

 

3. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 5.68208 percent of the rentable area of the Building to 6.42088 percent.

 

4. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing July 1, 1995 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until October 31, 1998, Lessee shall continue to pay Monthly Minimum Rent of $89,747.17.

Commencing November 1, 1998 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2002, Lessee shall pay Monthly Minimum Rent of $101,416.38.

 

5. Lessor shall provide Lessee with tenant improvements on a turnkey basis up to $44.41 per usable square foot on the additional 6,892 usable square feet for improvements to the additional Leased Premises, including A & E fees. As provided in the Lease the CPI was used in place of the BCI to calculate the increase in the tenant improvement allowance.

 

6. Exhibit “A” of the Lease, changed to reflect the revised floor plan, is attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

7. Lessee shall be granted five (5) additional parking permits (one for each 1,500 rentable square feet of expansion space), effective November 1, 1998.

 

8. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

1


Lessee:     Lessor:
CONTINENTAL, INC.     UNION SQUARE LIMITED
   

PARTNERSHIP, a Washington Limited

Partnership

By  

/s/ HOWARD H. BELL

   
  HOWARD H. BELL     By UNICO PROPERTIES, INC.
Its   EXEC V.P.    

(Manager and authorized rental agent for

      Union Square Limited Partnership)
Date:   May 7, 1998    
      By  

/s/ John Schoettler

        John Schoettler, Vice President
    Date: May 6, 1998

 

2


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 7 th day of May , 1998, before me personally appeared Howard B. Bell , to me known to be the Exec. Vice President of CONTINENTAL, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Elfie E. Holmes
(Print name)
Elfie E. Holmes
Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,
residing at
Benton
My commission expires:   9-30-00                                

LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 6th day of May, 1998, before me personally appeared John Schoettler, to me known to be the Vice President of UNICO PROPERTIES, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Shielah C. Sabalza

Shielah C. Sabalza
Notary Public in and for the State of
Washington, residing at Seattle.
My commission expires:  4-02-2002.

 

3


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

Lessor:

   Union Square Limited Partnership

Lessee:

   Continental, Inc.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this

Amendment:        June 17, 1998

Lessor and Lessee are parties to Lease dated March 5, 1992, as amended August 25, 1992 and May 6, 1998, (the Lease) and desire to further amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. Section 1.1 , The office space portion of the Leased Premises are hereby amended from all of the office space on Floors 18, 19, 20, Rooms 2101-12, 2134-2137 to all of the office space on floors l8, 19, 20, Rooms 2101-2112, 2134-2137, and 701-30,735-37, and Part of 731 and 734.

 

2. Section 1.2 , The office space portion of the Leased Premises is hereby amended from 54,816 usable square feet; 59,897 rentable square feet, to 63,660 usable square feet; 69,983 rentable square feet effective October 1, 1997,70,795 usable square feet; 78,332 rentable square feet effective August 1, 1998, and 77,687 usable square feet; 86,120 rentable square feet effective November 1, 1998.

 

3. Section 1.2 , Floor Areas is hereby amended to 6.42088 percent of the rentable area of the Building for the premises located on floors 18-21, and .89540 percent for rooms 714-30 and Part 731, and .74119 percent for Rooms 701-13, 735-37 and Part of 734.

 

4. Section 1.4 , Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing July 1, 1998 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until July 31, 1998, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent on the office portion of $107,398.17.

Commencing August 1, 1998 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until October 31, 1998, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent on the office portion of $123,400.42

Commencing November 1, 1998 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until September 30, 2000, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent on the office portion of $135,069.63.

Commencing October 1, 2000 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until January 31, 2002, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent on the office portion of $135,909.63.

Commencing February 1, 2002 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 20.02, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent on the office portion of $139,388.38.


5. Section 1.5, Base Indices is revised as follows; For rooms 714-30 and Part of 3l containing 10,086 RSF, Lessee shall have a base year of 1997. For rooms 701-13, 735-37 and Part 731, 724, Lessee shall have a base year of 1998.

 

6. Section 4.4 Real Property Taxes shall have a base year as outlined in Section 5 above.

 

7. Section 30 Parking is hereby amended as follows:

Lessor shall make available five (5) monthly parking permits associated with rooms 701-13, 735-37 and Part of 734, effective August 1, 1998, and six (6) monthly parking permits associated with Rooms 714-30 and Part of 731; effective October 1, 1997.

 

8. Exhibit “A” of the Lease changed to reflect the revised floor plan is attached hereto and part hereof.

 

9. Upon the full execution of this Third Amendment the lease between Lessor and Lessee dated July 30, 1997 for Rooms 714-30, Part of 731 shall be terminated and superceded by this Amendment and the Master Lease.

 

Lessee:     Lessor:
CONTINENTAL, INC.     UNION SQUARE LIMITED
/s/ Howard H. Bell    

PARTNERSHIP, a Washington Limited

Partnership

By  

Howard H. Bell

    By UNICO PROPERTIES, INC.
      (Manager and authorized rental agent for
Its  

Executive Vice President

   

Union Square Limited Partnership)

Date  

June 23, 1998

    By  

/s/ John Schoettler

        John Schoettler, Vice President
   

Date

 

6.25.98


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 23 rd day of June , 1998, before me personally appeared Howard H. Bell , to me known to be the Exec. Vice President of Continental, Inc., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Elfie E. Holmes

(Print name) Elfie E. Holmes                                        
Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,
residing at Benton                                                                 
My commission expires:   9-30-00                                         

LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 25TH day of JUNE , 1998, before me personally appeared John Schoettler, to me known to be the Vice President of UNICO PROPERTIES, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Shielah C. Sabalza

Shielah C. Sabalza
Notary Public in and for the State of
Washington, residing at Seattle.
My commission expires:  4-02-2002.

 

3


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

Lessor:

   UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Lessee:

   CONTINENTAL, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building (the “Building”) as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: February 15, 2000

Lessor and Lessee are parties to Lease dated March 5, 1992, as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998 and June 17, 1998, (the Lease) and desire to further amend the Lease to add to the Leased Premises that portion of the 21 st floor not previously leased by Lessee (the “Expansion Space”). The parties mutually agree that effective on the date Lessor delivers the Expansion Space to Lessee with tenant improvements substantially complete for occupancy (the “Effective Delivery Date”), which date is anticipated to be September 1, 2000:

 

1. Section 1.1 is hereby amended to include all of the office space on floors 18, 19, 20, and 21, together with all of rooms 701-30, 735-37, and part of rooms 731 and 734 on floor 7 as the office space portion of the Leased Premises.

 

2. Section 1.2 is hereby amended to provide that the areas of the office space portion of the Leased Premises are increased from 77,687 usable square feet and 86,120 rentable square feet, to 89,067 usable square feet and 98,555 rentable square feet.

 

3. Section 1.2 is hereby further amended to reflect that the percentage of the rentable area of the Building that is leased by Lessee for all of floors 18-21 and rooms 701-30, 735-37 and parts of rooms 731 and 734 is 9.2371 percent. (The percentage applicable to all of rooms 701-30, 735-37, and part of rooms 731 and 734 remains at 1.63659 percent.)

 

4. Section 1.4 is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing upon the Effective Delivery Date and through September 30, 2000, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $153,701.41 (prorated if the Effective Delivery Date is not on the first day of the month).

Provided the Effective Delivery Date has occurred by October 1, 2000, then commencing October 1, 2000 (or prorated if the Effective Delivery Date is not on October 1, 2000) and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until January 31, 2002, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $154,541.41.

Commencing February 1, 2002 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2002, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $158,020.15.


5. Lessor shall provide Lessee with tenant improvements for the additional 11,380 usable square feet on floor 21 in keeping with the terms outlined in Section 26 of the Lease.

 

6. Lessor shall, on a turnkey basis and in keeping with Section 26 of the Lease, construct an interconnecting stairwell between floor 20 and floor 21 at Lessor’s sole expense.

 

7.

Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that the addition to the Leased Premises of the remaining 12,435 rentable square feet on the 21 st floor fully satisfies Lessee’s third and fourth expansion options under Section 27.1 through Section 27.3 of the Lease.

 

8. Section 30 Parking is revised as follows:

Lessor shall make available eight (8) additional parking permits associated with the remainder of the 21 st floor, effective September 1, 2000.

 

9. Exhibit “A” of the Lease, changed to reflect the revised floor plan, is attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

10.

Continental will have plans for improvements on the 21 st floor prepared by NBBJ for review by Landlord. Construction Drawings are to be completed not later than May 31, 2000. The Effective Delivery Date shall be deemed to be one day earlier than the actual delivery date for every day after May 31, 2000 until they are completed.

All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:     Lessor:

CONTINENTAL, INC,

a Washington corporation

   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP,

a Washington Limited Partnership

   

By UNICO PROPERTIES, INC.

(Manager and authorized rental agent for

Union Square Limited Partnership)

By  

/s/ Brian P. Dempsey

    By  

/s/ Donald M. Wise

        Donald M. Wise
Its  

Vice Chairman

    Its  

Senior Vice President

       
Date:  

2/15/00

    Date:  

2-15-00


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON     )       
    )      ss.  
COUNTY OF KING     )       

On this 15 th day of FEBRUARY , 2000 , before me personally appeared Donald M. Wise, to me known to be the Senior Vice President of UNICO PROPERTIES, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Shielah C.Sabalza                                                         

Shielah C.Sabalza

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Seattle.

My commission expires April 2, 2002.

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF WASHINGTON     )       
    )      ss.  
COUNTY OF KING     )       

On this 15 th day of FEBRUARY , 2000, before me personally appeared BRIAN DEMPSEY , to me known to be the VICE CHAIRMAN of CONTINENTAL, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ SHIELAH C. SABALZA                                             

(Print name) SHIELAH C. SABALZA                        

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at SEATTLE                                                      .

My commission expires: APRIL 2, 2002                       .

 

Page 4


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

Lessor:

  

UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC.
   (formerly known as Continental, Inc.)

Leased Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building (the “Building”) as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment:

   July 30, 2001

Lessor and Lessee are parties to a Lease dated March 5, 1992, as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998, June 17, 1998 and February 15, 2000, (the Lease) and desire to further amend the Lease to clarify the calculation and sharing of certain profits related to Lessee’s subleasing of a portion of the Leased Premises to Quadra Financial Group, L.P. Lessor and Lessee also desire to amend the Lease to address the terms and conditions under which Lessee will install and operate the automated teller machine in the portion of the leased premises where the retail branch bank is located, facing onto Sixth Avenue (the “Sixth Avenue ATM”).

 

1. Lessee, as Sublandlord, entered into a Sublease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 (“Quadra Sublease”) with Quadra Financial Group, L.P. as Subtenant (“Quadra”) for 18,435 rentable square feet on the 7th floor of the Leased Premises. Lessor consented to the Quadra Sublease on May 30, 2000. For the purpose of calculating the 50% share of net profit from the Quadra Sublease owing to Lessor pursuant to Section 22.3, the following shall govern:

 

  (a) Lessee has provided Lessor with a calculation through July 2001 of net profit derived from the Quadra Sublease, a copy of which calculation is attached hereto as SCHEDULE 1.

 

  (b) The parties agree that Lessor is entitled to share equally in the net profits from the Quadra Sublease, to the extent Lessee realizes a net profit at the end of the Term of such Sublease. The mechanism for sharing such profits shall be as follows:

 

  (1) Commencing in August 2001 and continuing on a monthly basis thereafter so long as Lessee receives net profit on the Quadra Sublease, Lessee shall calculate and remit to Lessor its 50% share of such net profit on a cash flow basis. The payment to Lessor shall be made within five (5) business days following receipt of payment from Quadra. The August payment shall include Lessor’s share of net profits through July 2001, as shown on Schedule 1.

 

  (2)

In the event Lessee does not realize a net profit at the end of the Term of the Quadra Sublease, or in the event such net profit is less than that shared with

 

 

HomeStreet/Union Square Fifth Amendment

Page 1


 

Lessor through payments previously made to Lessor on a cash flow basis, then Lessor agrees that it shall reimburse Lessee for any excess payments made to Lessor, up to the amount of net profits previously paid to Lessor hereunder. Such reimbursement shall be made within thirty (30) days following written notice by Lessee to Lessor.

 

2. Lessor hereby consents to Lessee’s installation, maintenance and operation of the Sixth Avenue ATM; provided, however, that the design and installation of the signage surround for the Sixth Avenue ATM shall be subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. No additional rent shall be charged for Sixth Avenue ATM. Lessee agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with and perform the following:

 

  (a) Lessee shall comply with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the operation and maintenance of the Sixth Avenue ATM.

 

  (b) Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term with respect to Lessee’s bank branch, Lessee shall remove the Sixth Avenue ATM and return the affected portion of the leased premises, including the building facade on Sixth Avenue, to its original condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. This provision shall also apply in the event Lessee removes the Sixth Avenue ATM prior to termination or expiration of the Lease term.

 

3. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By UNICO PROPERTIES, INC.

(Manager and authorized rental agent for

Union Square Limited Partnership)

By   /s/ Kyle Samuels                                                                    

  

Its   Senior V.P.                                                                           

  

Date:   August 2, 2001                                                                

  
   By   /s/ Donald M. Wise                                                                             
  

Its   Sr. V.P.                                                                                                     

  

Date:   8-8-01                                                                                                  

 

 

HomeStreet/Union Square Fifth Amendment

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON     }       
    ss.  
COUNTY OF KING      

On this 8 th day of August , 2001, before me personally appeared Donald M. Wise , to me known to be the Senior Vise President of UNICO PROPERTIES, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ SUZANNE SWANSON                                                         

Printed Name   SUZANNE SWANSON                                    

N OTARY P UBLIC in and for the State of Washington,

residing at   SEATTLE                                                        

My Commission Expires   3-21-04                                    

 

 

HomeStreet/Union Square Fifth Amendment

Page 3


LESSEE’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON     }       
    ss.  
COUNTY OF KING      

On this 2 nd day of August , 2001, before me personally appeared Kyle Samuels , to me known to be the Senior Vice President of HOMESTREET, INC., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Amber English                                                                       

Printed Name   Amber English                                                   

N OTARY P UBLIC in and for the State of Washington,

residing at   Shoreline, WA.                                               

My Commission Expires 8-16-04                                       

 

 

HomeStreet/Union Square Fifth Amendment

Page 4


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

Lessor:

  

UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Lessee:

  

HOMESTREET, INC.

(formerly known as Continental, Inc.)

Premises:

  

Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: 5th day of March, 2002

Lessor and Lessee are parties to Lease dated March 5, 1992, as amended August 25, 1992, may 6, 1998, June 17, 1998, February 15, 2000, and July 30, 2001 (the Lease) and desire to further amend the Lease as a result of Lessee exercising its Option to Extend the term of the Lease pursuant to Section 28. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 89,067 usable square feet; 98,555 rentable square feet; to 94,160 usable square feet; 106,014 rentable square feet (office and retail) in accordance with the BOMA Standard (American National Standard ANSIZ 65.1-1996).

 

2. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 9.2371 percent of the rentable area of the Building to 9.411520 percent.

 

3. The term is hereby extended to December 31, 2007 in accordance with Lessee’s exercise of its first five-year option to extend the Lease in accordance with Section 29.

 

4. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing January 1, 2003 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2007, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $198,422.87. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $23/rsf discounted to $22.46/rsf to compensate for the adjustment in the rentable area per paragraph 1 herein.

 

5.

Section 1.5 Base Indices as outlined in Section 29.2 remains the same (1992) for floors 18-21, however the Base Indices for the 7 th floor shall be 1997 and 1998 in keeping with the Third Amendment to Lease.

 

6.

In keeping with Section 26.4, Lessor shall, at its sole cost and expense, re-carpet and paint the premises during the 11 th year.

 

7. Section 1.8 Lessor’s Address for Notices and Payment of Rent is revised to read; Union Square Limited Partnership, c/o Lowe Enterprises Northwest, Inc., 600 University Street, Suite 2820 Seattle, Washington 98101.

 

8. Section 1.10 is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following language:


Lessor is a Washington limited partner known as Union Square Limited Partnership. Lessor is the sole owner of the Building and the Land. Lowe Enterprises Northwest, Inc. is the manager and authorized rental agent of One and Two Union Square, and it has the authority to execute documents on behalf of Lessor and bind Lessor as provided in this lease.

 

9. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:

HOMESTREET, INC (FORMERLY

KNOWN AS CONTINENTAL, INC.)

  

UNION SQUARE LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Partnership
  

By Lowe Enterprises Northwest, Inc.

(Manager and authorized rental agent for

Union Square Limited Partnership)

By   /s/ Kyle Samuels                                                                                     

   By   /s/ Craig A. Wrench                                                                         

        Kyle Samuels

           Craig A. Wrench

Its   Senior V.P.                                                                                         

  

Its   President                                                                                               

Date:    3/5/02                                                                                             

  

Date:   3/5/02                                                                                              

 

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON     )       
    )      ss.  
COUNTY OF KING     )       

On this 6 th day of March , 2002 , before me personally appeared Craig A. Wrench, to me known to be the President of Lowe Enterprises Northwest, Inc. the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Loren Blumenstine                                                             

Loren Blumenstine

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington

Washington, residing at Seattle, WA

My commission expires July 18, 2005

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON      )       
     )      ss.  
COUNTY OF KING      )       

On this 5 th day of   March , 2002, before me personally appeared   Kyle Samuels , to me known to be the Senior VP of   HomeStreet, Inc. , the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Amber English                                                             

(Print name)   Amber English                                          

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at   Shoreline, WA.                                          .

My commission expires:   8-16-04                                .

 

Page 4


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

LEASE

 

Lessor:

  

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Successor in interest by merger to Union Square Limited Partnership

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: 19th day of May, 2004

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Office Lease dated March 5, 1992, as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998, June 17, 1998, February 15, 2000, July 30, 2001, and March 5, 2002 (as so amended, the “Lease”) and desire to further amend the Lease as a result of Lessor and Lessee agreeing to extend the term of the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.3 Term is hereby amended from fifteen years commencing January 1, 1993 and ending December 31, 2007, to twenty-five (25) years commencing January 1, 1993 and ending December 31,2017.

 

2. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows and shall be recalculated in the event the Leased Premises are reduced in keeping with Section 39, or expanded in keeping with Section 28:

Commencing on January 1, 2008 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $229,697.00. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $26 per rentable square feet (“RSF”) multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (106,014) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2012, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $238,531.00. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $27 per RSF multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (106,014) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2013 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2014, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $247,366.00. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $28 per RSF multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (106,014) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2015 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2017, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $256,200.00. Such


 

amount is derived from the agreed amount of $29 per RSF multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (106,014) divided by 12 months.

 

3. Section 1.5 Base Indices is revised by adding the following language: “Effective January 1, 2008 the base year for Sections 3 &4 shall be revised to read 2007, with the first adjustment as of January 1, 2009. To the extent Lessee elects to extend the term of the lease for additional terms as provided herein, commencing in 2018 and 2023, new base years of 2017 and 2022, respectively, shall be established for such additional terms.”

 

4. The following language is substituted in Section 26 Tenant Improvements, in lieu of the existing section 26.1:

“On January 1, 2008, Lessor shall pay Lessee an amount equal to $15 per RSF (the “refurbishment allowance”) on the lesser of 106,014 RSF (“Current Leased Premises”), or, to the extent Lessee has elected to reduce its Leased Premises as provided for herein, on the RSF then leased by Lessee. Lessee shall utilize the refurbishment allowance for any costs (tenant improvements, telephone and computer cabling, architectural and engineering fees, moving costs, etc.) associated with refurbishing the Leased Premises.

In addition to such refurbishment allowance, Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance of $35 per RSF on all space acquired by Lessee (the “expansion space”) in the TUS Building at any time during the term of this Lease and any extension terms (not including the Current Leased Premises), including without limitation on all such expansion space acquired pursuant to the Right of First Offer/Right of First Refusal as set forth in Section 28 of the Lease, as amended herein. Lessor shall pay Lessee such tenant improvement allowance on the effective date of Lessee’s lease of the expansion space (the “effective date”), and such tenant improvement allowance shall be utilized by Lessee for any costs (tenant improvements, telephone and computer cabling, architectural and engineering, fees, moving costs, etc.) associated with the improvement of the expansion space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for all such expansion space acquired after January 1, 2011, Lessee shall receive a pro rated tenant improvement allowance based upon $35 per RSF divided by 120 months and multiplied by the number of months then (as of the effective date) remaining on the Term (not to exceed $35 per RSF).”

With respect to Section 26.4 of the Lease, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that they have by mutual agreement deferred the recarpeting and repainting of the Current Leased Premises pursuant to section 26.4 beyond the 11 th year of the Lease term, but the parties acknowledge that Lessor remains obligated to pay the cost and expense of such repainting and recarpeting of the Current Leased Premises, which is in addition to the refurbishment allowance referenced above, at such time as the parties mutually agree, which may be completed in different stages for each floor of the Current Leased Premises.

 

5.

Section 28 Right of First Offer/Right of First Refusal shall remain as written with the exception that for all expansion space acquired by Lessee, Lessee shall pay the per RSF rate then in effect on the Leased Premises pursuant to section 1.4 as amended herein at

 

Page 2


 

the time such expansion space is acquired. Any tenant improvement allowance shall be in keeping with Section 26, as amended herein. In the event Lessee requires additional space and Lessor is unable to provide such additional space in the low-rise elevator bank of the TUS Building (floors 4-22), Lessor shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate such requirement elsewhere within the TUS Building, and to the extent Lessee elects to lease such additional space outside the low-rise elevator bank, Lessee shall do so at Market Rent, as described in section 29.4.

 

6. Section 29.2 & 29.3 Extension Term and Rent shall be revised to read as follows;

“For the two additional five year terms commencing January 1, 2018 and January 1, 2023, the base monthly rent shall be 95% of Market Rent as described in Section 29.4”.

 

7. A new Section 39 Option to Reduce the Premises is added as follows:

“To the extent Lessee is not in default under any of the terms and conditions of the Lease (beyond any applicable cure periods), Lessee shall have the right to reduce the Leased Premises in keeping with the following table provided Lessee provides at least twelve months prior written notice to Lessor.

 

Premises

   Square Feet    Notice Date    Effective Date

Level 3 Retail

   2,470 RSF
   12 months

prior notice

   April 1, 2005

or thereafter

Remaining Premises

   25,000 RSF    12 months

prior notice

   January 1, 2008
or January 1, 2010 or
January 1, 2015

To the extent Lessee elects to reduce the Leased Premises as provided for herein, the cumulative total reduction, not including the 2,470 RSF on Level 3 Retail, shall not exceed 25,000 RSF. The minimum reduction on any single effective date in 2008, 2010, or 2015 shall be 10,000 RSF, unless an entire floor is reduced at one time, in which case any subsequent reduction may be less than 10,000 RSF. The RSF that is eliminated from the Lease hereunder (the “reduced space”) shall be located either on non-contiguous floors or on the lowest or highest contiguous floors then occupied by Lessee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lessee shall have the right to terminate the Lease as it pertains to the Level 3 Retail at any time on or after April 1, 2005, without being required to terminate the Lease as it pertains to other space in the Building. Lessee shall as of the effective date of any reduction hereunder, pay to Lessor a sum equal to the unamortized transaction costs attributable to and prorated based upon the RSF of the reduced space, if any, including interest at 9% compounded. For purposes of this provision, “unamortized transaction costs” shall mean any tenant improvement allowance and any refurbishment allowance paid under Section 26.1

 

Page 3


as amended herein and any broker commission paid to Washington Partners that is specifically attributable to the reduced space. Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge that there is no broker commission being paid to Washington Partners with respect to the Level 3 Retail or the 7 th floor Premises unless and until Lessee makes a commitment to lease such space beyond January 1, 2008, In addition to such unamortized transaction costs, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an additional termination fee in an amount equal to six months rent on the reduced space as of the effective date of the reduction, or such lesser amount of rent due for the remaining term or extension term then in effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall not be required to pay this additional termination fee for any of the 7 th floor Premises.

In the event Lessee requires additional space following any reduction of the Leased Premises, and Lessor has not previously entered into a lease with a third party on the reduced space, Lessee shall be entitled to reoccupy such reduced space, and in such event, Lessor shall not be obligated to fund any tenant improvement allowance, but shall refund the $15 per RSF refurbishment allowance as provided above.

 

8. Lessor agrees that the 33 parking stalls provided in the controlled access area of the One/Two Union Square Garage pursuant to Section 30.1 of the Lease shall be marked with the “HomeStreet Bank” name for the exclusive use of Lessee.

 

9. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC

its manager.

   By   /s/ Mark Barbieri                                                                                
           Mark Barbieri

By   /s/ Joan Enticknap                                                               

   Its   Senior Vice President

Its   President /COO                                                         

   Date:   5/26/04                                                                                                

Date:   May 19, 2004                                                       

  

 

Page 4


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 24 th day of May , 2004 , before me personally appeared Mark Barbieri, to me known to be the Senior Vice .President of Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Zina D. Wilson                                                         

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Covington, WA

My commission expires 04/01/06.

 

Page 5


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 19 th day of May , 2004, before me personally appeared Joan Enticknap to me known to be the President COO of HomeStreet, Inc., the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Stephanie M. Madden                                                              

(Print name) Stephanie M. Madden                                             

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Mill Creek                                                .

My commission expires: March 20, 2005             .

 

Page 6


EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO

LEASE

 

Lessor:

   UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: 31 st day of August, 2004

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Office Lease dated March 5, 1992 as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998, June 17, 1998, February 15, 2000, July 30, 2001, March 5, 2002, and May 19, 2004 (as so amended, the “Lease”) and desire to further amend the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.1, Leased Premises is hereby amended to delete that portion of the Leased Premises located at the Third Level Plaza of Two Union Square effective upon the date Lessee vacates the Third Level Plaza (target date is September 17, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

 

2. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 93,376 usable square feet; 106,014 rentable square feet to 90,975 usable square feet; 103,544 rentable square feet as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 9.411520 percent of the rentable area of the Building to 9.19224 percent as of the Effective Date.

 

4. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing on the Effective Date (target date of September 17, 2004) and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2007, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $193,799.85.

Commencing on January 1, 2008 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $224,345.33. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $26 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (103,544) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2012, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $232,974.00. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $27 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (103,544) divided by 12 months.


Commencing on January 1, 2013 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2014, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $241,602.67. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $28 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (103,544) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2015 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2017, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $250,231.33. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $29 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (103,544) divided by 12 months.

 

5. For purposes of this reduction in the Leased Premises, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that in keeping with Paragraph 7, Section 39 of the Seventh Amendment to Lease Option to Reduce the Premises, Lessee has effectively exercised its right with regards to Level 3 Retail prior to the date specified in the Seventh Amendment, and Lessor accepts such early termination of said Premises.

 

6. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC

its manager.

   By   /s/ Mark Barbieri                                                                                                  
           Mark Barbieri

By   /s/ Joan Enticknap                                                                    

   Its   Senior Vice President

Its   President & COO                                                           

   Date:   9/7/04                                                                                                                    

Date:   September 3, 2005                                                    

  

 

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 7 th day of September , 2004 , before me personally appeared Mark Barbieri, to me known to be the Senior Vice President of Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Zina D. Wilson                                                         

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Covington, WA

My commission expires 04/01/06

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 3 rd day of September , 2004, before me personally appeared Joan Enticknap , to me known to be the President and COO of HomeStreet Bank , the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Stephanie M Madden                                             

(Print name) Stephanie M Madden                          

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Mill Creek                                                  .

My commission expires:   March 20, 2005                 .

 

Page 4


NINTH AMENDMENT TO

LEASE

 

Lessor:

   UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: 19 th day of April, 2006

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Office Lease dated March 5, 1992 as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998, June 17, 1998, February 15, 2000, July 30, 2001, March 5, 2002, May 19, 2004, and August 31, 2004 (as so amended, the “Lease”) and desire to further amend the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.1, Leased Premises is hereby amended to add room 1723 to the Leased Premises as of the Effective Date.

 

2. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 90,975 usable square feet; 103,544 rentable square feet to 91,837 usable square feet; 104,573 rentable square feet as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 9.19224 percent of the rentable area of the Building to 9.28359 percent as of the Effective Date.

 

4. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing on the Effective Date (February 1, 2007) and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2007, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $195,725.80.

Commencing on January 1, 2008 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $226,574.83. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $26 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2012, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $235,289.25. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $27 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.


Commencing on January 1, 2013 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2014, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $244,003.67 Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $28 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2015 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2017, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $252,718.08. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $29 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.

 

5. In keeping with Section 26 of the Seventh Amendment to Lease, Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance of thirty-five ($35.00) dollars per rentable square foot multiplied by 1,029 rentable square feet for improvements to room 1723.

 

6. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC

its manager.

   By   /s/ Mark Barbieri                                                                                 
           Mark Barbieri

By   /s/ Joan Enticknap                                                                       

   Its   Senior Vice President

Its   President & COO                                                                      

   Date:   4/27/06                                                                                                

Date:   April 20, 2006                                                                      

  

 

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 27 th day of April , 2006 , before me personally appeared Mark Barbieri, to me known to be the Senior Vice President of Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Sherri L. Voeltner                                                         

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Renton

My commission expires 01/19/10

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 20 th day of April , 2006, before me personally appeared Joan Enticknap , to me known to be the President & COO of, HomeStreet Bank , the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Stephanie M. Madden                                                             

(Print name) Stephanie M. Madden                                             

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Mill Creek, WA                                        .

My commission expires: March 30, 2009                 .

 

Page 4


TENTH AMENDMENT TO

LEASE

 

Lessor:

   UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: July 20, 2006

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Office Lease dated March 5, 1992 as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998, June 17, 1998, February 15, 2000, July 30, 2001, March 5, 2002, May 19, 2004, August 31, 2004, and April 19, 2006 (as so amended, the “Lease”) and desire to further amend the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.1, Leased Premises is hereby amended to add room 1723 to the Leased Premises as of the Effective Date, herein defined as “September 1, 2006”.

 

2. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 90,975 usable square feet; 103,544 rentable square feet to 91,837 usable square feet; 104,573 rentable square feet as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Section 1.2, Floor Areas is hereby amended from 9.19224 percent of the rentable area of the Building to 9.28359 percent as of the Effective Date.

 

4. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing on the Effective Date (September 1, 2006) and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2007, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $195,725.80.

Commencing on January 1, 2008 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $226,574.83. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $26 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable, square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2012, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $235,289.25. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $27 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.


Commencing on January 1, 2013 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2014, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $244,003.67 Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $28 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.

Commencing on January 1, 2015 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2017, Lessee shall pay base monthly rent of $252,718.08. Such amount is derived from the agreed amount of $29 per rentable square foot, multiplied by the number of rentable square feet (104,573) divided by 12 months.

 

5. In keeping with Section 26 of the Seventh Amendment to Lease, Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance of thirty-five ($35.00) dollars per rentable square foot multiplied by 1,029 rentable square feet for improvements to room 1723.

 

6. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC

its manager.

   By   Mark Barbieri                                                                                        
           Mark Barbieri

By   /s/ Joan Enticknap                                                                               

   Its   Executive Vice President

Its   President                                                                                    

   Date:   08/16/06                                                                                             

Date:   08/09/06                                                                               

  

 

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 16 th day of August , 2006 , before me personally appeared Mark Barbieri, to me known to be the Executive Vice President of Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

 

/s/ Sherri L. Voeltner

 
 

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Renton

My commission expires 01/19/10

 

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 9 th day of August , 2006, before me personally appeared Joan Enticknap , to me known to be the President of HomeStreet, Inc. , the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Stephanie M. Madden

(Print name) Stephanie M. Madden

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Mill Creek .

My commission expires: 3/20/09                      .

 

Page 4


ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

LEASE

 

Lessor:

   UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: December 27, 2006

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Office Lease dated March 5, 1992 as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998, June 17, 1998, February 15, 2000, July 30, 2001, March 5, 2002, May 19, 2004, August 31, 2004, April 19, 2006, and July 20, 2006 (as so amended, the “Lease”) and desire to further amend the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.1 Leased Premises is hereby amended to delete Rooms 701-30, 735-37, and part of Rooms 731 & 734 as of the Effective Date, herein defined as “December 31, 2007”.

 

2. Section 1.2 Floor Areas is hereby amended from 91,837 usable square feet; 104,573 rentable square feet, to 75,858 usable square feet; 86,138 rentable square feet as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Section 1.2 Floor Areas is hereby amended from 9.28359 percent, to 7.64700 percent of the Building as of the Effective Date.

 

4. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing on January 1, 2008 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $186,632.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2012, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $193,810.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2013 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2014, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $200,989.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2015 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2017, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $208,167.00.


5.

For purposes of this reduction in the Leased Premises, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that in keeping with Paragraph 7, Section 39 of the Seventh Amendment to Lease Option to Reduce the Premises, Lessee has effectively exercised its right with regards to the 7 th floor Premises, and Lessor accepts such termination of said Premises.

 

6. In keeping with Paragraph 4 Section 26 of the Seventh Amendment to Lease, Tenant Improvement Allowance is revised to replace “106,014 RSF”, with “85,J09RSF”.

 

7. Section 30 Parking is revised to read a total of “53” monthly stalls as of the Effective Date.

 

8. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC

its manager.

   By /s/ Mark Barbieri                                                                                  
           Mark Barbieri

By   /s/ Bruce W. Williams                                                                                

   Its   Executive Vice President

Its   Chairman                                                                                              

   Date:   1/18/07                                                                                                

Date:   1/8/07                                                                                              

  

 

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 18 th day of January , 2007 , before me personally appeared Mark Barbieri, to me known to be the Executive Vice President of Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Sherri L. Voeltner                    

Sherri L. Voeltner

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Renton

My commission expires 01/19/10

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 8 th day of January , 2007, before me personally appeared Bruce W. Williams , to me known to be the Chairman of HomeStreet, Inc , the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Stephanie M. Madden                                                 

(Print name) Stephanie M. Madden                                

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at Mill Creek, WA                                                .

My commission expires: March 20, 2009                 .

 

Page 4


TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO

LEASE

 

Lessor:

   UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment. October 1, 2007

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Office Lease dated March 5, 1992 as amended by the First - Eleventh Amendments to Lease (as so amended, the “Lease”), and desire to further amend the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Section 1.1 Leased Premises is hereby amended to incorporate Rooms 1701-02, and 1724-37 into the Leased Premises as of the Effective Date, and as shaded in red on the attached Exhibit A.

 

2. Section 1.2 Floor Areas is hereby amended from 75,858 usable square feet; 86,138 rentable square feet, to 82,909 usable square feet; 94,558 rentable square feet as of the Effective Date.

 

3. Section 1.2 Floor Areas is hereby amended from 7.64700 percent to 8.39450 percent ofthe Building as of the Effective Date.

 

4. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing on October 1, 2008 herein defined as the “Effective Date”, and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $204,876.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2012, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $212,755.00

Commencing on January 1, 2013 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2014, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $220,635.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2015 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2017, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $228,515.00.


5. Section 1.5 Base Indices shall remain 2007 for the entire Leased Premises,

 

6. Section 26 Tenant Improvement Allowance; In keeping with the terms of the Lease, Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance of thirty-five ($35.00) dollars per rentable square foot on the additional 8,420 rsf, for an additional. Tenant Improvement allowance of $294,700.00.

 

7. Section 30 Parking is revised to read a total of “59” monthly stalls as of the Effective Date.

 

8. Lessor shall pay a real estate fee to Washington Partners, Inc upon the full execution of this amendment.

 

9. Exhibit “A” of the Lease, changed to reflect the revised floor plan, is attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

10. All other terms and conditions are to remain the same.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC

its manager.

   By   /s/ Mark Barbieri                                                                                 
           Mark Barbieri

By   /s/ Joan Enticknap                                                                                      

   Its   Executive Vice President

Its   President & COO                                                                                        

   Date:   11/7/07                                                                                                

Date:   11/5/07                                                                                                     

  

 

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 7 th day of November , 2007 before me personally appeared Mark Barbieri, to me known to be the Executive Vice President of Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Sherri L Voeltner                                    

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Renton

My commission expires 01/19/10

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 5 th day of November , 2007, before me personally appeared Joan Enticknap , to me known to be the President & COO of HomeStreet, Inc. , the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Barbara L DeVere                                        

(Print name) Barbara L DeVere

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at LYNNWOOD WA .

My commission expires: 10/29/10 .

 

Page 4


THIRTEENTH AMENDMENT TO

LEASE

 

Lessor:

  

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Lessee:

   HOMESTREET, INC.

Premises:

   Commonly referred to as Suite 2000 in the Two Union Square Building as more particularly described in the Lease.

Date of this Amendment: January 26, 2010

Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Office Lease dated March 5, 1992 as amended August 25, 1992, May 6, 1998, June 17, 1998, February 15, 2000, July 30, 2001, March 5, 2002, May 19, 2004, August 31, 2004, April 19, 2006, July 20, 2006, December 27, 2006, and October 1, 2007, (as so amended, the “Lease”), and desire to further amend the Lease. The parties mutually agree:

 

1. Pursuant to Section 4 of the Seventh Amendment Lease, Section 2 of the Eighth Amendment to Lease, Section 5 of the Ninth Amendment to lease, Section 5 of the Tenth Amendment to Lease, Section 6 of the Eleventh Amendment to Lease, and Section 6 of the Twelfth Amendment to Lease, Lessee was entitled to a Tenant Improvement Allowance in the total amount of $1,607,350.00. As of the Effective Date hereof, and as set forth in the attached Exhibit A, Lessee has previously received $310,335.22 of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, so that $1,297,014.78 thereof remains unapplied (the “ Unapplied Allowance ”). The parties have agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, a portion of the Unapplied Allowance in the amount of $625,348.89, as set forth in the attached Exhibit B, shall be applied towards Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent due under the Lease for the period January 1, 2010, through and including March 31, 2010. The difference between the Unapplied Allowance of $1,297,014.78 and the $625,348.89 portion of the Unapplied Allowance which shall be applied towards Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent as described herein totaling $671,665.89, (the “Remaining Unapplied Allowance”) shall remain available for Lessee’s use for leasehold improvements to the Leased Premises as originally permitted by the terms and conditions of the Lease and Amendments governing the use of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Lessee waives any right to receive any portion of the Unapplied Allowance or any tenant Improvements whatsoever except for the $671,665.89 Remaining Unapplied Allowance.


2. Section 1.4 Rent is hereby amended as follows:

Commencing on January 1, 2010 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until March 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $0.00.

Commencing on April 1, 2010 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2010, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $204,876.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2012, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $212,755.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2013 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31,2014, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $220,635.00.

Commencing on January 1, 2015 and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month until December 31, 2017, Lessee shall pay to Lessor base monthly rent of $228,515.00.

 

3. Except as modified herein, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

Lessee:

   Lessor:
HOMESTREET, INC   

UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY,

a Washington corporation

   a Washington Limited Liability Company
  

By Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC

its manager.

   By   /s/ Mark Barbieri                                                                                 
           Mark Barbieri

By   /s/ Joan Enticknap                                                                                              

   Its   Executive Vice President

Its   President & Coo                                                                                                  

   Date:   2/22/10                                                                                                

Date:   2/19/2010                                                                                                           

  

 

Page 2


LESSOR’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 22 nd , day of February , 2010, before me personally appeared Mark Barbieri, to me known to be the Executive Vice President of Washington Real Estate Holdings, LLC the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and UNION SQUARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he (she) was authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ Zina D. Wilson                                                     

Notary Public in and for the State of

Washington, residing at Bothell, WA

My commission expires 01/21/13

 

Page 3


LESSEE’S CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  )            ss.
COUNTY OF KING   )   

On this 19 th day of February, 2010, before me personally appeared Joan Enticknap to me known to be the President of HomeStreet Bank, the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they (he or she) were authorized to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed (if any) is the corporate seal of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

/s/ BARBARA DEVERE                                                                  

(Print name) BARBARA DEVERE                                               

Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,

residing at   LYNNWOOD                                                          .

My commission expires:   10/29/10                                                .

 

Page 4

Exhibit 10.24

 

LOGO

   1501 Fourth Ave, Ste. 1900, Seattle, WA 98101-1693 206.340.2300 tel 206.340.2485 fax www.fhlbsea.com

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

 

This Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement (“Agreement”), dated as of             June 20 , 20 04             is entered
                                                                        (Date of Agreement)
between HomeStreet Bank having its principal place of business at
                (Full Corporate Name of Customer)
            601 Union St., Ste 2000, Seattle, 98101              (“Customer”) and the Federal Home Loan Bank of
(Full Address of Customer’s Executive Offices)
Seattle, 1501 Fourth Avenue, Suite 1900, Seattle, WA 98101 (“Seattle Bank”).

RECITALS

Whereas, Customer is a Member of Seattle Bank and desires from time to time to apply for extensions of credit, deposit accounts and other services from Seattle Bank in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

Whereas, Seattle Bank requires that all existing and future indebtedness of Customer to Seattle Bank be secured pursuant to this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, Customer and Seattle Bank agree as follows:

Article I. Definitions

Section 1.1 Definitions As used in this Agreement, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1 “Account” or “Accounts” means Customer’s deposit account(s) with Seattle Bank, including demand and time deposit accounts.

 

1.1.2 “Act” means the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, as amended from time to time.

 

1.1.3 “Advance” or “Advances” means any loans heretofore, now or hereafter made to Customer by Seattle Bank.

 

1.1.4 “Advance Master Application” means a writing executed by Customer and accepted by Seattle Bank, in form and content satisfactory to Seattle Bank, under which Customer may make Requests from time to time to receive Advances, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Seattle Bank’s Credit Policy, the Act and the Regulations.

 

1.1.5 “Advances Note” means any promissory note executed by Customer and accepted by Seattle Bank, in form and content satisfactory to Seattle Bank, relating to Advances or Other Credit Accommodations.

 

1.1.6 “Advance Confirmation Advice” means a writing or an electronic transmission issued at any time by Seattle Bank, in form and content satisfactory to Seattle Bank, confirming particular terms of an Advance made at the Request of Customer.

 

1.1.7 “Borrowing Capacity” means the maximum amount of Advances, Commitments and Other Credit Accommodations which Borrower may have outstanding at any time. Borrowing Capacity is limited by the Act and Regulations, the Stock Ownership Requirement and Collateral Maintenance Requirement of the Credit Policy, and by Customer’s creditworthiness and the quality of Customer’s Eligible Collateral, as determined by Seattle Bank from time to time.

 

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 1 OF 18 : 05/04


1.1.8 “Capital Plan” means the Capital Plan of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle, adopted March 5, 2002, as amended November 22, 2002 and as hereafter amended.

 

1.1.9 “Capital Stock” means all of Customer’s capital stock in Seattle Bank.

 

1.1.10 “Collateral” means all property, including the proceeds thereof, heretofore, now or hereafter assigned, transferred or pledged to Seattle Bank by Customer as security for Indebtedness.

 

1.1.11 “Collateral Coverage Factor” means the percentage of value, as determined by Seattle Bank from time to time, of various types of Eligible Collateral which will support the aggregate amount of all outstanding Advances, Commitments or Other Credit Accommodations made to Customer against such Eligible Collateral.

 

1.1.12 “Collateral Manual” means the Collateral Manual of the Seattle Bank, as published and revised by the Seattle Bank from time to time.

 

1.1.13 “Collateral Maintenance Requirement” means the minimum level of aggregate Eligible Collateral, discounted by applicable Collateral Coverage Factors, which Customer must pledge to Seattle Bank, and maintain at or above such minimum level, to secure Customer’s outstanding Advances, Commitments or Other Credit Accommodations, as determined by Seattle Bank from time to time.

 

1.1.14 “Commitment” means any written agreement under which Seattle Bank is contractually obligated to make Advances to Customer, or payments on behalf of or for the account of Customer, at a future date, irrespective of whether Seattle Bank’s obligation under such agreement is contingent upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of a condition subsequent. Commitments Include, without limitation, Letters of Credit, firm commitments, guarantees or other financial arrangements made by Seattle Bank in writing to facilitate transactions between Customer and third parties. This Agreement is neither a Commitment nor an undertaking or obligation to provide any Commitment.

 

1.1.15 “Credit Policy” means the credit and collateral policies of Seattle Bank, including without limitation the credit and collateral policies set forth in the Users Guide and the Collateral Manual, as published and revised by the Seattle Bank from time to time. In addition to the Users Guide and Collateral Manual, the Credit Policy includes other policies adopted from time to time by Seattle Bank. The Credit Policy is subject to the Act and Regulations, and in the event of any inconsistency between the Credit Policy and the Act or Regulations, the more restrictive statute, regulation or policy shall be controlling.

 

1.1.16 “De-Pledge” means the partial release, re-assignment and/or re-delivery by Seattle Bank or its approved custodian of any part of the Collateral pledged to Seattle Bank for Indebtedness.

 

1.1.17 “Eligible Collateral” means Collateral other than Capital Stock which: (i) qualifies as security for Advances or Other Credit Accommodations under the Act and Regulations; (ii) qualifies as security for Advances or Other Credit Accommodations under the Credit Policy, as amended by Seattle Bank from time to time, which maybe more restrictive than the Act or Regulations; (iii) is owned by Customer free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or other interests, other than the pledge of such Collateral to Seattle Bank under this Agreement; and (iv) is not a home mortgage on which arty director, officer, employee, attorney or agent of Customer or any federal home loan bank is personally liable, unless acceptance of such mortgage is specifically approved by formal resolution of the Seattle Bank’s board of directors, and the Finance Board has endorsed such resolution.

 

1.1.18 “Eligible CFI Collateral” means, if Customer is a community financial institution as defined in the Regulations, certain small agri-business loans, small farm loans or small business loans which meet the requirements of Eligible Collateral described in Subsection 1.1.17 above.

 

1.1.19 “Eligible Securities Collateral” means securities, now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer, whether certificated or uncertificated, which meet the requirements of Eligible Collateral described in Subsection 1.1.17 above.

 

1.1.20 “Eligible Mortgage Collateral” means Mortgage Collateral which meets the requirements of Eligible Collateral described in Subsection 1.1.17 above.

 

1.1.21 “Finance Board” means the Federal Housing Finance Board, or any successor agency thereto.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 2 OF 18 : 05/04


1.1.22 “Funds” means money maintained in Customer’s Account(s) with Seattle Bank.

 

1.1.23 “Indebtedness” means all obligations of Customer to Seattle Bank, defined in the broadest and most comprehensive sense, to mean all primary, secondary, direct, indirect, fixed or contingent, debts, duties, agreements, undertakings, obligations, covenants and conditions now or at any time in the future to be paid or performed by Customer in connection with or relating to Advances, Other Credit Accommodations, Commitments, Accounts or Other Obligations, including, without limitation, all of Customer’s obligations to pay principal, interest, fees (including, without limitation, loan fees and prepayment fees), charges (including, without limitation, overdraft charges), costs, reimbursements (including, without limitation, attorneys fees) and losses (including, without limitation, damages for Customer’s breach of any contractual obligations to Seattle Bank), which at any time may be owing under or in connection therewith.

 

1.1.24 “Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued by Seattle Bank for the account of Customer.

 

1.1.25 “Listed Collateral” is defined in Section 3.4 below.

 

1.1.26 “Master Backup Support Agreement” means any agreement now or hereafter made by Seattle Bank and one or more other federal home loan bank(s) under which such other federal home loan bank(s) may make Advances or Other Credit Accommodations to Customer in the event of a loss of power, communications or computer failure, property damage or other forms of business interruption adversely affecting Seattle Bank’snormal operations.

 

1.1.27 “Member” means an owner of Capital Stock in Seattle Bank.

 

1.1.28 “Member Advance Stock Purchase Requirement” is described in Section 6.10 of this Agreement and in the Capital Plan.

 

1.1.29 “MERS” means Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

1.1.30 “MERS Mortgages” means mortgages registered with MERS, in which the Mortgage Documents name MERS as mortgagee, solely as nominee, for the originators of such mortgages and their successors and assigns.

 

1.1.31 “Mortgage Collateral” means Mortgage Documents (excluding participation or other fractional interests therein) and all ancillary security agreements, policies and certificates of insurance, guarantees, indemnities, evidences of recordation, applications, underwriting materials, surveys, appraisals, notices, opinions of counsel and loan servicing data and all other electronically stored and written records or materials relating to the loans evidenced or secured by the Mortgage Documents.

 

1.1.32 “Mortgage Documents” means mortgages and deeds of trust (in this Agreement, “mortgages”) and all notes, bonds or other instruments evidencing loans secured thereby (in this Agreement, “mortgage notes”) and any endorsements and assignments thereof to Customer.

 

1.1.33 “Mortgage Purchase Program” means any program offered by Seattle Bank for the purchase from a Member of mortgage notes and related mortgages.

 

1.1.34 “Other Credit Accommodations” means credit products, other than Advances, authorized under the terms and conditions of the Act and the Regulations and offered from time to time by Seattle Bank under its Credit Policy, including, without limitation, Swap Transactions, Letters of Credit and other Commitments.

 

1.1.35 “Other Eligible Collateral” means property, other than Eligible Mortgage Collateral or Eligible Securities Collateral, which meets the requirements of Eligible Collateral described in Subsection 1.1.17 above, including, if Customer is a community financial institution as defined in the Regulations, any Eligible CFI Collateral.

 

1.1.36 “Other Obligations” means obligations of Customer to Seattle Bank other than those relating to Advances or Other Credit Accommodations, including, without limitation, any repurchase obligations of Customer under a Mortgage Purchase Program, if applicable; overdraft charges, wire charges, Account fees and charges for other miscellaneous services provided to Customer by Seattle Bank; and all other amounts, of any nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owed to the Seattle Bank by Customer.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 3 OF 18 : 05/04


1.1.37 “Physical Possession Collateral” is defined in Section 3.5 below.

 

1.1.38 “Regulations” means the regulations of the Finance Board, as amended from time to time.

 

1.1.39 “Request” or “Requests” means any request(s) made by Customer via telephone, or other means made available by Seattle Bank from time to time, for Advances.

 

1.1.40 “Stock Ownership Requirement” means the obligation of Customer to own minimum amounts of Capital Stock in accordance with the Capital Plan.

 

1.1.41 “Swap Transaction” means an interest rate swap, cap or collar, currency exchange transaction, or any other similar transaction (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing, entered into between the Seattle Bank and Customer pursuant to the terms of the Credit Policy, this Agreement or other related documentation, including without limitation any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

 

1.1.42 “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, of the State of Washington or the state of formation of Customer, as applicable under Section 6.13 of this Agreement.

 

1.1.43 “Users Guide” means the Financial Products and Services Users Guide of the Seattle Bank, as published and revised by Seattle Bank from time to time.

Article II. Advances and Other Credit Accommodations

Section 2.1 Procedures for Advances The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern each Advance heretofore, now or hereafter made by Seattle Bank to Customer. The Credit Policy of the Seattle Bank is an integral part of the terms and conditions of all such Advances and is incorporated in this Agreement by this reference as if fully set forth herein. Additional terms and conditions of Advances may be set forth in an Advance Master Application and/or Advances Note, which Seattle Bank may require Customer to sign and deliver to Seattle Bank from time to time. Any additional, particular terms and conditions of an Advance orally quoted by Seattle Bank and accepted by Customer at the time of the Customer’s Request for an Advance, including, without limitation, the principal amount, applicable interest rate or due date of the Advance, will be confirmed by Seattle Bank in an Advance Confirmation Advice or, if no Advance Confirmation Advice is issued, will be evidenced by the books and records of the Seattle Bank. In cases in which a Request for an Advance is made orally by Customer of Seattle Bank in an electronically recorded telephone conversation, and a question arises concerning any particulars of such Advance, Customer agrees that such recording or a transcript thereof will be an integral part of the Seattle Bank’s books and records and may be used as evidence of such particulars. In cases in which an Advance requested orally by Customer is made by another federal home loan bank, on behalf of Seattle Bank, under a Master Backup Support Agreement, the books and records of such other federal home loan bank will establish any additional, particular terms of such Advance. If such Advance is requested by Customer of such other federal home loan bank in an electronically recorded telephone conversation, and a question arises concerning any particulars of such Advance, Customer agrees that such recording or a transcript thereof will be an integral part of the such other federal home loan bank’s books and records and may be used as evidence of such particulars. Unless otherwise agreed by Seattle Bank, each Advance will be made by crediting Customer’s demand deposit Account(s) with Seattle Bank. In all cases, funding of any Request for an Advance will be subject to compliance by Customer with the terms and provisions of the Act, the Regulations, the Credit Policy and this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Stock Ownership Requirement and Collateral Maintenance Requirement. In the event that Customer’s access to Advances is subsequently restricted pursuant to the Act, the Regulations or any other provision of applicable law, Seattle Bank will not be required to fund any outstanding Commitment for Advances not funded prior to the effective date of such restriction.

Section 2.2 Repayment of Advances Customer agrees to repay each Advance in accordance with its terms and conditions. Customer will maintain in Customer’s demand deposit Account(s) with Seattle Bank an amount at least equal to the amounts then currently due and payable to Seattle Bank with respect to Advances, and Customer hereby authorizes Seattle Bank to debit Customer’s Account(s) with Seattle Bank for all amounts due and payable with respect to any Advance and for all other amounts due and payable under this Agreement. Customer agrees that, in the event any such debit results in Customer’s demand deposit Account being overdrawn, Customer will pay overdraft charges thereon at the rate that Seattle Bank normally assesses for overdrafts on general demand deposit accounts. In the event that the balance in such demand deposit Account(s) is, at any time, insufficient to pay such due and payable amounts, Seattle Bank may in its discretion and without notice to Customer: (i) make a “flexible

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 4 OF 18 : 05/04


balance” or other similar Advance, as provided in the Credit Policy, in the amount of and for the purpose of paying such due and payable amounts; or (ii) apply any other deposits, credits, Funds or other monies of Customer then in the possession of Seattle Bank to the payment of such due and payable amounts. All payments with respect to Advances will be applied to any fees, costs or charges applicable thereto, to interest due thereon and to any principal amount thereof that is then due and payable, In such order and priority as Seattle Bank may determine.

Section 2.3 Estoppel For any Advance evidenced by an Advance Confirmation Advice, failure of Customer, within ten (10) business days of Customer’s receipt of the Advance Confirmation Advice, to deliver written notice to Seattle Bank specifying any disputed particulars thereof, including without limitation the principal amount, applicable interest rate or due date of the Advance, will constitute the final agreement and acknowledgment by Customer that the particulars of the Advance Confirmation Advice are accurate and are those that Customer requested and by which Customer agreed to be bound, and Customer will thereafter be estopped from asserting any claim or defense with respect thereto. For any Advance which has such particular terms established by the books and records of the Seattle Bank or another federal home loan bank rather than by an Advance Confirmation Advice, such books and records shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Seattle Bank reserves the right to correct its scrivener’s errors, if any, in any Advance Confirmation Advice or such books and records, and no such errors shall affect Customer’s obligations in respect to the affected Advance.

Section 2.4 Interest Customer agrees to pay interest on each Advance at a rate per annum determined on the basis described in the Credit Policy, Advance Master Application, Advances Note, Advance Confirmation Advice or the books and records of Seattle Bank or other federal home loan bank, as the case may be, pertaining to such Advance.

Section 2.5 Commitment and Cancellation Fees Customer agrees to pay when due any commitment fees and any cancellation fees applicable to any Commitments issued by Seattle Bank for Advances, determined on the basis described in the Credit Policy, the Commitment documentation or the books and records of Seattle Bank or other federal home loan bank, as the case may be, pertaining to such Commitment.

Section 2.6 Other Credit Accommodations

 

2.6.1 Customer may apply to Seattle Bank for the issuance of other credit products, including without limitation Letters of Credit, firm commitments for Advances and Swap Transactions, provided such other credit products, and Customer’s intended use thereof, are authorized under the Act, the Regulations and the Credit Policy. The terms and conditions of such Other Credit Accommodations shall be governed by the Act, the Regulations, the Credit Policy, this Agreement and such other documentation as Seattle Bank may require from time to time.

 

2.6.2 The Borrowing Capacity of Customer shall be reduced by Seattle Bank’s outstanding obligations under any Letter of Credit, Swap Transaction, Commitment or Other Credit Accommodation, as determined by Seattle Bank from time to time, in the same manner as outstanding Advances.

 

2.6.3 In the event any Commitment, including without limitation a Letter of Credit, is outstanding at the time of an Event of Default under Section 4.1 of this Agreement, Seattle Bank may at its option make an Advance by crediting a special Account with Seattle Bank in an amount equal to the outstanding Commitment. Amounts credited to such special Account will be utilized by Seattle Bank for the purpose of satisfying Seattle Bank’s obligations under the outstanding Commitment, When all such obligations have expired or have been satisfied, Seattle Bank will disburse the balance, if any, in such special Account first to the satisfaction of any Indebtedness then owing by Customer to Seattle Bank and then to Customer or its successors in interest. Advances made pursuant to this Subsection 2.7.3 will be payable on demand and will bear interest at the rate in effect and being charged by Seattle Bank from time to time on overdrafts on demand deposit accounts of its Customers.

Section 2.7 Prepayment Fees Customer agrees to pay a prepayment fee upon the prepayment of all or any portion of any Advance or Other Credit Accommodation, made before the due date thereof, whether such prepayment is made voluntarily or involuntarily, including, without limitation, any prepayment resulting from acceleration under Section 4.1 hereof upon an Event of Default. The amount of the prepayment fee shall not be less than zero and shall be determined by the Seattle Bank on the basis described in the Regulations, the Credit Policy and any applicable Advance Master Application, Advances Note, Advance Confirmation Advice or Swap Transaction, as the case may be, pertaining to prepayment of such Advance or Other Credit Accommodation. Any applicable illustrations and examples of prepayment fees in the Users Guide, as published and revised by the Seattle Bank from time to time, are

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 5 OF 18 : 05/04


an integral part of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth at length.

Section 2.8 Compliance with the Credit Policy, Act and Regulations Customer hereby agrees to comply with the terms and provisions of the Credit Policy, the Act and the Regulations, including, without limitation, any reporting requirements, application procedures or eligibility requirements imposed by the Credit Policy, the Act or the Regulations with respect to particular types of Advances, Commitments or Other Credit Accommodations. In the event of any inconsistency between the Credit Policy and the Act or the Regulations, Customer hereby agrees to comply with the more restrictive statute, regulation or policy. In the event any provision of the Credit Policy, the Act or the Regulations is amended, Customer agrees to comply with the terms and provisions of the Credit Policy, the Act and the Regulations as so amended from time to time, provided that, to the extent permitted by the Act and the Regulations, any particular terms of outstanding Advances or Commitments existing at the time of any such amendment, including, without limitation, interest rates or prepayment fees, will continue to be governed by the terms and provisions of the Advance Master Application, Advances Note, Advance Confirmation Advice or Commitment documentation which applied to such outstanding Advances or Commitments at the time such Advances or Commitments were made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seattle Bank shall retain the right to amend from time to time the Borrowing Capacity, Collateral Coverage Factors and Collateral Maintenance Requirements applicable to Customer and its Eligible Collateral, and Customer agrees to comply with such changes upon Seattle Bank’s notice thereof to Customer.

Section 2.9 Additional Covenants by Customer Customer will maintain a copy of this Agreement in its official records at all times. Customer will give Seattle Bank notice of any material event that would cause Customer, pursuant to the provisions of the Act, the Regulations, the Credit Policy or this Agreement, to be ineligible to become a Customer of Seattle Bank or ineligible to obtain Advances, Commitments or Other Credit Accommodations. Any obligation of Seattle Bank to fund any Advance or Other Credit Accommodation, including any Commitment, shall be conditioned upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent as of the date hereof and at the time of funding of each Advance or Other Credit Accommodation: (a) all representations and warranties of Customer contained this Agreement, or otherwise made by Customer to Seattle Bank, are and continue to be correct; (b) no Event of Default under this Agreement, or other documentation relating to the Advance or Other Credit Accommodation, has occurred or would result from such Advance; (c) the Seattle Bank has received such approvals, opinions or documents that the Seattle Bank may request in connection with the Advance or Other Credit Accommodation; (d) Customer satisfies all membership and borrowing eligibility criteria under the Act, the Regulations, this Agreement and the Credit Policy; (e) Customer, in the judgment of Seattle Bank, is not engaging or has not engaged in unsafe or unsound banking practices, has adequate capital, is not sustaining operating losses, does not have financial or managerial deficiencies that bear on the Customer’s creditworthiness, and has no other deficiencies as determined by Seattle Bank; (f) there has been in Seattle Bank’s judgment no material adverse change in Customer, the Collateral or any financial or other information submitted by Customer to Seattle Bank in connection with an Advance, Other Credit Accommodations or any Other Obligations; and (g) there has been in Seattle Bank’s judgment no change in governmental laws or regulations that materially affects the Seattle Bank’s power, right, authority, or ability to fund the Advance or Other Credit Accommodation.

Article III. Security Agreement

Section 3.1 Creation of Security Interest As security for the timely payment of all Indebtedness and outstanding Commitments, Customer hereby assigns, transfers, and pledges to Seattle Bank, and grants to Seattle Bank a security interest in all of the following Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer, and all proceeds thereof:

 

3.1.1 All promissory notes and other instruments, all mortgages, deeds of trust and other supporting obligations, all mortgage-backed securities, stock and other investment property, and all accounts, general intangibles, payment intangibles, chattel paper, letter of credit rights, deposit accounts, money, goods, software, commercial tort claims, equipment and inventory, now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer, including without limitation;

 

  (a) All Capital Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer in Seattle Bank, including all payments which have been or hereafter are made on account of subscriptions to and all unpaid dividends on such stock;

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 6 OF 18 : 05/04


  (b) All Funds of Customer now or hereafter on deposit with Seattle Bank;

 

  (c) All Eligible Mortgage Collateral and related Mortgage Documents now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer;

 

  (d) All Eligible Securities Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer; and

 

  (e) All Other Eligible Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer.

 

3.1.2 It is the intention of Seattle Bank and Customer that the Collateral shall include all assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Customer in which a security interest can be created under the UCC, specifically including but not limited to the property types and categories set forth in Subsection 3.1.1 and Subparagraphs 3.1.1(a)-(e) above. All of the Collateral shall secure the Indebtedness, irrespective of whether only part of the Collateral constitutes Eligible Collateral for purposes of satisfying the Collateral Maintenance Requirements of Section 3.3 below.

Section 3.2 Customer’s Representations and Warranties Regarding Collateral Customer represents and warrants to Seattle Bank, as of the date of this Agreement and the date of each Advance, Commitment or Other Credit Accommodation made under this Agreement, as follows:

 

3.2.1 Customer owns and has marketable title to all Collateral and has the right and authority to grant a security interest in the Collateral and to subject all of the Collateral to this Agreement, and Customer covenants that it will defend the Collateral against the claims and demands of all persons;

 

3.2.2 With respect to any Eligible Mortgage Collateral originated by any party (whether affiliated or unaffiliated) other than Customer, the Mortgage Documents contain either a complete chain of endorsements (either on the mortgage note or a related allonge) from the originating party to Customer, a complete chain of endorsements in blank from each successive holder of the Mortgage Collateral or are MERS Mortgages for which Customer’s ownership has been registered with MERS.

 

3.2.3 The information contained in any financial report, call report, certification, audit, confirmation, report, schedule, or other documents required under this Agreement and any other information given from time to time by Customer as to each item of Eligible Collateral, and any information provided by Customer to its supervising state or federal agency in call reports or other reports, from which Seattle Bank obtains information related to Collateral, is true, accurate and complete in all material respects;

 

3.2.4 All Eligible Collateral meets the standards and requirements from time to time established by the Credit Policy, the Act and the Regulations and, in any case of variances among the Act, the Regulations and the Credit Policy, the most restrictive of such standards and requirements;

 

3.2.5 To Customer’s knowledge, no part of any real property encumbered by Mortgage Collateral contains or is subject to the effects of any hazardous materials or other hazardous substances, except as may have been disclosed to and reasonably approved by Customer in its underwriting of Mortgage Collateral, and Customer will indemnify and hold Seattle Bank harmless, and, at the option of Seattle Bank, defend Seattle Bank (with counsel satisfactory to Seattle Bank) from all liabilities, costs, damages, claims or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and environmental consultants’ fees) suffered, paid or incurred by Seattle Bank resulting from or arising out of any requirement under any applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, ordinance, order, judgment or decree relating to the release or cleanup of any such hazardous material or hazardous substance;

 

3.2.6 Except as permitted under Section 3.3 of this Agreement, Customer will not (i) sell, offer to sell or otherwise transfer Eligible Collateral, nor pledge, mortgage or create or suffer to exist a lien, claim of lien, encumbrance, right of set-off or other security interest or collateral assignment of any kind whatsoever in Eligible Collateral or the proceeds thereof in favor of any person other than Seattle Bank, or (ii) transfer physical possession of the Mortgage Documents evidencing Eligible Mortgage Collateral to any third party or affiliate without the prior written consent of Seattle Bank;

 

3.2.7

All taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or assessed or imposed upon or with respect to Eligible Collateral, including any real property subject to Eligible Mortgage Collateral, will be paid and if

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 7 OF 18 : 05/04


 

Customer fails to promptly pay such taxes, assessments or governmental charges, Seattle Bank may (but will not be required to) pay the same and any such expense will be an obligation under this Agreement; and

 

3.2.8 Customer will notify Seattle Bank promptly in writing of any change in the location of the Eligible Collateral and of any change in location of its principal place of business or jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.

Section 3.3 Collateral Maintenance Requirement

 

3.3.1 Customer will at all times maintain an amount of Eligible Collateral, pledged to Seattle Bank under this Agreement, which, after discounting by the Collateral Coverage applicable to such Eligible Collateral, has a value, as determined by Seattle Bank, of not less than the aggregate amount of all Advances, Commitments and Other Credit Accommodations then outstanding. This Collateral Maintenance Requirement may be increased or decreased by Seattle Bank at any time, based upon Customer’s creditworthiness or the quality of Customer’s Eligible Collateral, as determined by Seattle Bank from time to time. Customer will not, without prior written consent of Seattle Bank, assign, pledge, transfer, create any security interest in, sell, or otherwise dispose of any Eligible Collateral if: (i) such Eligible Collateral is Physical Possession Collateral under Section 3.5 of this Agreement; (ii) immediately after such action, Customer’s remaining Eligible Collateral would be insufficient to comply with the Collateral Maintenance Requirement; or (iii) at the time of such action, there is an outstanding Event of Default under Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

 

3.3.2 All Eligible Collateral (other than Physical Possession Collateral held by Seattle Bank or its custodian) will beheld by Customer in trust for the benefit of, and subject to the direction and control of Seattle Bank, and will be physically safe guarded by Customer with at least the same degree of care as Customer would ordinarily use in prudently safeguarding its property. Without limiting the foregoing, Customer will take all action necessary or desirable to protect and preserve Eligible Collateral held by Customer, including without limitation the maintaining of insurance on property securing mortgages constituting Eligible Collateral (such policies and certificates of insurance relating to such mortgages are in this Agreement called “insurance”), the collection of payments under all such mortgages and under all such insurance, and otherwise assuring that loans comprising Eligible Mortgage Collateral are serviced in accordance with the standards of a reasonable and prudent mortgagee. Customer, as Seattle Bank’s agent, will collect all payments when due on all Eligible Collateral held by Customer in trust for the benefit of Seattle Bank. If Seattle Bank requests, all such collections shall be held separate from Customer’s other monies in one or more designated Accounts maintained at Seattle Bank. At Seattle Bank’s sole discretion, Seattle Bank may then apply such collections to the payment of Indebtedness as it becomes due; otherwise, and provided there is no outstanding Event of Default under Section 4.1 of this Agreement, Customer may use and dispose of such collections in the ordinary course of its business.

 

3.3.3 Subject to the Collateral Maintenance Requirement of Subsection 3.3.1 above, and provided there is no outstanding Event of Default under Section 4.1 of this Agreement, Customer may use or dispose of all or part of the Collateral and proceeds thereof in the ordinary course of its business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer may not use or dispose or all or part of Physical Possession Collateral or the proceeds thereof, except upon the De-Pledging of such Physical Possession Collateral in accordance with Section 3.6 below.

 

3.3.4 Customer will, upon request of Seattle Bank, immediately take such actions and execute such documentation as Seattle Bank may deem necessary or appropriate to create and perfect Seattle Bank’s security interest in the Collateral or otherwise to obtain, preserve, protect, enforce or collect the Collateral; including, without limitation, executing any agreements, instructions or other documents that Seattle Bank deems necessary to establish control of Collateral by Seattle Bank or by its custodian on Seattle Bank’s behalf.

 

3.3.5

Any Collateral that is not satisfactory to Seattle Bank may be rejected at any time as Eligible Collateral by Seattle Bank, or in Seattle Bank’s discretion may at any time be discounted by a Collateral Coverage Factor that is less than the Collateral Coverage Factor normally ascribed thereto under the Credit Policy. Seattle Bank may require, before or during the period when any Advance is made to Customer, that Customer make any or all Eligible Securities Collateral, all Mortgage Documents for Eligible Mortgage Collateral and any

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 8 OF 18 : 05/04


 

other documents pertaining to Eligible Collateral, including without limitation any agreements between Customer and its servicing agents, available to Seattle Bank for its inspection and approval.

 

3.3.6 In the case of any Eligible Collateral which is physically possessed by Customer, Customer will grant, upon Seattle Bank’s written request, an irrevocable license to Seattle Bank, in form and content satisfactory to Seattle Bank (and if requested by Seattle Bank, joined in by any real property owner or landlord of the premises where such Eligible Collateral is located), that will allow representatives of Seattle Bank to enter the premises of Customer in order to inspect from time to time and/or remove and take possession of the Eligible Collateral.

 

3.3.7 In the case of Eligible Collateral which is physically possessed by any affiliate or servicing agent of Customer, Customer will, upon Seattle Bank’s written request, cause Customer’s affiliate or servicing agent to (i) grant an irrevocable license to Seattle Bank, in form and content satisfactory to Seattle Bank (and if requested by Seattle Bank, joined in by any real property owner or landlord of the premises where such Eligible Collateral is located), that will allow representatives of Seattle Bank to enter the premises of Customer’s affiliate or servicing agent in order to inspect from time to time and/or remove and take possession of the Eligible Collateral; and/or (ii) establish custodial or control agreements, in form and content satisfactory to Seattle Bank, under which the affiliate’s or servicing agent’s physical possession will be held for the benefit of Seattle Bank as secured party. Seattle Bank may require such arrangements irrespective of whether the Eligible Collateral has been designated as Listed Collateral or Physical Possession Collateral under Sections 3.4 or 3.5 below.

 

3.3.8 Seattle Bank’s acceptance as Eligible Collateral of any Mortgage Collateral relating to multifamily or commercial properties may, in the discretion of Seattle Bank, be conditioned upon Customer’s execution and delivery of Rider(s) to this Agreement containing warranties and representations required of Customer by Seattle Bank for any Mortgage Collateral relating to multifamily or commercial properties,

Section 3.4 Listed Collateral

 

3.4.1 At any time that Customer’s Eligible Mortgage Collateral or Eligible CFI Collateral becomes subject to mandatory listing requirements under the Credit Policy, or at any other time, at the sole discretion of Seattle Bank, Customer will deliver to Seattle Bank, upon Seattle Bank’s written request, a status report and accompanying schedules, all in form and content acceptable to Seattle Bank, specifying and describing any mortgage loan pledged to Seattle Bank as Eligible Mortgage Collateral and any item of Eligible CFI Collateral pledged to Seattle Bank (collectively, “Listed Collateral”). At such other times as Seattle Bank may request, Customer will deliver to Seattle Bank periodic status reports and accompanying schedules, in form and content acceptable to Seattle Bank, describing the status of the Listed Collateral.

 

3.4.2 Upon Seattle Bank’s written request. Customer will physically segregate the mortgages, loan packages and other property comprising Listed Collateral from all other property of Customer in a manner satisfactory to Seattle Bank. Until particular items of Listed Collateral are De-Pledged in accordance with the Credit Policy, the physical segregation of such items shall be maintained.

 

3.4.3 Upon Seattle Bank’s written request, Customer will hold each loan package included in Listed Collateral in a separate file folder, with each file folder clearly labeled with the loan identification number and the name of the mortgagor. Upon written request of Seattle Bank, the file folder for each package of loan documents included within Listed Collateral will bed early marked or stamped with the statement: “The Instrument(s) and Security Relating to this Loan Have Been Pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle.”

Section 3.5 Physical Possession Collateral

 

3.5.1 At any time that Customer becomes subject to mandatory physical possession requirements under the Credit Policy, or at any other time, at the sole discretion of Seattle Bank, Customer will deliver to Seattle Bank, or to a custodian approved by Seattle Bank in its discretion, upon Seattle Bank’s written request, the mortgage loans pledged to Seattle Bank as Eligible Mortgage Collateral, securities pledged to Seattle Bank as Eligible Securities Collateral, loans pledged to Seattle Bank as Eligible CFI Collateral and each item of Other Eligible Collateral pledged to Seattle Bank (collectively, “Physical Possession Collateral”).

 

3.5.2

Eligible Mortgage Collateral delivered to Seattle Bank or Its approved custodian as Physical Possession Collateral will be endorsed or assigned by Customer in blank or, if requested by Seattle Bank, to Seattle

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 9 OF 18 : 05/04


 

Bank. For MERS Mortgages, Customer will execute a notification to MERS of its assignment of the MERS Mortage in blank or, if requested by Seattle Bank, to Seattle Bank. Regardless of whether any endorsement is stated to be “without recourse,” Customer shall be liable for any deficiency remaining after any exercise by the Bank of its remedies in respect of Collateral, as provided in Section 4.2 below.

 

3.5.3 With respect to certificated Eligible Securities Collateral pledged to Seattle Bank as Physical Possession Collateral, the delivery requirements contained in this Section 3.5 will be satisfied, at the election of Seattle Bank, by one of more of: (i) transfer of physical possession of such certificated securities to Seattle Bank; (ii) re- registration of such securities in Seattle Bank’s name; or (iii) possession of such certificated securities, on Seattle Bank’s behalf, by a custodian approved by Seattle Bank. Any such possession of certificated securities by an approved custodian, on Seattle Bank’s behalf, will be effected and evidenced by documentation acceptable to Seattle Bank in form and content, establishing Seattle Bank’s control of such certificated securities under the provisions of the UCC.

 

3.5.4 With respect to uncertificated Eligible Securities Collateral pledged to Seattle Bank as Physical Possession Collateral, satisfaction of the delivery requirements contained in this Section 3.5 will be effected and evidenced by agreements, instructions or other documentation acceptable to Seattle Bank in form and content, establishing Seattle Bank’s control of such uncertificated securities under the provisions of the UCC.

 

3.5.5 Concurrently with the initial delivery of Physical Possession Collateral, and at such other times as Seattle Bank may request, Customer will deliver to Seattle Bank a status report and accompanying schedules, in form and content acceptable to Seattle Bank, describing the status of the Physical Possession Collateral held by Seattle Bank or its custodian. At such other times as Seattle Bank may request, Customer will deliver to Seattle Bank periodic status reports and accompanying schedules, in form and content acceptable to Seattle Bank, describing the status of the Physical Possession Collateral. Until Physical Possession Collateral is De-Pledged in accordance with Section 3.6 below, such physical possession by Seattle Bank or its approved custodian shall be maintained with respect to such Physical Possession Collateral. At Seattle Bank’s sole discretion, all proceeds the Physical Possession Collateral, including without limitation all payments made under the loans or securities constituting Physical Possession Collateral, shall be held separate from Customer’s other monies in one or more designated Accounts maintained at Seattle Bank. Seattle Bank may apply such monies to the payment of Indebtedness as it becomes due, or hold such monies as part of its Physical Possession Collateral, subject to De-Pledging under the terms and conditions of Section 3.6 below.

 

3.5.6 Customer agrees to pay to Seattle Bank such reasonable fees and charges as may be assessed by Seattle Bank to cover Seattle Bank’s overhead and other costs relating to the receipt, holding, De-Pledge, redelivery and reassignment of Physical Possession and to reimburse Seattle Bank upon request for all filing or recording fees and other reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by Seattle Bank in connection therewith, including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and costs of legal counsel of Seattle Bank. Customer shall pay the fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and costs, of any custodian approved or retained by Seattle Bank with respect to Collateral. Any such sums owed to Seattle Bank or to such custodian may be collected by Seattle Bank, at its option, by debiting Customer’s Account(s) with Seattle Bank.

Section 3.6 De-Pledging of Collateral Upon receipt by Seattle Bank of a written request from Customer, in form and content acceptable to Seattle Bank, for the De-Pledge of any part of the Collateral or proceeds thereof in which Seattle Bank has perfected its security interest, setting forth (i) a sufficient description of the Collateral to be withdrawn or reassigned; and (ii) a certificate of an authorized officer of Customer certifying that the immediately after such De-Pledge, Customer’s remaining Eligible Collateral will be sufficient to comply with the Collateral Maintenance Requirement, Seattle Bank will promptly return, reassign or partially release to Customer, at Customer’s expense, the Collateral specified in said request. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Customer may not obtain any such withdrawal or reassignment (a) while an Event of Default under this Agreement has occurred and is continuing; (b) at any time that Seattle Bank’s records indicate that immediately after such De-Pledge, Customer’s remaining Eligible Collateral would be insufficient to comply with the Collateral Maintenance Requirement as determined by Seattle Bank; or (c) at any time that Seattle Bank reasonably and in good faith deems itself insecure. Customer will pay upon request for all filing or recording fees and other reasonable expenses incurred by Seattle Bank or any approved custodian in connection with De-Pledging of any Collateral, including without

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 10 OF 18 : 05/04


limitation reasonable attorneys fees and costs of legal counsel of Seattle Bank or such custodian. Any such sums owed to Seattle Bank or to such custodian may be collected by Seattle Bank, at its option, by debiting Customer’s demand or time deposit Account(s) with Seattle Bank.

Section 3.7 Reports, Collateral Audits; Access

 

3.7.1 If requested by Seattle Bank at any time, Customer will furnish to Seattle Bank an audit report prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by an external auditor acceptable to Seattle Bank, certifying the book value of the Eligible Collateral owned by Customer. If requested by Seattle Bank at any time, Customer will furnish to Seattle Bank a written report covering such matters regarding Eligible Collateral as Seattle Bank may require, including without limitation a listing of mortgages comprising Eligible Mortgage Collateral or loans comprising Eligible CFI Collateral, the unpaid principal balances thereof, the status of payments thereon and of taxes and insurance on the property encumbered thereby; securities and the publicly listed market value thereof, and any other information requested by Seattle Bank regarding the Eligible Collateral. Customer will give Seattle Bank access at all reasonable times to Collateral in Customer’s possession and to Customer’s books and records of account relating to such Collateral, for the purpose of Seattle Bank’s examining, verifying or reconciling the Collateral and Customer’s report to Seattle Bank thereon.

 

3.7.2 All Collateral and the satisfaction by Customer of the Collateral Maintenance Requirement will be subject to audit and verification by or on behalf of Seattle Bank. Such audits and verifications may occur without notice during Customer’s normal business hours or upon reasonable notice at such other times as Seattle Bank may reasonably request. Customer will provide access to, and will make adequate working facilities available to, the representatives or agents of Seattle Bank for purposes of such audits and verifications. Customer agrees to pay to Seattle Bank such reasonable fees and charges as may be assessed by Seattle Bank to cover overhead and other costs relating to such audit and verification.

Section 3.8 Additional Documentation Customer will make, execute, record and deliver to Seattle Bank such notices, instructions, assignments, listings, powers, and other documents with respect to the Collateral and Seattle Bank’s security interest therein in such form as Seattle Bank may require. Customer authorizes Seattle Bank to file such financing statements as Seattle Bank deems necessary with respect to the Collateral, and Customer hereby ratifies any financing statements previously filed by Seattle Bank with respect to the Collateral.

Section 3.9 Seattle Bank’s Responsibilities as to Collateral In the event that Seattle Bank takes possession of any Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Seattle Bank’s duty as to the Collateral will be solely to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession, which will not include any steps necessary to preserve Customer’s rights against any third parties nor the duty to send notices, perform services, or take any action in connection with management of the Collateral. Seattle Bank will not have any responsibility or liability for the form, sufficiency, correctness, genuineness or legal effect of any instrument or document constituting a part of the Collateral, or any signature thereon or the description or misdescription, or value of property represented, or purported to be represented, by any such document or instrument. Customer agrees that any and all Collateral may be removed by Seattle Bank from the state or location where situated, and may there be dealt with by Seattle Bank as provided in this Agreement.

Section 3.10 Seattle Bank’s Rights as to Collateral At any time or times, at the expense of Customer, Seattle Bank will have the right, before or after the occurrence of an Event of Default as set forth in Section 4.1 of this Agreement, but shall not have the obligation, to do any or all things and take any and all actions that are deemed necessary or convenient by Seattle Bank to the protection of its rights and interests under this Agreement and are lawful under the Act, the Regulations and the laws of the State of Washington, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

3.10.1 Terminate any consent given under this Agreement;

 

3.10.2 Notify obligors on any Collateral to make payments thereon directly to Seattle Bank;

 

3.10.3 Endorse any Collateral that is in Customer’s name or that has been endorsed by others to Customer’s name;

 

3.10.4 Enter into any extension, compromise, settlement, or other agreement relating to or affecting any Collateral;

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 11 OF 18 : 05/04


3.10.5 Take any action Customer is required to take or which is otherwise necessary to: (i) file a financing statement or otherwise perfect a security interest in any or all of the Collateral; or (ii) to obtain, preserve, protect, enforce or collect the Collateral;

 

3.10.6 Take control of any funds or other proceeds generated by the Collateral and use the same to reduce Indebtedness as it becomes due; and

 

3.10.7 Cause the Collateral to be transferred to Seattle Bank’s name or the name of its nominee.

Section 3.11 Power of Attorney Customer hereby appoints Seattle Bank as its true and lawful attorney, for and on behalf of Customer and in its name, place and stead, to prepare, execute and record endorsements and assignments to Seattle Bank of all or any item of Collateral, giving or granting to Seattle Bank, as such attorney, full power and authority to do or perform every lawful act necessary or proper in connection therewith as fully as Customer might or could do. Customer hereby ratifies and confirms all that Seattle Bank will lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of this special power of attorney. This special power of attorney is granted for a period commencing on the date of this Agreement and continuing until the discharge of all Indebtedness and Commitments and all obligations of Customer under this Agreement regardless of any Event of Default by Customer, is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable for the period granted. As Customer’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, Seattle Bank has no responsibility to take any steps necessary to preserve rights against prior parties nor the duty to send notices, perform services, or take any action in connection with the management of the Collateral.

Article IV. Default; Remedies

Section 4.1 Events of Default; Acceleration Upon the occurrence of and during the continuation any of the following events or conditions of default (“Event of Default”), Seattle Bank may at its option, by a notice to Customer, declare all Indebtedness and accrued interest thereon, including any prepayment fees or charges which are payable in connection with the payment prior to the originally scheduled maturity of any Advance or Other Credit Accommodation, to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any further notice and/or terminate any obligation on the part of Seattle Bank in respect of any Commitment to make or continue making any Advances;

 

4.1.1 Failure of Customer to pay when due any interest on or principal of any Advance or Other Credit Accommodation; or

 

4.1.2 Failure of Customer to perform any promise or obligation or to satisfy any condition or liability contained in this Agreement, the Credit Policy or any Advances Note, Advance Master Application or Advance Confirmation Advice, or in any other agreement to which Customer and Seattle Bank are parties, whether pertaining to any Advance, Other Credit Accommodation or Other Obligations; or

 

4.1.3 Evidence coming to the attention of Seattle Bank that any representations, statements, or warranty made or furnished in any manner to Seattle Bank by or on behalf of Customer in connection with any Advance or Other Credit Accommodation, any specification of Eligible Collateral or any certification of Fair Market Value were false, misleading or incomplete in any material respect when made or, with the passage of time, have become untrue in any material respect; or

 

4.1.4 Failure of Customer to maintain adequate Eligible Collateral free of any encumbrances or claims as required in this Agreement, or any material damage to or loss of Eligible Collateral, or any sale or encumbrance of any Eligible Collateral except as permitted by this Agreement

 

4.1.5 The issuance of any tax, levy, seizure, attachment, garnishment, levy of execution, or other process with respect to any of the Collateral; or

 

4.1.6 Any suspension of payment by Customer to any creditor of sums due or the occurrence of any event which results in another creditor having the right to accelerate the maturity of any indebtedness of Customer underany security agreement, indenture, loan agreement, or comparable undertaking; or

 

4.1.7

Any taking over of the Customer or any of its assets or affiliates by a supervising agency, or an application for or appointment of a conservator or receiver for Customer or any affiliate of Customer or Customer’s property, entry of a judgment or decree adjudicating Customer or any affiliate of Customer insolvent or bankrupt, an assignment by Customer or any affiliate of Customer for benefit of creditors, or the entry of any

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 12 OF 18 : 05/04


 

supervisory or consent order pertaining to Customer or any affiliate of Customer by any regulatory body or by any court at the request of such regulator; or

 

4.1.8 Sale by Customer of all or a material part of Customer’s asset or the taking of any other action by Customer to liquidate or dissolve; or

 

4.1.9 Termination of Customer’s membership in Seattle Bank, or Customer’s ceasing to be a type of financial institution that is eligible under the Act or the Regulations to become a Customer of Seattle Bank; or

 

4.1.10 Merger, consolidation or other combination of Customer with an entity which is not a Customer of Seattle Bank if the non-Customer entity is the surviving entity; or

 

4.1.11 Seattle Bank determines in good faith that a material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of Customer from that disclosed at the time of the making of any Advance or from the condition of Customer as theretofore most recently disclosed to Seattle Bank; or

 

4.1.12 Seattle Bank in good faith deems itself insecure even though Customer is not otherwise in default; or

 

4.1.13 Customer has borrowed, or committed to borrow, from any source an amount that is greater than the amount Customer is permitted to borrow under applicable law.

Section 4.2 Remedies Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Seattle Bank will have all of the rights and remedies provided by applicable law, including but not be limited to all of the remedies of a secured party under the UCC. In addition, Seattle Bank may take immediate possession of any of the Collateral or any part thereof wherever the same may be found. Seattle Bank may sell, assign and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof at public or private sale for such price as Seattle Bank deems appropriate without any liability for any loss due to decrease in the market value of the Collateral during the period held. Seattle Bank will have the right to purchase all or part of the Collateral at such sale. If the Collateral includes insurance or securities which will be redeemed by the issuer upon surrender, or any accounts or deposits in the possession of Seattle Bank, Seattle Bank may realize upon such Collateral without notice to Customer. If any notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral is required by applicable law, then, if no greater period of notification is required by applicable law, such notification will be deemed reasonable and properly given if mailed, postage prepaid, at least 10 days before any such disposition to the address of Customer appearing on the records of Seattle Bank. The proceeds of any sale will be applied in the order that Seattle Bank, in its sole discretion, may choose. Customer agrees to pay all the costs and expenses of Seattle Bank in the collection of the Indebtedness and enforcement of Seattle Bank’s rights and remedies in case of default, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. Seattle Bank will, to the extent required by law, apply any surplus after payment of the Indebtedness, provision for repayment to Seattle Bank of any amounts to be paid or advanced under outstanding Commitments, and all costs of collection and enforcement to third parties claiming a secondary security interest in the Collateral, with any remaining surplus paid to Customer. Customer will be liable to Seattle Bank for any deficiency remaining.

Section 4.3 Payment of Prepayment Charges Any prepayment fees or charges for which provision is made, whether under the Regulations, the Credit Policy, or any applicable Advance Master Application, Advances Note, Advance Confirmation Advice or Swap Transaction, as the case may be, with respect to any Advances or Other Credit Accommodations, will be payable at the time of any voluntary or involuntary payment of the principal of such Advances or Other Credit Accommodations prior to the originally scheduled maturity thereof, including, without limitation, payments that are made as a part of a liquidation of Customer or that become due as a result of an acceleration pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Agreement, whether such payment is made by Customer, by a conservator, receiver, liquidator or trustee of or for Customer, or by any successor to or any assignee of Customer.

Article V. Accounts

Section 5.1 Deposit Accounts The Customer may open Accounts with the Seattle Bank subject to the Act, the Regulations, the Credit Policy and any other policies adopted by the Seattle Bank from time to time in respect to Accounts and related services, including without limitation the wire transfer of funds. Any Customer’s funds deposited in Accounts shall be subject to withdrawal or charge at any time and from time to time upon wire transfers or any other orders for the payment of money when made and drawn on behalf of the Customer by a person or persons authorized by Resolution of the Customer under Section 6.7 below. The Seattle Bank is authorized to pay any such wire transfers or other orders, provided they are in the form prescribed by it, and to charge the Customer’s Accounts

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 13 OF 18 : 05/04


therefor, without inquiry as to the circumstances of issue or the disposition of the proceeds, even if drawn to the individual order of any authorized person or payable to others for his account.

Section 5.2 Bank’s Reliance The Seattle Bank, if it acts in good faith and with ordinary care (and without liability if it does so act), can charge the Accounts with orders received by the Seattle Bank by telephone, or otherwise orally, from any person acting for or purporting to act for the Customer as its officer or employee, for the transfer of funds to others, including the person giving such instructions or payable to others for his account, or between Accounts of the Customer. All scheduled charges and fees adopted by the Seattle Bank from time to time in respect to Accounts and related services will be charged monthly to such Accounts.

Section 5.3 Positive Balance Requirement The Customer shall maintain a net positive collected balance in all of its Accounts. The Seattle Bank, shall have the option of closing or restricting the use of Accounts in which positive balances are not maintained. For each day the aggregate collected balance of an Account is negative, the Customer shall pay such overdraft charges as are consistent with the scheduled charges and fees adopted by the Seattle Bank from time to time in respect to Accounts and related services.

Article VI. Miscellaneous

Section 6.1 General Representations and Warranties by Customer . Customer hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date of this Agreement and the date of each Advance or Other Credit Accommodation, including any Commitment, made pursuant to this Agreement:

 

6.1.1 Customer is not, and neither the execution of nor the performance of any of the transactions or obligations of Customer under this agreement will, with the passage of time, the giving of notice or otherwise, cause Customer to be: (i) in violation of its charter or articles of incorporation, by-laws, the Act, or the Regulations, any other law or administrative regulation, or any court decree; or (ii) in default under or in breach of any indenture, contract, or other instrument or agreement to which Customer is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

6.1.2 Customer has full corporate power and authority and has received all corporate and governmental authorizations and approvals (including without limitation those required under the Act and the Regulations) as may be required to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, to borrow each Advance and to obtain each Other Credit Accommodation.

 

6.1.3 The information given by Customer in any document provided, or in any oral statement made, in connection with any application or request for an Advance or Other Credit Accommodation, is true, accurate and complete in all material respects.

Section 6.2 Assignment Seattle Bank may assign or negotiate to any other federal home loan bank or to any other person or entity, with or without recourse, any Indebtedness of Customer or participations therein, and Seattle Bank may assign or transfer all or any part of Seattle Bank’s right, title, and interest in and to this Agreement and may assign and deliver the whole or any part of the Collateral to the transferee, which will succeed to all the powers and rights of Seattle Bank in respect thereof, and Seattle Bank will thereafter be forever relieved and fully discharged from any liability or responsibility with respect to the transferred Collateral. Customer hereby acknowledges and agrees that any such disposition will give rise to a direct obligation of Customer to the participant. Customer hereby authorizes Seattle Bank and each participant, in case of default by Customer under this Agreement, to proceed directly, by right of setoff or otherwise, against any assets of Customer which may at the time of such default be in the respective hands of Seattle Bank or any such participant. Customer further agrees that Seattle Bank may furnish any information pertaining to Customer which is in the possession of Seattle Bank to any prospective participant to assist it in evaluating such participation provided that any non-pubic information reasonably designated in writing to Seattle Bank by Customer as constituting non-public information will be furnished to such prospective participant on a confidential basis. Customer may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the express prior consent of Seattle Bank, which may be granted or withheld in Seattle Bank’s sole discretion.

Section 6.3 Discretion of Seattle Bank to Grant or Deny Advances Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any documents describing or setting forth the Credit Policy or any other policy of Seattle Bank will be construed as an agreement or commitment on the part of Seattle Bank to grant Advances or extend Commitments or Other Credit Accommodations under this Agreement, the right and power of Seattle Bank in its discretion to either grant or deny any of the foregoing being herein expressly reserved.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 14 OF 18 : 05/04


Section 6.4 Amendment; Waivers No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure therefrom will be effective unless executed by the party against whom such change is asserted and will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on Customer in any case will entitle Customer to any other or further notice or demand in the same, or similar or other circumstances. Any forbearance, failure or delay by Seattle Bank in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise by Seattle Bank of any right, power or remedy under this Agreement will not preclude the further exercise thereof. Every right, power and remedy of Seattle Bank will continue in full force and effect until specifically waived by Seattle Bank in writing.

Section 6.5 Exceptions to Credit Policy Customer acknowledges and agrees that no exception to the Credit Policy requested of Seattle Bank by Customer shall be binding upon the Seattle Bank unless (i) approved in writing by the Seattle Bank’s authorized representative and (ii) authorized by the Act and Regulations.

Section 6.6 Jurisdiction; Legal Fees In any action or proceeding brought by Seattle Bank or Customer in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to, and agree that they will submit to, the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington, or, if such action or proceeding may not be brought in federal court, the jurisdiction of the courts of King County, Washington, Customer agrees that, if any action or proceeding is brought by Customer seeking to obtain any legal or equitable relief against Seattle Bank under or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, and such relief is not granted by the final decision, after any and all appeals, of a court of competent jurisdiction, Customer will pay all attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by Seattle Bank in connection therewith, Customer agrees to reimburse Seattle Bank for all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for Seattle Bank) incurred by Seattle Bank in connection with (i) the administration, enforcement, interpretation or preservation of Seattle Bank’s rights under this Agreement including, but not limited to, its rights in respect of any Collateral or the audit or possession thereof, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or any suit has been brought; (ii) Seattle Bank’s rights in any litigation, arbitration or supervisory, receivership, bankruptcy or other insolvency or regulatory proceedings affecting Customer, any Collateral or any Advances, Other Credit Accommodations or Other Obligations; or (iii) Seattle Bank’s preparation of additional documentation for Advances, Other Credit Accommodations or Other Obligations or any Collateral, or any amendments, approvals, consents, waivers or releases requested, required, proposed or done from time to time.

Section 6.7 Notices Except as provided in Subsection 6.8.3 below, any notice, advice, request, consent or direction given, made or withdrawn pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing or by machine-readable electronic transmission, and will be deemed to have been given to and received by a party to this Agreement when mailed to such party at its address given above by first class mail, or if given by hand or by electronic transmission, when actually received by such party at its principal office.

Section 6.8 Signatures of Customer; Resolution; Oral Requests

 

6.8.1 The Secretary or the Assistant Secretaries of Customer will from time to time certify to Seattle Bank on forms provided by Seattle Bank the names and specimen signatures of the persons authorized to apply on behalf of Customer to Seattle Bank for Advances and otherwise act for and on behalf of Customer in accordance with this Agreement. Such certifications are incorporated in this Agreement and made a part of this Agreement and will continue in effect until expressly revoked by Customer notwithstanding that subsequent certifications may authorize additional persons to act for and on behalf of Customer.

 

6.8.2 Prior to or at the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretaries of Customer shall provide the Seattle Bank with a certified copy of a resolution adopted by the Customer’s Board of Directors or other governing body (“Resolution”) approving this Agreement and authorizing designated officers or employees of the Customer to obtain Advances and Other Credit Accommodations, open and use Accounts, and incur Other Obligations. The Seattle Bank may rely upon, and the Customer is estopped from denying, the authority of the persons designated in the Resolution or of the persons to whom such authority has been delegated pursuant to the terms of the Resolution.

 

6.8.3

Notwithstanding the preceding or any other provision of this Agreement, the Seattle Bank may, but is not obligated to, honor, and Customer shall be bound by, any form of request, including an oral request, for Advances, Other Credit Accommodations or other services from Seattle Bank, whenever such requests are

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 15 OF 18 : 05/04


 

made by persons purporting to act as officers or employees of Customer, if Seattle Bank acts in good faith and with ordinary care (and without liability if it does so act).

Section 6.9 Recording Conversations . Customer for itself and its employees hereby authorizes and consents to Seattle Bank’s electronic recording of, transcription of and use of all telephone conversations made by Customer’s employees to the Seattle Bank for the purpose of requesting Advances or Other Credit Accommodations. The period of time for which such recordings are stored or whether transcriptions are made shall be determined by Seattle Bank.

Section 6.10 Stock Ownership Requirement The Seattle Bank and the Customer acknowledge and agree that the Customer is subject to the Member Advance Stock Purchase Requirement and other terms and conditions set forth in the Capital Plan of the Seattle Bank. The Member Advance Stock Purchase Requirement provides that the Customer hold a specified amount capital stock in the Seattle Bank in connection with Advance transactions. Currently, each Customer is required to hold Class B (1) stock with a par value equal to three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the unpaid principal balances of Advances As set forth in the Capital Plan, the Board of Directors of the Seattle Bank may change the above percentage within a range of not less than two and one-half percent (2.5%) or not greater than four and one-half percent (4.5%). The Customer agrees to be bound by any such change in the Member Advance Stock Purchase Requirement percentage. Any such change in the Member Advance Stock Purchase Requirement will be applied as of the implementation date of the change to all new Advances made by the Seattle Bank to the Customer. In addition, the Customer agrees and acknowledges that it will be subject to all amendments to the Capital Plan, that may be made from time to time.

Section 6.11 Force Majeure Any obligations of the Seattle Bank in connection with this Agreement, any Commitment, or otherwise arising in connection with any Advance, Other Credit Accommodation, Account, Mortgage Purchase Program or other service, shall be excused to the extent delayed or prevented by reason of computer, communications system or power failure, labor disturbances, governmental laws, orders or regulations, riots, insurrection, acts of terror, war or any other causes beyond the reasonable control of the Seattle Bank. In addition, the Seattle Bank shall not be liable for the failure of any wire transfer, fedwire or other such system.

Section 6.12 Limitation of Damages If Seattle Bank, in connection with this Agreement, any Commitment, or any Advance, Other Credit Accommodation, Account, Mortgage Purchase Program or other service, breaches any obligation of Seattle Bank to Customer not otherwise excused by this Agreement or applicable law, Seattle Bank will be obligated to Customer only for Customer’s actual, direct damages, if any. Under no circumstances shall Seattle Bank be liable for, and Customer hereby forever waives, any special, indirect or consequential damages or any punitive or exemplary damages.

Section 6.13 Applicable Law; Severability In addition to the terms and conditions specifically set forth in this Agreement and any other related documentation, this Agreement, and all Advances granted and Commitments extended under this Agreement, will be governed by the statutory and common law of the United States and, to the extent Federal law Incorporates or defers to state law, the laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions) of the State of Washington. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the UCC of the State of Washington, as amended from time to time, will be deemed applicable to this Agreement and to any Advance or Other Credit Accommodation made or Collateral pledged under this Agreement, except as otherwise required by the provisions of RCW 62A.9A-301 through 307. In the event that any portion of this Agreement conflicts with applicable law, such conflict will not affect other provisions of this Agreement that can be given effect without the conflicting provision, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

Section 6.14 Successors end Assigns This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of Customer and Seattle Bank.

Section 6.15 Amendment and Restatement of Any Prior Agreement This Agreement amends and restates the terms of, and is not a notation of, any previous agreements between the parties or their predecessors entitled “Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement,” “Deposit Account Resolution” or “Advances Agreement, Pledge Agreement and Security Agreement.” This Agreement shall not release or impair the priority position of any existing Collateral for any existing Collateral securing any existing Indebtedness.

NOTICE: ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, TO EXTEND CREDIT OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 16 OF 18 : 05/04


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Customer and Seattle Bank have caused this Agreement to be signed in their names by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above mentioned.

 

HOMESTREET BANK

(Full Corporate Name of Customer)

By:

 

/s/ Bruce W. Williams

(Signature of Authorized Officer)

 

Bruce W. Williams

(Name of Authorized Officer)

 

Chief Executive Officer

(Title of Authorized Officer)

and

 

By:

 

/s/ Debra L. Johnson

(Signature of Authorized Officer)

 

Debra L. Johnson

(Name of Authorized Officer)

 

EVP, Chief Financial Officer

(Title of Authorized Officer)

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF SEATTLE

By:

 

/s/ Dale Jeschke

(Signal of Authorized Officer)

 

Dale Jeschke

(Name of Authorized Officer)

 

Assistant Vice President-Interim Credit Officer

(Title of Authorized Officer)

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 17 OF 18 : 05/04


CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF   Washington   )
  (State Where Signed)  
          ) ss.
COUNTY OF   King   )
          (County Where Signed)  

 

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                     Bruce W. Williams                             is the

                                                                                                               (Name of Authorized officer of Customer)

person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that [he/she] signed this instrument, on oath stated

that [he/she] was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowlege it as the                     CEO                                  of

                                                                                                                                                          (Title of Authorized Officer)
                HomeStreet Bank                     to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes
(Full Corporate Name of Customer)
mentioned in the instrument.    /s/ Kathryn K. Ebel                                                               
        (Signature of Notary)
                             9/21/04                             Kathryn K. Ebel                                                           
(Date of Notary Acknowledgement)    (Please print notary’s legibly.)
   NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of    Washington      ,
   residing at         Seattle                                      .
                            (City Where Notary Resides)
                notary seal of Kathryn K. Ebel                                         My commission expires:          3/30/05             ,
(include notary seal in space above this line.)   

CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDEGMENT

 

STATE OF   Washington   )
  (State Where Signed)  
          ) ss.
COUNTY OF   King   )
          (County Where Signed)  

 

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                     Debra L. Johnson                             is the

                                                                                                                   (Name of Authorized officer of Customer)

person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that [he/she] signed this instrument, on oath stated

that [he/she] was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowlege it as the                     EVP/CFO                                  of

                                                                                                                                                               (Title of Authorized Officer)
                HomeStreet Bank                     to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes
(Full Corporate Name of Customer)
mentioned in the instrument.    /s/ Kathryn K. Ebel                                    
        (Signature of Notary)
                             9/21/04                            

Kathryn K. Ebel                                                       

(Date of Notary Acknowledgement)   

(Please print notary’s legibly.)

   NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of    Washington      ,
   residing at         Seattle                                      .
                            (City Where Notary Resides)

                notary seal of Kathryn K. Ebel                                     

   My commission expires:          3/30/05             ,

(include notary seal in space above this line.)

  

Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement

PAGE 18 OF 18 : 05/04

Exhibit 10.25

LOGO

January 5, 2007

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco

Attn: Steve Arbogast, Credit & Risk, MS 830

101 Market Street

San Francisco, CA 94105-1530

Dear Mr. Arbogast:

In consideration of being able to request Advances from and incur Indebtedness to you and in consideration of your making Advances to us, we agree to the provisions of your Operating Circular No. 10, effective October 15, 2006, as amended and supplemented from time to time thereafter (“Circular,” capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Circular).

Any notices required under the Lending Agreement may be directed to the following department(s):

Finance Department

Attn: Debra L. Johnson

HomeStreet Bank

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

 

HomeStreet Bank
Full Legal Name of Borrower
By:   /s/ Debra L. Johnson
  Authorized signature(s)

 

Debra L. Johnson
Name(s)

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Title(s)

 

HomeStreet Bank   

HOME OFFICE

2000 Two Union Square

601 Union Street

Seattle, WA 98101

  

OFFICE 206-623-3050

TOLL FREE 800-654-1075

www.homestreet.com

  

LOGO


Federal Reserve Banks

Operating Circular No. 10

LENDING

Effective October 15, 2006


FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS

OPERATING CIRCULAR NO. 10

Effective October 15, 2006

LENDING

(Click CTRL + section or page number to go directly to the section)

 

1.0    SCOPE      1   
2.0    DEFINED TERMS      1   
3.0    ADVANCES      5   
4.0    INTEREST      5   
5.0    REPAYMENT OF ADVANCE      5   
6.0    GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST      6   
7.0    COLLATERAL      6   
8.0    MAINTENANCE OF LENDING DOCUMENTS      9   
9.0    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      10   
10.0    COVENANTS      11   
11.0    WAIVER OF IMMUNITY; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION      13   
12.0    REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT      14   
13.0    INDEMNIFICATION      16   
14.0    MISCELLANEOUS      16   
15.0    AMENDMENT      17   
16.0    NOTICE      17   
17.0    TERMINATION      18   
18.0    GOVERNING LAW      19   
19.0    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      19   


20.0

   STATUS OF PREVIOUS LENDING AGREEMENT      19   

APPENDIX 1: FINANCING STATEMENT COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

  

APPENDIX 2: TERMS OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

  

APPENDIX 3: APPLICATION PACKAGE FOR U.S. BORROWERS

  

FORM OF LETTER OF AGREEMENT

  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE

  

FORM OF AUTHORIZING RESOLUTIONS FOR BORROWERS

  

FORM OF OFFICIAL OC-10 AUTHORIZATION LIST

  

APPENDIX 4: APPLICATION PACKAGE FOR BRANCHES OR AGENCIES OF NON-U.S. BORROWERS

  

FORM OF LETTER OF AGREEMENT

  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE

  

FORM OF AUTHORIZING RESOLUTIONS FOR BORROWERS

  

FORM OF OFFICIAL OC-10 AUTHORIZATION LIST

  

FORM OF OPINION OF FOREIGN OUTSIDE COUNSEL

  

FORM OF OPINION OF UNITED STATES OUTSIDE COUNSEL

  

APPENDIX 5: Ancillary Agreements

  

FORM OF AGREEMENT FOR THIRD PARTY CUSTODIAN TO HOLD COLLATERAL

  

FORM OF CORRESPONDENT CREDIT AND PAYMENT AGREEMENT

  

EXHIBIT 1: LETTER OF AGREEMENT TO CORRESPONDENT CREDIT AND PAYMENT AGREEMENT

  

 


CREDIT AND SECURITY TERMS

 

1.0 SCOPE

 

  1.1 This Operating Circular is issued by each Reserve Bank and sets forth the terms under which an entity may, in accordance with the Federal Reserve Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, obtain Advances from, incur Obligations to, or pledge Collateral to a Federal Reserve Bank.

 

2.0 DEFINED TERMS

 

  2.1 The capitalized terms used hereafter in this Operating Circular have the meanings defined below:

Account means a master account at a Reserve Bank, as defined in the Operating Circular No. 1 issued by such Reserve Bank.

Advance means an extension of credit to the Borrower (not including a discount of paper) pursuant to Regulation A, including any renewal or extension thereof.

Advance Repayment Amount means the amount of an Advance, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Adverse Claim has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(d).

Application Package means the Application Package, substantially in the form of Appendix 3 or 4, as appropriate, which the Borrower submitted in connection with its agreement to this Operating Circular.

Bank means the Federal Reserve Bank in whose district the Borrower is located (determined in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 204.3(b)), or such other Reserve Bank with which the Borrower has entered into a borrowing relationship under this Operating Circular.

Board of Governors means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Borrower means an entity that incurs an Obligation to the Bank.

Borrower-in-Custody or BIC Arrangement means an arrangement whereby the Bank authorizes a Borrower, or an affiliate of the Borrower, to retain possession of the Collateral, as described in Section 7 of this Operating Circular.

Business Day means any day the Bank is open for conducting all or substantially all its banking functions.

Certificate means the certificate, substantially in the form set forth in the appropriate Application Package, provided to the Bank by the Borrower.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       1
Effective October 15, 2006      


Collateral means:

 

  (i) all the Borrower’s rights, title, and interest in property (wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired), including, but not limited to, accounts, chattel paper, inventory, equipment, instruments, investment property, general intangibles, documents, deposit accounts, commercial tort claims and, real property that is (a) identified on a Collateral Schedule, (b) identified on the books or records of a Reserve Bank as pledged to, or subject to a security interest in favor of, the Bank or any other Reserve Bank or (c) in the possession or control of, or maintained with, the Bank or any other Reserve Bank including, but not limited to, investment property, but excluding any investment property in any Unrestricted Securities Account maintained at any Reserve Bank that the Borrower may not encumber under applicable law;

 

  (ii) all documents, books and records, including programs, tapes, and related electronic data processing software, evidencing or relating to any or all of the foregoing; and

 

  (iii) to the extent not otherwise included, all proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all supporting obligations given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing, including but not limited to interest, dividends, insurance, rents and refunds.

Collateral Schedule means the written, electronic or other statement(s) listing Collateral in effect at any time. Each statement of Collateral shall be in the form required by the Bank and shall identify the items of Collateral with the specificity required by the Bank. The removal of an item from a statement of Collateral will not be effective and will not affect the Bank’s security interest in the item unless such removal is made in accordance with this Operating Circular and the Bank’s procedures, including prior Bank approval or authorization.

Event of Default means any of the following:

 

  (i) the Borrower fails to repay or satisfy any Obligation when due;

 

  (ii) the Borrower fails to perform or observe any of its obligations or agreements under the Lending Agreement or under any other instrument or agreement delivered or executed in connection with the Lending Agreement or under any other agreement with the Bank or another Reserve Bank;

 

  (iii) any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Borrower under or in connection with the Lending Agreement, or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement delivered by it or in connection with the Lending Agreement, is inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made;

 

  (iv) the Insolvency of the Borrower;

 

Operating Circular No. 10       2
Effective October 15, 2006      


  (v) the Lending Agreement or any other agreement delivered or executed in connection with the Lending Agreement ceases, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any person so asserts or any security interest or lien created hereby ceases to be enforceable or have the same effect and priority purported to be created hereby;

 

  (vi) the creation of an encumbrance upon Collateral, or placement of a levy, judicial seizure of, or an attachment upon Collateral;

 

  (vii) whenever the Bank deems itself insecure with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the Borrower’s ability to perform its Obligations.

FRB Lending Documents has the meaning set forth in Section 8 of this Operating Circular.

Indebtedness means the total of the Borrower’s overdrafts (whether intraday or overnight) in its Account(s) and any penalties and charges thereon.

Insolvency means:

 

  (i) the condition of insolvency;

 

  (ii) that a proceeding relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to adjudicate an entity bankrupt or insolvent or seeking reorganization, adjustment, dissolution, liquidation or other relief with respect to the Borrower or the Borrower’s debt is commenced;

 

  (iii) that an assignment for the benefit of the Borrower’s creditors occurs;

 

  (iv) that a receiver, custodian, conservator, or the like is appointed for the Borrower or for any of its United States or foreign branches or agencies;

 

  (v) that the Borrower has been closed by order of its supervisory authorities, or a public officer has been appointed to take over such entity;

 

  (vi) that the Borrower ceases or refuses to make payments in the ordinary course of business, or admits in a record its inability to pay its debt as they become due;

 

  (vii) the Borrower’s business is suspended, or any party has presented or filed a petition for winding-up or liquidating the Borrower; or

 

  (viii) any other circumstances that evince the Borrower’s inability to pay its debts when due.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       3
Effective October 15, 2006      


Lending Agreement means this Operating Circular, any Collateral Schedule, each document in the Application Package executed or furnished to the Bank by the Borrower, and any other agreement or document executed by the Borrower in connection with this Operating Circular, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Letter of Agreement means the Letter of Agreement, substantially in the form found in Appendix 3 or 4, as appropriate, pursuant to which the Borrower agrees to be bound by the terms of this Operating Circular.

Obligation , whether now existing or hereafter incurred, means:

 

  (i) Advance Repayment Amounts;

 

  (ii) Indebtedness;

 

  (iii) any other liabilities of the Borrower to the Bank or any other Reserve Bank, including without limitation, any service fees, whether due or to become due; and

 

  (iv) any expense the Bank or its designee(s) may incur to:

 

  a. obtain, preserve and/or enforce the Lending Agreement or the Bank’s security interest in Collateral and the Borrower’s Obligations under the Lending Agreement,

 

  b. collect any or all of the foregoing, or

 

  c. assemble, transport, maintain or preserve Collateral (including, without limitation, taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, repairs, reasonable attorneys’ fees, rent, transportation, storage costs, and expenses of sale).

Regulation A means the Board of Governors’ Regulation A, 12 C.F.R. part 201, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

Reserve Bank means any one of the Federal Reserve Banks (including the Bank).

UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code.

Unrestricted Securities Account has the meaning set forth in Operating Circular No. 7.

The following terms are used herein as defined in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: account, chattel paper, control, deposit account, documents, equipment, financial assets, financing statement, general intangibles, instruments, inventory, investment property, record, securities account and securities intermediary.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       4
Effective October 15, 2006      


3.0 ADVANCES*

 

  3.1 A request for an Advance shall be made to the Bank in a form and time acceptable to the Bank. An Advance must be secured by Collateral acceptable to the Bank. Upon the Bank’s request, the Borrower shall submit a written application for an Advance. The Bank may also require the Borrower to execute a promissory note and/or additional relevant agreements or documents at any time with respect to an Advance.

 

  3.2 The Bank’s making of an Advance is subject to the terms of the Federal Reserve Act as implemented by Regulation A.

 

  3.3 The Bank’s approval of a request for an Advance shall be evidenced by, and the Advance shall be deemed made at the time of, the Bank’s record of the credit of the amount of the Advance to an Account agreed upon by the Borrower and the Bank.

 

4.0 INTEREST

 

  4.1 The interest rate applicable to an Advance shall be the rate, as from time to time established by the Bank subject to the determination of the Board of Governors, that applies to the particular credit program described under Regulation A under which the Bank made the Advance. Interest on an Advance shall accrue from the day the Advance is credited to the Account and shall be payable at the applicable rate in effect on that day, except that if the interest rate changes while an Advance is outstanding, the new rate shall apply as of the day on which the rate change is effective. Interest shall be computed on the basis of 365 days in a year.

 

  4.2 If all or any portion of an Advance Repayment Amount is not paid when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise), interest on the unpaid portion of the Advance Repayment Amount shall be calculated at a rate 500 basis points higher than the applicable rate then in effect until the unpaid Advance Repayment Amount is paid in full.

 

5.0 REPAYMENT OF ADVANCE

 

  5.1 The Borrower promises to pay an Advance Repayment Amount when due in actually and finally collected funds. An Advance Repayment Amount is immediately due and payable

 

  (a) on demand;

 

  (b) without any demand, notice or other action:

 

 

* Although a Reserve Bank almost always extends credit in the form of an Advance, a Reserve Bank may extend credit by discounting paper that meets the requirements described in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation A if the Reserve Bank concludes that a discount more effectively would meet the needs of the situation. A loan in the form of a discount would be subject to a separate agreement between the Reserve Bank and the Borrower. Such agreement may be based on this Circular and, if so, may vary or supplement the terms of this Circular as appropriate.

 

 

Operating Circular No. 10       5
Effective October 15, 2006      


  (i) on the due date and time specified by the Bank in writing (provided that if such date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date shall be extended to the next Business Day). If no due date and time is specified, then an Advance Repayment Amount is due 24 hours after the Advance was made (provided that if such time falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the time shall be extended to such time on the next Business Day); or

 

  (ii) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in clause (iv), (v) or (vii) of the definition of such term; or

 

  (c) at the Bank’s option, upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default; or

 

  (d) at the Bank’s option, if the Borrower, in whole or in part, is acquired, merged, dissolved, or nationalized, or sells or otherwise disposes of substantially all of its assets, or if the Borrower is taken over in any other way by any other person or entity.

 

  5.2 Operating Circular No. 1 issued by the Reserve Bank maintaining the Account where Indebtedness is incurred governs when such Indebtedness is due and payable; provided, however, that if an Advance Repayment Amount becomes due under Sections 5.1(a), (b)(ii), (c) or (d), all other Obligations shall become due and payable immediately, without any demand, notice, or other action.

 

  5.3 The Borrower waives any right to presentment, notice of dishonor, protest, and any other notice of any kind except as expressly provided for herein.

 

  5.4 The Borrower may prepay an Advance Repayment Amount, in whole or in part, without penalty.

 

  5.5 The Bank or the appropriate Reserve Bank will debit the Borrower’s Account for the Advance Repayment Amount and all other Obligations when due. If the Borrower does not have an Account, the Borrower must make arrangements satisfactory to the Bank for paying the Advance Repayment Amount prior to requesting any Advance, such as making payment through a correspondent.

 

6.0 GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

For value received and in consideration of the Bank permitting the Borrower to obtain Advances or incur Indebtedness, the Borrower hereby transfers and assigns to the Bank and grants to the Bank for itself and as agent for each other Reserve Bank to which an Obligation is or becomes owing, a continuing security interest in and lien on the Collateral as collateral security for the timely and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Obligations.

 

7.0 COLLATERAL

 

  7.1

The Borrower shall ensure that the Collateral meets the requirements as the Bank may from time to time prescribe and shall deliver, hold, store or otherwise

 

Operating Circular No. 10       6
Effective October 15, 2006      


 

maintain Collateral on such terms and conditions as the Bank may from time to time prescribe. Borrower must keep all Collateral Schedules current and updated in accordance with the Bank’s instructions.

 

  7.2 The Bank may at any time request the Borrower to replace any item of Collateral or to grant a lien and security interest in additional assets of a type and in an amount acceptable to the Bank, and the Borrower shall promptly do so.

 

  7.3 Unless otherwise specified by the Bank in writing, the Borrower shall promptly withdraw from the Collateral Schedule:

 

  (a) any Collateral that has a payment of principal or interest past due, in whole or in part, for more than 30 days (or 60 days past due for mortgage notes, and other types of consumer debt, including student loans);

 

  (b) any Collateral that has been paid in full by the obligor; or

 

  (c) any Collateral if the obligor on such Collateral becomes insolvent, or if a receiver, custodian, or the like is appointed for the obligor.

Prior to such withdrawal, however, the Borrower shall update any relevant Collateral Schedule and pledge substitute Collateral acceptable to the Bank by submitting an updated Collateral Schedule or otherwise pledging such Collateral to the Bank.

 

  7.4 Except as may be the case for book-entry securities held on a Reserve Bank’s books pursuant to Operating Circular No. 7 issued by the Bank, the Bank has no duty to collect any income accruing on Collateral or to preserve any rights relating to Collateral.

 

  7.5 The Borrower hereby:

 

  (a) authorizes the Bank at any time to file or record in any filing office in any jurisdiction which the Bank determines appropriate to perfect the security interests set forth hereunder, financing statements, and any amendments or continuation statements related thereto without the signature of the Borrower therein, that describes the Collateral substantially as set forth on Appendix 1 hereto, and the Borrower shall, promptly at the Bank’s request, provide any additional information required by Article 9 of the UCC, as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, for the sufficiency or acceptability of any financing statement;

 

  (b) ratifies its authorization for the Bank to have filed any financing statement, including any amendment or continuation statement related thereto, in any jurisdiction, where the same has been filed prior to the date on which the Letter of Agreement is signed by the Borrower;

 

  (c) authorizes the Bank, at any time, to take any and all other actions that may be necessary or, in the Bank’s sole discretion, desirable to obtain, preserve, perfect or enforce the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral;

 

Operating Circular No. 10       7
Effective October 15, 2006      


  (d) authorizes the Bank to endorse or assign as the Borrower’s agent any item of Collateral, to cause Collateral consisting of uncertificated securities to be marked on the books of the securities issuer as pledged to the Bank or its nominee as pledgee, and to inspect Collateral held by the Borrower and copy any relevant records and/or documents.

 

  7.6 If the Bank approves, the Borrower may hold certain Collateral in a BIC Arrangement (“BIC-held Collateral”) subject to the following:*

 

  (a) BIC-held Collateral shall be prominently identified as Pledged to the Bank and subject exclusively to the Bank’s written instructions. At the Bank’s request, the Borrower shall, without delay, prominently and conspicuously affix a legend to items of BIC-held Collateral indicating that such items are subject to a security interest in favor of the Bank.

 

  (b) The Borrower shall mark its records to show that BIC-held Collateral has been pledged to the Bank and is subject exclusively to the Bank’s written instructions. Any computer generated list or report containing BIC-held Collateral must incorporate a legend indicating that such Collateral is pledged to the Bank.

 

  (c) Upon the Bank’s request, the Borrower shall at all times segregate BIC- held Collateral from its own assets or the assets of any other party and shall hold Collateral in such location(s) approved by the Bank. BIC-held Collateral shall not be removed from such location(s) without the prior written approval of the Bank.

 

  (d) The Borrower may withdraw or replace BIC-held Collateral only with the approval of the Bank and on terms acceptable to the Bank.

 

  (e) The Bank may from time to time notify Borrower of additional requirements on BIC-held Collateral. The Borrower’s failure to comply with such requirements shall disqualify the Borrower from participation in the BIC Arrangement.

 

  7.7 With respect to any item of Collateral not delivered or transferred to the Bank or its custodian, including BIC-held Collateral, the Borrower shall hold such item of Collateral in trust for the Bank until the Collateral is delivered or transferred in accordance with the Bank’s instructions. The Borrower bears the risk of loss for any Collateral held in the Borrower’s possession, at any custodian, maintained in an account at a securities intermediary other than a Reserve Bank, or in transit to or from the Bank. The Borrower also bears the risk of any accidental loss or damage to Collateral in the Bank’s possession to the extent the Bank exercised reasonable care.

 

* If Collateral is held by an affiliate of the Borrower, the Borrower must comply with (or compel such affiliate’s compliance with) the provisions in this Operating Circular pertaining to BIC-held Collateral. In addition, such affiliate must execute an Agreement for Third Party Custodian to Hold Collateral, the form of which is in Appendix 5. Finally, the Bank may require the affiliate to complete Collateral Schedules and participate or comply with inspection and certification requirements related to the BIC-held Collateral. For purposes of this Circular, affiliate means a parent, direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower or any entity having the same parent or ultimate parent as the Borrower.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       8
Effective October 15, 2006      


  7.8 Unless an Event of Default occurs or the Bank expressly directs otherwise, any proceeds, dividend, interest, rent, proceeds of redemption, and/or any other payment received by the Borrower regarding any Collateral may be retained by the Borrower. If the Bank directs that any of the foregoing be paid to the Bank, the Borrower shall remit those payments, or cause such payments to be remitted, promptly to the Bank and, until receipt by the Bank, such payments are deemed to be held in trust for the Bank.

 

  7.9 The Bank is under no obligation to allow for the withdrawal of any item of Collateral from the pledge to the Bank, or to allow the removal of any item of Collateral from the Collateral Schedule or otherwise release its security interest in any item of Collateral unless:

 

  (a) the Borrower has provided substitute Collateral acceptable to the Bank; or

 

  (b) the Bank has verified, in accordance with its normal customs and procedures, that all Obligations have been unconditionally repaid in full and that the Borrower is not currently in default under another agreement with the Bank or any other Reserve Bank.

 

  7.10 In order to perfect its security interest in property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, maintained with any other Reserve Bank including, but not limited to, any deposit account, investment property in any Unrestricted Securities Account, and items in the process of collection and their proceeds, but excluding any investment property in any Unrestricted Securities Account maintained at any Reserve Bank that the Borrower may not encumber under applicable law, Bank will enter, or has entered, a control agreement, substantially in the form of Appendix 2, with any other Reserve Bank with respect to any accounts of Borrower maintained at such Reserve Banks. Borrower hereby agrees to and consents to be bound by the terms of any such control agreement. It is understood that any such control agreement creates in favor of the Bank and for the benefit of the other Reserve Banks, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest, perfected by control, within the meaning of the UCC, in Collateral described in this section. The Bank will not exercise its rights in such accounts under such agreement except upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

  7.11 Unless Bank notifies the Borrower otherwise, the Borrower shall be permitted to Transfer Collateral consisting of securities held in the Borrower’s Unrestricted Securities Account as provided for in Operating Circular No. 7. Securities that the Borrower Transfers shall be free and clear of any security interest of the Bank created hereunder. The term “Transfer” as used in this Section, has the meaning set forth in Operating Circular No. 7.

 

8.0 MAINTENANCE OF LENDING DOCUMENTS

The documents specified below (“FRB Lending Documents”) must be maintained continuously as official records of the Borrower. The documents listed in subparagraph (a) shall at all times be kept together in one place (in the case of a foreign Borrower, at the office of its branch or agency in the Federal Reserve District in which the Borrower may obtain an Advance or incur Indebtedness), while the document listed in

 

Operating Circular No. 10       9
Effective October 15, 2006      


subparagraph (b) may be kept in any accessible and secure location on the Borrower’s premises. The FRB Lending Documents mean:

 

  (a) a copy of the Lending Agreement; and

 

  (b) a current statement of outstanding Advances and Indebtedness.

 

9.0 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  9.1 The Borrower represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) (i) the Borrower has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Lending Agreement and to obtain an Advance or otherwise incur Indebtedness; (ii) the Borrower has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Lending Agreement and to authorize the obtaining of an Advance on the terms and conditions of the Lending Agreement; (iii) no consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any governmental authority or any other person is required in connection with the obtaining of Advances hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Lending Agreement; and (iv) the Lending Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf the Borrower;

 

  (b) the Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is not in violation of any laws or regulations in any respect which could have any adverse effect whatsoever upon the validity, performance or enforceability of any of the terms of the Lending Agreement;

 

  (c) the Lending Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms;

 

  (d) the Borrower has rights in Collateral sufficient to grant an enforceable security interest to the Bank and its rights in Collateral are free of any assertion of a property right that would adversely affect a Reserve Bank’s right to Collateral, including but not limited to any claim, lien, security interest, encumbrance, preference or priority arrangement or restriction on the transfer or pledge of Collateral (an “Adverse Claim”), except as created by, or otherwise permitted under, the Lending Agreement or by the Bank;

 

  (e) all information set forth on the Certificate is accurate and complete and there has been no change in such information since the date of the Certificate;

 

Operating Circular No. 10       10
Effective October 15, 2006      


  (f) (i) the Lending Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Bank for itself and for the benefit of the other Reserve Banks, if applicable, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described in the Lending Agreement and proceeds thereof; (ii) when financing statements are filed in the state filing offices located in the jurisdictions specified on the Certificate, those security interests shall constitute a fully and validly perfected lien on, and security interest in, all rights, title and interest of the Borrower in such Collateral as to which perfection can be obtained by filing, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (except for liens that arise by operation of law); and (iii) no financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Bank pursuant to the Lending Agreement, are permitted by the Lending Agreement, or are otherwise permitted by the Bank;

 

  (g) no statement or information contained in the Lending Agreement or any other document, certificate, or statement furnished by the Borrower to the Bank or any other Reserve Bank for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Lending Agreement, on and as of the date when furnished, is untrue as to any material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the same not misleading, and the representations and warranties in the Lending Agreement are true and correct in all material respects;

 

  (h) the Borrower has evaluated the potential risks and liabilities accruing to the Borrower under applicable Federal and State environmental laws, rules, and regulations and has determined, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge that under applicable laws, rules, or regulations that impose environmental liability on a creditor or lender or an owner or manager of the real property that secures Collateral, the Borrower does not have and has not assumed any liability of any person thereunder; and

 

  (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

 

  9.2 Each time the Borrower requests an Advance, incurs any Indebtedness, or grants a security interest in any Collateral to a Reserve Bank, the Borrower is deemed to make all of the foregoing representations and warranties on and as of the date such Advance or Indebtedness is incurred or security granted. Such representations and warranties shall be true on and as of such date and shall remain true and correct so long as the Lending Agreement remains in effect, any Obligation remains outstanding, or any other amount is owing to the Bank.

 

10.0 COVENANTS

The Borrower covenants that so long as the Lending Agreement remains in effect or any Obligation remains outstanding or any other amount is owing to the Bank:

 

  (a) the Borrower shall provide to the Bank any reports or statements that the Bank requests;

 

Operating Circular No. 10       11
Effective October 15, 2006      


  (b) the Borrower shall permit the Bank or its designee to inspect or copy any documents or evidence in the Borrower’s possession or control relating to Collateral and any Obligation;

 

  (c) except for the security interest herein granted or otherwise permitted hereunder or by the Bank, the Borrower shall have rights in the Collateral free from any Adverse Claim, and shall maintain the security interest created hereby as a perfected security interest with the priority set forth in Section 9.1(f) and shall take all actions necessary or prudent to defend against Adverse Claims;

 

  (d) except as otherwise permitted hereunder or by the Bank, the Borrower shall not (i) sell or otherwise dispose of, or offer to sell or otherwise dispose of, the Collateral or any interest therein, or (ii) pledge, mortgage, or create, or permit the existence of any right of any person in or claim to, the Collateral other than the security interest granted herein;

 

  (e) the Borrower shall pay promptly when due (or before they become delinquent) all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, and levies imposed upon the Collateral or any income or profits therefrom, and any claims of any kind against Collateral;

 

  (f) upon the Bank’s request, the Borrower shall promptly reimburse the Bank for any expense incurred by the Bank with respect to enforcing or administering the Lending Agreement and any item of Collateral, including perfecting or maintaining perfection of the Borrower’s and/or the Bank’s security interest in Collateral, and assembling, transporting, safekeeping, managing, inspecting, or liquidating Collateral, whether Collateral is held by the Bank, its custodian, or the Borrower;

 

  (g) the Borrower shall not perform any act with respect to any Collateral that would impair the Bank’s rights or interests therein, nor will the Borrower fail to perform any act that would reasonably be expected to prevent such impairment or that is necessary to preserve the Bank’s rights;

 

  (h) at the Bank’s request, the Borrower shall promptly execute any agreement or document and take any other actions that the Bank deems necessary or desirable, including but not limited to the execution and delivery of any document the Bank deems necessary to grant, perfect or otherwise protect the Bank’s security interest in any existing or additional Collateral;

 

  (i) the Borrower shall promptly notify the Bank if the Borrower is or is about to become an undercapitalized depository institution or a critically undercapitalized depository institution, as such terms are defined in Regulation A;

 

  (j) the Borrower shall renew or keep in full force and effect its organizational existence or take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business;

 

Operating Circular No. 10       12
Effective October 15, 2006      


  (k) without providing at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Bank and submitting an updated Certificate to the Bank, the Borrower shall not cause or permit any of the information provided in the Certificate, including its jurisdiction of organization, to become untrue;

 

  (l) the Borrower shall continuously maintain the FRB Lending Documents in the same manner as it maintains all other official corporate records, and the FRB Lending Documents shall be immediately and routinely available to any examiner authorized to examine the Borrower;

 

  (m) in any BIC Arrangement, the Borrower shall provide for periodic audits of BIC-held Collateral pledged to the Bank, shall notify the Bank immediately of any irregularities discovered during any audits, shall certify periodically, as determined by the Bank, that it is complying with the requirements of the BIC Arrangement, and shall ensure risk ratings assigned to any Collateral subject to Borrower’s internal loan ratings are accurate;

 

  (n) the Borrower shall promptly notify the Bank of the occurrence or impending occurrence of any Event of Default; and

 

  (o) the Borrower shall promptly notify the Bank of any change in applicable law, the regulations or policies of its chartering and/or licensing authority, or its charter, bylaws, or other governing documents, or any legal or regulatory process asserted against the Borrower, that materially affects or may materially affect the Borrower’s authority or ability to lawfully perform its obligations under the Lending Agreement.

 

11.0 WAIVER OF IMMUNITY; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

  11.1 If the Borrower or its property is now, or in the future becomes, entitled to any immunity, whether characterized as sovereign or otherwise (including, without limitation, immunity from set-off, from service of process, from jurisdiction of any court or tribunal, from attachment in aid of execution, from attachment prior to the entry of a judgment, or from execution upon a judgment) in any legal proceeding in Federal or State courts in the United States of America, or in the courts of the country where the Borrower is chartered, or in the courts of the country in which the Borrower principally conducts its business, then the Borrower expressly and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any such immunity. To the extent the Borrower receives any such entitlement in the future, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Bank of such entitlement.

 

  11.2

The Borrower submits in any legal action or proceeding relating to or arising out of the Lending Agreement, or the conduct of any party with respect therefor or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the nonexclusive general jurisdiction of the Federal District Court sitting where the Bank’s head office is located and any appellate court thereof. In the case of a foreign Borrower, such Borrower also submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the country where the Borrower is chartered or in which it principally conducts its business over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Lending Agreement. The Borrower agrees that service of process in any

 

Operating Circular No. 10       13
Effective October 15, 2006      


 

such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the address provided in the Letter of Agreement; and agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction. The Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Borrower also agrees that a final judgment in any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower. The foregoing does not diminish or otherwise affect the Bank’s rights under Section 25B of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 USC § 632.

 

12.0 REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

 

  12.1 Upon the occurrence of, and at any time during the continuance of, an Event of Default, the Bank may pursue any of the following remedies, separately, successively, or concurrently:

 

  (a) debit the Borrower’s Account, or cause the Borrower’s Account to be debited (in the case of an Account at another Reserve Bank), in an amount up to the Borrower’s unpaid Obligations;

 

  (b) set off any Obligation against any amount owed by the Bank or any other Reserve Bank to the Borrower, whether or not such amount owed is then due and payable;

 

  (c) exercise any right of set-off or banker’s lien provided by applicable law against the Borrower’s property in the possession or control of, or maintained with, the Bank or any other Reserve Bank, including but not limited to items in process of collection and their proceeds and any balance to the credit of the Borrower with a Reserve Bank;

 

  (d) take possession of any Collateral not already in the Bank’s possession, without demand and without legal process. Upon the Bank’s demand, the Borrower shall assemble and make Collateral available to the Bank as the Bank directs. The Borrower grants to the Bank the right, for this purpose to enter into or on any premises where Collateral may be located; and

 

  (e) pursue any other remedy available to collect, enforce, or satisfy any Obligation, including exercising its rights as a secured creditor to collect income on the Collateral, or to sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of Collateral whether or not Collateral is in the Bank’s possession.

 

  12.2 If the Bank exercises its rights in Collateral upon an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

the Bank may sell, assign, transfer, and deliver, at the Bank’s option, all or any part of Collateral at private or public sale, at such prices as the Bank may, in good faith, deem best, without advertisement, and the

 

Operating Circular No. 10       14
Effective October 15, 2006      


 

Borrower waives notice of the time and place of the sale, except any notice that is required by law and may not be waived;

 

  (b) the Bank has no obligation to prepare Collateral for sale, and the Bank may sell Collateral and disclaim any warranties without adversely affecting the commercial reasonableness of the sale;

 

  (c) the Bank has no obligation to collect from any third party or to marshal any assets in favor of the Borrower to satisfy any Obligation; and

 

  (d) the Bank or another Reserve Bank may purchase any or all of Collateral and pay for it by applying the purchase price to reduce amounts owed by the Borrower to the Bank or any other Reserve Bank.

 

  12.3 The Borrower appoints the Bank, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of the Borrower, to endorse, assign, transfer, and deliver Collateral to any party, and to take any action deemed necessary or advisable by the Bank either to protect the Bank’s interests or exercise its rights under the Lending Agreement, including taking any action to perfect or maintain the Bank’s security interest (including but not limited to recording an assignment of a mortgage or filing a financing statement). This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and as such is irrevocable and full power of substitution is granted to the assignee or holder. As attorney-in-fact, the Bank may take any lawful action to collect all sums due in connection with Collateral, the Bank may release any Collateral, instruments or agreements securing or evidencing the Obligations as fully as the Borrower could do if acting for itself, and the Bank may take any action set forth in Section 7.5, but the Bank has no obligation to take any such actions or any other action in respect of the Collateral.

 

  12.4 The proceeds realized by the Bank upon selling or disposing of Collateral, to the extent actually received in cash by the Bank or another Reserve Bank, will be applied toward satisfaction of the Obligations. The Bank shall apply such proceeds first to any fees, other charges, penalties, indemnities, and costs and expenses of, collection, or realizing on interests in Collateral (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), next to accrued but unpaid interest, and last to the unpaid principal balance. The Bank will account to the Borrower for any surplus amount realized upon such sale or other disposition, and the Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency.

 

  12.5 No delay or failure by the Bank to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any right or remedy, waive any default or operate as an acquiescence to the Event of Default, or affect any subsequent Event of Default of the same or of a different nature.

 

  12.6 On complying with the provisions of the Lending Agreement and applicable law, the Bank is fully discharged from any liability or responsibility to any person regarding Collateral.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       15
Effective October 15, 2006      


13.0 INDEMNIFICATION

 

  13.1 The Borrower shall indemnify the Bank and its officers, directors, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnified Party”) for any loss, claim, damage, liability, and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and expenses of litigation) incurred by an Indemnified Party in the course of or arising out of the performance of the Lending Agreement, any action related to Collateral, or any action to which an Indemnified Party may become subject in connection with the Bank’s exercise, enforcement or preservation of any right or remedy granted to it under the Lending Agreement, except to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense results, as determined by a court, from the Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  13.2 The Bank will give the Borrower written notice of any claim that the Bank or any other person may have under this indemnity. The Borrower is not liable for any claim that is compromised or settled by the Bank or such persons without the Borrower’s prior written consent, provided that the Borrower responded promptly and in the Bank’s judgment, adequately, to the Bank’s notice of such claim. This indemnity remains an obligation of the Borrower notwithstanding termination of the Lending Agreement, and is binding on the Borrower’s successors and assigns. Upon written demand from the Bank, the Borrower shall pay promptly amounts owed under this indemnity, free and clear of any right of offset, counterclaim or other deduction, and the Bank’s reasonable determination of amounts owing hereunder is binding. If not promptly paid by the Borrower, such obligation becomes an Obligation secured under the Lending Agreement.

 

14.0 MISCELLANEOUS

 

  14.1 The Bank is not obligated by the Lending Agreement or otherwise to make, increase, renew, or extend any Advance to the Borrower.

 

  14.2 The amount of any Advance Repayment Amount and/or Obligation reflected on the books and records of a Reserve Bank is presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing by the Borrower to such Reserve Bank.

 

  14.3 The Borrower’s obligations under the Lending Agreement shall be performed by it at its own cost and expense.

 

  14.4 Unless expressly agreed otherwise by the Bank, the time zone of the Bank’s head office shall be used to determine any deadline hereunder, including the time an Advance Repayment Amount is due and payable.

 

  14.5 The Bank may record telephone communications between the Bank and the Borrower and such recordings may be submitted in evidence to any court or in any proceeding for the purpose of establishing any matters pertinent to the Lending Agreement.

 

  14.6 The Bank may rely on any record used by the Borrower to endorse or pledge Collateral to the Bank.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       16
Effective October 15, 2006      


  14.7 The Bank’s rights and remedies under the Lending Agreement are in addition to any others agreed to by the Borrower or that may exist at law or in equity.

 

  14.8 Any provision of the Lending Agreement that is unenforceable or invalid under any law in any jurisdiction is ineffective to the extent of such unenforceability or invalidity without affecting the enforceability or validity of any other provision, and any such unenforceability or invalidity shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

  14.9 The Lending Agreement is binding on the receivers, administrators, permitted assignees and successors, and legal representatives of the Borrower and inures to the benefit of the Bank, its assignees and successors.

 

  14.10 The Bank may sell, transfer, assign or participate to any other Reserve Bank(s) any or all of its interest in repayment of any Obligation and may purchase any Obligation from any other Reserve Bank. The Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder.

 

  14.11 The Bank is not required to provide a written advice to the Borrower for any Advance or Advance Repayment Amount.

 

  14.12 The Bank has no liability for acting in reliance upon any communication (including a fax, telex, electronic communication, or similar communication) reasonably believed by the Bank to be genuine or to be sent by an individual acting on behalf of the Borrower.

 

  14.13 The Section headings used herein are for convenience only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the construction hereof.

 

15.0 AMENDMENT

The Bank, in its sole discretion, may amend the Lending Agreement without prior notice at any time. The Bank shall notify the Borrower of any such amendment and, thereafter, any pledge of Collateral, request for any Advance or incurrence of any other Obligation shall constitute the Borrower’s agreement to such amendment as of the effective date of such amendment. An amendment does not modify, except for a change in interest rate or other charges, the terms of an outstanding Advance.

 

16.0 NOTICE

 

  16.1 Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner set forth below to the addresses or numbers or in accordance with the e-mail or electronic messaging system details provided in or pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the receiving party (the “recipient”) and will be deemed effective as indicated:

 

  (a) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

 

  (b)

if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will

 

Operating Circular No. 10       17
Effective October 15, 2006      


 

be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);

 

  (c) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted;

 

  (d) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is received;

 

  (e) if sent by e-mail, on the date that e-mail is delivered; or

 

  (f) if by telephone or other oral communication, on the date that oral communication occurred, provided that such oral communication either is confirmed promptly in writing by at least one of the methods specified in (a) to (e) above or is recorded,

unless the date of the delivery (or attempted delivery), the receipt or the occurrence, as applicable, is not a Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted), received or shall have occurred, as applicable, after the close of business on a Business Day, in which case that communication shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Business Day.

 

  16.2 If sent to the Borrower, the notice must be addressed as indicated by the Borrower in the Letter of Agreement, or as otherwise specified by the Borrower in a record. If sent to the Bank, the notice must be addressed to the credit function at the Bank’s head office or as otherwise specified by the Bank.

 

17.0 TERMINATION

 

  17.1 The Borrower may terminate its consent to be bound by the Lending Agreement by giving written notice to the credit function at the Bank’s head office or as otherwise specified by the Bank, so long as no Advance is then outstanding.* Notice of termination does not release the Borrower or affect the Bank’s rights, remedies, powers, security interests or liens against Collateral in existence prior to the Bank’s receipt of the notice, nor does notice of termination affect any provision of the Lending Agreement which by its terms survives termination of the Lending Agreement.

 

  17.2 Upon termination, the Bank may retain Collateral until the Bank has had a reasonable opportunity to verify, in accordance with its normal customs and procedures, that all of the Borrower’s Obligations, contingent or otherwise, to the Bank or any other Reserve Bank have been fully satisfied and discharged.

 

* Collateral arrangements, including arrangements with securities intermediaries, such as Euroclear or Clearstream, and third-party custody and Borrower-in-Custody arrangements may have their own termination provisions.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       18
Effective October 15, 2006      


18.0 GOVERNING LAW

 

  18.1 The Lending Agreement, including any Advance or any other transaction entered into pursuant thereto, is governed by the law of the State in which the Bank’s head office is located. The Lending Agreement is a security agreement for purposes of the UCC, as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, and other applicable law.

 

19.0 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

THE BORROWER AND THE BANK EACH HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM, OR CROSS CLAIM ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH, OUT OF, OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THE LENDING AGREEMENT, THE COLLATERAL, OR ANY TRANSACTION OR AGREEMENT ARISING THEREFROM OR RELATED THERETO.

 

20.0 STATUS OF PREVIOUS LENDING AGREEMENT

This Operating Circular amends and restates the Bank’s Operating Circular governing Lending dated January 2, 1998.

 

Operating Circular No. 10       19
Effective October 15, 2006      

Exhibit 10.26

MASTER CUSTODIAL AGREEMENT

(FANNIE MAE FORM 2003)

for

CUSTODY OF SINGLE-FAMILY MBS POOL MORTGAGE LOANS

by and between

Federal National Mortgage Association

(“Fannie Mae”),

U.S. Bank N.A.

(“Custodian”)

and

HomeStreet Bank

(“Lender”)

Effective Date

10/09

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

RECITALS

     3   

S ECTION 1:

   D EFINITIONS      3   

S ECTION 2:

   C USTODIAN E LIGIBILITY S TANDARDS      5   

S ECTION 3:

   C USTODIAN S D UTIES TO F ANNIE M AE AND L ENDER      6   

S ECTION 4:

   L ENDER S D ELIVERIES TO C USTODIAN OF D OCUMENTS AND D ATA      7   

S ECTION 5:

   C ERTIFICATION AND A DVERSE I NTERESTS IN M ORTGAGE L OANS      7   

S ECTION 6:

   C USTODY OF D OCUMENTS      8   

S ECTION 7:

   R EVIEW OF C USTODIAN BY F ANNIE M AE AND L ENDER      9   

S ECTION 8:

   C USTODIAN S C OMPENSATION      10   

S ECTION 9:

   I NSURANCE      10   

S ECTION 10:

   I NDEMNIFICATION      11   

S ECTION 11:

   A NNUAL R EPORTING      11   

S ECTION 12:

   L ENDER D UTY TO P ROVIDE D OCUMENTATION TO C USTODIAN      12   

S ECTION 13:

   T RANSFERS OF S ERVICING AND T ERMINATION OF S ERVICING      12   

S ECTION 14:

   S USPENSION OF C USTODIAN AND T ERMINATION OF A GREEMENT      13   

S ECTION 15:

   R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES      15   

S ECTION 16:

   A MENDMENTS , S UPPLEMENTS , AND W AIVERS      15   

S ECTION 17:

   E XECUTION AND B INDING E FFECT      16   

S ECTION 18:

   G OVERNING L AW AND P RIORITY OF C ONTRACTUAL A UTHORITY      16   

S ECTION 19:

   C ONFIDENTIALITY      17   

S ECTION 20:

   A SSIGNMENT      17   

S ECTION 21:

   H EADINGS AND R EFERENCES TO F ANNIE M AE      17   

S ECTION 22:

   N OTICES      17   

EXHIBIT A:

   WAIVERS AND VARIANCES      20   

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


3

 

RECITALS

This Custodial Agreement is executed by, and delivered to, each of Fannie Mae , Custodian , and Lender , as of the effective date, all as indicated on the cover page hereof.

W HEREAS , Lender is (or will become) the Servicer of certain Mortgage Loans pursuant to a Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract with Fannie Mae, and may or may not be the Seller with respect to those Mortgage Loans;

W HEREAS , Custodian will maintain custody of the Documents on behalf of, and as custodial agent for, Fannie Mae subject to and in compliance with Fannie Mae’s Guides and Requirements and the applicable MBS Trust Document;

W HEREAS , the parties hereto desire to set forth the terms and conditions for Custodian’s responsibilities with respect to Certification and custody of such Documents; and

W HEREAS , the parties hereto intend that Custodian’s custody of the Documents shall provide Fannie Mae with legal possession thereof, as the term “possession” is used in the Uniform Commercial Code, at all times upon and after the related Mortgage Loans are acquired by Fannie Mae, except insofar as Fannie Mae may provide.

N OW T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual undertakings expressed in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties understand and agree as follows:

S ECTION 1:        D EFINITIONS

The following terms are used herein and are defined as follows:

 

(a) Annual Statement of Eligibility for Document Custodians: Fannie Mae Form 2001 (the current version of which is available at www.efenniemae.com), or such other reporting form or format as Fannie Mae may require.

 

(b) Agreement: This Custodial Agreement upon its execution by each of Fannie Mae, Lender, and Custodian and delivery of an original or copy of such executed Custodial Agreement to each of the parties.

 

(c) Certification: Notice by Custodian to Fannie Mae that, as to each Mortgage Loan listed on the Schedule of Mortgages for the referenced MBS pool, it has examined all the related Documents it has received and has determined that the:

 

  [1] Documents conform, prima facie and without exception, to the specifications set forth in the Guides, the Requirements, and any other notice to Custodian that describes Fannie Mae requirements for specific mortgage loans or mortgage loan types, and

 

  [2] Mortgage Loan data on the Schedule of Mortgages (which is provided to Custodian by Lender via Electronic Delivery) matches the terms of those Documents, without exception.

 

(d) Certification System: Fannie Mae’s electronic communication system by which Custodian can communicate Certification of a MBS pool to Fannie Mae.

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


4

 

 

(e) Documents: For each Mortgage Loan, (the related promissory note, mortgage assignment, and other documents that Fannie Mae requires to be deposited with Custodian: (i) for its review on behalf of Fannie Mae (as such requirements are specified in the Guides, the Requirements, both, and/or any other notice to Custodian that describes Fannie Mae requirements for specific mortgage loans or mortgage loan types), and (ii) if acquired by Fannie Mae, for custody on behalf of Fannie Mae.

 

(f) Electronic Delivery: Fannie Mae’s system by which Lender delivers Mortgage Loan data to Custodian electronically so that Custodian can determine whether such data matches the terms of the related Documents it will review. See Certification.

 

(g) Fannie Mae: Federal National Mortgage Association. See Section 21.

 

(h) Guides: Collectively, the:

 

   

Fannie Mae Selling Guide,

 

   

Fannie Mae Servicing Guide,

 

   

Announcements by which Fannie Mae amends or supplements the foregoing from time to time, and

 

   

anything that (in whole or part) supersedes, is substituted for, or supplements any of the foregoing, in whatever medium (such as paper, electronic form, or otherwise) as Fannie Mae shall provide any of the foregoing, specifically including its Web site. References herein to the Guides (or to either of them) are references to the provisions of the most recently updated Guides that pertain to document custodians and document custody.

 

(i) MBS: Fannie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed securities issued pursuant to an MBS Trust Document. The term “MBS” includes any “whole-loan REMIC” (real estate mortgage investment conduits in which the underlying assets are Mortgage Loans rather than mortgage securities).

 

(j) MBS Trust Document: A Fannie Mae trust indenture or agreement (including any applicable amendments thereto), or any other document pursuant to which Fannie Mae issues MBS (including any applicable amendments thereto), pursuant to which a particular MBS pool was issued,

 

(k) Mortgage Loan: A Single-Family mortgage loan with respect to which:

 

  [1] Custodian has custody of some or all of the related Documents that Fannie Mae requires to be delivered to Custodian for its review, and

 

  [2] if such loan is included in an issue of MBS, Custodian maintains custody for Fannie Mae.

 

(l) Regulated Institution: A financial institution that is subject to supervision and regulation by the:

 

  [1] Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

 

  [2] Office of Comptroller of the Currency of the United States,

 

  [3] Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,

 

  [4] Office of Thrift Supervision, or

 

  [5] National Credit Union Administration.

 

(m)

Requirements: Fannie Mae’s Requirements for Document Custodians (the current edition of which is available at www.efanniemae.com), together with any updates, amendments or supplements thereto provided (or made available) by Fannie Mae from time to time, and

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


5

 

 

anything that (in whole or part) supersedes, is substituted for, or supplements any of the foregoing, in whatever medium (such as paper, electronic form, or otherwise) as Fannie Mae shall provide any of the foregoing, specifically including its Web site. References herein to the Requirements are references to the most recently updated Requirements.

 

(n) Schedule of Mortgages: Fannie Mae Form 2005 as completed for a particular MBS pool, including revisions or corrections thereof to permit deletion and/or addition of Mortgage Loans prior to Custodian’s Certification of the MBS pool referenced on the Form 2005, or such other means of specifying Mortgage Loans that are subject to this Agreement as Fannie Mae may permit or require.

 

(o) Seller: The party that is obligated to Fannie Mae to perform the functions of the “seller” in the Fannie Mae Selling Guide. Lender may be the Seller with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans. If Lender is not the Seller with respect to some or all of the Mortgage Loans, then it became the Servicer with respect to those Mortgage Loans concurrent with, or after, they became assets of an MBS trust.

 

(p) Servicer: The party that is obligated to Fannie Mae to perform the functions of the “servicer” in the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide. Lender is the Servicer.

 

(q) Single-Family: Of or pertaining to a property that is comprised of a one-to-four family residential dwelling unit.

 

(r) Trustee: Fannie Mae acting in its capacity as trustee under the applicable MBS Trust Document, and (if applicable) any party that is Fannie Mae’s successor as such trustee.

 

(s) Writing (or written ): A communication (or pertaining to a communication) that is

 

  [1] typed, handwritten, or photocopied on paper,

 

  [2] transmitted electronically (e.g., e-mail), or

 

  [3] transmitted via facsimile machine ( i.e., fax).

S ECTION 2:          C USTODIAN E LIGIBILITY S TANDARDS

 

(a) At all times, Custodian shall comply with provisions of the Guides and Requirements that set forth Fannie Mae’s requirements for document custodians with respect to:

 

  [1] eligibility standards, including financial strength rating standards, and

 

  [2] operating standards including, but not limited to, such standards for staffing, written procedures, disaster recovery plans, document tracking capabilities, and physical storage facilities.

 

(b) Custodian must be one of the following:

 

  [1] a Regulated Institution,

 

  [2] a subsidiary or parent of a Regulated Institution,

 

  [3] a holding company that is subject to supervision and regulation by a Regulated Institution

regulator, or

 

  [4] a Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


6

 

 

(c) If Lender, or an affiliate that is controlled by Lender, will be Custodian with respect to Mortgage Loans that Lender sells to Fannie Mae (i.e., will maintain custody of the Documents that are related to such Mortgage Loans on behalf of Fannie Mae and as its custodial agent), Lender must maintain such Documents in an independent custody department that:

 

  [1] is established and operated under trust powers granted to Lender by its primary regulator;

 

  [2] is physically separate from Lender’s departments that perform mortgage loan origination, selling, or servicing functions;

 

  [3] maintains its own personnel, files, and operations – all separate from the personnel, files, and operations of Lender’s other functions;

 

  [4] is subject to periodic review or inspection by Lender’s primary regulator; and

 

  [5] has custodial officers who are duly authorized by corporate resolution or by-laws to act on behalf of Lender in its trust capacity and are empowered to enter into this Agreement and perform the duties set forth in this Agreement.

S ECTION  3:        C USTODIAN S D UTIES TO F ANNIE M AE AND L ENDER

 

(a) Custodian does not, pursuant to this Agreement, acquire any ownership interest in any of the Mortgage Loans or Documents. Custodian may not transfer, pledge or otherwise hypothecate any Mortgage Loan or any Document.

 

(b) In performing its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, in reviewing Documents and data for possible Certification, and in connection with Document custody at all times upon and after receipt of Documents), Custodian at all times acts for the sole benefit of Fannie Mae.

 

(c) By reason of the immediately foregoing, Custodian will:

 

  [1] subscribe to the Guides and assure that it is on Fannie Mae’s distribution list for the Requirements,

 

  [2] comply with all Requirements and Guides as are applicable to its obligations under this Agreement, and

 

  [3] meet any other requirements that Fannie Mae may specify from time to time as applicable to custodians generally, a group of custodians, or Custodian specifically.

 

(d) In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, Custodian undertakes to both Fannie Mae and Lender to act with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and care that it exercises with respect to notes and other documentation for mortgage loans owned and/or serviced by it (or held for others if it has neither an investment portfolio or a servicing portfolio), and with at least such skill and diligence as is customary in the industry.

 

(e) Custodian is not liable to Lender for damages by reason of its diligent performance of the services and duties that it is obligated to perform for Fannie Mae by reason of this Agreement, and this Section 3 in particular.

 

(f) All Documents that are related to Mortgage Loans that have been transferred to an MBS trust are held by Custodian for Trustee of such trust, However:

 

  [1]

If title to a Mortgage Loan is transferred from its MBS trust to Fannie Mae in its corporate capacity (i.e., for Fannie Mae’s investment portfolio), then this Agreement

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


7

 

 

shall continue and Custodian will hold all Documents that are related to the removed Mortgage Loan for Fannie Mae as owner of such Mortgage Loan, and will have the same duties and obligations under this Agreement to Fannie Mae as it had to Trustee prior to such removal.

 

  [2] If title to a Mortgage Loan is transferred from its MBS trust and the transferee is Lender or any other transferee that is not Fannie Mae, then this Agreement shall no longer apply to the Documents that are related to the removed Mortgage Loan.

S ECTION 4:        L ENDER S D ELIVERIES TO C USTODIAN OF D OCUMENTS AND D ATA

 

(a) Each Mortgage Loan will be listed on the Schedule of Mortgages that is provided to Custodian.

 

(b) Prior to Certification, Custodian must receive:

 

  [1] the Documents related to all Mortgage Loans listed on the Schedule of Mortgages, and

 

  [2] by Electronic Delivery, all required data describing all Mortgage Loans listed on the Schedule of Mortgages.

 

(c) Lender will deposit with Custodian all Documents and provide all data in a manner that is timely to permit completion of Certification in coordination with its plans for issuance of the MBS.

 

(d) Lender and Custodian may agree that Lender shall deliver, and Custodian shall retain, any documentation pertaining to a Mortgage Loan that Fannie Mae does not require to be held by Custodian. However, the standard referred to in Section 3 hereof (“Custodian’s Duties to Fannie Mae and Lender”) applies to such other documentation, if the Guides provide that it is owned or held by Fannie Mae.

 

(e) If Lender is not the Seller, the Seller need not execute this Agreement, However:

 

  [1] With respect to Mortgage Loans for which Lender will become Servicer concurrently with Fannie Mae’s acquisition of such Mortgage Loans, Lender represents and warrants to Fannie Mae that, insofar as the cooperation of the Seller, or performance by the Seller of duties and/or obligations that are provided for by the Fannie Mae Selling Guide, are necessary under this Agreement, Lender will obtain such cooperation, or will perform, or will cause the Seller to perform, all such duties and obligations.

 

  [2] With respect to Mortgage Loans for which Lender becomes Servicer either concurrently with, or subsequent to, Fannie Mae’s acquisition of such Mortgage Loans and delivery of MBS, Lender is accountable to Fannie Mae for any Seller failure to so cooperate or perform.

S ECTION 5:        C ERTIFICATION AND A DVERSE I NTERESTS IN M ORTGAGE L OANS

 

(a) For each Mortgage Loan listed on the Schedule of Mortgages, upon receipt of related Documents, Custodian shall determine whether:

 

  [1] it has received all Documents,

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


8

 

 

  [2] the Documents it has received conform, prima facie and without exception, to the specifications set forth in the Guides, Requirements, and any other notice to Custodian that describes Fannie Mae requirements for specific mortgage loans or mortgage loan types.

 

(b) For each Mortgage Loan listed on the Schedule of Mortgages, upon receipt of Documents, and receipt of loan data by Electronic Delivery, Custodian will determine whether such data matches the terms of the Documents it has received, without exception.

 

(c) If and when, for each Mortgage Loan listed on the Schedule of Mortgages, Custodian determines that the Documents conform to Fannie Mae’s document specifications, and the loan data matches the terms of the Documents, then Custodian shall complete the custodian certification screen in the Certification System and electronically transmit its Certification of such, MBS pool via the Certification System.

 

(d) If any Documents reviewed by Custodian are not in compliance with the documentation standards, or the terms thereof do not match the data Custodian received, Custodian will not deliver its Certification and, instead, will notify Lender of all such deficiencies. Custodian shall not certify the MBS pool referenced on the Schedule of Mortgages until:

 

  [1] all such discrepancies or deficiencies are:

 

   

cured by Lender, if that is legally possible to do,

 

   

corrected by the borrower, if action by the borrower is legally required, or,

 

   

waived by Fannie Mae in writing, and/or

 

  [2] all Mortgage Loans with deficiencies are removed from the Schedule of Mortgages, and the revised Schedule of Mortgages is provided to Custodian.

 

(e) By providing its Certification, Custodian represents and warrants to Fannie Mae that, with respect to the MBS pool and each Mortgage Loan included therein, Custodian has:

 

  [1] complied with Fannie Mae’s bailee letter requirements (as described in Selling Guide, Part VI, Chapter 3, Section 303), and

 

  [2] advised Fannie Mae if it is aware that Lender, or any other person with an interest in the Mortgage Loan, has pledged the Mortgage Loan to a warehouse lender or other creditor, and will advise Fannie Mae if it subsequently becomes aware of such information.

 

(f) Custodian waives and releases any adverse interest which it may have, by way of a security interest or otherwise, in each Mortgage Loan as of the issue date of the related MBS.

 

(g) Certification requirements of this Agreement do not apply if Certification of the MBS pool was completed before Lender became the servicer for the Mortgage Loans in such MBS pool.

S ECTION 6:        C USTODY OF D OCUMENTS

 

(a) All Documents are held solely and exclusively for Fannie Mae. Subject only to that limitation. Custodian shall make disposition of Documents solely in accordance with instructions furnished by Fannie Mae in the Guides, the Requirements, or otherwise by notice from Fannie Mae. Further:

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


9

 

 

  [1] Custodian specifically acknowledges that Fannie Mae has the right to require Custodian to release all Documents, or any portion thereof, pursuant to Fannie Mae’s instructions, without payment to Custodian of any fee or charge, or other thing of value.

 

  [2] Unless otherwise instructed by Fannie Mae, Custodian may release Documents that are related to Mortgage Loans that have been removed from the Schedule of Mortgages before Custodian delivers its Certification. Release in such cases shall be to the party that Custodian determines to be entitled to the Documents.

 

  [3] If a Mortgage Loan became an MBS trust asset and title to such Mortgage Loan thereafter is transferred to Lender, then Custodian may release the Documents that are related to that Mortgage Loan, provided that Fannie Mae as Trustee (or Fannie Mae’s successor as Trustee, if any) notifies Custodian that such Mortgage Loan is no longer an MBS trust asset.

 

(b) Custodian shall:

 

  [1] maintain continuous custody of all Documents, and in a manner that identifies such Documents as being held on behalf of Fannie Mae and distinguishes them from documents held for itself or other parties.

 

  [2] hold all such Documents in secure and fire resistant facilities in accordance with Fannie Mae’s requirements for such custody, and

 

  [3] at any reasonable time, make all such Documents, or any portion thereof, available to representatives of Fannie Mac for examination, without payment to Custodian of any fee or charge, or other thing of value.

 

(c) If Documents exist in electronic form, Custodian shall hold such Documents in secure facilities and with appropriate back-up to guard against loss due to physical damage, power failure, or physical or electronic contamination, and shall maintain equipment or systems with capability to read, store, copy, reproduce or otherwise access such Documents. In addition, Custodian hereby grants Fannie Mae (in any of its capacities) or any other party authorized under the applicable MBS Trust Document (in the capacity provided for by such MBS Trust Document), a license to use Custodian’s technology to access any such Documents on Custodian’s systems as such licensee, in its sole discretion, determines is necessary or convenient in connection with its capacity.

 

(d) Section 6(a) notwithstanding, Custodian shall release any of the Documents to Lender from time to time, as required to service the related Mortgage Loans, and as permitted by the Guides and/or Requirements, unless instructed to the contrary by Fannie Mae. Any such release to Lender requires a request on a form accepted or designated by Fannie Mae, from a person duly authorized to make such request. Custodian shall retain such records as Fannie Mae may require concerning such releases.

S ECTION 7:        R EVIEW OF C USTODIAN BY F ANNIE M AE AND L ENDER

 

(a) Fannie Mae may perform, with or without prior notice but during regular business hours, on-site reviews to:

 

  [1] examine any or all Documents and/or other records held by Custodian that relate to Mortgage Loans,

 

  [2] evaluate Custodian’s custodial facility,

 

  [3] assess Custodian’s operations or controls, and/or

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


10

 

 

  [4] review Custodian’s compliance with this Agreement, the Requirements, and/or the Guides.

 

(b) If, in Fannie Mae’s judgment, such review indicates any deficiency, then Fannie Mae will notify Custodian (and may notify Lender), specifying the nature of the deficiency, required remedial action, and date for remediation. Failure to remediate may result in exercise by Fannie Mae of any of the remedies specified in Section 14 (“Suspension of Custodian and Termination of Agreement”). Custodian may not charge Fannie Mae any fees in connection with any review or remediation.

 

(c) Lender shall ensure that Custodian complies with the Requirements and the Guides. For this purpose, Lender is permitted by Custodian, and obligated to Fannie Mae, to monitor Custodian’s compliance with the Requirements and the Guides. Immediately upon learning of any failure (or apparent failure) by Custodian to comply with any of the foregoing at any time, Lender must notify Fannie Mae and Custodian, specifying the nature of the non-compliance (or apparent non-compliance), required remedial action, and date for remediation,

S ECTION 8:        C USTODIAN S C OMPENSATION

 

(a) Compensation for Custodian’s services, including any action taken by Custodian at the request or demand of Fannie Mae. is the sole responsibility of Lender. Custodian may not refuse to take any action or otherwise fail to perform in accordance with this Agreement on the grounds that Custodian has not been (or will not be) compensated by Lender. Custodian agrees to look solely to Lender for payment of its compensation, and agrees that it has no statutory or other lien on, or other rights in, the Documents for payment of its compensation.

 

(b) Lender may not structure compensation in a manner that would reward Custodian for compromising its standard of diligence owed to Fannie Mae pursuant to Section 3 hereof (“Custodian’s Duties to Fannie Mae and Lender”). For example, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, compensation may not be inversely proportional to the per-loan time used to complete Certification review, or directly proportional to the percentage of reviews that result in immediate Certification.

S ECTION 9:        I NSURANCE

 

(a) During the term of this Agreement, Custodian shall maintain, at a minimum, the following insurance coverages at its expense, and provide, if requested, certificates of insurance to Fannie Mae evidencing such coverages:

 

  [1]

Financial Institution Bond (or equivalent insurance) protecting against, at a minimum, losses resulting from dishonest or fraudulent acts of directors, officers, employees, and/or contractors; and physical damage or destruction to, or loss of, any mortgage notes and/or assignments while such Documents are located on Custodian’s premises or in-transit while under its control. The insurance coverage must be in an amount that is commercially reasonable and is commonly found in the mortgage industry, based on the number of notes

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


11

 

 

and assignments held in custody. The policy’s deductible clause may be for any amount up to a maximum of five percent of the face amount of the bond, and

 

  [2] Errors and Omissions Insurance covering liability due to errors or omissions in the performance of services, and claims resulting from Custodian’s breach of duty, neglect, misstatement, misleading statement or other wrongful acts committed in the conduct of document custodial services. Coverage limits must be not less than $1 million per claim and $10 million in the aggregate, on a claims-made basis. The policy’s deductible clause may be for any amount up to a maximum of five percent of the face amount of the bond.

 

(b) The insurance obligations provided for in this Section 9 do not diminish, restrict, or limit Custodian’s responsibilities and obligations as stated herein.

 

(c) A Custodian that is a subsidiary or affiliate of a Regulated Institution may use its parent’s or affiliate’s fidelity bond, and errors and omissions insurance policies, provided that Custodian is named as a joint insured under the fidelity bond and the errors and omissions insurance.

 

(d) Lender shall comply with the transit insurance requirements set forth in the Guides, the Requirements, or both.

S ECTION 10:        I NDEMNIFICATION

 

(a) Custodian agrees to indemnify Fannie Mae and hold Fannie Mae harmless for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, payments, costs, or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Fannie Mae as the result of any negligence, malfeasance, act or omission by Custodian, in its performance (or nonperformance) of the functions and duties of Custodian required by this Agreement, the Guides, or the Requirements. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Fannie Mae, the foregoing includes, but is not limited to, Certification of any Mortgage if the:

 

  [1] Documents were incomplete,

 

  [2] Documents did not conform, prima facie and without exception, to the specifications set forth in the Guides, the Requirements, and any other notice to Custodian that describes Fannie Mae requirements for specific mortgage loans or mortgage loan types, or

 

  [3] Mortgage Loan data submitted on the Schedule of Mortgages did not match the terms of those Documents, without exception.

 

(b) Lender agrees to indemnify Fannie Mae and hold Fannie Mae harmless for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, payments, costs, or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Fannie Mae as the result of Lender’s selection of Custodian, or by reason of Custodian’s custody of the Documents.

S ECTION 11:        A NNUAL R EPORTING

 

(a)

Using a manner of delivery permitted by Section 22 (“Notices”), Custodian must complete and submit an Annual Statement of Eligibility for Document Custodians (Fannie Mae Form

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


12

 

2001) to Fannie Mae for each calendar year (or portion thereof that ends on December 31) by March 31 st of the following calendar year.

 

(b) Custodian’s submission of the Annual Statement of Eligibility for Document Custodians shall be subject to Section 19 of this Agreement (“Confidentiality”).

S ECTION 12:        L ENDER D UTY TO P ROVIDE D OCUMENTATION TO C USTODIAN

Lender shall provide Custodian with copies of such confirmations, agreements, assignments, documents, opinions, instructions, and information relating to this Agreement or to the transactions and responsibilities contemplated hereby, as Custodian may from time to time reasonably request.

S ECTION 13:        T RANSFERS OF S ERVICING AND T ERMINATION OF S ERVICING

 

(a)

If Lender transfers servicing of some or all of the Mortgages , Lender is responsible for compliance with the Servicing Guide’s requirements pertaining to document custody in connection with transfers of servicing.

 

(b) The transferee servicer may use Custodian or Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility; or (if all applicable custodian eligibility and operational standards are met) it may arrange to move the related Documents to itself as custodian or to another custodian of its selection. However, unless the servicer uses Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility, it must have (or must execute) a Custodial Agreement with the party that will be the successor custodian for the Documents.

 

(c) If Documents will be moved in connection with such transfer of servicing, then:

 

  [1] Lender (as servicing transferor) must execute and deliver to the servicing transferee such documents as Fannie Mae may require,

 

  [2] Custodian must cooperate with Lender, the transferee servicer, and the transferee custodian (or Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility, if applicable) in the transfer of custody, and

 

  [3] no later than 30 days after the effective date of the servicing transfer, the related Documents must be moved to the transferee custodian (or to Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility).

 

(d) If Lender’s rights and obligations of servicing terminate with respect to some or all of the Mortgages without a transferee servicer that assumes Lender’s servicing rights and obligations, Fannie Mae may elect to continue this custodial relationship. In that event, Custodian will continue to perform its obligations hereunder for a reasonable time, determined on a case-by-case basis, on the same terms and conditions as set forth herein, provided that Fannie Mae shall not be obligated to pay any compensation or fee for Custodian’s holding or release of any Documents during such period.

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


13

 

S ECTION 14:        S USPENSION OF C USTODIAN AND T ERMINATION OF A GREEMENT

 

(a) Suspension of Custodian by Fannie Mae.

 

  [1] If, in Fannie Mae’s judgment, Custodian is in noncompliance with this Agreement, by reason of any failure to correct a deficiency of which it has been notified, then Fannie Mae may, upon notice lo Lender and Custodian, suspend the authority of Custodian to certify additional Mortgages and/or to accept additional Documents on behalf of Fannie Mae.

 

  [2] During the period of suspension, with respect to Documents it has previously received, Custodian must continue to perform its custody obligations in accordance with this Agreement, the Guides, the Requirements, and/or any and all other terms agreed to in writing by Custodian and Fannie Mae.

 

  [3] Such suspension shall continue until Custodian becomes compliant with this Agreement, or Fannie Mae terminates this Agreement. Fannie Mae will consider evidence presented by Custodian that it has become compliant.

 

(b) Termination of Agreement by Fannie Mae.

 

  [1] At its sole discretion, Fannie Mae may terminate this Agreement, following a notice delivered to Lender and Custodian at least 30 days prior to the termination effective date named in the notice, and may require Lender to cause all Documents to be moved to another custodian or multiple custodians that meet all requirements of this Agreement (or to Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility) prior to the termination effective date.

 

  [2] In addition, Fannie Mae may terminate this Agreement immediately, and may require all Documents to be transferred immediately to another custodian or multiple custodians (or to Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility) upon occurrence of any of the following:

 

   

Disqualification or suspension of Lender pursuant to the Guides or termination pursuant to its Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract, or other determination by Fannie Mae that the performance of Lender has been unsatisfactory, or that Lender has failed to meet its eligibility standards;

 

   

Disqualification or suspension of Custodian pursuant to the Guides and/or the Requirements, or other determination by Fannie Mae that the performance of Custodian has been unsatisfactory, or that Custodian has failed to meet its eligibility standards pursuant to the Guides and/or the Requirements; and

 

   

Any other circumstance with respect to Custodian, Lender, or the Documents that, in the determination of Fannie Mae, adversely affects the Documents or the interests of Fannie Mae, in any of its capacities.

 

       In any of these events, Custodian shall comply with such requirements as Fannie Mae shall impose including, but not limited to, immediately delivering to Fannie Mae (or its designee) all Documents in its custody.

 

(c)

Termination of Agreement by Lender. Lender may terminate this Agreement, following a notice delivered to Custodian and to Fannie Mae at least 30 days prior to the termination

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


14

 

effective date named in the notice, provided that (in addition to meeting the requirements in Section 14(e) and (f) below), the following requirements are met:

 

  [1] Lender must cause the Documents to be moved, prior to the termination effective date and in compliance with the Guides and the Requirements, to another custodian or multiple custodians that meet all requirements of this Agreement (or to Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility).

 

  [2] Lender will have the Documents transferred earlier than the termination effective date given in the notice, or immediately, if Fannie Mae deems an earlier or immediate transfer to be necessary.

 

(d) Termination of Agreement by Custodian . Custodian may terminate this Agreement, following a notice delivered to Lender and to Fannie Mae at least 30 days prior to the termination effective date named in the notice, provided that (in addition to the requirements in Section 14(e) and (f) below), the following requirements are met:

 

  [1] Lender has caused the Documents to be moved, or Custodian has moved the Documents, prior to the termination effective date and in compliance with the Guides and the Requirements, to another custodian or multiple custodians that meet all requirements of this Agreement (or to Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility), and

 

  [2] Lender or Custodian will have the Documents transferred earlier than the termination effective date given in the notice, or immediately, if Fannie Mae deems an earlier or immediate transfer to be necessary.

 

(e) Responsibilities for Payment of Fees and Costs for Transfer of Files and Documents, Lender, and not Fannie Mae, is responsible for paying any fees and costs associated with any transfer of files and Documents to another custodian or multiple custodians (or to Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility), regardless of the reason for the transfer, and even if Fannie Mae (rather than Lender) initiated the transfer, Custodian agrees to look solely to Lender for payment of such fees and costs.

 

(f) Responsibilities and Obligations of Custodian upon Notice of Termination of Agreement.

 

  [1] This Agreement shall remain in effect for so long as Custodian holds any Documents, notwithstanding termination by any party to this Agreement. In no event may Custodian refuse or fail to fulfill its custodial obligations so long as any Documents remain in its custody, regardless of whether Custodian has received compensation for the transfer of Documents.

 

  [2] Upon a termination of this Agreement by any party (including Custodian), Custodian must cooperate with Fannie Mae, Lender, the transferee(s) and/or Fannie Mae’s Document Custodian Facility (as applicable), to ensure, among other things, an orderly transfer of the Documents, pursuant to the Guides and the Requirements. Custodian grants Fannie Mae (and Lender, when acting on Fannie Mac’s behalf) a license to use Custodian’s technology to access any such Documents on Custodian’s systems, as such licensee (in its sole discretion) determines is necessary or convenient in connection with the foregoing.

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


15

 

S ECTION  15:        R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

 

(a) Custodian and Lender each represents, warrants, and covenants to the other parties hereto that:

 

  [1] This Agreement has been authorized and approved by all requisite corporate action required of it and, when executed and delivered by the other parties hereto, this Agreement will constitute its legal, valid, and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

  [2] It has not executed and will not execute any agreement or obligation inconsistent herewith or with any of the transactions, or its obligations, contemplated hereby.

 

  [3] It has complied, and at all times will comply, with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with consummation of the transactions, or its obligations, contemplated hereby.

 

(b) Custodian represents, warrants, and covenants to Fannie Mae and Lender that, upon its execution hereof, it complies with all standards and requirements that are made applicable to it by reason of this Agreement, including (without limitation) Custodian eligibility standards set forth in Section 2 (Custodian Eligibility Standards) of this Agreement.

 

(c) Custodian represents and warrants to Fannie Mae and Lender that:

 

  [1] this Agreement has been either:

 

   

specifically approved by its board of directors, or

 

   

approved by an officer of Custodian who was duly authorized by its board of directors to enter into this type of contract, and

 

   

such approval or authorization is reflected in the minutes of the meetings of such board of directors;

 

  [2] this Agreement constitutes the “written agreement” governing Custodian’s relationship to the Documents and its obligations to Fannie Mae and Lender with respect thereto; and

 

  [3] Custodian (and any successor thereto) shall continuously maintain this “written agreement” as an official record of Custodian.

S ECTION 16:        A MENDMENTS , S UPPLEMENTS , AND WAIVERS

 

(a) In its sole discretion, at any time Fannie Mae may, by notice to Custodian and Lender, amend or supplement any provision or requirement set forth in this Agreement including, but not limited to, the document custodian eligibility standards, Custodian or Lender obligations and duties, Document and data delivery requirements, or any other terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) If anything referenced in Section 16(a) is amended or supplemented by the Guides, Requirements, or both, then this Agreement is deemed to be simultaneously amended or supplemented to the extent necessary to conform this Agreement to such amended or supplemented Guide requirements. The foregoing is equally true if the Requirements are amended or supplemented.

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


16

 

 

(c) No amendment, supplement, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by Custodian herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by an authorized Fannie Mae representative, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance(s) and/or for the specified reason(s) for which it is given.

 

(d) Any waiver or variance given by Fannie Mae to Lender or Custodian with respect to Lender’s or Custodian’s duties or obligations under the Guide, the Requirements, and/or this Agreement will become an amendment to this Agreement.

 

(e) Exhibit A (“Waivers and Variances”) will:

 

  [1] be attached to the original of this Agreement prior to execution hereof (or insofar as deemed necessary by Fannie Mae, as soon after execution hereof as practicable),

 

  [2] list each outstanding waiver or variance that has been given to Custodian (concerning custodian eligibility or operations standards) or to Lender (concerning Mortgage Loan documentation standards),

 

  [3] describe the material features of each listed waiver or variance, and

 

  [4] be updated promptly, acknowledged by each party hereto, and re-attached to the original of this Agreement (with an original or copy of the acknowledged update provided to each of the parties hereto) if, subsequent to execution hereof, any:

 

   

outstanding waivers or variances are added to Exhibit A,

 

   

additional waivers or variances are given (except that single loan or single transaction waivers and variances need not be attached at Fannie Mae’s discretion); or

 

   

waivers or variances are terminated or revised.

S ECTION  17:        E XECUTION AND B INDING E FFECT

 

(a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute a single Agreement.

 

(b) This Agreement shall:

 

  [1] become effective upon execution by Fannie Mae, Lender, and Custodian, and with the effective date provided on the cover page hereof,

 

  [2] replace and supersede any prior custodial agreement governing all of the parties hereto with respect to Single-Family mortgage loans, beginning on the effective date of this Agreement,

 

  [3] thereafter, bind and benefit the parties and their respective successors and assigns, subject to Section 3 (“Custodian’s Duties to Fannie Mae and Lender”) hereof, and

 

  [4] continue in full force and effect so long as Custodian shall have custody of any of the Documents, or until terminated.

S ECTION 18:        G OVERNING L AW AND P RIORITY OF C ONTRACTUAL A UTHORITY

 

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States. Insofar as there may be no applicable precedent and insofar as to do so would not frustrate the purposes of any provision of this Agreement or the transactions governed thereby, the local laws of the District of Columbia shall be deemed reflective of the laws of the United States.

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


17

 

(b) In interpretation of this Agreement, if there is any inconsistency between:

 

  [1] the applicable MBS Trust Document and this Agreement, the Guides, or the Requirements, then the MBS Trust Document shall prevail,

 

  [2] this Agreement and the Guides or Requirements, then this Agreement shall prevail, and

 

  [3] the Guides and the Requirements, then the Guides shall prevail.

 

(c) In Section 18(b), which appears immediately above, references to the MBS Trust Document, this Agreement, the Guides, and/or the Requirements include anything that amends or supplements the MBS Trust Document, this Agreement, the Guides, or the Requirements, respectively.

S ECTION 19:        C ONFIDENTIALITY

 

(a) Fannie Mae will treat Custodian’s Annual Statement of Eligibility for Document Custodians (Form 2001) as confidential information, and may disclose the same only to other parties to this Agreement, and not to any third party, except as may be required by applicable law or by a regulatory agency.

 

(b) Lender and Custodian will treat any waivers granted by Fannie Mae of any of Lender’s or Custodian’s duties and obligations under the Guides, the Requirements, or this Agreement as confidential information, and may disclose the existence and terms of the same only to other parties to this Agreement, and not to any third party, except as may be required by applicable law or by a regulatory agency.

S ECTION 20:        A SSIGNMENT

Neither Lender or Custodian shall be entitled to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Fannie Mae.

S ECTION 21:        H EADINGS AND R EFERENCES TO F ANNIE M AE

 

(a) The section, headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

(b) References to Fannie Mae are references to Fannie Mae as Trustee (or to the successor Trustee, if applicable) whenever the context involves Fannie Mae’s relationship to a Mortgage Loan that is an MBS trust asset at the time in question, or to the Documents associated with such a Mortgage Loan.

S ECTION 22:        N OTICES

 

(a) All demands, notices or notifications, instructions, and other communications given pursuant to this Agreement shall be:

 

  [1] in writing,

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


18

 

 

  [2] personally delivered (with written record of delivery), certified mail return receipt requested, or transmitted via facsimile machine (if the sender receives a notice of successful transmission), and

 

  [3] addressed as set forth below (or to such other contact person and address as Fannie Mae, Custodian, or Lender may hereafter designate in a writing that is delivered in accordance with the terms of this Section 22):

 

(b) If to Fannie Mae:

 

Contact person (name):

 

 

Contact person’s title:

  Director, Custodian Oversight and Monitoring

Contact person’s mailing address:

  13150 Worldgate Drive, Herndon, VA 20170

Contact person’s electronic mail address:

  thirdparty_custody@fanniemae.com
Contact person’s telephone number:  

 

Contact person’s facsimile number:  

 

 

(c) If to Custodian:

 

  * Please note if vault location is different from contact’s mailing address. *

 

Contact person (name):

 

Cheryl Whitehead

Contact person’s title:

 

Vice President

Contact person’s mailing address:

 

269 Technology Way

   

Bldg, B, Unit 3

   

Rocklin, CA 95765

Contact person’s electronic mail address:

 

cheryl.whitehead@usbank.com

Contact person’s telephone number:  

916-626-5406

Contact person’s facsimile number:  

916-626-3150

Vault location(s), if different from Custodian contact person’s mailing address:

same

 

 

(d) If to Lender:

 

Contact person (name):

 

Sharon Todhunter

Contact person’s title:

 

Vice President, Products and Pricing Manager

Contact person’s mailing address:

 

2000 Two Union Square

    601 Union Street
    Seattle, WA 98101

Contact person’s electronic mail address:

 

sharon.todhunter@homestreet.com

Contact person’s telephone number:  

(206) 389-6295

Contact person’s facsimile number:  

(206) 389-6301

*    *    *    *    *    *     *    *    *    *

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


19

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Custodian, Lender and Fannie Mae have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the effective date provided on the cover page hereof.

 

C USTODIAN :  
Custodian’s Name:  

U.S. Bank N.A.

Signatory’s Name and Title:   

Delma M. Carlson

  

Assistant Vice President

Signature:  

/s/ Delma M. Carlson, AVP 9-23-09

Attest (Name, Title, and Signature):   

Saah T. Kemayah                        /s/ Saah T. Kemayah

  

Vice President

Custodian’s Main Office Address (if different from address entered in Section 22):

 

Same

Custodian’s Telephone Number:   

Same

Financial Institution Number:   

20000504713

L ENDER , as Seller and Servicer, or as Servicer, as applicable now or hereafter:

 

Lender’s Name:  

HomeStreet Bank

Signatory’s Name and Title:   

Sharon Todhunter, Vice President, Products and Pricing Manager

Signature:  

/s/ Sharon Todhunter

Attest (Name, Title, and Signature):   

/s/ Glenda L. Cooper

  

Vice President

Lender’s Main Office Address (if different from address entered in Section 22):

 

 

Fannie Mae Seller/Servicer Number(s):  

20722-000-0

F ANNIE M AE , as Trustee of MBS trusts that it has formed and may form hereafter, and in its corporate capacity:

 

Signatory’s Name and Title:   

Debra Thompson

Signature:  

/s/ Debra Thompson

Attest (Name, Title, and Signature):   

Michael Woods, SBA, /s/ Michael Woods

Fannie Mae Address – see Section 22

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006


20

 

EXHIBIT A:    WAIVERS AND VARIANCES

 

 

Fannie Mae Form 2003 November 2006

Exhibit 10.27

[***] Indicates confidential material that has been omitted pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A complete copy of this agreement has been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

CONFIDENTIAL

MASTER AGREEMENT ML02783 First Term

This Master Agreement between Fannie Mae and HomeStreet Bank (the “Lender”) governs the sale by Lender, and the purchase by Fannie Mae, of eligible residential mortgage loans (the “Mortgages”). This Master Agreement includes all of the terms and conditions described in all of the exhibits, attachments, commitments and MBS Pool Purchase Contracts (“MBS Contracts”) attached or entered into as a part of this Master Agreement. Additionally, the “Master Agreement Terms and Conditions” section of Fannie Mae’s Selling Guide (the “Selling Guide”), which is incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, outlines in more detail the general terms and conditions of the Master Agreement and MBS Contracts and related terms and instructions. The execution of this Master Agreement requires compliance with all provisions and sections of this Master Agreement, including all MBS Contracts, whole loan commitments, exhibits and attachments to this Master Agreement.

As a condition to Lender’s sale of Mortgages under this Master Agreement, Lender and Fannie Mae must enter into the appropriate whole loan commitments or MBS Contracts, depending on whether Lender will be delivering Mortgages under one of Fannie Mae’s whole loan purchase programs (Negotiated or Standard) or under Fannie Mae’s MBS program. Lender agrees to sell to Fannie Mae, beginning on the Effective Date of Delivery Term and ending on the Expiration Date of Delivery Term (as those terms are defined in Exhibit 1), Mortgages with an aggregate outstanding principal balance equal to the Agreed Amount (as defined in Exhibit 1).

For whole loan deliveries, any loan-level price adjustments (“LLPAs”) that are referenced in this Master Agreement, will be available no later than 30 days after Fannie Mae receives the executed Master Agreement from Lender.

Fannie Mae must receive the fully executed Master Agreement within ten business days of Lender’s receipt of this Master Agreement, or Fannie Mae may, at its option, declare this Master Agreement null and void. This Master Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and all such counterparts shall be deemed to be one and the same document. This Master Agreement must be executed by Lender, Fannie Mae, and any person, firm, or entity whose joinder is required under the terms of this Master Agreement sign (including a facsimile signature) The effective date of this Master Agreement is the later of (i) the date Fannie Mae receives the fully executed Master Agreement from Lender or (ii) the effective date specified on Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

MA - 1

March 15, 2010


Lender hereby confirms, by checking the appropriate section below, that:

 

 

   It is not a federally-insured institution or an affiliate or subsidiary of a federally-insured institution.
X    It is a federally-insured institution or an affiliate or subsidiary of a federally-insured institution. If Lender has checked this section, then Lender agrees to the representations and warranties described in the “Master Agreement Terms and Conditions” section of the Selling Guide.

Sincerely,

FANNIE MAE

 

By:  

/s/ David Battany

  David Battany
  Director/Assistant Vice President

 

Agreed, acknowledged and accepted.
HOMESTREET BANK
By:  

/s/ Curt Byers

Name:  

Curt Byers

Title:  

V.P. HOMESTREET BANK

Date:  

3/19/2010

 

Master Agreement ML02783

MA - 2

March 15, 2010


EXHIBIT 1

TO MASTER AGREEMENT ML02783 Second Term

 

Lender Name      HomeStreet Bank
Lender Number      20722-000-0
Delivery Term:      Second
Effective Date of Delivery Term:      April 1, 2010
Expiration Date of Delivery Term:      March 31, 2012
Agreed Amount for Delivery Term:      [***]

 

Master Agreement ML02783

MA - Exhibit 1 - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011

[***] Certain information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


MASTER AGREEMENT – GENERAL TERMS

The following Uniform provisions and defined terms/acronyms apply to all sections of the Master Agreement.

PART 1. UNIFORM PROVISIONS.

 

1. Lender represents and warrants that Mortgages delivered pursuant to a Variance, Special Requirement or nonstandard MBS Contract term contained in this Master Agreement comply with all provisions of the applicable Variance, Special Requirement or nonstandard MBS Contract term.

 

2. Lender must enter all SFC(s) required by the Selling Guide, in addition to any additional SFC(s) specified in this Master Agreement.

 

3. In addition to any additional LLPA(s) specified in this Master Agreement, Lender must pay all LLPA(s) required by the Selling Guide, unless otherwise specified.

 

4. Mortgages may be sold to Fannie Mae as cash deliveries or as MBS pool deliveries, unless otherwise specified.

 

5. For a Mortgage to be included in an MBS pool, the origination date LTV may not exceed 100%, unless otherwise specified.

 

6. Mortgages originated pursuant to a Variance must be first lien, conventional Mortgages, unless otherwise specified.

 

7. Lender agrees not to use Fannie Mae’s name in any advertising distribution, publication or communication to any third party of any Variance or other provision of this Master Agreement.

 

8. If a provision of this Master Agreement permits a type of loan that has additional requirements per the Selling Guide (e.g., lender approval for cooperative share loans), then those Selling Guide requirements still apply unless otherwise stated.

 

9. Variance Mortgages may not be originated in combination with any other Variances contained in this Master Agreement without Fannie Mae’s prior written approval, unless specifically permitted in a particular Variance.

 

10. Unless otherwise specified, any Variance, Special Requirement or nonstandard MBS Contract may be amended or terminated with reasonable notice to Lender, which in many cases will be at least 90 days, in accordance with the provisions of the Selling Guide. Additionally, Fannie Mae reserves the right to rescind or modify any of the terms of any Variance, Special Requirement or nonstandard MBS Contract in connection with the renewal or extension of this Master Agreement or upon reasonable notice to Lender, unless otherwise specified.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

MA – General Terms - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


11. If Mortgages with IO features are eligible for origination under the terms of a Variance, then such IO Mortgages are subject to the IO eligibility requirements per the Selling Guide, if more restrictive than the Variance, unless the Variance specifically provides that the Variance eligibility requirements supersede the Selling Guide requirements for IO Mortgages.

 

12. Trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Fannie Mae trademarks are identified at: www.fanniemae.com/legal/trademarks.jhtml?p=Legal&t=Trademarks

PART II. DEFINED TERMS AND ACRONYMS

The defined terms and acronyms below apply to provisions of this Master Agreement (including Variances and Special Requirements), unless a term is otherwise defined in a specific provision. This list supplements the list in “Exhibit 1: Master Agreement Terms and Conditions” section of the Master Agreement, and to the extent there is any inconsistency, the list below shall control.

 

ARM:   adjustable-rate mortgage loan
    Additional ARM Definitions:
    ARM Type    
    6/6 ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with a six-month IFRP, followed by interest rate adjustments every 6 months
    1/1 ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with a one-year IFRP, followed by interest rate adjustments every 12 months.
    3/1 ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with a three-year IFRP, followed by interest rate adjustments every 12 months.
    3/3 ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with a three-year IFRP, followed by interest rate adjustments every 36 months.
    5/1 ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with a five-year IFRP, followed by interest rate adjustments every 12 months.
    7/1 ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with a seven-year IFRP, followed by interest rate adjustments every 12 months.
    10/1 ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with a 10-year IFRP, followed by interest rate adjustments every 12 months.
    COFI ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with interest rate adjustments tied to a “cost of funds” index, as defined in the Glossary to the Selling Guide.
    LIBOR ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with interest rate adjustments tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate index, as defined in the Glossary to the Selling Guide.
    TREASURY ARM   Standard Fannie Mae ARM plans with interest rate adjustments tied to the Treasury Index, as defined in the Glossary to the Selling Guide.
All Standard Fannie Mae ARM Plans:   All standard Fannie Mae MBS ARM Plans, plus all standard plans available for whole loan sale only, per the Selling Guide
AUS   automated underwriting system
bp:   basis point
CLTV:   combined loan-to-value ratio
Condo:   Unit in a condominium project
Coop:   Unit in a cooperative project
Coop Loan:   Loan secured by a coop; cooperative share loan

 

Master Agreement ML02783

MA – General Terms - 2

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


COR:   cash-out refinance transaction
DO ® :   Desktop Originator ®
DTI ratio:   Total “debt-to-income” ratio
DU ® :   Desktop Underwriter ®
EA:   Fannie Mae’s “Expanded Approval ® ” mortgage product
FA-ARM:   Fully amortizing ARM
FA-FRM:   Fully amortizing FRM
FICO:   credit score; the classic FICO score developed by Fair, Isaac, and Company, Inc.
Form 1003:   Uniform Residential Loan Application
Form 1004:   Uniform Residential Appraisal Report
Form 1073:   Individual Condominium Unit Appraisal Report
FRM:   fixed-rate mortgage loan
Guides:   The Selling Guide and the Servicing Guide
HCLTV:   home equity combined loan-to-value ratio
HUD-1:   HUD-1 uniform settlement statement
IFRP:   initial fixed-interest rate period of an ARM
IO:   interest-only feature
IO-FRM:   FRM with IO
IO-ARM:   ARM with IO
LCOR:   limited cash-out refinance transaction
LLPA:   loan-level price adjustment
LPMI:   lender-purchased mortgage insurance
LTV:   loan-to-value ratio
MCM:   Fannie Mae’s MyCommunityMortgage TM products
MI:   private primary mortgage insurance
MSSC:   The “Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract” executed by and between Fannie Mae and Lender, unless otherwise specified
OPB:   original principal balance
P&I:   principal and interest
PITI:   principal, interest, taxes, and insurance
PIW:   Property Inspection Waiver, which is a fieldwork recommendation offered by Fannie Mae through DU and the Automated Property Service (APS) that results in an offer to waive the property inspection and appraisal for certain lower risk transactions
Selling Guide:   Fannie Mae’s Selling Guide, as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time
Servicing Guide:   Fannie Mae’s Servicing Guide , as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time
SFC:   Special Feature Code
SFR:   Single-family residence
Standard MI:   MI at the level required by the Selling Guide at the time of delivery of the Mortgage
TPO:   Third party originations: includes both Broker and Correspondent loans
UPB:   unpaid principal balance
Variance Mortgage   As used in any Variance, mortgages delivered pursuant to such Variance

 

Master Agreement ML02783

MA – General Terms - 3

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


VARIANCES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

VAR #    Title
   

VAR 1

   HomeStyle Renovation Mortgages - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 2

   Qualification of Loans with Non-Occupant Co-Borrowers
   

VAR 3

   Energy Efficient Mortgages (EXPIRING) - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 4

   HomePath Mortgages - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 5

   HomePath Renovation Mortgages - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 6

   Deferred Student Loan Obligations (03/10 modified) - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 7

   HomeStyle Renovation Escrow (03/10) - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 8

   Brigham Young University Residential Leasehold Estates in Hawaii (03/10) - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 9

   Investor Channel Bulk Transaction Delivery Variance Deal Factory No. 20917; Cash Commitment Nos: 817025, 817026, 817027, 817028, 817029, 817030, 817031, 817032, 817033, and 817034. - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 10

   HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages (EXPIRING) - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 11

   HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages (EXPIRING) - DISCONTINUED
   

VAR 12

   HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages
   

VAR 13

   HomeStyle Renovation Mortgages (04/2010)

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR/TOC - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


VAR 2 Qualification of Loans with Non-Occupant Co-Borrowers

 

 

Title (Version):

  

 

Qualification of Loans with Non-Occupant Co-Borrowers (05/2010)

 

Description:

  

 

Lender may sell Mortgages in which a non-occupying co-borrower’s income was considered as acceptable qualifying income without requiring that the occupant-borrower also qualify based solely on the occupant borrower’s income, subject to the following:

 

 

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Eligibility: General

 

 

 

 

Mortgages must meet the following eligibility requirements:

     

 

 

 

Standard per Selling Guide except as provided below.

 

Maximum

LTV/CLTV/HCLT (%)

 

 

80/80/80

 

Minimum Representative FICO Credit Score

 

 

720

 

Loan Purpose

 

 

 

 

Purchase

   

 

 

 

LCOR

 

Occupancy/Number of Units

 

 

 

 

Primary Residence

   

 

 

 

1-unit

 

Mortgage Products/Features (including Amortization Type and Term)

 

 

 

 

Fully-amortizing (FA) Mortgages:

   

 

 

 

FA-FRMs: Standard per Selling Guide, with terms up to 30 years.

   

 

 

 

FA-ARMs: Standard per Selling Guide, with terms up to 30 years.

           

 

  

 

See eligible FA-ARM plans in the “ARM Plan Numbers” section below.

 

ARM Plan Numbers

 

 

 

 

30-Year FA-ARMs (fully amortizing):

     

 

 

 

7/1 ARMs: Plans 750, 751

       

 

 

 

10/1 ARMs: Plans 1423,1437

 

UNDERWRITING/DOCUMENTATION

 

 

Required Underwriting Method

 

 

Manual underwriting (see Conditions below)

 

Manual Underwriting: Conditions

 

 

Per Selling Guide, except as modified by this Variance.

 

Total Debt-to-Income (“DTI”) Ratio(s)

 

 

Maximum: 43% combined, for all borrowers.

 

Non-Occupant Co-Borrower

 

 

 

 

Income allowed for qualification

   

 

 

 

Must be a member of borrower’s immediate family.

 

DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Combining with Other Variances

 

 

Lender may combine Variance Mortgages with other variances as long as the most conservative underwriting and eligibility

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 2 - 1

Amendment 3

July 20, 2010


    requirements apply.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 2 - 2

Amendment 3

July 20, 2010


VAR 12 HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages

 

 

Title (Version):

  

 

HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages (02/2011)

 

Description:

  

 

Lender may sell Mortgages originated under Fannie Mae’s HomePath (“HomePath Mortgages”) and HomePath Initiative secured by properties that require moderate renovation (“HomePath Renovation Mortgages”). HomePath Renovation Mortgages are not HomeStyle ® Renovation mortgages. The only HomeStyle Renovation requirements that apply to HomePath Renovation Mortgages are those relating to the actual renovation process, as described in the “ HomeStyle Renovation Requirements: Limitation of Applicability” section below. All eligibility, underwriting, mortgage origination, delivery and pricing requirements applicable to HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages are per this Variance.

 

HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages are subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

PART A. HomePath Mortgages

 

 

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Eligibility: General

  

 

  

 

Mortgages must meet the following eligibility requirements:

       

 

 

 

Standard per Desktop Underwriter (“DU”) except as provided below.

 

Maximum

LTV/CLTV/HCLTV (%)

  

 

  

 

Maximum LTV/CLTV/HCLTV for Mortgages with interest-only features (“IO”) is per Selling Guide.

  

 

  

 

Maximum LTV/CLTV/HCLTV for fully amortizing Mortgages (“non-IO”) is per Selling Guide, except as follows:

     

 

 

 

90/90/90 for 1-unit investment properties.

     

 

 

 

80/80/80 for 2-unit investment properties.

     

 

 

 

75/75/75 for 2-4 unit investment properties where the borrower owns 5-10 financed properties as described in the “Eligibility Matrix” on the efanniemae.com website.

  

 

* Max CLTV is 105% if the mortgage is part of a Community Seconds transaction.

  

 

  

 

All high balance Mortgages (including 1-4 unit investment properties) are subject to minimum credit score and maximum LTV/CLTV/HCLTV requirements per Selling Guide.

  

 

  

 

MCM mortgages are not eligible.

 

Loan Purpose

  

 

Purchase only.

 

Mortgage

Products/Features

(including Amortization

  

 

  

 

All standard FRM and ARM products per Selling Guide are eligible.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


 

Type and Term)

 

 

 

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Variance, products must meet the standard eligibility requirements for the specific mortgage type, property type or feature per Selling Guide, for example:

     

 

 

 

IO features

     

 

 

 

Cooperative share loans

     

 

 

 

Manufactured housing

     

 

 

 

High-balance Mortgages

 

Eligible ARM Plan Numbers

 

 

Per Selling Guide, as applicable to the standard eligibility requirements for the specific mortgage type.

 

Minimum FICO

 

 

 

 

Per Selling Guide, except as follows:

     

 

 

 

660 for non-IO Mortgages with LTVs over 80% (except for high-balance Mortgages); and

     

 

 

 

720 for all IO Mortgages.

   

 

 

 

Per Selling Guide for high-balance Mortgages

 

Mortgaged Property

 

 

 

 

Mortgages must be secured by properties that are acquired from Fannie Mae and designated by Fannie Mae on the www.homepath.com website as eligible for HomePath financing.

   

 

 

 

Lender must document the file with appropriate pages printed from www.homepath.com showing that the property was eligible for HomePath financing.

 

Subordinate Financing

 

 

Permitted per Selling Guide.

 

UNDERWRITING/DOCUMENTATION

 

 

Required Underwriting Method

 

 

DU. See additional provisions in the “Desktop Underwriter” section below.

 

Interested Party Contributions (“IPC”)

 

 

 

 

Maximum IPC:

   

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the Selling Guide requirements, for principal residences with LTVs (or CLTVs if applicable) greater than 90%: 6.00% of the Contract Sales Price (see “Determination of Property Value” section below).

     

 

 

 

Investment properties and second homes: standard per Selling Guide.

 

PROPERTY VALUATION/APPRAISAL REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Required Appraisal Type

 

 

 

 

No appraisal is required. If an appraisal is obtained by Lender or any party other than the borrower, as expressly provided below, then the mortgage is ineligible for HomePath financing.

   

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the Selling Guide, Lender is not required to represent and warrant the value or the condition of the property.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 2

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


   

 

 

 

If the borrower, at its option, chooses to obtain an appraisal, then:

     

 

  

 

The borrower must order the appraisal from an appraiser selected by the borrower (and not one recommended by Lender), and the appraisal must be paid for by the borrower outside of the loan transaction.

     

 

  

 

Lender must not request a copy of the appraisal, but if one is provided by the borrower then it must be included in the loan file with a note that the appraisal was ordered by the borrower outside of the loan transaction and was not reviewed or approved by Lender.

     

 

  

 

The property value shown on the appraisal will not impact the LTV calculation for purposes of this Variance.

       

 

  

 

Lender must inform the borrower that the purpose of the borrower-ordered appraisal and its contents are for the use and information of the borrower only, and will not be considered for purposes of the loan transaction.

 

Determination of Property Value

 

 

Property value for purposes of loan delivery and for determining LTV/CLTV/HCLTV is the sales price of the property as evidenced by the sales contract between Fannie Mae and the buyer/borrower (“Contract Sales Price”).

 

MORTGAGE INSURANCE/CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

 

 

Mortgage Insurance Coverage (“MI”)

 

 

MI is not required, provided that at delivery Mortgages with LTVs over 80% will be subject to the applicable LLPAs per Attachment 1 .

 

DESKTOP UNDERWRITER

 

 

Required Recommendation Levels

 

 

 

 

Any of the following:

   

 

  

 

Approve

   

 

  

 

EA-I

 

 

 

 

Requires an “Eligible” recommendation. “Ineligible” recommendations are permitted if only reason for ineligibility is:

   

 

  

 

LTV greater than 85% for non-IO Mortgages secured by 1- unit investment properties; or

     

 

  

 

LTV greater than 75% for non-IO Mortgages secured by 2- unit investment properties.

 

Documentation Levels

 

 

Must use documentation levels issued by DU, except for the level of fieldwork recommendation.

 

DU Messaging

 

 

 

 

Lender may disregard the following DU messages, provided that the Mortgage complies with all requirements of this Variance:

       

 

  

 

Any message relating to the 1-unit investment property

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 3

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


            receiving an “Ineligible” recommendation due to an LTV/CLTV/HCLTV greater than 85%, per “Required Recommendation Levels” section above;
     

 

 

 

Any message relating to the 2-unit investment property receiving an “Ineligible” recommendation due to an LTV/CLTV/HCLTV greater than 75%, per “Required Recommendation Levels” section above;

     

 

 

 

Any message relating to amount of MI required;

     

 

 

 

Any message that says the maximum allowable IPC has been exceeded on a principal residence with LTV or CLTV over 90%;

     

 

 

 

Any message related to the level of fieldwork recommendation; and

     

 

 

 

Any message that says the property value estimate appears to have an excessive rate of appreciation based on analysis on a recent sale.

 

Limited Waiver of Representations and Warranties

 

 

Mortgages receiving an “Approve” or “EA” recommendation are eligible for the limited waiver of underwriting representations and warranties provided the Mortgage complies with all applicable terms of the limited waiver per the Selling Guide and this Variance.

 

DU Submission Instructions

 

 

HomePath Mortgages must not be submitted to DU as MyCommunityMortgages.

 

PROJECT APPROVAL AND REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Project Eligibility

 

 

Lender is not required to warrant that the condominium, cooperative or PUD project meets Fannie Mae’s project eligibility criteria.

 

Project Type Code

 

 

 

 

Lender must utilize the following Project Type Codes at the time of delivery for all HomePath Mortgages secured by a property in a condominium project, cooperative project, or planned unit development where no project review is performed:

     

 

 

 

V - for properties in a condominium project,

     

 

 

 

2 - for properties in a cooperative project, and

     

 

 

 

E - for properties in a planned unit development.

   

 

 

 

As a reminder, a Project Type Code of G would be used at the time of delivery for all Mortgages secured by a property that is not located in a condominium project, cooperative project, or planned unit development.

 

Insurance

 

 

Lender must confirm that the project has adequate hazard, flood, and liability coverage in place and verify the existence of fidelity insurance coverage.

 

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Refinance of HomePath

 

 

HomePath Mortgages originated in accordance with these

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 4

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


Mortgages  

requirements are not eligible for refinance under Fannie Mae’s Refi Plus™.

 

ORIGINATION CHANNEL REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Eligible Channel(s)

 

 

All

 

PRICING

 

   

 

MBS

 

 

 

 

Base guaranty fee is per MBS Contract for applicable mortgage product (“Base Pricing”).

 

 

 

 

See applicable LLPAs in “Loan-Level Price Adjustment(s)” section below.

 

Whole Loans

 

 

 

Current pricing will be provided at time Mortgages are committed for sale (“Base Pricing”).

 

 

 

 

See applicable LLPAs in “Loan-Level Price Adjustment(s)” section below.

 

Loan-Level Price Adjustment(s) (“LLPA”)

 

 

 

 

In addition to applicable Base Pricing, HomePath Mortgages are subject to the following LLPAs:

     

 

 

 

 

LLPAs per Attachment 1 : and

 

All LLPAs per the Selling Guide per the “Loan-Level Price Adjustment (LLPA) Matrix and Adverse Market Delivery Charge (AMDC) Information” on efanniemae.com with the exception of investment property (see Attachment 1 for LLPAs assessed on investment properties).

 

Pricing Changes

 

 

Fannie Mae reserves the right to change any pricing related to HomePath Mortgages with 60 days prior notice to Lender.

 

DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

 

   

 

Special Feature Code(s) (“SFC”): Specific to Variance Mortgages

 

 

057- for all HomePath Mortgages

 

Special Feature Code(s) (“SFC”): Other Instructions

 

 

 

 

All standard per Selling Guide, including:

   

 

 

 

118 (for first Mortgages originated in conjunction with Community Seconds transactions); and

     

 

 

 

062 (Expanded Approval Mortgages) - for all HomePath Mortgages that receive an EA-I recommendation from DU.

 

Mortgage Insurance (MI) Code

 

 

MI Code 98 for Mortgages over 80% LTV.

 

Execution Options

 

 

Both whole loan and MBS executions are available.

 

Whole Loan Deliveries

 

 

Lender must use eCommitting™.

 

Combining with Other Variances

 

 

Lender may NOT combine HomePath Mortgages with other variances.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 5

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


 

Housing Goals Data

 

 

  

 

Lender is required to report all applicable Housing Goals data. If no appraisal is obtained, then Lender should use the information from the property description on www.homepath.com .

 

 

  

 

For investment properties occupied by renters, Lender must report the current rental income at delivery, even if the rental income was not used to qualify the borrower.

 

 

  

 

If the property is vacant and rental data is unavailable, Lender must deliver the loans as “missing” for the relevant housing goals fields, and subsequently contact their Account Team to submit a Housing Goals Data Waiver Request for the missing fields.

 

Selling Representations and Warranties

 

 

Lender makes all selling representations and warranties per the Selling Guide, as modified by this Variance.

 

Effective Date for Sale of Variance Mortgages

 

 

This Variance will be effective for whole loans purchased on or after February 1, 2011 and for loans delivered into MBS pools with issue dates on or after February 1, 2011.

PART B. HomePath Renovation Mortgages

HomePath Renovation Mortgages are subject to the terms and conditions in Part A for HomePath Mortgages above, except as follows:

 

 

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Maximum LTV/CLTV/HCLTV (%)

 

 

 

 

Maximum LTV/CLTV/HCLTV are the same as applicable to HomeStyle Renovation mortgages, except:

   

 

  

 

97/97/97 for 1 -unit principal residence.*

   

 

  

 

85/85/85 for 1-unit investment properties

   

 

  

 

75/75/75 for 2-4 unit investment properties

 

 

*Max CLTV is 105% if the mortgage is part of a Community Seconds transaction.

 

Property Types

 

 

 

 

When the security property is a unit in a condominium (or cooperative) project, the project must be one for which the proposed renovation work is permissible under the bylaws of the owners’ association (or cooperative corporation) or one for which the owners’ association (or cooperative corporation) has given written approval for the renovation work. The renovation work for a condominium or cooperative unit must be limited to the interior of the unit (including the installation of fire walls in the attic).

 

 

 

 

Manufactured homes are ineligible.

 

Mortgage Products/Features

 

 

 

 

Eligible:

     

 

  

 

All standard fully amortizing FRMs and 30-year ARM

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 6

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


(including Amortization Type and Term)           products with initial fixed rate periods of at least 3 years per Selling Guide, including high-balance mortgages.
   

 

 

 

Ineligible:

     

 

 

 

Mortgages with interest-only features

     

 

 

 

Mortgages with original terms over 30 years

       

 

 

 

ARMs with initial fixed rate periods less than 3 years

 

Eligible ARM Plan Numbers

 

 

Per Selling Guide (fully amortizing 30-year ARMs with initial fixed rate periods of at least 3 years), as applicable to the standard eligibility requirements for the specific mortgage type.

 

Mortgaged Property

 

 

 

 

Mortgages must be secured by properties that are acquired from Fannie Mae and designated by Fannie Mae on www.homepath.com website as eligible for HomePath Renovation financing.

   

 

 

 

Lender must document the file with appropriate pages printed from www.homepath.com showing that the property was eligible for HomePath Renovation financing.

 

UNDERWRITING/DOCUMENTATION

 

 

Interested Party Contributions(“IPC”)

 

 

 

 

Maximum IPC:

     

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the Selling Guide requirements, for principal residences with LTV (or CLTV if applicable) greater than 90%: 6.00% of the Contract Sales Price (see “Determination of Property Value” section below).

 

ADDITIONAL BORROWER ELIGIBILITY

 

 

Eligible Borrower: Renovation

 

 

Borrower must be an individual (for-profit or non-profit investors and local government agencies are not eligible borrowers).

 

PROPERTY VALUATION/APPRAISAL REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Required Appraisal Type

 

 

Lender must obtain an “as-completed” full appraisal.

 

Determination of Property Value

 

 

 

 

Property value for purposes of loan delivery and for determining LTV/CLTV/HCLTV shall be the lesser of:

     

 

 

 

the “as completed” appraised value; or

       

 

 

 

the sum of the sales price of the property as evidenced by the sales contract between Fannie Mae and the buyer/borrower (“Contract Sales Price”) and the total renovation costs (which include the renovation costs and all allowable fees and charges).

 

RENOVATION REQUIREMENTS

 

 

HomeStyle Renovation Requirements: Limitation

 

 

 

 

Lender is responsible for managing and monitoring the completion of the renovation work. All requirements

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 7

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


of Applicability       applicable to Fannie Mae’s HomeStyle Renovation mortgages relating to the actual renovation process apply, including holdbacks, renovation escrow, disbursement, contingency reserve, change orders, sweat equity and insurance, except as otherwise specified in this Variance, the HomePath Documents or as described below:
     

 

 

 

Completion Date. The renovations must be completed within 6 months of the closing date.

     

 

 

 

Total Cost. The total renovation costs may not exceed the lesser of 35% of the “as completed” appraised value or $35,000.00.

     

 

 

 

No Recourse. If the HomePath Renovation Mortgage becomes delinquent during the renovation period, there is no automatic recourse to Lender as there is for HomeStyle Renovation mortgages, and Lender is not required to code the HomePath Renovation Mortgage with SFC “001.” However all of Lender’s standard selling representations and warranties apply to HomePath Renovation Mortgages.

     

 

 

 

Mortgage Payments During Renovation Period. Lender may not escrow for any mortgage payments that may come due during the renovation period.

     

 

 

 

Multiple Contractors. Borrower may use more than one contractor, provided that all HomeStyle Renovation requirements related to the contractor apply to each contractor.

     

 

 

 

Contingency Reserve. Contingency reserve per HomeStyle Renovation requirements is mandatory for

       

 

 

 

all Mortgages with LTVs of 95% or more, and

       

 

 

 

all Mortgages secured by 2-4 unit properties, regardless of LTV.

     

 

 

 

Do-it-yourself Projects. “Do-it-yourself” borrower projects are allowed per standard HomeStyle Renovation guidelines, except the maximum LTV/CLTV is 75%.

     

 

 

 

Verification of Completion. Lender must provide Fannie Mae with verification of completion of the renovation upon request of Fannie Mae.

     

 

 

 

No Modification of Loan Amount. The Mortgage may not be modified to change the balance based on change orders or increases to the construction contract.

       

 

 

 

SFCs. Lender should NOT use HomeStyle Renovation SFC “ 215 ” (see applicable SFCs in “Special Feature Code(s) (“SFC”): Specific to Variance Mortgages” section below).

 

DESKTOP UNDERWRITER

 

 

Required

Recommendation Levels

 

 

 

 

Any of the following:

   

 

 

 

Approve

       

 

 

 

EA-I

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 8

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


   

 

 

 

Requires “Eligible” recommendation. “Ineligible” recommendations are permitted if the only reason for ineligibility is one of the following:

     

 

 

 

LTV/CLTV/HCLTV greater than 95% for a 1-unit principal residence.

       

 

 

 

LTV greater than 75% for a 1-unit investment property, provided the LTV complies with the maximum LTV stated above. (CLTV and HCLTV for 1-unit investment properties currently at 85% for HomeStyle Renovation in DU.)

 

Documentation Levels

 

 

Must use documentation levels issued by DU.

 

DU Data Entry Requirements

 

 

 

 

For all transactions other than 2-4 unit investment properties, the renovation costs must be entered in Line b of Section VII (Details of Transaction) on the loan application.

   

 

 

 

For 2-4 unit investment properties, Lender should not enter the renovation costs on Line b or DU will issue an Out of Scope recommendation. For these transactions, the sum of the sales price and the renovation costs must be entered in Line a.

 

DU Messaging

 

 

 

 

Lender may disregard the following DU messages, provided that the Mortgage complies with all requirements of this Variance:

     

 

 

 

Message requiring Lender to verify the cost of improvements does not exceed 50% of the as-completed appraised value (see the “ HomeStyle Renovation Requirements: Limitation of Applicability” section above);

     

 

 

 

Any message relating to amount of MI required; and

       

 

 

 

Any message that says the maximum allowable IPC has been exceeded on a principal residence with LTV over 90%.

 

LOAN AND LEGAL DOCUMENTATION

 

 

Legal Documents: Renovation

 

 

 

 

Lender must use the following (“HomePath Documents”):

     

 

 

 

HomePath Maximum Mortgage Worksheet

     

 

 

 

HomePath Renovation Loan Agreement

     

 

 

 

HomeStyle Completion Certificate (Form 1036) - Lender must add “HomePath Renovation” in the “Other” category in the Loan products box of Form 1036

     

 

 

 

Appraisal Update and/or Completion Report (Form I004D)

   

 

 

 

In addition to the mandatory HomePath Documents listed above, Lender at its option may use other model HomeStyle documents (e.g., Lien Waiver, Contractor Profile Report, Change Order Request) provided that the types of transactions and the types of lenders making the HomePath Renovation Mortgage may be subject to a variety of laws and regulations, so it may be necessary to modify this document for use by

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 9

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


        Lender or in particular transactions.

 

ADDITIONAL LENDER REQUIREMENTS

 

 

HomeStyle Approval

 

 

Lender must be approved to sell HomeStyle Mortgages to Fannie Mae.

 

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Servicing Transfers: Renovation

 

 

Lender cannot transfer servicing of HomePath Renovation Mortgages until the renovation is complete.

 

DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Special Feature Code(s) (“SFC”): Specific to Variance Mortgages

 

 

058 - for all HomePath Renovation Mortgages

 

Special Feature Code(s) (“SFC”): Other Instructions

 

 

 

 

All standard per Selling Guide, including:

   

 

 

 

118 (for first Mortgages originated in conjunction with Community Seconds transactions); or

       

 

 

 

062 (Expanded Approval Mortgages) - for all HomePath Renovation Mortgages that receive an EA-I recommendation from DU.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 10

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


Attachment 1

Pricing

[***]

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 12 - 11

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011

[***] Certain information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


VAR 13 HomeStyle Renovation Mortgages (04/2010)

 

Title (Version):        HomeStyle ® Renovation Mortgages (04/2010)
Description:    Lender is approved to sell HomeStyle Renovation Mortgages per the Selling Guide.

 

 

DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

 

Special Feature Code(s) (“SFC”): Specific to Variance Mortgages   

• “215”

 

• “001”

 

Note: Once renovation has been completed, Lender must contact its Fannie Mae Customer Account Team to remove SFC “001.”

Special Feature Code(s) (“SFC”): Other Instructions        To have the recourse obligation (identified by SFC “001”) removed from any Mortgage, Lender must provide its Fannie Mae Senior Account Manager or Customer Account Risk Manager with documentation showing that renovation related to such Mortgage has been completed.

 

UNDERWRITING/DOCUMENTATION

 

Contingency Reserve    Borrower shall be permitted to maintain a 10% contingency reserve held in a depository account with the Lender, in lieu of having a renovation escrow account. However, if the reserve is held in borrower’s personal account, the Lender must place a hold on said funds until such time as the renovation is completed pursuant to the Selling Guide.

 

VOLUME LIMITS

 

    
Maximum Dollar Amount        [***] aggregate UPB of Variance Mortgages outstanding at any time for which a certificate of completion has not been submitted by Lender to Fannie Mae in accordance with the Selling Guide.

420948v3

 

Master Agreement ML02783

VAR 13 - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011

[***] Certain information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

This Special Requirements Attachment is attached to and made a part of the Master Agreement. Under this Master Agreement, Lender may sell Mortgages originated in accordance with the following special requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the following special requirements apply only to conventional, first lien Mortgages.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

SREQ - 1

Amendment 1

May 15, 2010


SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Title
 

SR 1 Lender Scheduled/Scheduled Remittances (04/10)

 

Master Agreement ML02783

SREQ/TOC – 1

Amendment 1

May 15, 2010


SR 1 Lender Scheduled/Scheduled Remittances (04/10)

 

Title (Version):    Lender Scheduled/Scheduled Remittances (04/10)
Description:    Lender may remit by wire transfer “scheduled/scheduled” remittances of principal and interest up to two days prior to the date on which Fannie Mae’s Automated Drafting System will draft all unremitted amounts, subject to the following:
   
  

 

REMITTANCE OBLIGATIONS

 

General   

•    The Servicing Guide provides that Fannie Mae will draft scheduled/scheduled principal and interest payments on the 18 th of each calendar month (or the preceding business day if the 18th is not a business day).

 

•    Lender may elect to remit scheduled/scheduled remittances by wire transfer up to two business days prior to the business on which Fannie Mae will draft funds from the applicable account through the Automated Drafting System.

 

•    Lender shall notify Fannie Mae in advance of the amount of each such wire transfer remittance.

 

•    If Fannie Mae receives such notice, and the wire transfer to Fannie Mae is completed by 10:00 a.m. ET on the business day prior to the 18 th , Fannie Mae will reduce the automated draft amount to reflect the remittances received via such wire transfer.

 

•    As examples:

 

•    if the 18 th of the month falls on a Sunday (and the Thursday and Friday prior are both business days), the last business day on which the Lender may wire funds pursuant to this Special Requirement is Thursday the 16 th .

 

•    If the 18 th falls on a Monday (and that date and the Thursday and Friday prior are all business days), the last business day on which the Lender may wire funds pursuant to this Special Requirement is Friday the 15 th .

Termination    Fannie Mae may modify or terminate this Special Requirement in its sole discretion.

261142v2

 

Master Agreement ML02783

SR 1 Lender Scheduled/Scheduled Remittances (04/10) - 1

Amendment 1

May 5, 2010


FIXED-RATE PRODUCT ATTACHMENT

This Fixed-Rate Product Attachment for FHA/VA or conventional fixed-rate, residential mortgage loans (“Fixed-Rate Mortgages”) is attached to and made a part of the Master Agreement.

Variances, Special Products, and Special Requirements Applicable to Fixed-Rate Mortgages

Please refer to the attachments under the “Variances” tab and the “Special Requirements” tab, as applicable, for eligibility for variances, special products, and special requirements.

MBS Guaranty Fee and Buyup/Buydown Information

The guaranty fee due to Fannie Mae for any Mortgage sold under any MBS Contract shall be at the annual rate specified in the applicable MBS Contract, payable monthly, after giving effect to any reduction of the guaranty fee through use of the MBS Express remittance cycle, if applicable. In addition, the guaranty fee will be set before giving effect to (i) any reduction of the guaranty fee through use of the rapid payment method of remittances, if applicable, and (ii) any increases or decreases of the guaranty fee relating to any buyups or buydowns of such fee, if applicable.

Lender must choose the applicable Buyup/Buydown Grid posting, “Early” or “Late,” by contacting its customer account team in its lead regional office, prior to the “Early” grid posting. If Lender fails to notify its lead regional office of its grid selection before the “Early” grid is posted, Fannie Mae will assume that Lender has selected the “Early” posting grid. Lender’s grid selection will apply to all MBS pools that it sells under the same MBS Contract. Ratios for products or note rates that are not included in the regular posting may be negotiated through Lender’s lead regional office.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

FRM - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


Contract No. L01030

FIXED-RATE MORTGAGE POOL PURCHASE CONTRACT

MASTER AGREEMENT ML02783 Second Term

 

 

Lender: HomeStreet Bank    Lender Number: 20722-000-0

 

 

Eligible Products:    10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 year fixed-rate mortgages
Guaranty Fee:    [***] Basis Points (10yr, 15yr FRM)
   [***] Basis Points (20yr, 25yr, 30yr, 40yr FRM)
   [***] Basis Points (30yr, 40yr IO FRM)
Maximum Amount of Pool Purchase Transactions for Delivery during Second Delivery Term:    [***]
Original First and Last Issue Date for Pools formed under this Contract:    April 1, 2010 - June 1, 2011
First Issue Date for Pools formed under this amended Contract:    April 1, 2011
Servicing Option:    Special
Buyup/Buydown Grid:    Early (See additional terms in the MBS Guaranty Fee and Buyup/Buydown Information on the Fixed- Rate Product Attachment.)
Mortgage Type:    Conventional
Remittance Cycle:    Standard
Seasoning Requirements:    Current
Special Feature Codes:    Per the Selling Guide and applicable attachments under the “Variances” and “Special Requirements” tabs of the Master Agreement.

Additional Terms:

 

 

The Guaranty Fee adjustment for the MBS Express or RPM remittance cycle, if applicable, may be changed by Fannie Mae from time to time and will be effective 60 days after notice to Lender.

 

 

Only FRMS and IO FRMS must be delivered under this MBS Contract. All other Mortgage products are ineligible.

 

Pool Purchase Contract No. L01030

FRM - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011

[***] Certain information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


ARM PRODUCT ATTACHMENT

This ARM Product Attachment for conventional adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans is attached to and made a part of the Master Agreement.

Standard Fannie Mae ARM Plans Eligible for Delivery Under MBS Contracts

For a complete description of Fannie Mae’s standard ARM plans, see the Standard ARM Plan Matrix on efanniemae.com. Each ARM MBS Contract will reference ARM plans eligible for delivery under such MBS Contract.

Variances, Special Products, and Special Requirements Applicable to Adjustable-Rate Mortgages

Please refer to the attachments under the “Variances” tab and the “Special Requirements” tab, as applicable, for eligibility for variances, special products, and special requirements.

MBS Guaranty Fee and Buyup/Buydown Information

The guaranty fee due to Fannie Mae for any Mortgage sold under any MBS Contract shall be at the annual rate specified in the applicable MBS Contract, payable monthly, after giving effect to any reduction of the guaranty fee through use of the MBS Express remittance cycle, if applicable. In addition, the guaranty fee will be set before giving effect to (i) any reduction of the guaranty fee through use of the rapid payment method of remittances, if applicable, and (ii) any increases or decreases of the guaranty fee relating to any buyups or buydowns of such fee, if applicable.

Lender must choose the applicable Buyup/Buydown Grid posting, “Early” or “Late,” by contacting its customer account team in its lead regional office, prior to the “Early” grid posting. If Lender fails to notify its lead regional office of its grid selection before the “Early” grid is posted, Fannie Mae will assume that Lender has selected the “Early” posting grid. Lender’s grid selection will apply to all MBS pools that it sells under the same MBS Contract. Ratios for products or note rates that are not included in the regular posting may be negotiated through Lender’s lead regional office.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

ARM - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


Contract No. L01028

ADJUSTABLE-RATE MORTGAGE POOL PURCHASE CONTRACT

MASTER AGREEMENT ML02783 Second Term

 

Lender: HomeStreet Bank

   Lender Number: 20722-000-0
Eligible Products:    Adjustable-Rate Conventional Mortgages
Plan Number(s):    03505, 00659, 00660, 00661, 02238, 02699, 02724, 02725, 02737, 03128, 03252 (only those listed above are eligible under this contract - for more details, see the Standard ARM Plan Matrix on efanniemae.com or, if applicable, the instructions in the Additional Terms section)
Guaranty Fee:   

[***] Basis Point (30yr, 40yr ARM)

[***] Basis Points (30yr “IO” ARM)

Maximum Amount of Pool Purchase Transactions for Delivery during Second Delivery Term:    [***]
Original First and Last Issue Date for Pools formed under this Contract:    April 1, 2010 - June 1, 2011
First Issue Date for Pools formed under this amended Contract:    April 1, 2011
Servicing Option:    Special
Buyup/Buydown Grid:    Early (See additional terms in the MBS Guaranty Fee and Buyup/Buydown Information in the Preamble section.)
Mortgage Type:    Conventional
Pooling Structure:    ARM Flex
Remittance Cycle:    Standard
Seasoning Requirements:    Current
Conversion Option:    N/A
Special Feature Codes:    Per the Selling Guide and applicable attachments under the “Variances” and “Special Requirements” tabs of the Master Agreement.

 

Pool Purchase Contract No. L01028

ARM - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011

[***] Certain information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Additional Terms:

 

 

The Guaranty Fee adjustment for the MBS Express or RPM remittance cycle, if applicable, may be changed by Fannie Mae from time to time and will be effective 60 days after notice to Lender.

 

 

Only ARMS and IO ARMS must be delivered under this MBS Contract. All other Mortgage products are ineligible.

 

Pool Purchase Contract No. L01028

ARM - 2

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


LOGO

CONFIDENTIAL

March 15, 2011

Mr. Curt Byers

Vice President of Secondary Marketing

HomeStreet Bank

601 Union Street

2000 Two Union Square

Seattle, WA 981012326

 

Subject    Master Agreement No:    ML02783   
   Delivery Term:    Second   
   Master Agreement Amendment No.:    Amendment 9   
   Lender No.:    20722-000-0   

Dear Mr. Byers:

By execution of this Letter Agreement, Fannie Mae and HomeStreet Bank (the “Lender”) agree to amend the above-referenced Master Agreement and Contract (if applicable). The amended terms and conditions are set forth in the amended pages to the Master Agreement and (if applicable) the Contract attached to this Letter Agreement. The attachments should be inserted into the Lender’s Master Agreement as described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Letter Agreement, shall have the meanings set forth in the Master Agreement.

The amended terms and conditions are set forth below. If applicable, the Lender and Fannie Mae shall rely also on any attached pages for a complete description of the amended terms and conditions.

The amended terms and conditions:

 

1.   

Amended term:

 

Instructions:

  

Amend the agreement amount and expiration date for the Master Agreement.

 

In your Master Agreement, replace the following titled sections:

 

•        EXHIBIT 1 TO MASTER AGREEMENT ML02783.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

LE - 1

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


2.    Amended term:    Amend certain provisions of certain VAR[s] in the “Variances” section of your Master Agreement.
  

 

Instructions:

  

 

•        Replace the VAR/TOC (Table of Contents) with the enclosed VAR/TOC (Table of Contents).

 

•        Replace the following VAR[s] with the enclosed VAR[s] in the “Variances” section of your Master Agreement:

 

•      VAR 12 - HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages.

3.    Amended term:    Add the ability to originate and sell certain mortgages as described in the “Variances” section of your Master Agreement.
  

 

Instructions:

  

 

•        Insert the following VAR[s] into the “Variances” section of your Master Agreement:

 

•      VAR 13 - HomeStyle Renovation Mortgages (04/2010).

4.    Amended term:    Discontinue the ability to originate and sell certain mortgages as described in the “Variances” section of your Master Agreement.
  

 

Instructions:

  

 

•        Remove the following VAR[s] from the “Variances” section of your Master Agreement:

 

•      VAR 1 - HomeStyle Renovation Mortgages;

 

•      VAR 3 - Energy Efficient Mortgages (EXPIRING);

 

•      VAR 7 - HomeStyle Renovation Escrow (03/10);

 

•      VAR 8 - Brigham Young University Residential Leasehold Estates in Hawaii (03/10); and

 

•      VAR 11 - HomePath and HomePath Renovation Mortgages (EXPIRING).

5.    Amended term:    Amend Pool Purchase Contract[s]: L01028 and L01030.
   Instructions:   

Replace Pool Purchase Contract[s] in your Master Agreement as follows:

 

•        Fixed-Rate - L01030 in the Fixed-Rate section of your Master Agreement.

 

•        Adjustable-Rate - L01028 in the Adjustable-Rate section of your Master Agreement.

If you have received the “MASTER AGREEMENT GENERAL TERMS”, “SPECIAL REQUIREMENT” Terms and/or Pool Contract “PRODUCT ATTACHMENT[S]”, please insert/replace them in their respective sections. All replaced sections, along with this letter, should be inserted under the “Amendment History” tab.

For whole loan deliveries, any loan-level price adjustments (“LLPAs”) that are referenced in the Master Agreement, will be available no later than 30 days after Fannie Mae receives the executed Letter Agreement from Lender.

 

Master Agreement ML02783

LE - 2

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011


By execution of this Letter Agreement, Fannie Mae and the Lender agree to and accept the amended terms and conditions as set forth in the attachments to this Letter Agreement. The effective date of the amendments is the date of Fannie Mae’s receipt of this Letter Agreement executed by the Lender (or the later of the date Fannie Mae receives the executed Letter Agreement or the date shown on Exhibit 1, if Exhibit 1 has been revised in this Letter Agreement). The Lender shall return a duly-executed duplicate original of this Letter Agreement to Fannie Mae within ten business days of the date this Letter Agreement is executed by Fannie Mae. If Fannie Mae does not receive an executed duplicate original (or electronic version, as provided below) of this Letter Agreement from the Lender within ten business days, Fannie Mae may, at its option, declare this Letter Agreement null and void. You may return this Letter Agreement to Fannie Mae via facsimile or other means of electronic transmission. Please be aware that if you return only the executed signature page by electronic means (and not the balance of the Letter Agreement) then you are warranting that you have accepted the Letter Agreement in its entirety in the form sent to you by Fannie Mae, with no strike-outs, additions or other changes. NOTE: if you see anything that needs to be changed in this Letter Agreement, please give your Customer Account representative a call before you sign the original.

Sincerely,

FANNIE MAE

 

By:  

/s/ Colette Porter

 

Colette Porter

Director/Assistant Vice President

Agreed, acknowledged and accepted.
HOMESTREET BANK
By:  

/s/ Curt Byers

Name:  

Curt Byers

Title:  

Vice President

Date:  

3/28/2011

Email addresses for contact related communications are listed below. Please make additions or corrections as necessary.

curt.byers@homestreet.com

sharon.todhunter@homestreetbank.com

 

Master Agreement ML02783

LE - 3

Amendment 9

March 15, 2011

Exhibit 10.28

June 17, 2010

Mr. Curt Byers

Vice President, Secondary Marketing Manager

HomeStreet Bank

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

 

RE: Master Agreement #: MA10042083
     Master Commitment #: M10042083
     Seller/Servicer #: 727808

Dear Mr. Byers:

Enclosed is one original Master Agreement and Master Commitment together with any applicable attachments.

In order to accept and confirm the terms of Freddie Mac’s offer, you must sign the original Master Agreement signature page in the space provided and then fax or email that page by July 9, 2010 to:

Freddie Mac

Attention: Ms. Cynthia Knox, Contracting Specialist

Fax: 571-382-4800

Email: contracting_department@freddiemac.com

If the Master Agreement signature page is not executed and returned by the date specified, then Freddie Mac’s offer contained in the Master Agreement, at Freddie Mac’s option, will be null and void.

If you have any questions, please contact your Account Manager, Ms. Jennifer Kennelly at (206) 420-7134 or your Deal & Contract Manager, Ms. Linda Stone at (213) 337-4265.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Paul Mullings
Paul Mullings
Senior Vice President
Single Family Sourcing

Enclosures

CK/727808_MAMC10042083_HomeStreet Bank/LJSE-84NNFH/JK


MASTER AGREEMENT

This Master Agreement #MA10042083 (this “Agreement”) dated as of June 17, 2010, (the “Agreement Date”) is made by and between Freddie Mac and HomeStreet Bank, Seller/Servicer #727808 (“Seller”).

This Master Agreement incorporates the provisions of the Freddie Mac Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide (the “Guide”), and supplements the Guide.

Unless otherwise specified, the terms and conditions described in this Agreement shall apply to Mortgages sold by Seller under a Master Commitment that incorporates this Agreement by reference. This Agreement does not entitle Seller to sell or obligate Freddie Mac to purchase Mortgages unless they have entered into a Master Commitment incorporating the terms of this Agreement.

Master Agreement Amount: $200 million

Effective Date for Delivery: June 22, 2010

Required Delivery Date: May 31, 2011

Overpurchase Tolerance: 10 percent

Discretionary Provisions:

During the term of this Agreement. Freddie Mac reserves the right to amend, supplement, revise or terminate, in whole or in part, any of the Discretionary Provisions identified on Exhibit 26 to the Guide.

All Terms of This Master Agreement Are Discretionary Provisions:

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Master Agreement, the Guide or any other Purchase Documents, effective for Mortgages with Settlement Dates on and after June 22, 2010, Freddie Mac has the right to amend, supplement, revise or terminate any and all provisions of this Agreement, in whole or in part, immediately upon notice to Seller at any time during the remaining term of this Master Agreement. In particular, but without limiting the foregoing, all provisions of this Master Agreement or any other Purchase Document that obligate Freddie Mac to provide Seller with 90 days’ (or any other number of days) prior written notice before modifying or terminating the provision are superceded by this paragraph.

 

HomeStreet Bank

Master Agreement # MA10042083

Page 1 — 6/17/2010


Special Underwriting Provisions:

Following is a table that identifies the waivers allowed to the Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide (“the Guide”). Complete terms and conditions regarding these waivers may be found on the Attachment and page referenced under the “Contract Reference” column. The waivers relate to the Sections of the Guide, which are listed in the “Guide Reference” column.

ALL MORTGAGE TYPES — ATTACHMENT 1

 

Key Word

  

Waiver Title

  

Contract

Reference

  

Guide
Reference

Custodial Provisions

   Early Remittance for Mortgages Paid in Full    Page 1, #1    78.14

Documentation

   Special Exceptions for Living Trust Borrowers    Page 1, #2    22.l0(a), 22.10

 

HomeStreet Bank

Master Agreement # MA 10042083

Page 2 — 6/17/2010


Additional Provisions:

Following is a table identifying additional variances to provisions of the Guide or, if applicable, limitations on products or programs otherwise eligible under the Purchase Documents. Generally, the provisions included in this Attachment will concern topics such as legal documentation, third-party originators, quality control, delivery or servicing of Mortgages sold under this Agreement. Complete terms and conditions regarding these provisions may be found on the Attachment and page referenced under the “Contract Reference” column. The waivers relate to the Sections of the Guide, which are listed in the “Guide Reference” column.

 

Key Word

  

Additional Provision Title

  

Contract
Reference

  

Guide
Reference

Additional Provisions

   Changes to Delivery Fee Terms    Page 1, #1, Attachment 3    N/A

Additional Provisions

   Special Requirements for Purchase of DU Mortgages/Collateral Documentation    Page 1, #2, Attachment 3    None

 

HomeStreet Bank

Master Agreement # MA10042083

Page 3 — 6/17/2010


Seller’s Execution of Master Commitments and Amendments:

From time to time, Freddie Mac and Seller may negotiate Master Commitments incorporating the terms of this Master Agreement and/or amendments to this Master Agreement. Freddie Mac will not require that such Master Commitments or amendments be executed and returned by Seller. Seller’s delivery of Mortgages shall be deemed Seller’s acceptance of all terms and conditions contained in such Master Commitments and/or amendments, including, but not limited to, terms which impose any fee or require a credit enhancement related to the delivery of such Mortgages. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply also to any amendments to Master Commitments.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Master Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the date set forth above.

 

FREDDIE MAC       HOMESTREET BANK

/s/ Paul Mullings

    By:  

/s/ Curt Byers

Paul Mullings     Name:   Curt Byers
Senior Vice President     Title:   Vice President
Single Family Sourcing      

Reference

CK/727808_MAMC10042083_HomeStreet Bank/LJSE-84NNPH/JK

 

HomeStreet Bank

Master Agreement # MA10042083

Page 4 — 6/17/2010


ATTACHMENT 1

SPECIAL UNDERWRITING PROVISIONS

ALL MORTGAGE TYPES

 

1. Early Remittance for Mortgages Paid in Full

Although Seller’s financial institution no longer qualifies as an Eligible Depository as described in Guide Chapter 77, Freddie Mac will permit Seller, as Servicer, to continue to maintain Custodial Accounts, subject to the following:

Notwithstanding the due dates specified in the Guide, with respect to all Mortgages serviced for Freddie Mac, for Mortgages that are paid in full, Seller must report, deposit into the Custodial Account, and remit all funds due to us using our automated cash remittance system by 9:00 pm Eastern Time on the Business Day following the date that the Mortgage is paid in full. The terms of Section 78.46 of the Guide shall apply should such funds not be made available to Freddie Mac on such Business Day.

In the event that the Servicer transfers the servicing of the Mortgages, the Transferee will not be subject to the reporting and remittance requirements above and will be required to comply with the reporting and remittance requirements in the Guide.

Freddie Mac reserves the right to amend, supplement, revise or terminate any or all of the provisions of this paragraph, in whole or in part, upon written notice to Seller during the term of this Master Agreement.

 

2. Special Exceptions for Living Trust Borrowers

Mortgages with respect to which the Borrower is a living trust and:

 

   

the Mortgage is secured by an Investment Property; and/or

 

   

the loan applicant is either (i) the trustee on behalf of the living trust, provided the living trust qualifies for the loan, or (ii) the settlor in an individual capacity, or (iii) a beneficiary of the living trust if such beneficiary is also a settlor of the living trust, are eligible for purchase, provided that:

 

  (a) such Mortgages otherwise comply with all the requirements of the Guide Section 22.10(a); and

 

  (b) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of such Mortgages which are delivered to Freddie Mac pursuant to this Agreement, must not exceed 20 percent of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Mortgages purchased by Freddie Mac under this Agreement.

 

Special Underwriting Provisions

All Mortgage Types

MA10042083 — Attachment 1

Page 1 — 6/17/2010


ATTACHMENT 2

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS/RESTRICTIONS

 

1. Changes to Delivery Fee Terms

Although (i) other provisions of the Guide, (ii) this Master Agreement, (iii) certain Master Commitments entered into under this Master Agreement, or (iv) this Master Commitment, as applicable, may provide or imply otherwise, Freddie Mac has the right to change:

 

  (a) the delivery fee provisions set forth in Guide Exhibit 19, Postsettlement Delivery Fees, upon prior written notice; and

 

  (b) any negotiated delivery fee rates set forth in this Master Commitment or other Master Commitments entered into under this Master Agreement, as applicable, upon prior written notice to Seller, provided that with respect to negotiated delivery fee rate changes, the change is consistent with broad changes implemented by Freddie Mac for all Seller/Servicers with similar negotiated terms.

 

2. Special Requirements for Purchase of DU Mortgages/Collateral Documentation

Mortgages underwritten using Fannie Mae’s Desktop Underwriter Automated Scoring System (such system, “DU”, such Mortgages “DU Mortgages”) are eligible for purchase provided that:

 

  (a) each DU Mortgage must be either:

 

  (i) a 15-, 20- or 30-year fixed-rate Mortgage; or

 

  (ii) a 30-year, annually-adjusting, 3/1, 5/1, 7/1 or 10/1 fully amortizing ARM.

Any ARM submitted to DU must be submitted with the correct ARM plan as recommended in the Fannie Mae “Guide to Underwriting with DU” and supplements thereto (collectively, the “DU Guide”);

 

  (b) the DU Mortgages comply with the maximum LTV/TLTV/HTLTV ratios limitations set forth in Guide Section 23.4, L33, and in the product specific sections of the Guide or Seller’s other Purchase Documents, or in Fannie Mae’s requirements for DU Mortgages, whichever limitations are the most restrictive;

 

  (c) each DU Mortgage must comply with the following:

 

  (i) the Indicator Score must be at least 620;

 

Additional Provisions/Restrictions

MA10042083 — Attachment 2

Page 1 — 6/17/2010


  (ii) the Borrower’s monthly debt payment-to-income ratio must not exceed 55 percent;

 

  (d) DU Mortgages may be super conforming Mortgages, provided that the original loan amount must not exceed $1 million and that the Mortgages must comply in all respects with the requirements of Guide Chapter L33 and with the requirements of this paragraph, whichever are more restrictive;

 

  (e) the following DU Mortgages are ineligible for delivery under this special underwriting provision:

 

   

Seasoned DU Mortgages;

 

   

DU Mortgages secured by Manufactured Homes;

 

   

DU Mortgages originated in accordance with a provision that is negotiated with Fannie Mae to be less restrictive than the DU Guide requirements and modifies the DU decision in the DU Findings Report unless such Mortgages are otherwise specifically permitted under a provision in Seller’s Purchase Documents;

 

   

DU Refi Plus Mortgages;

 

   

Custom DU Mortgages originated with requirements less restrictive than the DU Guide requirements unless such Mortgages are otherwise specifically permitted under a provision in Seller’s Purchase Documents; and

 

   

Mortgages secured by second homes or Investment Properties where the Borrower on the second home or Investment Property Mortgage has individual and/or joint ownership of more than four 1-4-unit properties that are financed, including the subject property; provided, however, ownership of commercial or multifamily (five or more units) real estate is not included in this limitation;

 

  (f) each DU Mortgage must:

 

  (i) be evaluated using the version of DU that Fannie Mae requires for such Mortgage to be eligible for sale to Fannie Mae;

 

  (ii) be approved using accurate and complete data;

 

  (iii) except as described in (iv) below, receive a DU rating of Approve/Eligible; and

 

Additional Provisions/Restrictions

MA10042083 — Attachment 2

Page 2 — 6/17/2010


  (iv) a Mortgage with a DU rating of ineligible that is an otherwise eligible super conforming Mortgage with a loan amount that is higher than the permanent loan limits established by the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (HERA) but complies with the higher temporary loan limits established by the American Reinvestment and Recovery Act of 2009 (ARRA) is eligible for delivery under this provision, provided that the only reason for the ineligible rating is the higher loan amount. When DU is updated to account for Mortgages with the higher loan limits established by ARRA, Mortgages with DU ineligible ratings will no longer be eligible for delivery. Refer to Freddie Mac Single Family Seller/Servicer Guide Bulletin 2009-9, Relief Refinance Mortgage and Super Conforming Mortgages (04/16/09) for more information on these temporary and permanent loan limits;

 

  (g) Seller must obtain and maintain in the DU Mortgage file the DU Findings Report and any supplements thereto that set forth the DU recommendation and any other conditions;

 

  (h) each DU Mortgage must meet all applicable Fannie Mae credit requirements. In the event that Fannie Mae revises its credit requirements to be more restrictive, the DU Mortgage must be originated in accordance with the more restrictive credit requirements. Seller may not elect to use a Freddie Mac requirement if a Fannie Mae DU Mortgage requirement is more restrictive;

 

  (i) each DU Mortgage must have mortgage insurance coverage that complies with the standard required coverage levels set forth in Guide Section 27.1(a);

 

  (j) except as stated in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) below, each DU Mortgage must be evaluated, processed and documented in accordance with the requirements, whichever are more restrictive, in the DU Findings Report or the most recent DU Guide:

 

  (i) for DU Mortgages for which the DU Findings Report does not require Seller to verify and/or document the Borrower’s income and/or assets, Seller must document such Mortgages in accordance with the Streamlined Accept Documentation requirements in Guide Section 37.22; provided, however, where DU does not require Seller to verify certain assets stated on the loan application because such stated assets are not needed for closing, Seller is not required to document those stated assets in accordance with the Streamlined Accept Documentation requirements;

 

  (ii)

if the DU Findings Report or the most recent DU Guide requires Seller to establish the value of the Borrower’s current Primary Residence either because such Primary Residence is on the market and the sale will not close before the Mortgage Note Date or because the Borrower is converting such Primary Residence to a second home or Investment

 

Additional Provisions/Restrictions

MA10042083 — Attachment 2

Page 3 — 6/17/2010


 

Property, such value must be established and must be evidenced by at least a Form 2055, Exterior-Only Inspection Residential Appraisal Report that meets the requirements of Guide Chapter 44 and a Brokers Price Opinion is not permitted; and

 

  (iii) if the DU Mortgage is secured by a Condominium Unit, Seller must comply with both Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s requirements regarding general Condominium Project representations and warranties; provided, however, if there is a conflict between a Fannie Mae and a Freddie Mac requirement, Seller must comply with the more restrictive requirement;

 

  (k) with respect to each DU Mortgage, Seller will be relieved of any representations and warranties relating to Borrower’s credit reputation and capacity to repay the Mortgage;

 

  (1) Seller must obtain and maintain in the DU Mortgage file an appraisal or property inspection report that complies with the requirements of the DU Findings Report. DU Mortgages with DU Form 2075 and Property Inspection Waivers (“PIWs”) may not be delivered to Freddie Mac;

 

  (m) Seller must deliver DU Mortgage to Freddie Mac no later than the earlier of the date permitted under Seller’s Purchase Documents or the date such Mortgage would be eligible for delivery to Fannie Mae;

 

  (n) unless specifically permitted in the Purchase Documents, MyCommunity Mortgages and DU Flex Mortgages are not eligible for sale under this Special Underwriting Provision;

 

  (o) notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in the Guide, DU Mortgages will not be assessed CS/LTV delivery fees (also referred to as A-minus fees); however, DU Mortgages will be assessed any other applicable delivery fees described in Guide Exhibit 19 and the Delivery Fee Matrix attached to the Master Commitment under which the DU Mortgages are delivered;

 

  (p) in connection with the delivery of each DU Mortgage, Seller must enter the special characteristic code 943, indicating DU Mortgage without CS/LTV fee, in one of the special characteristic code fields on the Form 11 or Form 13SF, as applicable; and

 

  (q) Freddie Mac may amend, supplement, revise or terminate the provisions applicable to DU Mortgages, in whole or in part, upon written notice to Seller during the term of this Master Agreement.

 

Additional Provisions/Restrictions

MA10042083 — Attachment 2

Page 4 — 6/17/2010


MASTER COMMITMENT

 

Master Agreement #: MA10042083  
Master Commitment #: M10042083   Date Issued: June 17, 2010

This Master Commitment (“Master Commitment”) #M10042083 dated as of June 17, 2010 (“Master Commitment Date”) is by and between Freddie Mac and HomeStreet Bank (“Seller”), Seller/Servicer #727808. This Master Commitment establishes the terms and conditions under which mortgages may be eligible for purchase by Freddie Mac.

The provisions of Master Agreement #MA10042083 shall apply to and be incorporated into this Master Commitment #M10042083.

SELLER INFORMATION

 

Seller/Servicer Name & Address:

  

Seller/Servicer Number:

HomeStreet Bank

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101

   727808

Contact Person:

  

Phone Number:

  

Fax Number:

Mr. Curt Byers

Vice President, Secondary Marketing Manager

   (206) 389-7727    (206) 389-6306

TERMS OF MASTER COMMITMENT

 

Contract Commitment Amount:

 

Effective Date for Delivery:

 

Required Delivery Date:

$200 million

  June 22, 2010   December 31, 2010

Commitment Type:

 

Purchase Tolerance:

 

Delivery Fee Exhibit:

Optional

  10% overpurchase   See Guide Exhibit 19 for Related Fees

 

HomeStreet Bank

Master Commitment # M10042083

Page 1 — 6/17/2010


REQUIRED SPREADS AND BUYUP MAXIMUMS

(Effective for Settlements on or after July 1, 2010)

 

Product

  

Required Spread

  

Maximum Buyup

FIXED-RATE MORTGAGES*

  

Eligible Mortgages shall be sold

pursuant to the terms of Attachment 1,

titled “Noncontractual Monthly

Required Spreads”

15-year Fixed-Rate Mortgages (Monthly)

  

20-year Fixed-Rate Mortgages (Monthly)

  

30-year Fixed-Rate Mortgages (Monthly)

  

 

* Effective for Settlements on or after July 1, 2010: The Buyup Maximums in this table apply to MIDANET conversions only. For Fixed-Rate (including Initial Interest and Balloon/Reset) Mortgages sold under this Master Commitment under the Guarantor and MultiLender Swap Contracts taken out through the Selling System, see the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Provisions relating to Loan-Level Buyup/Buydown”.

 

HomeStreet Bank

Master Commitment # M10042083

Page 2 — 6/17/2010


Special Programs and Products:

Following is a table that identifies the programs and products for which Seller is eligible under this Agreement. Complete terms and conditions regarding the program/product may be found in the Sections of the Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide (“the Guide”), which are listed in the “Guide Reference” column or in the Attachment referenced under the “Contract Reference” column.

 

Key Word

 

Program/Product Title

 

Contract
Reference

 

Guide
Reference

Additional Provisions

  Noncontractual Monthly Required Spreads   Attachment 1   None

Special Pricing Provisions:

Following is a table identifying special provisions concerning the calculation of Required Spreads, delivery fees, buyups/buydowns, remittance programs or other pricing related programs or processes for Mortgages sold under this Agreement. Complete terms and conditions regarding these provisions may be found in the Attachment referenced under the “Contract Reference” column.

 

Key Word

 

Special Pricing Provision Title

 

Contract
Reference

 

Guide
Reference

Additional Provisions

  Provisions Relating to Loan-Level Buyup/Buydown   Page 1, #1,
Attachment 2
 

ll.ll(d),

Exhibit 19

 

HomeStreet Bank

Master Agreement # MA10042083

Page 3 — 6/17/2010


ATTACHMENT 1

Noncontractual Monthly Required Spreads

(Effective for Settlements on or after July 1, 2010)

Seller and Freddie Mac have agreed upon the following with respect to the determination of Required Spreads for fixed-rate Mortgages beginning with settlements in the month of July, 2010.

 

(a) “Eligible Mortgages” are defined as 15-, 20- and 30-year fixed-rate Mortgages.

 

(b) (i)

The Pricing Day is the day of the month on which Freddie Mac establishes Required Spreads. The Pricing Day will be the 6 th Business Day of each month.

 

  (A) By no later than 10:00 am Eastern time on the Pricing Day, Freddie Mac shall establish the monthly Required Spread(s) for Eligible Mortgages; and

 

  (B) By no later than 5:00 pm Eastern time on the Pricing Day, Freddie Mac shall notify Seller by telephone, facsimile or email of the monthly Required Spread(s).

 

  (ii) The Required Spread(s) determined above will be effective for Settlements occurring in the calendar month immediately following the month in which the Pricing Day occurs.

 

(c) If this Master Commitment is executed on or after the Pricing Day, then within one Business Day of Seller providing Freddie Mac with an executed copy of the Master Commitment, Freddie Mac shall establish the monthly Required Spread for Eligible Mortgages sold during the first month of the Master Commitment and shall so notify Seller. In all such cases, Required Spreads for Mortgages sold to Freddie Mac in subsequent months shall be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(d) Seller may only enter into such Conversions after Seller has received notification of the monthly Required Spreads in accordance with paragraph (b) or (c) above, as applicable.

 

(e) When Seller enters into a Conversion, Seller must state the Settlement Date.

 

Special Programs and Products

Noncontractual Monthly Required Spreads

M10042083 — Attachment 1

Page 1 — 6/17/2010


ATTACHMENT 2

Provisions Relating to Loan-Level Buyup/Buydown

 

(a) Loan-level Buyup/Buydown. For fixed-rate (including Balloon/Reset) Mortgages sold under this Master Commitment under the Guarantor and MultiLender Swap Programs through the Freddie Mac Selling System (Selling System) only, Seller has elected the Loan-level buyup and buydown option as described in this paragraph.

 

  (i) Seller’s election will apply to all Mortgages allocated to fixed-rate Guarantor and MultiLender Swap contracts taken out in the Selling System under this Master Commitment.

 

  (ii) When taking out a fixed-rate Guarantor Contract or MultiLender Swap Contract in the Selling System, Seller must complete the field titled “LLBUBD Option” on the Form 11, Mortgage Submission Schedule, indicating:

BU (Loan-level buyup)

BD (Loan-level buydown)

NA (Neither; loan-level buydown will not apply)

 

  (iii) If Seller elects to do a Loan-level buyup, Seller must specify in the field titled “LLBUBD Amount” on the Form 11 how much, in basis points, Seller wishes to buy up (increase) the Required Spread for each individual Mortgage allocated to that specific Guarantor or MultiLender Swap Contract.

If Seller elects to do a Loan-level buydown, Seller must specify in the field titled “LLBUBD Amount” on the Form 11 how much, in basis points, Seller wishes to buydown (decrease) the Required Spread for each individual Mortgage allocated to that specific Guarantor or MultiLender Swap Contract.

If Seller elects to do neither a Loan-level buyup or buydown (“NA”), then Seller may enter “0” in the LLBUBD Amount field or may leave the LLBUBD Amount field blank.

 

  (iv) The initial maximum buyup amount for fixed-rate (including Balloon/Reset) Mortgages sold under the fixed-rate Guarantor and MultiLender Swap Program under this Master Commitment through the Selling System is the lesser of:

 

   

25 basis points, or

 

   

the maximum buyup amount permitted by applicable pooling rule limitations for a PC Coupon.

 

Special Pricing Provisions

Provisions Relating to Loan-Level Buyup/Buydown

M10042083 — Attachment 2

Page 1 — 6/17/2010


  (v) The initial maximum buydown amount applicable to fixed-rate (including Balloon/Reset) Mortgages sold under the fixed-rate Guarantor and MultiLender Swap Program under this Master Commitment through the Selling System is 25 basis points.

 

  (vi) Seller may update the specified loan-level buyup or buydown amount, as applicable, on the Form 11 until the contract is in settlement locked status.

 

  (vii) For settlements during the term of this Master Commitment, Freddie Mac will email Seller the Loan-level buyup and buydown grids that will be applicable to Mortgages funding during the settlement month (the month in which the Mortgages will be sold to Freddie Mac).

 

  (viii) For Mortgages sold with Loan-level buyup/buydown, the amount paid by Freddie Mac or paid by Seller will be determined on a loan-by-loan basis using the applicable buyup or buydown grid.

 

  (ix) Seller must follow the Loan-level buyup and buydown instructions provided in the Selling System.

 

  (x) Mortgages sold under WAC ARM Contracts are not eligible for Loan-level buyup and buydown. Additionally, any provisions of the Guide to the contrary notwithstanding, Seller may not request contract-level buyup or buydown for Mortgages sold under the WAC ARM Guarantor program through the Selling System under this Master Commitment;

 

(b) Freddie Mac’s Right to Change Maximum Buyup Amount. Freddie Mac reserves the right to change the maximum buyup amount at any time during the term of this Master Commitment upon written notice to Seller. Such written notice shall be provided in an amendment to this Master Commitment, unless the new maximum buyup amount(s) is provided pursuant to a related change to Seller’s Required Spread(s) pursuant to another specially negotiated pricing term included in this Master Commitment, in which event such notice may be provided electronically by email or by telephone with the new Required Spread(s) pursuant to that negotiated term; and

 

(c) Freddie Mac’s Right to Modify this Provision. Freddie Mac may amend, supplement, revise or terminate any of the terms of this provision, in whole or in part, upon written notice to Seller during the term of this Master Commitment.

 

Special Pricing Provisions

Provisions Relating to Loan-Level Buyup/Buydown

M10042083 — Attachment 2

Page 2 — 6/17/2010

Exhibit 10.29

Execution Draft

CASH PLEDGE AGREEMENT

This Cash Pledge Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 1, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by HomeStreet Bank, a Washington state-chartered savings bank (“ Pledgor ”), in favor of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“ Freddie Mac ” or “ Secured Party ”) (Pledgor and Secured Party are hereafter sometimes individually referred to as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties ) .

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Pledgor (Seller/Servicer #727808) and Secured Party are parties to: (i) a Master Agreement #MA 10042083, effective as of June 1, 2010 (together with any renewals or replacements thereof, the “ Master Agreement ”); (ii) one or more Master Commitments related to the Master Agreement; and (iii) certain other Purchase Documents (as defined in the Master Agreement), including (without limitation) the Secure Party’s Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide (the “ Guide ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Documents, Pledgor has sold and continues to sell to Secured Party residential mortgage loans; and

WHEREAS Secured Party and Pledgor have agreed that Pledgor will pledge One Million U.S. Dollars ($1,000,000) in cash, to collateralize and secure the Pledgor Obligations (as defined herein); and

WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed that Pledgor will pledge the Collateral to collateralize and secure the Pledgor Obligations, and the Parties desire to agree to the terms of such pledge of Collateral to secure the Pledgor Obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises made herein, the direct and indirect benefits to be derived by Pledgor from pledging collateral for the benefit of Secured Party, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged Pledgor hereby agrees with Secured Party as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals; Defined Terms.

(a) The foregoing recitals are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings provided in the Purchase Documents. Other terms not otherwise defined herein or therein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the “ UCC ”).

(c) “Account ” means an account or accounts with the Bank (established by Secured Party in Secured Party’s name and under its control), together with any and all (A) sub-accounts


thereof, (B) replacement, substitute and successor accounts and (C) linked or related accounts or sub-accounts held by Secured Party (collectively with any such deposit account, and as more specifically described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference). The Account may, at Secured Party’s sole option, also include one or more designated subaccounts holding other funds of Secured Party (and/or funds held by Secured Party on behalf of third parties).

(d) “ Act of Insolvency ” with respect to Pledgor means: (i) the commencement by Pledgor or any and all direct or indirect parents of Pledgor (individually. a “ Pledgor-Related Entity ”, and collectively, the “ Pledger-Related Entities ”) as debtor of any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, dissolution, delinquency or similar law or Pledgor (or any of the Pledgor-Related Entities) seeking the appointment or election of a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian or similar official for Pledgor (or such Pledger-Related Entity, as applicable) or any substantial part of its property, or the convening of any meeting of creditors for purposes of commencing any such case or proceeding or seeking such an appointment or election; (ii) the commencement of any such case or proceeding against Pledgor (or any Pledgor-Related Entity), which (A) is consented to or not timely contested by Pledgor (or such Pledgor-Related Entity, as applicable), (B) results in the entry of an order for relief, such an appointment or election, or the entry of an order having a similar effect, or (C) is not dismissed within forty-five (45) calendar days; (iii) the making by Pledgor (or any Pledgor-Related Entity) of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iv) the admission in writing by Pledgor (or any Pledgor-Related Entity) of its inability to pay its debts as they become due.

(e) “ Bank ” means The Bank of New York Mellon, and any successor thereto or substitute therefor that is acceptable to Secured Party in its sole discretion.

(f) “ Cash Amount ” means One Million U.S. Dollars ($1,000,000) in cash.

(g) “ Collateral means (i) the Cash Amount, which shall be wire transferred by Pledgor to Secured Party (pursuant to the Wire Transfer Instructions) as set forth herein and deposited in the Account; (ii) any and all interest allocated by Secured Party to such Cash Amount, as provided herein; and (iii) all proceeds of the foregoing. The Account may include other funds, in addition to the Cash Amount, that Secured Party owns, and/or in which Secured Party has an interest, and the Collateral may be comingled with such other funds, provided that the Collateral (and any interest allocated thereto) is identifiable by Secured Party.

(h) “ Collateral Value ” means, as of any time, one hundred percent (100%) of the cash, held in the Account, which is attributable to the Collateral, pursuant to Secured Party’s records.

(i) “ Eligible Collateral ” means the Collateral carried in the Account, in which Secured Party has a first priority security interest perfected by control.

(j) “ Event of Default ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11 below.

 

2


(k) “ Fed Effective Rate ” means the daily rate set forth in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519), opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective)”. If, for any reason, such rate shall be unavailable, the “Fed Effective Rate” shall be such rate as nearly equivalent to the foregoing as Secured Party shall determine.

(l) “ Pledgor Obligations ” means: (i) all the repurchase and/or indemnification obligations of Pledgor under the Purchase Documents, which obligations are (a) due and owing to Secured Party under the Purchase Documents, and (b) not subject to any right of appeal (or, if applicable, additional or further right of appeal) under the Purchase Documents; and (ii) any obligations of Pledgor under Section 3 (“Collateral Maintenance”) below.

(m) “ Required Collateral Amount ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3 below.

(n) “ Wire Transfer instructions ” means Secured Party’s wire transfer instructions as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

(o) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Annex and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

2. Grant of Security Interest Securing Pledgor Obligations; Payment of Pledgor Obligations .

(a) Pledgor hereby grants, pledges, and assigns to Secured Party, as collateral security for Pledgor’s prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of any and all Pledgor Obligations, a first priority continuing security interest (perfected by control) in, lien on, and right of set-off against any and all of Pledgor’s respective right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located. It is the intention of the Pledgor and the Secured Party that the security interests granted by the Pledgor to the Secured Party shall be made effective and shall be perfected to the fullest extent possible by the Secured Party.

(b) Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that (i) it shall timely pay and perform the Pledgor Obligations secured hereby as they are incurred in accordance with the terms of the Guide and the other Purchase Documents, and (ii) Secured Party will be entitled to retain the Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 13(j) below, irrespective of whether any Pledgor Obligations are due or outstanding at any particular time.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder, Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Secured Party, without further consent from Pledgor, to satisfy, when due, any outstanding Pledgor Obligations from the Account by transferring cash and proceeds of Collateral to Secured Party for application against such Pledgor Obligations. Notwithstanding (i) anything to the contrary in any of the other Purchase Documents, and (ii) that Pledgor no longer qualifies thereafter as a “Seller/Servicer” under the Guide, Secured Party

 

3


may determine the Collateral to be withdrawn or liquidated and the timing thereof in its sole discretion.

3. Collateral Maintenance .

(a) As of the Effective Date, to secure the Pledgor Obligations, Pledgor agrees to wire transfer to the Account Eligible Collateral with a Collateral Value equal to the Cash Amount (the “ Required Collateral Amount ”). During the term of this Agreement, Pledgor covenants and agrees to maintain, as collateral security for the Pledgor Obligations, Eligible Collateral with a Collateral Value not less than the Required Collateral Amount. If, at any time during the term of this Agreement for any reason (including, without limitation, inadvertent release by Secured Party to Pledgor), the Eligible Collateral in the Account has a Collateral Value that is less than the Required Collateral Amount, Pledgor shall, within three (3) Business Days after the date of a written notice from Secured Party that the Eligible Collateral has a Collateral Value that is less than the Required Collateral Amount, transfer cash pursuant to the Wire Transfer Instructions such that the aggregate Collateral Value equals or exceeds the Required Collateral Amount. If at any time Pledgor shall fail to transfer additional cash to the Account in accordance with the preceding terms of this Section 3 , such failure shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

(b) Provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) the Collateral Value of Eligible Collateral held in the Account is greater than the Required Collateral Amount, Pledgor may, not more frequently than once per calendar month, request in writing that Secured Party release Collateral from the Account, whereupon Secured Party agrees that it shall release from the Account Collateral with a Collateral Value equal to such excess. Upon written agreement of the Parties, Secured Party may instead arrange for an automatic monthly payment of any such excess (provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing); unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, any such payment of any such excess shall be made pursuant to the wire transfer instructions provided by Pledgor to Secured Party in connection with Pledgor’s approval as a Freddie Mac Seller/Servicer.

(c) Any request by Secured Party or Pledgor hereunder may be made by telephone, electronic mail or facsimile, and shall be effective immediately as of the time made; provided, however, that any telephonic or electronic mail notice shall promptly be confirmed by delivery of written notice to the other party, pursuant to the notice provisions set forth in Annex I attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

4. Income . Unless and until Secured Party shall exercise rights in respect of the Collateral upon an Event of Default, interest on the Collateral shall accrue at the Fed Effective Rate for the benefit of Pledgor and shall be credited to the Account (or any applicable sub-account relating to the Collateral). Secured Party shall: (i) have the right to determine, in its sole discretion, the manner in which the Collateral is invested; (ii) only be obligated to pay interest on the Collateral at the Fed Effective Rate, regardless of any amount actually earned from the investment or reinvestment of the Collateral, and (iii) be entitled to deduct from any such interest earned at the Fed Effective Rate any actual fees charged by the Bank for the establishment or maintenance of

 

4


the Account (any such deduction shall be made on a pro rata basis, taking into account the total cash in the Account, and the percentage of such total cash that is represented by the Collateral).

5. Further Assurances .

(a) Pledgor covenants that, upon the request of the Secured Party, Pledgor will, at its sole expense, take all actions necessary to maintain the perfection of Secured Party’s lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral, including promptly executing, delivering and filing or causing to be executed, delivered and filed, any agreements, documents and statements and performing such acts as may be reasonably necessary to fully perfect, by control, or otherwise evidence Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral.

(b) Pledgor covenants and agrees that it will (i) not take any action that could void or undermine Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral; (ii) take such further action as Secured Party may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement any of the rights and powers herein granted; and (iii) upon request by Secured Party, pay any reasonable and customary filing fees or other costs and expenses incurred by either Party’ in connection with establishing and maintaining the Collateral and with perfecting Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral.

7. Limited Power of Attorney .

(a) Pledgor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Secured Party and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as Pledgor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of Pledgor and in the name of Pledgor or in its own name, and Pledgor authorizes Secured Party, without notice to the Pledgor from the time that Pledgor fails to perform or comply with any of its obligations contained in this Agreement and at any time thereafter as the Secured Party, in its sole discretion, may determine, (i) to execute, in connection with any sale provided for herein, any endorsements, assignments, or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral and to file any applicable initial financing statements, amendments thereto, continuation statements and control agreements with or without the signature of such Pledgor as authorized by applicable law as applicable to all or any part of the Collateral and (ii) to take the following actions and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement:

(A) in the name of Pledgor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and sell or liquidate the Collateral and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys or payable on or on account of any Collateral and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Secured Party for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due with respect to any Collateral whenever payable;

(B) pay or discharge taxes and liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

5


(C) direct any party liable for any payment under any Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to Secured Party or as Secured Party shall direct;

(D) ask or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

(E) sign and endorse any invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;

(F) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral;

(G) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Pledgor with respect to any Collateral;

(H) settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in clause (G) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as Secured Party may deem appropriate; and

(I) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though Secured Party were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at Secured Party’s option and Pledgor’s expense, at any time, and from time to time, all acts and things which Secured Party deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and Secured Party’s liens and security interests thereon and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Pledgor might do.

(b) Pledgor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

8. Rights and Obligations of Secured Party .

(a) If Pledgor fails to perform or comply with any of its obligations contained in this Agreement, Secured Party may itself perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such obligations and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Secured Party incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest on any such out-of-pocket expenses at a rate per annum equal to the highest legal rate of interest, shall be payable by Pledgor to Secured Party upon ten (10) calendar days’ notice that such amounts are due and payable, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, in which case such amounts shall be due and payable on demand and, in either case, shall constitute additional Pledgor Obligations.

 

6


(b) All authorizations and agencies herein contained with respect to the Collateral, including the limited power of attorney described in Section 7 above, are irrevocable until the later to occur of (i) the Pledgor Obligations shall have been irrevocably paid in full or (ii) Secured Party has agreed that this Agreement shall terminate, and are powers coupled with an interest.

(c) Any powers conferred on Secured Party hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Secured Party shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights pertaining to the Collateral. Secured Party shall be under no duty or obligation, and Pledgor waives any right to require Secured Party to, make or give any presentment, demands for performance, protests or other notices in connection with any obligations comprising Collateral.

(d) This is a continuing Agreement and all rights, powers and remedies hereunder shall apply to all past, present and future Pledgor Obligations, including those Pledgor Obligations arising under successive transactions notwithstanding any Act of Insolvency by Pledgor or any other event or proceeding affecting Pledgor.

9. Representations and Warranties . As of the date of this Agreement and on a continuing basis throughout the term of this Agreement, Pledgor represents, warrants, and, as applicable, covenants to Secured Party that:

(a) Pledgor (i) is a bank, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Washington; (ii) has all requisite power, and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted; and (iii) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary;

(b) (i) Pledgor has all necessary power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by Pledgor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Pledgor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgor, enforceable against Pledgor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(c) No authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no filings or registrations with, any governmental authority or any securities exchange are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by Pledgor of this Agreement or for the legality, validity or enforceability thereof;

 

7


(d) Except as disclosed on Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, and except for the lien and security interest granted to Secured Party pursuant to this Agreement, Pledgor owns the Collateral pledged to Secured Party free and clear of any and all liens or claims of others, and no security agreement, financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as may have been filed in favor of Secured Party pursuant to this Agreement;

(e) Pledgor acknowledges that the Account at all times will be a deposit account (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(29) of the UCC) maintained with the Bank, acting in the capacity of a bank (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(8) of the UCC), over which deposit account Secured Party has control under Section 9-104 of the UCC;

(f) Pledgor’s exact legal name and assigned organizational identification number, if any, are correctly set forth on the signature page hereof, and Pledgor will notify Secured Party in writing at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to any change in Pledgor’s name or identity;

(g) Except as disclosed on Exhibit C to this Agreement, Secured Party has a valid, first priority security interest in the Collateral that is perfected by control under Section 9-314 of the UCC; and

(h) This Agreement has been (A) either (1) specifically approved by Pledgor’s board of directors; or (2) approved by an officer of Pledgor who was duly authorized by Pledgor’s board of directors to enter into this type of contract; and (B) such approval or authorization is reflected in the minutes of the meetings of such board of directors. This Agreement shall constitute a “written agreement” governing Pledgor’s obligations to Secured Party with respect to the Collateral. Pledgor (and any successor thereto) will continuously maintain this “written agreement” as an official record of Pledgor.

10. Additional Covenants . Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees with Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Pledgor Obligations are paid in full or until the Collateral is released pursuant to Section 13(j) below:

(a) Without the prior written consent of Secured Party, Pledgor will not (i) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Collateral; or (ii) except in favor of Secured Party, create, incur or permit to exist any lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any person with respect to, any of the Collateral, or any interest therein; or (ill) enter into or suffer to exist any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of Pledgor or Secured Party to sell, assign or transfer any of the Collateral;

(b) Except as disclosed on Exhibit C to this Agreement, Pledgor will keep the Collateral free of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances of any kind or nature, whether voluntary or involuntary, except the security interest of Secured Party; and

(c) Pledgor shall, at Pledgor’s expense, take all actions necessary or advisable from time to time to maintain the first priority security interest, perfected by control, of Secured Party

 

8


in the Collateral and shall not take any actions that would alter, impair or eliminate such priority or perfection.

11. Events of Default . At the option of the Secured Party, the occurrence of any of the following shall be an Event of Default hereunder (an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) Pledgor’s failure to pay any Pledgor Obligation within three (3) Business Days of receipt by Pledgor of written notice sent by Secured Party that such obligation is unpaid;

(b) Secured Party’s termination of Pledgor as a Seller and/or as a Servicer, for cause, pursuant to the Purchase Documents;

(c) Pledgor’s failure to comply with any of the provisions, conditions, covenants or agreements in, or the incorrectness of any representation or warranty contained in, this Agreement, including without limitation Pledgor’s failure to maintain Eligible Collateral in accordance with the requirements of Section 3 above;

(d) Transfer or disposition of any of the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement or otherwise agreed to in writing between the Parties;

(e) Attachment, execution, or levy on any of the Collateral by any party other than Secured Party without Secured Party’s prior express written consent, which consent may be withheld at the discretion of the Secured Party;

(f) Pledgor’s failure or the failure of any Pledger-Related Entity to comply with: (i) any applicable federal, state or local banking laws, rules, regulations, or other laws, or (ii) any orders, judgments, decisions, or decrees of any applicable regulator, court of competent jurisdiction, or arbitrator (pursuant to mandatory arbitration) in connection with which, in Secured Party’s discretion, noncompliance with clauses (i), (ii) or both may have any material adverse effect on the Collateral or Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement and such noncompliance, if subject to cure, continues for three (3) Business Days of receipt by Pledgor of written notice sent by Secured Party; or

(g) The occurrence of an Act of Insolvency with respect to Pledgor.

12. Remedies Upon Default .

(a) General . Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement are in addition to, and shall in no way be deemed to limit, the rights and remedies provided to Secured Party under the Purchase Documents. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Secured Party may pursue any remedy available at law (including, without limitation, those available under the provisions of the UCC), or in equity to collect, enforce, or satisfy any interest in the Collateral.

(b) Concurrent Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party shall have the right to collect, enforce, or enforce any interest in the Collateral and to collect

 

9


or enforce Pledgor Obligations then owing, whether by acceleration or otherwise through the pursuit of any of the following remedies separately, successively or simultaneously:

(i) file suit and obtain judgment, and, in conjunction with any action, Secured Party may seek any ancillary remedies provided by law, including levy of attachment and garnishment;

(ii) transfer all or any portion of the Collateral pledged by Pledgor to another account in Secured Party’s name;

(iii) receive all or any portion that Secured Party may designate of the distributions derived from the Collateral, including funds received by any securities intermediary upon maturity of any Collateral or any other funds so held at the time of such declaration of an Event of Default;

(iv) apply any of the Collateral in the Account toward payment of the Pledgor Obligations; and

(v) pursue any remedy available under the Purchase Documents, including (without limitation) termination of Pledgor as a Seller/Servicer.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(b) Section Headings . The section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

(c) Waivers and Amendments; Successors and Assigns . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by Pledgor and Secured Party, provided that any provision of this Agreement may be waived by Secured Party in a letter or agreement executed by Secured Party or by facsimile or other electronic transmission from Secured Party. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Pledgor and shall inure to the benefit of Secured Party and its respective successors and assigns. This Agreement not intended to waive, amend, supplement or otherwise modify any terms or conditions contained in any Purchase Document.

(d) Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed, and the rights and obligations of Secured Party and Pledgor hereunder determined, in accordance with the laws of the United States. Insofar as there may be no

 

10


applicable precedent, and insofar as to do so would not frustrate any provision of this Agreement or the transactions governed thereby, the laws of the State of New York shall be deemed reflective of the laws of the United States. For purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be the Parties’ jurisdiction. Each Party irrevocably waives any objection on the grounds of venue, forum non-conveniens or any similar grounds and irrevocably consents to service of process by mail or in any other manner permitted by applicable law and consents to the jurisdiction of the federal courts located in the State of New York sitting in the borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The parties further hereby waive any right to a trial by jury with respect to any lawsuit or judicial proceeding arising or relating to this Pledge Agreement.

(e) Purchase Documents . Pledgor and Secured Party agree that this Agreement is a Purchase Document.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the Parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

(g) Integration . This Agreement and the other Purchase Documents contain the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.

(h) Increase in Required Collateral Amount . Secured Party reserves the right, as a condition to continuing to treat Pledgor as a Freddie Mac-approved seller/servicer, to require an increase to the Required Collateral Amount under this Agreement, in the event that Secured Party determines that either or both of: (1) the level and frequency of Pledgor Obligations hereunder, and/or (2) Secured Party’s exposure to Pledgor’s warranty obligations to Secured Party is/are disproportionate to Pledgor’s capital and/or assets, and that such factor(s) could materially and adversely affect Freddie Mac. Secured Party shall give not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Pledgor of any required increase hereunder to the Required Collateral Amount.

(i) Review of Required Collateral Amount . Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, Pledgor may, after the date that is one (1) calendar year after the Effective Date and no more frequently than every twelve (12) months thereafter, request in writing that Secured Party review Secured Party’s need for Collateral hereunder to secure Pledgor Obligations, and Secured Party shall review such need, taking into consideration whatever factors Secured Party deems relevant or appropriate in its sole but reasonable discretion; provided, however, that in the event Secured Party determines that the Collateral hereunder remains necessary to secure Pledgor Obligations, Secured Party shall, upon receipt of Pledgor’s written request, make available an officer of Secured Party to meet with a representative of Pledgor (not more frequently than once each twelve (12) months) to provide to and review and (to the extent that Secured Party believes that it can do so without divulging its risk models or other proprietary information) explain to Pledgor the underlying methodology, assumptions, factors and other information used in the Secured Party’s reasoning for its decisions the Required Collateral Amount. Such other information may include (but is not necessarily limited to) an analysis of Pledgor’s: (i) loan loss reserves: (ii) recourse obligations; (iii)

 

11


regulatory and litigation exposure; (iv) overall financial condition (including the valuation of Pledgor’s financial assets and liabilities); and (v) the results or findings of any review conducted of Pledgor by Secured Party and/or its agents (such reviews may include, but are not necessarily limited to, reviews by Secured Party’s External Operational Risk Management department). Secured Party will also take into consideration any other factors reasonably proposed by Pledgor.

(j) Termination . Notwithstanding anything herein or in any of the other Purchase Documents to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate and Secured Party shall release its security interest in the Collateral and cause the Collateral to be returned to Pledgor upon mutual written agreement of Secured Party and Pledgor. In the event Secured Party determines that the Collateral hereunder is not necessary to secure Pledgor Obligations, this Agreement shall terminate and Secured Party shall release its security interest in the Collateral and cause the Collateral to be returned to Pledgor.

[Signatures appear on following page]

 

12


[Signature page to that certain Cash Pledge Agreement dated as of

June 1, 2010, by and between HomeStreet Bank and Freddie Mac,

continued from page 12]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

Pledgor:
HOMESTREET BANK
By:   /s/ Darrell Van Amen
  Name:   Darrell Van Amen
  Title:   V.P. Treasurer
  Date:   6/15/10
Secured Party:
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Mike Dawson
  Name:   Mike Dawson
  Title:   VP - Deal & Contract Management
  Date:   June 16, 2010

 

13

Exhibit 10.30

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

(a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company)

Effective

As of

May 1, 2005

 

 

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1.        Definitions

  

          1.1      “Act”

     1   

          1.2      “Agreement”

     1   

          1.3      “Assignee”

     1   

          1.4      “Business”

     1   

          1.5      “Capital Account”

     1   

          1.6      “Capital Contribution”

     1   

          1.7      “Cash Available for Distribution”

     1   

          1.8      “Certificate of Conversion”

     2   

          1.9      “Certificate of Formation”

     2   

          1.10    “Code”

     2   

          1.11    “Company”

     2   

          1.12    “Company Property”

     2   

          1.13    “Conversion”

     2   

          1.14    “Covered Person”

     2   

          1.15    “Deemed Capital Account”

     3   

          1.16    “Depreciation”

     3   

          1.17    “Dissolution”

     3   

          1.18    “Fiscal Year”

     3   

          1.19    “Gross Asset Value”

     3   

          1.20    “HSB LLC Manager”

     4   

          1.21    “HSB Series Manager”

     4   

          1.22    “HSB/WMS”

     4   

          1.23    “Initial Capital Contribution”

     4   

          1.24    “Interest”, “Membership Interest” or “Company Interest”

     4   

          1.25    “LLC Managers”

     5   

          1.26    “Majority Interest”

     5   

          1.27    “Mandatory Obligation”

     5   

          1.28    “Members”

     5   

          1.29    “Minimum Gain”

     5   

          1.30    “Net Income” or “Net Loss”

     6   

          1.31    “Percentage Interest”

     6   

          1.32    “Persons”

     6   

          1.33    “Reserves”

     6   

          1.34    “Separate Series Agreement”

     7   

          1.35    “Series”

     7   

          1.36    “Series Manager”

     7   

          1.37    “Series Property”

     7   

          1.38    “Tax Matters Partner”

     7   

          1.39    “Trade Names”

     7   

          1.40    “WG LLC Manager” or “WG LLC Managers”

     7   

          1.41    “WG Series Manager” or “WG Series Managers”

     7   

          1.42    “WG Series Member” or “WG Series Members”

     8   

 

ii


2.        Conversion and Formation

     8   

2.1      Certificate of Formation

     8   

           2.2      Limited Liability Company and Series Creation

     8   

           2.3      Separate Series Agreement

     8   

           2.4      Additional Series

     8   

           2.5      Assets and Liabilities of Each Series are Separate Unless Otherwise Indicated

     9   

           2.6      Description of Series

     10   

           2.7      Defects as to Formalities

     10   

           2.8      No Partnership Intended for Nontax Purposes

     10   

           2.9      Rights of Creditors and Third Parties

     10   

           2.10    Title to Property

     10   

           2.11    Payments of Individual Obligations

     11   

           2.12    Foreign Qualification

     11   

           2.13    Treatment of Certain Property, Expenses and Liabilities

     11   

3.        Name

     11   

4.        Registered Office; Agent for Service of Process

     12   

5.        Purposes of the Company

     12   

           5.1      Purposes of the Company

     12   

           5.2      Potential Conflicts

     12   

           5.3      Loan Origination and Brokerage Process; Series and Entity Level Functions

     12   

6.        Term

     13   

7.        Rights and Duties of LLC Managers

     13   

           7.1      General Authority and Powers of LLC Managers

     13   

           7.2      Time Devoted to Company; Other Ventures

     15   

           7.3      Liability of LLC Managers to Members and Series of the Company

     15   

           7.4      Indemnification

     16   

           7.5      Duties and Responsibility

     17   

           7.6      Agreements with the LLC Managers

     17   

           7.7      Restrictions on Authority of LLC Managers

     18   

           7.8      HUD Delegation

     18   

           7.9      Duties as to Mortgage Loans Insured by HUD and FHA

     18   

8.        Rights and Duties of Series Managers

     19   

           8.1      General Authority and Powers of Series Managers

     19   

           8.2      Time Devoted to Company; Other Ventures

     21   

           8.3      Liability of Series Managers to Members and Series of the Company

     21   

           8.4      Indemnification

     21   

           8.5      Duties and Responsibility

     23   

           8.6      Agreements with the Series Managers

     23   

           8.7      Restrictions on Authority of Series Managers

     24   

           8.8      Death or Incapacity of a Manager

     24   

9.        Status of Members

     24   

           9.1      No Participation in Management

     24   

           9.2      Limitation of Liability

     24   

           9.3      Company Books

     25   

           9.4      Priority and Return of Capital

     25   

 

iii


           9.5      Liability of a Member to the Company

     25   

           9.6      Death or Incapacity of Member

     25   

           9.7      Recourse of Members

     26   

           9.8      No Right to Property

     26   

10.      Meetings of Members

     26   

           10.1    Meetings

     26   

           10.2    Place of Meetings

     26   

           10.3    Notice of Meetings

     26   

           10.4    Meeting of All Members

     26   

           10.5    Record Date

     27   

           10.6    Quorum

     27   

           10.7    Manner of Acting

     27   

           10.8    Proxies

     27   

           10.9    Action by Members Without a Meeting

     27   

           10.10  Waiver of Notice

     28   

11.      Contributions to the Company and Capital Accounts

     28   

           11.1    Members’ Capital Contributions

     28   

           11.2    Additional Contributions or Loans

     28   

           11.3    Capital Accounts

     28   

           11.4    Withdrawal or Reduction of Members’ Contributions to Capital

     29   

12.      Allocations and Distributions

     29   

           12.1    Net Income and Net Losses

     29   

           12.2    Allocation Rules

     30   

           12.3    Limitation on Net Loss Allocation

     30   

           12.4    Minimum Gain Chargeback

     30   

           12.5    Qualified Income Offset

     30   

           12.6    Curative Allocations

     31   

           12.7    Tax Allocations; Section 704(c) of the Code

     31   

           12.8    Cash Available for Distribution

     31   

           12.9    Distribution Rules

     32   

           12.10  Limitation Upon Distributions

     32   

           12.11  Accounting Method

     33   

           12.12  Interest on and Return of Capital Contributions

     33   

           12.13  Loans to Company

     33   

           12.14  Records, Audits and Reports

     33   

           12.15  Returns and Other Elections

     34   

           12.16  Tax Matters Partner

     34   

           12.17  Right to Make Section 754 Election

     35   

13.      Company Expenses

     35   

           13.1    Company Administrative Expenses

     35   

           13.2    Company Expenses

     35   

14.      Transferability

     36   

           14.1    Transfer

     36   

15.      Issuance and Transfers of Membership Interests

     36   

           15.1    Additional Members and Assignees

     36   

           15.2    Retroactive Allocations

     37   

16.      Termination of Series; Dissolution and Termination of the Company

     37   

 

iv


           16.1    Dissolution of the Company

     37   

           16.2    Termination of a Series

     38   

           16.3    Winding Up, Liquidation and Distribution of Assets of a Series Upon Termination of Such Series

     39   

           16.4    Winding Up, Liquidation and Distribution of Assets of the Company Upon Dissolution of the Company

     40   

           16.5    Returns of Contributions Nonrecourse to Other Members

     40   

17.      Resignation and Admission of Series Manager

     40   

           17.1    Resignation of a Series Manager

     40   

           17.2    Death or Incompetency of Series Manager

     40   

           17.3    Removal of a Series Manager

     40   

           17.4    Appointment of a New or Replacement Series Manager

     41   

18.      Resignation and Admission of LLC Manager

     41   

           18.1    Resignation of an LLC Manager

     41   

           18.2    Death or Incompetency of an LLC Manager

     41   

           18.3    Removal of an LLC Manager

     41   

           18.4    Appointment of a New or Replacement LLC Manager

     41   

19.      Special and Limited Power of Attorney

     41   

20.      Amendments

     43   

21.      Miscellaneous

     43   

           21.1    Notices

     43   

           21.2    Binding Effect

     43   

           21.3    Remedies for Breach

     43   

           21.4    Entire Agreement

     43   

           21.5    Waiver of Action for Partition

     43   

           21.6    Captions; Pronouns

     43   

           21.7    Execution of Additional Instruments

     44   

           21.8    Waivers

     44   

           21.9    Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     44   

           21.10  Severability

     44   

           21.11  Creditors

     44   

           21.12  Counterparts

     44   

           21.13  Governing Law

     44   

           21.14  Decisions by Members and Manager

     44   

Schedules and Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A-1

     -       List of Series Members; Capital Contributions

Exhibit B-l

     

through B-18

     -       List of Property Initially Allocated to Each Series Upon Conversion to Series LLC

Exhibit C

     -       List of LLC Managers; List of Series Managers

Exhibit D-l

     

through D-18

     -       Separate Series Agreements (See Section B of Closing Binder Index)

Exhibit E

     -       Capital Maintenance Requirement for Each Series

Exhibit F-l

     -       Entity Level Functions

Exhibit F-2

     -       Series Level Functions

 

v


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of May, 2005, by and among the members set forth on Exhibit A and amends and restates in its entirety the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Windermere Mortgage Services LLC, a Washington limited liability company dated as of October 14, 2003. The parties desire to operate as a series limited liability company under the laws of the state of Delaware as follows.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:

1.1 “Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del.C. §18-101, et seq., and in particular §18-215 thereunder, as amended from time to time.

1.2 “Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.3 “Assignee” means a person who has acquired a Member’s Interest in whole or part.

1.4 “Business” shall mean the business activities which the Company and its Series are authorized to engage in pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

1.5 “Capital Account” means, with respect to any Series and with respect to any Member, the account maintained for such Member that is associated with such Series in accordance with Section 11.3. A separate Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member’s interest in each Series to the extent such Member has an interest in that Series. In the case of a transfer of an interest, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor or, in the case of a partial transfer, a proportionate share thereof.

1.6 “Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Series and with respect to any Member, the total amount of money and the fair market value of all property contributed to the Company with respect to a Series by each Member pursuant to the terms of the Conversion and the Agreement, or contributed thereafter as additional capital. Capital Contribution shall also include any amounts paid directly by a Member to any creditor of any Series of the Company regarding any guarantee or similar obligation undertaken by such Member in connection with the Company’s operations with respect to such Series. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Member shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor holder of the interest of such Member.

1.7 “Cash Available for Distribution” means, with respect to a Series, all cash, revenues and funds received by the Company with respect to such Series from such Series’ operations, less the

 

1


sum of the following to the extent paid or set aside by the Company with respect to such Series: (i) all principal and interest payments on indebtedness of the Company with respect to such Series and all other sums paid to any lender with respect to such Series; (ii) all cash expenditures incurred in the normal operation of the Company’s business with respect to such Series; (iii) the portion of the Company’s unattributed expenses which are allocated to that Series, and (iv) such Reserves as the Members associated with such Series deem reasonably necessary for the proper operation of the Company’s business with respect to such Series.

1.8 “Certificate of Conversion” means the Certificate of Conversion filed on behalf of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act to convert Windermere Mortgage Services LLC, a Washington Limited Liability Company to Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC, a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company.

1.9 “Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act.

1.10 “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific Code Sections or Treasury Regulations shall be deemed to refer to such Code Sections or Treasury Regulations as they may be amended from time to time or to any successor Code Sections or Treasury Regulations if the Code Section or Treasury Regulation referred to is repealed.

1.11 “Company” means the WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC formed and governed by this Agreement and the Act.

1.12 “Company Property” means all the real, personal and intangible property owned by the Company as a whole or any Series of the Company.

1.13 “Conversion” means the conversion of Windermere Mortgage Services LLC, a Washington Limited Liability Company, to a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company, the name of which is Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC, pursuant to the provisions of Section 18-214 of the Act, the Articles and Plan of Conversion dated as of May 1, 2005, the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

1.14 “Covered Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 7.4 and 8.4.

1.15 “Deemed Capital Account” means a Member’s Capital Account, as calculated from time to time, adjusted by (i) adding thereto the sum of (A) the amount of such Member’s Mandatory Obligation, if any, and (B) each Member’s share of Minimum Gain (determined after any decreases therein for such year) and (ii) subtracting therefrom (A) allocations of losses and deductions which are reasonably expected to be made as of the end of the taxable year to the Members pursuant to Code Section 704(e)(2), Code Section 706(d) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1 (b)(2)(ii), and (B) distributions which at the end of the taxable year are reasonably expected to be made to the Member to the extent that said distributions exceed

 

2


offsetting increases to the Member’s Capital Account (including allocations of the Qualified Income Offset pursuant to Section 12.5 but excluding allocations of Minimum Gain Chargeback pursuant to Section 12.4) that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable years in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made.

1.16 “Depreciation” means, for any Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis.

1.17 “Dissolution” means the dissolution of Windermere Mortgage Group LLC, a Washington Limited Liability Company and a 50% member of Windermere Mortgage Services LLC, a Washington Limited Liability Company, immediately following the Conversion and the distribution of the Percentage Interests in the Series to the former members of Windermere Mortgage Group LLC in accordance with the Plan of Conversion and the Agreement of Dissolution of WMG unanimously approved by the members of Windermere Mortgage Group LLC.

1.18 “Fiscal Year” means (i) the period commencing upon the Conversion and ending on December 31, 2005, (ii) any subsequent twelve month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or (iii) any portion of the period described in Clause (ii) of this sentence for which the Company is required to allocate Net Income, Net Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

1.19 “Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset associated with a Series, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income-tax purposes, except as follows:

 

  (i) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company with respect to a Series shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as agreed to by Members associated with such Series at the time the asset is contributed;

 

  (ii)

the Gross Asset Value of all Company assets associated with a Series shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the Managers associated with such Series, as of the following times: (a) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company with respect to such Series by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) the distribution by the Company with respect to such Series to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets associated with such Series as consideration for an interest in the Company; and (c) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to Clause (a) and Clause (b) of this sentence shall be made only if Members associated with such

 

3


 

Series holding a Majority Interest in such Series reasonably determine that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in such Series; and

 

       If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (i) or Paragraph (ii) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.

1.20 “HSB LLC Manager” or “HSB LLC Managers” means those individuals who are appointed as LLC Managers by HSB/WMS pursuant to this Agreement.

1.21 “HSB Series Manager” or “HSB Series Managers” means those individuals who are appointed as Series Managers by HSB/WMS pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Separate Series Agreement.

1.22 “HSB/WMS” means Homestreet/WMS, Inc., a Washington Corporation. HSB/WMS will be one of the members of each Series established pursuant to this Agreement.

1.23 “Initial Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the initial contribution to the Company by such Member with respect to a Series pursuant to this Agreement.

1.24 “Interest”, “Membership Interest” or “Company Interest” means, with respect to a Series, the limited liability company interest of a Member at any particular time, including the right of such Member to any and all benefits to which such Member may be entitled as provided in the Agreement and in the Act, together with the obligations of such Member to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

1.25 “LLC Managers” means those persons who are appointed in accordance with this Agreement to exercise the authority of LLC Managers under this Agreement and the Act with respect to the Company, and are admitted by the existing LLC Managers as additional or replacement LLC Managers in accordance with this Agreement and are listed on Exhibit C hereto as LLC Managers. Four of the LLC Managers will at all times be HSB LLC Managers and four of the LLC Managers will at all times be WG LLC Managers. Employees of HomeStreet Bank, HSB/WMS or the Company may not be WG LLC Managers. The initial LLC Managers immediately following the Conversion are as follows:

The HSB LLC Managers are Richard W.H. Bennion, Joan Entickap, Bruce W. Williams and Debra L. Johnson.

The WG LLC Managers are William A. McMahan, Rick A. Menti, Don Riley and Gregory R. Hoff.

1.26 “Majority Interest” means, with respect to a Series, the Membership Interests of one or more Members that in the aggregate exceed 50% of all Percentage Interests owned by Members

 

4


associated with such Series.

1.27 “Mandatory Obligation” means with respect to a Series the sum of (i) the amount of a Member’s remaining contribution obligation with respect to such Series (including the amount of any Capital Account deficit such Member is obligated to restore upon liquidation) provided that such contribution must be made in all events within ninety (90) days of liquidation of the Member’s interest with respect to such Series as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g) and (ii) the additional amount, if any, such Member would be obligated to contribute with respect to such Series as of year end to retire recourse indebtedness of the Company associated with such Series if the Company were to liquidate as of such date and dispose of all of the assets of such Series at book value.

1.28 “Members” means those persons who execute a counterpart of this Agreement and are set forth on Exhibit A hereto, and those persons who are hereafter admitted as members under Section 15.1 below, provided that each Member shall be associated with one or more separate Series as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

1.29 “Minimum Gain” means the amount determined by computing, with respect to each nonrecourse liability associated with any Series, the amount of gain, if any, that would be realized by the Company with respect to such Series if it disposed of the Company Property associated with such Series subject to such nonrecourse liability in full satisfaction thereof in a taxable transaction, and then by aggregating the amounts so determined. Such gain shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section l.704-2(d). Each Member’s share of Minimum Gain with respect to a Series at the end of any taxable year of the of such Series shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)(l).

1.30 “Net Income” or “Net Loss” means, with respect to a Series, and for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss associated with such Series for such Fiscal Year, determined in accordance with § 703(a) of the Code (but including in taxable income or loss, for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction associated with such Series that are required to be stated separately pursuant to § 703(a)(l) of the Code), with the following adjustments:

 

  (i) any income of the Company associated with such Series that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

  (ii) any expenditures of the Company associated with such Series that are described in § 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or treated as expenditures described in § 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(i)) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

  (iii)

in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset associated with such Series is adjusted in accordance with Paragraph (ii) or Paragraph (iii) of the

 

5


 

definition of “Gross Asset Value” above, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Losses;

 

  (iv) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any asset of the Company associated with such Series with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income-tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value; and

 

  (v) in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation associated with such Series for such Fiscal Year or other period.

1.31 “Percentage Interest” means, for any Member associated with a Series, such Member’s Percentage Interest in such Series as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, which Percentage Interest in such Series may be changed from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

1.32 “Persons” shall mean any individual or entity, their heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of such individual or entity where the context so permits.

1.33 “Reserves” means, with respect to a Series, funds set aside or amounts allocated to reserves that shall be maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Managers associated with such Series (in consultation with the LLC Managers) for working capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service or other costs or expenses incident to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company with respect to such Series, or incident to the liquidation of such Series pursuant to Section 16.3.

 

1.34 “Separate Series Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

1.35 “Series” means a designated series of Members and Membership Interests established in accordance with the Act and this Agreement having separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified Company Property and Business and separate obligations and profits and losses associated with the specified Company Property and Business. Each Series shall have a separate business purpose or objective consistent with Section 5.1 of this Agreement, and, as designated in the Separate Series Agreement, a separate Manager or Managers.

1.36 “Series Manager” means those Member(s) and/or other persons who are appointed in accordance with this Agreement to exercise the authority of Manager under this Agreement and the Act with respect to a Series, and are admitted by the existing LLC Managers as additional or replacement Series Managers in accordance with the Agreement and are listed on Exhibit C hereto as Series Managers. One or more Series Managers will be designated in a Separate Series Agreement for each Series. Each Series shall have two managers, one of which will at all times be a HSB Series Manager and the other of which will at all times be a WG Series Manager. Employees of HomeStreet Bank, HSB/WMS and the Company may not be WG Series

 

6


Managers. The initial Series Managers for each Series are set forth in the relevant Series Agreements.

1.37 “Series Property” means all the real, personal and intangible property owned by any Series of the Company. The Series Property initially allocated to each Series is listed on Exhibit B hereto.

1.38 “Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.16.

1.39 “Trade Names” means the trade or fictitious name filings and other filings as a Series may determine is necessary or desirable in connection with the operation of the Series under an appropriate business name.

1.40 “WG LLC Manager” or “WG LLC Managers” means those individuals who are appointed as LLC Managers by the WG Series Members pursuant to this Agreement.

1.41 “WG Series Manager” or “WG Series Managers” means those individuals who are appointed as Series Managers by the WG Series Members pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Separate Series Agreement.

1.42 “WG Series Member” or “WG Series Members” means all members of a Series other than HSB/WMS. It is anticipated that all of the WG Series Members will be franchisees of, or owners or other affiliates of franchisees of, Windermere Real Estate Services Company, a Washington Corporation.

2. Conversion and Formation. The Members hereby agree to the conversion of Windermere Mortgage Services LLC, a Washington Limited Liability Company, to a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company, the name of which is Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC, and to operate the Company as a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company under the terms and conditions set forth herein. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and liabilities of the Members and the Series shall be governed by the Act.

2.1 Certificate of Formation. Douglas R. Prince and Robert J. Diercks, as authorized persons within the meaning of the Act, and their designated successors, are hereby authorized to execute, deliver and file jointly the Certificate of Conversion to Limited Liability Company and the Certificate of Formation and any all amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation.

2.2 Limited Liability Company and Series Creation. The Members hereby agree that the rights, duties and liabilities of the Members shall be as provided in Section 18-215 of the Act for a limited liability company established in a series, except as otherwise provided herein. The number of series and provisions applicable to each Series shall be determined by the LLC Managers as set forth herein and in the Schedules attached hereto and the Separate Series Agreements approved by the Members of each Series.

2.3 Separate Series Agreement. The terms of each Series shall be as set forth in this

 

7


Agreement and as set forth in a separate agreement applicable to such Series (a “Separate Series Agreement”), a copy of which shall be attached as Exhibit D (Series) hereto. The Separate Series Agreement shall be executed by the Series Managers and by the Members associated with such Series. No person shall be accepted as a Member associated with a particular Series unless the Managers of such Series, after a reasonable review of the proposed new Member, reasonably believe that such new Member of such Series has the ability, experience and financial resources needed to function as a Member of the Series, and that admission of the new Member would not violate any law applicable to the Company or any of its Series, or the other Members of the Series and/or their affiliates and would not invalidate any contract or regulatory approval which affects the Company or any of its Series, or the other Members of the Series, or the other Members of the Series and/or their Affiliates. To the extent that a Separate Series Agreement conflicts with this Agreement, this Agreement shall control. If a Member does not participate in a particular Series, such Member will neither (i) have any rights or obligations with respect to or interest in the limited liability company interests corresponding to such Series, nor (ii) have any rights or obligations with respect to the Net Income or Net Losses (or other book items) arising from such Series, nor (iii) share in any distributions relating to such Series.

2.4 Additional Series. Without the need for the consent of any Person, the LLC Managers acting by a seventy-five percent (75%) vote of all LLC Managers may, from time to time, establish additional Series as they may determine in their sole discretion. As established from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, the additional Series shall have separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified business location, property and profits and losses associated with specified business location and operations. A Member may be a member associated with one or more Series.

2.5 Assets and Liabilities of Each Series are Separate Unless Otherwise Indicated. All existing assets of the Company at the time of the Conversion and all Capital Contributions received by the Company shall be specifically allocated to and held by either the Company as a whole or one of the Series. All Company Property or other assets of each Series, together with all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, including all proceeds derived from the business operation, or the sale, exchange or liquidation of the Company Property held by such Series, and any funds or assets derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds, may be deemed to be Company Property held by and belonging to such Series. Each Series shall be identified by a separate Series name and shall have a corresponding series of limited liability company Interests corresponding to and evidencing membership in such Series. The names and addresses of each Member and their Percentage Interest in the Series shall be set forth on an Exhibit A-l for such Series. Company Property or other assets designated for the Company as a whole, together with all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof “which are not allocated to a Series in accordance with this Section 2.5, including all proceeds derived from the business operations attributable to the Company as a whole, or from the sale, exchange or liquidation of Company Property not allocated to a Series, and any funds or assets derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds, shall be deemed to be Company Property held by and belonging to the Company as a whole. The Company Property belonging to a particular Series shall belong to that Series for all purposes and to no other Series, and such Company Property shall be subject only to the rights of the creditors of that Series. The assets belonging to a particular Series shall be recorded upon the books of the Company for the Series and to the extent such Company

 

8


Property is deemed to be held by the Company shall be held by the Company and the LLC Managers in trust for the benefit of the Members associated with such Series. The assets belonging to each particular Series shall be charged with the liabilities of that Series. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, no debt, liability or obligation of a Series shall be a debt, liability or obligation of any other Series. The debts, liabilities and obligations incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a Series shall be enforceable against the assets of such Series only and not against any other assets of the Company generally or any other Series and none of the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Company generally or any other Series shall be enforceable against the assets of such Series except as specifically provided for herein. Separate and distinct records shall be maintained for each and every Series, and assets associated with any such Series shall be accounted for separately from the other assets of the Company, or any other Series of the Company. The Managers and Members shall not commingle the assets of one Series with the assets of any other Series. All assets, income, proceeds, payments, liabilities and other obligations that are not allocated to or readily identifiable as belonging to or being attributable to a particular Series, including administrative costs and expenses of the Company as a whole, shall be allocated by the Company to the Series by the LLC Managers in such manner as is deemed fair and equitable. Each such allocation by the LLC Managers shall be conclusive and binding on all Members of all Series, for all purposes. Subject to the rights of the Managers in their discretion to allocate general and administrative liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves as herein provided, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Series shall be enforceable against the assets of such Series only, and not against the assets of the Company generally or of any other Series. Notice of this contractual limitation on inter-Series liabilities shall be set forth in the Certificate of Formation, and upon the giving of such notice in the Certificate of Formation, the statutory provisions of Section 18-215 of the Act relating to the limitations on inter-Series liabilities shall become applicable to the Company and each Series. Any Person extending credit to, contracting with, or having any claim against any Series may look only to the assets of that Series to satisfy or enforce any debt, liability, obligation or expense incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to that Series.

2.6 Description of Series. Exhibit A attached hereto shall be updated from time to time as is necessary to reflect accurately the information contained therein, including, without limitation, the establishment of additional Series and the admission of additional Members to the Company associated with existing or additional Series. Any reference in this Agreement to Exhibit A attached hereto for each Series shall be deemed to be a reference to Exhibit A as amended and in effect from time to time.

2.7 Defects as to Formalities. A failure to observe any formalities or requirements of this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Members or Managers for liabilities of the Company or any Series of the Company.

2.8 No Partnership Intended for Nontax Purposes. The Members have formed the Company under the Act, and expressly do not intend hereby to form a partnership under either the Delaware Uniform Partnership Act or the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act or a corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Members do not intend to be

 

9


partners one to another, or partners as to any third party. The Members hereto agree and acknowledge that the Company and each separate Series may be treated as a separate partnership for federal income tax and other pertinent purposes.

2.9 Rights of Creditors and Third Parties. This Agreement is entered into among the Company and the Members for the exclusive benefit of the Company, its Members and their successors and assigns. The Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any Series of the Company or any other person. Except and only to the extent provided by the Act, no such creditor or third party shall have any rights under the Agreement or any agreement between the Company and any Member with respect to any Contribution or otherwise.

2.10 Title to Property. All Company Property shall be designated as the property of the Company as a whole or of a particular Series and Company Property designated as the property of a particular Series shall be owned by such Series of the Company and not by the Company generally. No Member shall have any ownership interest in any such Property in the Member’s individual name or right, and each Member’s interest in the Company shall be personal property for all purposes. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Series of the Company shall hold all Company Property designated as the property of a particular Series in the name of such Series of the Company and not in the name or names of any Member or Members. Any failure to hold any Company Property in the name of a particular Series shall not, however, affect the ownership interest of the particular Series in such Property as long as the property is associated with a particular Series and accounted for separately for such Series on the records of the Company.

2.11 Payments of Individual Obligations. With respect to any Series of the Company, the Series’ credit and assets shall be used solely for the benefit of the Series, and no asset of the Series shall be transferred or encumbered for or in payment of any individual obligation of any Member unless otherwise provided for herein.

2.12 Foreign Qualification. The LLC Managers shall apply for authority to transact business in those jurisdictions where the Company and any Series is required to do so. The Company shall file such other certificates and instruments as may be necessary or desirable in connection with its formation as a Series limited liability company, and its existence and operation, all as determined by the LLC Managers.

2.13 Treatment of Certain Property, Expenses and Liabilities. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Members of each Series agree that:

(a) The Company and each of its Series shall be liable for the repayment of any warehouse loan or similar financing arrangement obtained by the Company.

(b) The Company and each of its Series shall be liable (vis-à-vis the buyer of the loan) for any repurchase or reimbursement obligations pertaining to loans sold to or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, HUD, the FHA or the VA. However, if the repurchase obligation is attributable to the acts or omissions of a particular Series, then that Series shall

 

10


reimburse the Company and the other Series for the repurchase amount and for any losses which the Company or the other Series suffer as a result of the repurchase.

(c) All loans made or brokered in the course of the Company’s business and in the name of the Company shall be deemed to have been made or brokered on behalf of the Company by the Series that originated the loan, notwithstanding that title to the loan may be in the name of the Company. All interest, fee and other income from loans that are originated by a Series are the property of that Series and shall be allocated to the Series that originated the loan in question. And all expenses associated with the making of such loans, including a pro-rata share of overhead expenses, and all non-cash items such as depreciation, shall be allocated to the Series that originated the loan in question in a manner that the Managers determine is fair and equitable and in compliance with applicable law.

3. Name. The name of the Company shall be WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC. The LLC Managers may from time to time change the name of the Company or adopt such trade or fictitious names as they may determine to be appropriate.

4. Registered Office; Agent for Service of Process. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be at 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite IB, Dover, Delaware 19901. The name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are National Registered Agents, Inc., 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite IB, Dover, Delaware 19901. The Company may maintain offices at such places as the LLC Managers may determine to be appropriate.

5. Purposes of the Company.

5.1 Purposes of the Company. The purpose and general character of the business of the Company and of each Series is:

(a) To acquire, hold, operate and dispose of assets, including personal property;

(b) To make, broker, acquire, service and sell residential mortgage loans and other debt instruments;

(c) To employ mortgage lending and mortgage brokerage professionals and related personnel;

(d) To transact any and all lawful business consistent with the foregoing purposes for which a limited liability company may be formed under the Act; and

(e) To transact all business necessary, appropriate, advisable, convenient or incidental to any of the foregoing provisions.

The Company and each Series shall have the power to do any or all of the acts necessary,

 

11


appropriate, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection or benefit of the Company and each Series. The Company and each Series shall have any or all of the powers that may be exercised on behalf of the Company or such Series by any Person.

5.2 Potential Conflicts. Each of the Members acknowledges and consents to the fact that the business and properties of a Series may be deemed to be in competition with the business and properties of another Series. The Managers of any Series are authorized to act to utilize the assets, rights and obligations in a manner that is in the best interests of that Series, irrespective of the effect of such actions on other Series.

5.3 Loan Origination Process; Series and Entity Level Functions.

5.3.1 Origination. Each individual Series shall have the authority, on behalf of the Company, to originate loans that will be funded in the Company’s name or brokered by the Company to third parties. The loans will be deemed to have been made or brokered by the Company for the account of the Series that originated the loan in question, and all income and expenses associated with the loan shall be allocated by the Managers to the Series that originated the loan in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

5.3.2 Work Functions. In connection with the making and brokerage of loans, the functions listed on Exhibit F-l (“Entity Level Functions”) shall be performed by the Company at the expense of the Series, and the functions listed on Exhibit F-2 for each Series (“Series Level Functions”) shall be performed by the Series at its own expense. A portion of the Entity Level Functions may be contracted out to third parties at the discretion of the LLC Managers and in compliance with applicable legal requirements. However, the Series Level Functions must be performed by employees of the Series.

6. Term. The term of the Company as set forth in this Amended Agreement shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation for the Company in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State, and shall continue in perpetuity, unless sooner dissolved, wound up and terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

7. Rights and Duties of LLC Managers.

7.1 General Authority and Powers of LLC Managers. Except as provided in Section 7.7, the LLC Managers shall have the exclusive right and power to manage, operate and control the general business and operations of the Company which is not attributable to the business of a particular Series, provided that the separate Series Managers of each Series, as designated in a Separate Series Agreement for such Series, shall have the right and power to manage, operate and control the business of such Series of the Company and to do all things and make all decisions necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and affairs of the Series of the Company. All decisions involving the administration of the Company as a whole, and not attributable to the business of a particular Series, shall require the approval of seventy-five percent (75%) of the LLC Managers. The authority of the LLC Managers shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following powers, over the business and operations of the Company which

 

12


are not attributable to one or more particular Series:

(a) To spend and commit the capital and revenues of the Company;

(b) To allocate the capital, revenues and expenses of the Company to one or more particular Series;

(c) To manage, develop, improve, operate and dispose of the Company loans and mortgages and other debt instruments and properties of any of the Company or any particular Series;

(d) To give all authorizations, consents or other approvals required or permitted of a Series, or which a customer of a Series has delegated to the Series, or similar authorizations pursuant to any loan, debt, borrower or ownership documents, titles, leases, debt instruments, security instruments or other documents related to the business of the Series or with respect to the Series assets;

(e) Upon the majority vote of the LLC Managers, to sell or otherwise dispose of the assets attributable to the Company as a whole, in the normal course of business as part of a single transaction or plan as long as such disposition is not in violation of or a cause of a default under any other agreement to which a Series or the Company may be bound;

(f) To employ persons or entities for the general and administrative operation and management of the Company as a whole, and to employ outside attorneys and accountants;

(g) To acquire, lease and sell personal and/or real property, hire and fire employees, and to do all other acts necessary, appropriate or helpful for the general and administrative operation and management of the Company as a whole;

(h) To execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments to effectuate any of the foregoing powers and any other powers granted the LLC Managers under the laws of the state of Delaware or other provisions of this Agreement;

(i) To enter into and to execute agreements for employment or services, as well as any other agreements and all other instruments the LLC Managers deem necessary or appropriate to the operations of the business of the Company as a whole and to effectively and properly perform its duties or exercise its powers hereunder;

(j) To borrow money on a secured or unsecured basis (including one or more “Warehouse Loans”) from individuals, banks and other lending institutions in connection with the business of the Series, to meet obligations of the Series, provide Series working capital and for any other purpose of such Series of the Company, and to execute promissory notes, security agreements and assignments on behalf of the Series, and such other security instruments as a borrower or lender of funds may require, to secure borrowings or repayment of such borrowings; provided, that no individual, bank or other lending institution to

 

13


which the LLC Managers apply for a loan shall be required to inquire as to the purpose for which such loan is sought, and as between the such Series of the Company and such individual, bank or other lending institution, it shall be conclusively presumed that the proceeds of such loan are to be, and will be, used for purposes authorized under the terms of this Agreement;

(k) To enter into, such agreements and contracts and to give such receipts, releases and discharges, with respect to the business of the Company as a whole, as the LLC Managers, in their sole discretion, deem advisable or appropriate;

(1) To purchase, at the expense of the Series of the Company, such liability and other insurance as the LLC Managers, in their sole discretion, deem advisable to protect the Company’s and each Series of the Company’s assets and business; however, the LLC Managers shall not be liable to such Series of the Company or the other Members for failure to purchase any insurance;

(m) To sue and be sued, complain, defend, settle and/or compromise, with respect to any claim in favor of or against the Company or the Series of the Company, in the name and on behalf of the Company and such Series of the Company; and

(n) To appoint certain officers and operating officers of the LLC Managers to act on behalf of the Company, and such persons, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, may generally supervise and control the day-to-day business and affairs of the Company and execute documents on behalf of the Company in accordance with the powers delegated to such officers. Such officers may sign contracts, agreements or other instruments for the Company, the Series and on behalf of the LLC Managers. Each officer shall hold office until a successor shall have been appointed by the LLC Managers or the office eliminated or such officer is otherwise removed by the LLC Managers, with or without cause, all in the sole discretion of the LLC Managers.

The LLC Managers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement are agents of the Company with respect to the Company and such applicable Series as is appropriate for the purposes of the Company’s and such Series’ business, and the actions of any LLC Manager taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company and such Series. Any document or instrument required or permitted to be entered into and performed by the LLC Managers on behalf of a Series may be executed and delivered by any LLC Manager, or by any other Person (including any Member) authorized by the LLC Managers of a Series to enter into and perform such document or instrument on behalf of the Company or the Series.

7.2 Time Devoted to Company; Other Ventures. The LLC Managers shall devote so much of their time to the business of the Company as in their judgment the conduct of the Company’s business reasonably requires. The LLC Managers may engage in business ventures and activities of any nature and description independently or with others, whether or not in competition with the business of such Series of the Company, and shall have no obligation to disclose business opportunities available to them, and neither the Company nor any of the other Members shall have any rights in and to such independent ventures and activities or the income or profits derived therefrom by reason of their ownership of interests in the Series of the Company. To the

 

14


fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Section 7.2 is intended to modify any provisions or obligations of the Act to the contrary and each of the Members, the Company and the Series of the Company hereby waives and releases any claims they may have under the Act with respect to any such activities or ventures of the LLC Managers.

7.3 Liability of LLC Managers to Members and Series of the Company. In carrying out their duties and exercising the powers hereunder, the LLC Managers shall exercise reasonable skill, care and business judgment. A Manager shall not be liable to the Company, the Series or the Members for any act or omission performed or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the authority granted to them by this Agreement as a Manager or Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) unless such act or omission constitutes fraud, deceit, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a wrongful taking by such Manager.

7.4 Indemnification.

(a) The Company and the Series, if applicable to the Company as a whole or the relevant Series if applicable to one or more Series shall indemnify and hold harmless the LLC Managers and any designated officers of the LLC Managers from any loss or damage, including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by the Manager, by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by them on behalf of the Company as a whole, a Series or in furtherance of the Company’s or a Series’ interests or as Tax Matters Partner to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; however, such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless shall be recoverable only out of the assets of the Company and the relevant Series and not from the Members. The foregoing indemnity shall extend only to acts or omissions performed or omitted by an LLC Manager or officer in good faith and in the belief that the acts or omissions were in the Company’s interest and/or the interests of the relevant Series or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and/or the interests of the relevant Series. The determination by a majority of the LLC Managers as to whether indemnification provided for in this Section 7.4 shall be relevant to the Company as a whole and/or shall be relevant to one or more specific Series shall be conclusive as to the party’s obligation to provide such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any affiliate of an LLC Manager, any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees, representatives or agents of such LLC Manager, or their respective affiliates (each, a “Covered Person”) shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company and/or the relevant Series for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or emission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company as a whole and/or the relevant Series, and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of fraud, deceit, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a wrongful taking with respect to such acts or omissions; provided , however , that any indemnity under this Section 7.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of the assets of the Company or the relevant Series only, and no Member shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

 

15


(c) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as a majority of the LLC Managers shall deem reasonable, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by the LLC Managers or any Covered Person in connection with the activities of the Company including activities of the Series. The Company may enter into indemnity contracts with the Managers and Covered Persons and such other Persons as the LLC Managers shall determine and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under this Section 7.4 and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.

(d) An LLC Manager or Covered Person may rely and shall incur no liability in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, paper, document, signature or writing reasonably believed by it to be genuine, and may rely on a certificate signed by an officer of a Person in order to ascertain any fact with respect to such Person or within such Person’s knowledge and may rely on an opinion of counsel selected by such LLC Manager or Covered Person with respect to legal matters unless such LLC Manager or Covered Person acts in bad faith.

(e) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an LLC Manager or covered Person may be entitled under any agreement, by law or vote of the members as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an LLC Manager or Covered Person who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the LLC Manager or Covered Person.

(f) The provisions of this Section 7.4 are for the benefit of the LLC Managers and Covered Persons and their heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives and shall not be deemed to be for the benefit of any other Person. The provisions of this Section 7.4 shall not be amended in any way that would adversely affect an LLC Manager or Covered Person without the consent of such LLC Manager or Covered Person.

7.5 Duties and Responsibility. The designated LLC Managers shall have a fiduciary responsibility for the safekeeping and use of all funds and assets of the Company and the Series for which they are responsible, and all such funds and assets shall be used in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, to the extent that, at law or in equity, an LLC Manager or Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, any Series or to any Member, any such LLC Manager or Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company, any Series or to any Member for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an LLC Manager or Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of such LLC Manager or Covered Person.

7.6 Agreements with the LLC Managers.

 

16


(a) All Members recognize that the Series of the Company will enter into agreements from time to time with the LLC Managers or their affiliates and with Members or their affiliates for services in connection with development and operation of its Series business.

(b) With respect to any other agreement between the Company or any Series of the Company and the LLC Managers, Members, or their affiliates, the Members hereby agree and consent that such agreements shall provide for normal and competitive fees to be paid by such Series of the Company, representing reasonable profit and overhead allowances to the contracting parties.

(c) The duty of the LLC Managers to the Series of the Company and to the Members with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery, administration, amendment and termination of agreements described in Sections 7.6(a) through 7.6(b) shall be to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner as established by applicable usages of trade.

(d) The foregoing provisions are specifically included herein for the benefit of the Series of the Company and all the Members to enable such Series of the Company to operate efficiently and expeditiously, consistent with the standards set forth, and the Members hereby waive and release any claims they may have under the Act for any contracts or agreements entered into by the LLC Managers which are consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.6.

7.7 Restrictions on Authority of LLC Managers. The following decisions with respect to the Company shall require the written consent of all LLC Managers and of 90% of the Series. In the event any of the following actions are proposed, the LLC Managers shall provide written notice of the proposed action to all Members, which notice period shall not be less than 20 days, during which time the Members shall be entitled to consult with the LLC Managers regarding the proposed action.

(i) The dissolution and winding up of the Company;

(ii) The sale, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company as a whole other than in the ordinary course of business and except as provided in Section 10; or

(iii) A material change in the nature of the business of the Company.

7.8 HUD Delegation. The LLC Managers shall delegate to the senior mortgage loan operating officer of the Company, all responsibility for, and authority over, the Company and Series loan origination and servicing operations relating to mortgage loans insured by or under insurance programs of HUD and FHA. The senior mortgage loan operating officer of the Company will be responsible for, and will have authority over, the Company and Series loan origination and servicing operations relating to mortgage loans insured by or under insurance programs of HUD and FHA, including, but not limited to, the employment and training by the

 

17


Company and Series of personnel competent to perform assigned responsibilities relating to loan origination, servicing and collection activities to the extent that the Company and Series engage in such activities. The senior mortgage loan operating officer of the Company must devote such officer’s full time to the operations of the Company and its Series, and must satisfy all statutory and regulatory requirements, (including, but not limited to, requirements as to training and experience) from time to time applicable for a senior officer of the Company as an approved mortgagee of mortgage loans insured by or under insurance programs of HUD and FHA.

7.9 Duties as to Mortgage Loans Insured by HUD and FHA. The LLC Managers shall, or shall cause the Company to, give immediate notice to HUD and FHA of (a) any change in the identity of the Person who holds the office of senior mortgage loan operating officer of the Company and (b) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement that may affect the conduct of the business affairs of the Company or its Series relating to mortgage loans insured by, or under insurance programs of HUD and FHA. Prior to any dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 15, the LLC Managers must cause the Company to transfer to a mortgagee approved by HUD and FHA any and all mortgage loans that are then held by the Company and insured by HUD and FHA.

8. Rights and Duties of Series Managers.

8.1 General Authority and Powers of Series Managers. Except as provided in Section 8.7, the separate Series Managers of each Series, as designated in a Separate Series Agreement for such Series, shall have the exclusive right and power to manage, operate and control the business of such Series of the Company and to do all things and make all decisions necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and affairs of the Series of the Company. All decisions required to be made by the Series Managers with respect to a Series shall require the approval of all Series Managers designated for such Series, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Separate Series Agreement or as such Series Managers shall otherwise unanimously agree. Only Series Managers associated with a Series shall direct, manage, control, act for or execute contracts, agreements or other documents with respect to the business and affairs of such Series, and no approvals, consents or other authorizations of any LLC Manager, or Series Manager or Member not specifically associated with a Series shall be required in connection with the business or assets of such Series, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement. The authority of the Series Managers shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following powers, over their respective Series of the Company:

(a) To spend and commit the capital and revenues of such Series of the Company;

(b) To manage, develop, operate and dispose of the Series Properties including loans, mortgages and other debt instruments of any of such Series;

(c) To give all authorizations, consents or other approvals required or permitted of a Series, or which a customer of a Series has delegated to the Series, or similar authorizations pursuant to any loan, debt, borrower or ownership documents, titles, leases, debt

 

18


instruments, security instruments or other documents related to the business of the Series or with respect to the Series assets;

(d) To sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of such Series as part of a single transaction or plan as long as such disposition is not in violation of or a cause of a default under any other agreement to which such Series or the Company may be bound;

(e) To employ persons or entities for the operation and management of the business of such Series and for the operation and development of the property of such Series of the Company;

(f) To acquire, lease and sell personal and/or real property, hire and fire employees, and to do all other acts necessary, appropriate or helpful for the operation of the business of such Series of the Company;

(g) To execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments to effectuate any of the foregoing powers and any other powers granted the Series Managers under the laws of the state of Delaware or other provisions of this Agreement;

(h) To enter into and to execute agreements for employment or services, as well as any other agreements and all other instruments the Series Managers deem necessary or appropriate to operate such Series of the Company’s business and to operate and dispose of such Series of the Company’s properties or to effectively and properly perform its duties or exercise its powers hereunder;

(i) Provided such borrowing does not create a default under any agreement to which the Company as a whole or the Series is a party, to borrow money on a secured or unsecured basis from individuals, banks and other lending institutions to finance the business of such Series, to meet other obligations of such Series, provide Series working capital and for any other purpose of such Series of the Company, and to execute documents as a lender of funds may require, to secure repayment of such borrowings;

(j) To enter into such agreements and contracts and to give such receipts, releases and discharges, with respect to the business of such Series of the Company, as the Series Managers, in their sole discretion, deem advisable or appropriate;

(k) To purchase, at the expense of such Series of the Company, such liability and other insurance as the Series Managers, in their sole discretion, deem advisable to protect such Series of the Company’s assets and business; however, the Series Managers shall not be liable to such. Series of the Company or the other Members for failure to purchase any insurance;

(l) To file appropriate Trade Names and operate the Series business under such Trade Name authorization.

 

19


(m) To sue and be sued, complain, defend, settle and/or compromise, with respect to any claim in favor of or against such Series of the Company, in the name and on behalf of such Series of the Company; and

(n) To appoint certain officers and operating officers of the Series Manager to act on behalf of the Series, and such persons, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, may generally supervise and control the day-to-day business and affairs of the Series and execute documents on behalf of the Series in accordance with the powers delegated to such officers. Such officers may sign contracts, agreements or other instruments for the Company to the extent clearly attributable to the sole business of the Series and designated as such and on behalf of the Series Managers. Each officer shall hold office until a successor shall have been appointed by the Series Managers or the office eliminated or such officer is otherwise removed by the Series Managers, with or without cause, all in the sole discretion of the Series Managers. The salary and other remuneration, if any, of each officer, as an officer of the Series, will be fixed and adjusted from time to time by the Series Managers, and no officer will be prevented from receiving such salary or other remuneration by reason of the fact that such officer also is a Manager of the Company. The appointment of an officer does not of itself create contract rights.

The Series Managers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and any applicable Separate Series Agreement, are agents of the Company solely with respect to such applicable Series of the purpose of the Company’s and such Series’ business, and the actions of any Manager taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company with respect to such Series to the extent clearly attributable to the sole business of the Series and designated as such. Any document or instrument required or permitted to be entered into and performed by the Series Managers of a Series may be executed and delivered by any Manager of such Series, or by any other Person (including any Member) authorized by the Series Managers of a Series to enter into and perform such document or instrument on behalf of such Series.

8.2 Time Devoted to Company; Other Ventures. The Series Managers shall devote so much of their time to the business of their respective Series of the Company as in their judgment the conduct of such Series of the Company’s business reasonably requires. The Series Managers and the Members may engage in business ventures and activities of any nature and description independently or with others, whether or not in competition with the business of such Series of the Company, and shall have no obligation to disclose business opportunities available to them, and neither the Company nor any of the other Members shall have any rights in and to such independent ventures and activities or the income or profits derived therefrom by reason of their acquisition of interests in such Series of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Section 8.2 is intended to modify any provisions or obligations of the Act to the contrary and each of the Members, the Company and such Series of the Company hereby waives and releases any claims they may have under the Act with respect to any such activities or ventures of the Series Managers or other Members.

8.3 Liability of Series Managers to Members and Series of the Company. In carrying out their duties and exercising their powers hereunder, the Series Managers shall exercise reasonable skill, care and business judgment. A Series Manager shall not be liable to the Company or their respective Series of the Company or the Members for any act or omission performed or omitted

 

20


by such Series Manager in good faith pursuant to the authority granted to such Series Manager by this Agreement as a Series Manager unless such act or omission constitutes fraud, deceit, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a wrongful taking by such Series Manager.

8.4 Indemnification.

(a) Each Series of the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Members of such Series, the designated Series Managers and any designated officers of the Series Managers responsible for such Series from any loss or damage, including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by them, by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by them on behalf of such Series of the Company or in furtherance of such Series of the Company’s interests or as Tax Matters Partner to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; however, such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless shall be recoverable only out of the assets of the such Series of the Company and not from the Members. The foregoing indemnity shall extend only to acts or omissions performed or omitted by a Member, Series Manager or officers in good faith and in the belief that the acts or omissions were in such Series of the Company’s interest or not opposed to the best interests of such Series of the Company.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any affiliate of a Member or Manager of a Series, any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees, representatives or agents of such Member or Manager, or their respective affiliates, or any employee or agent of such Series (each, a “Covered Person”) shall be entitled to indemnification from such Series for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or emission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of such Series and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement and any Separate Series Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of fraud, deceit, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a wrongful taking with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 8.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of the assets of the such Series only, and no Covered Person or any other Series shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

(c) A Series may purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as the Series Managers associated with such Series shall deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other Persons as the Series Managers associated with such Series shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such Person in connection with the activities of such Series or such indemnities, regardless of whether such Series would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. A Series may enter into indemnity contracts with Covered Persons and such other Persons as the Members associated with such Series shall determine and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under this Section 8.4 and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.

 

21


(d) A Member, Manager or Covered Person may rely and shall incur no liability in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, paper, document, signature or writing reasonably believed by it to be genuine, and may rely on a certificate signed by an officer of a Person in order to ascertain any fact with respect to such Person or within such Person’s knowledge and may rely on an opinion of counsel selected by such Member, Manager or Covered Person with respect to legal matters unless such Member, Manager or Covered Person acts in bad faith.

(e) The indemnification provided by this Section 8.4 shall be in addition to any other rights to which a Member, Manager or covered Person may be entitled under any agreement, by law or vote of the members as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Member, Manager or Covered Person who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall-inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of a Member, Manager or Covered Person.

(f) The provisions of this Section 8.4 are for the benefit of the Members, Series Managers and Covered Persons and their heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives and shall not be deemed to be for the benefit of any other Person. The provisions of this Section 8.4 shall not be amended in any way that would adversely affect a Member, Manager or Covered Person without the consent of such Member, Manager or Covered Person.

8.5 Duties and Responsibility. The designated Series Managers shall have a fiduciary responsibility for the safekeeping and use of all funds and assets of the Series of the Company for which they are responsible, and all such funds and assets shall be used in accordance with the terms of this Agreement Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the extent that at law or in equity a Member Manager or Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, any Series or to any Member, any such Member, Manager or Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company, any Series or to any Member for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Member, Manager or Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Member, Manager or Covered Person.

 

8.6 Agreements with the Series Managers.

(a) All Members recognize that the Series of the Company will enter into agreements from time to time with the Series Managers or their affiliates for services in connection with development and operation of its Series business.

(b) With respect to any other agreement between the Company or any Series of the Company and the Series Managers, or their affiliates, the Members hereby agree and consent that such agreements shall provide for normal and competitive fees to be paid by

 

22


such Series of the Company, representing reasonable profit and overhead allowances to the contracting parties.

(c) The duty of the Series Managers to the Series of the Company and to the Members with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery, administration, amendment and termination of agreements described in Sections 8.6(a) through 8.6(b) shall be to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner as established by applicable usages of trade.

(d) The foregoing provisions are specifically included herein for the benefit of the Series of the Company and all the Members to enable such Series of the Company to operate efficiently and expeditiously, consistent with the standards set forth, and the Members hereby waive and release any claims they may have under the Act for any contracts or agreements entered into by the Series Managers which are consistent with the provisions of this Section 8.6.

8.7 Restrictions on Authority of Series Managers. The following decisions with respect to any Series of the Company shall require the written consent of all Series Managers designated as responsible for such Series and of Members holding two-thirds of the Percentage Interests in such Series of the Company. In the event any of the following actions are proposed, the Series Managers shall provide written notice of the proposed action to all Members associated with such Series, which notice period shall not be less than 20 days, during which time the Members shall be entitled to consult with the Series Managers regarding the proposed action.

(i) The sale, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all the assets of such Series of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; or

(ii) A material change in the nature of the business of such Series of the Company.

8.8 Death or Incapacity of a Manager. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the death, incompetency, withdrawal, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member, or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of such Member in a Series of the Company, shall not, in and of itself, cause a dissolution of the such Series of the Company and such Series of the Company shall continue as a Series thereof.

9. Status of Members.

9.1 No Participation in Management. Except as specifically provided herein, no Member shall take part in the conduct or control of the Company or any Series of the Company business or the management of such Series of the Company, or have any right or authority to act for or on the behalf of, or otherwise bind, such Series of the Company (except a Member who may also be a Manager and then only in such Member’s capacity as a Manager within the scope of such Member’s authority hereunder).

9.2 Limitation of Liability. No Member shall have, solely by virtue of such Member’s status as a Member of the Company or a Series of the Company, any personal liability whatever,

 

23


whether to such Series of the Company, to any Members or to the creditors of the Company or any Series of the Company, for the debts or obligations of the Company or any Series of the Company or any of its losses beyond the amount contributed by such Member to the capital of such Series of the Company, except as otherwise required by the Act.

9.3 Company Books.

(a) Upon reasonable written request, each LLC Manager and each Series Manager shall have the right, at a time during ordinary business hours, to inspect and copy, the books and records of the Company.

(b) Upon reasonable written request, each LLC Manager shall have the right, at a time during ordinary business hours, to inspect and copy, the books and records of any Series for any purpose reasonably related to the Company’s interest with respect to such Series.

(c) Upon reasonable written request, each LLC Manager associated with a Series shall have the right, at a time during ordinary business hours, to inspect and copy, the books and records of such Series for any purpose reasonably related to such Series.

(d) Upon reasonable written request, each Member associated with a Series shall have the right, at a time during ordinary business hours, to inspect and copy, at the requesting Member’s expense, the books and records of such Series for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest with respect to such Series.

9.4 Priority and Return of Capital. Except as may be expressly provided in Section 11, no Member associated with a Series shall have priority over any other Member associated with such Series, either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to Net Income, Net Losses or distributions; provided that this Section 8.5 shall not apply to loans made to the Company by a Member with respect to a Series.

9.5 Liability of a Member to the Company. A Member who receives a distribution from the Company with respect to a Series is liable to the Company with respect to such Series or to others only to the extent required by the Act and other applicable law.

9.6 Death or Incapacity of Member. The death, incompetency, withdrawal, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member, or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of a Member in a Series of the Company, shall not, in and of itself, cause a dissolution of such Series or of the Company. Upon the occurrence of such event, the rights of such Member to share in the Net Income and Net Loss of such Series of the Company, to receive distributions from such Series of the Company and to assign an interest in such Series of the Company pursuant to Section 14 below shall, on the happening of such an event, devolve upon such Member’s executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, or other legal representative or successor, as the case may be, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Company or such Series of the Company shall continue as a limited liability company or a Series thereof. However, in any such event, such legal representative or successor, or any assignee of such legal representative or successor shall be admitted to the Company or such Series of the

 

24


Company as a Member only in accordance with and pursuant to all of the terms and conditions of Section 14 hereof.

9.7 Recourse of Members. Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Series of the Company for all distributions with respect to such Series of the Company and such Member’s Capital Contribution thereto and share of Net Income and Net Loss thereof and shall have no recourse therefor, upon dissolution or otherwise, against any Manager or any other Member.

9.8 No Right to Property. No Member, regardless of the nature of such Member’s contributions to the capital of the Series’ of the Company, shall have any right to demand or receive any distribution from such Series of the Company in any form other than cash, upon dissolution or otherwise.

10. Meetings of Members.

10.1 Meetings.

(a) Meetings of the Members of the Company as a whole, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by any Member or Members holding at least 25% of the Percentage Interests of the Company.

(b) Meetings of the Members associated with a Series, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by any Member or Members associated with such Series holding at least 25% of the Percentage Interests of such Series.

10.2 Place of Meetings. The Members may designate any place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any meeting of the Members. If a designation is not made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal place of business of the Company for a meeting of the Company as a whole and the principal place of business of the Series for such Series. Any meeting of the Members may also take place by teleconferencing so long as a quorum (as set forth in Section 10.6 below) participate in the same.

10.3 Notice of Meetings. Except as provided in Section 10.4, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than five nor more than thirty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Members or Member calling the meeting, to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered two calendar days after being deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Member at its address as it appears on the books of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid.

10.4 Meeting of All Members. If all the Members associated with a Series shall meet at any time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, or participate in a teleconference meeting, and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place or by teleconference, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and at such meeting lawful action may be

 

25


taken.

10.5 Record Date. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the day immediately prior to the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the day immediately prior to the date on which the resolution declaring such distribution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Section 10.5, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

10.6 Quorum. Members holding at least two-thirds of all Percentage Interests of the Company as a whole, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Members of the Company as a whole. Members associated with a Series holding at least two-thirds of all Percentage Interests of such Series, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Members associated with such Series. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, Members holding a majority of the Percentage Interests so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time for a period not to exceed sixty days without further notice. However, if the adjournment is for more than sixty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The Members present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal during such meeting of that number of Percentage Interests whose absence would cause less than a quorum.

10.7 Manner of Acting. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of Members holding a Majority Interest in such Series shall be the act of the Members, unless the vote of a greater or lesser proportion or number is otherwise required by the Act or expressly by this Agreement. Only Members associated with a Series may vote or consent upon any matter, and their vote or consent, as the case may be, shall be counted in the determination of whether the matter was approved by the Members associated with a meeting of a Series.

10.8 Proxies. At all meetings of Members, a Member may vote in person or by proxy executed in writing by the Member or by a duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Managers associated with the meeting before or at the tune of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A proxy may only be given verbally during a meeting taking place by teleconferencing and shall expire at the termination of said teleconference.

10.9 Action by Members Without a Meeting. Action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of Members associated with a Series may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if written consents of Members associated with such Series are received representing the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Members of such Series were present and voted.

 

26


10.10 Waiver of Notice. When any notice is required to be given to any Member, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the Member entitled to such notice, whether before, at, or after the time stated therein, or the participation in a teleconference meeting, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.

11. Contributions to the Company and Capital Accounts.

11.1 Members’ Capital Contributions. Each Member associated with a Series has, in connection with the Conversion, or shall contribute to such Series the amount as is set forth in Exhibit A for each Series attached hereto as its Initial Capital Contribution to the Company with respect to such Series.

11.2 Additional Contributions or Loans. Except as unanimously agreed upon by the Members of the Company as a whole, or the Members of a Series for the Series, no Member shall be obligated to make an additional capital contribution or loan to any Series or to the Company.

11.3 Capital Accounts.

(a) The Company shall establish and maintain a Capital Account, in accordance with Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 704, for each Member with respect to each Series for which such Member is associated. The original Capital Account established for any Member who acquires an interest in a Series by virtue of the Conversion and the Dissolution of Windermere Mortgage Group LLC in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be in the same amount as, and shall replace, the Capital Account of such Members interest in Windermere Mortgage Group LLC or Windermere Mortgage Services LLC, and, for purposes of this Agreement, such Member shall be deemed to have made the Capital Contributions with respect to such Series as are described in the Plan of Conversion and assigned to such Series and set forth on Exhibit A as the Initial Capital Contribution.

(b) The Capital Account with respect to a Series of each Member associated with such Series shall be maintained in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) to such Member’s Capital Account with respect to such Series there shall be credited such Member’s Capital Contributions with respect to such Series, such Member’s distributive share of Net Income with respect to such Series and the amount of any Company liabilities with respect to such Series that are assumed by such Member or that are secured by any Company assets associated with such Series that are distributed to such Member;

(ii) to such Member’s Capital Account with respect to such Series there shall be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other Company assets associated with such Series that are distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Net Losses with respect to such Series and the amount of any liabilities of such Member that are assumed by the Company with respect to such Series or that are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company with respect to such Series; and

 

27


(iii) in determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this Subsection (b), there shall be taken into account § 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.

11.4 Withdrawal or Reduction of Members’ Contributions to Capital.

(a) A Member shall not receive from the Company, or from any Series with which such Member is associated, a return of any part of its Capital Contribution with respect to the Company or such Series unless the fair market value of the assets associated with such Series exceeds the liabilities of such Series (except liabilities to Members associated with such Series on account of their Capital Contributions to the Company with respect to such Series).

12. Allocations and Distributions.

12.1 Net Income and Net Losses.

(a) Subject to the allocation rules of Section 12.2 and the Exhibits, Net Income with respect to any Series for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Members associated with such Series in proportion to such Members’ Percentage Interests in such Series.

(b) Subject to the allocation rules of Section 12.2 and the Exhibits, Net Losses with respect to any Series for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Members associated with such Series in proportion to such Members’ Percentage Interests in such Series.

(c) The Net Income and Net Losses for each Series will be allocated to the Series as if such Series was a separate partnership for federal income tax purposes and shall be allocated to the Members associated with each Series on that basis. To the extent each Series constitutes or may constitute a separate partnership for federal income tax purposes, the Company shall file separate tax returns for each Series accordingly.

(d) To the extent such items are not allocable to any particular Series, such items shall be allocated among the various Series by the LLC Managers in their discretion.

12.2 Allocation Rules.

(a) In the event Members are admitted to a Series pursuant to this Agreement on different dates, the Net Income (or Net Losses) allocated to the Members associated with such Series for each Fiscal Year during which such Members are so admitted shall be allocated among the Members associated with such Series in proportion to the Percentage Interest each such Member holds from time to time during such Fiscal Year in

 

28


accordance with § 706 of the Code, using any convention permitted by law and selected by Members holding a Majority Interest in such Series.

(b) For purposes of determining the Net Income, Net Losses or any other items with respect to any Series allocable to any period, Net Income, Net Losses and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly or other basis, as determined by Members holding a Majority Interest in such Series using any method that is permissible under § 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Company income, gain, loss, deduction and any other allocations with respect to a Series not otherwise provided for herein shall be divided among the Members associated with such Series in the same proportions as they share Net Income and Net Losses with respect to such Series for the Fiscal Year in question.

(d) The Members are aware of the income-tax consequences of the allocations made by this Section 12 and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12 in reporting their shares of Company income and loss for income-tax purposes.

12.3 Limitation on Net Loss Allocation. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 12, no Member shall be allocated Net Loss with respect to any Series to the extent such allocation would cause a negative balance in such. Member’s Deemed Capital Account as of the end of the taxable year to which such allocation relates.

12.4 Minimum Gain Chargeback. If there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain with respect to any Series during a taxable year of such Series, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12, each Member of such Series must be allocated items of income and gain with respect to such Series for such year, and succeeding taxable years to the extent necessary (the “Minimum Gain Chargeback”), in proportion to, and to the extent of, an amount required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f).

12.5 Qualified Income Offset. If at the end of any taxable year and after operation of Section 12.4, any Member shall have a negative balance in such Member’s Deemed Capital Account with respect to any Series, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 12, there shall be reallocated to each Member with a negative balance in such Member’s Deemed Capital Account with respect to such Series (determined after the allocation of income, gain or loss under this Section 12 for such year) each item of gross income (unreduced by any deductions) and gain of such Series in proportion to such negative balances until the Deemed Capital Account with respect to such Series for each such Member is increased to zero.

12.6 Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 12.3, 12.4 and 12.5 (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Code Section 704(b). It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations with respect to any Series shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of income, gain, loss, or deduction with respect to such Series pursuant to this Section 12.6. Therefore, notwithstanding

 

29


any other provision of this Section 12 (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Managers shall make such offsetting special allocations of income, gain, loss, or deduction with respect to a Series in whatever manner they determine appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Capital Account balance of each Member of such Series is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had with respect to such Series if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of the Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to Sections 12.1 and 12.2.

12.7 Tax Allocations; Section 704(c) of the Code.

(a) In accordance with § 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company with respect to any Series shall, solely for income-tax purposes, be allocated among the Members associated with such Series so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income-tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value (computed in accordance with Section 1.14 hereof).

(b) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset associated with a Series is adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (ii) of the Definition of “Gross Asset Value” contained in Section 1.14 hereof, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset and such Series shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income-tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under § 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(c) Any elections or other decisions relating to allocations with respect to a Series under Section 12.7 including the selection of any allocation method permitted under Treasury Regulation § 1.704-3, shall be made by the Series Managers in a manner that reasonably reflects the purpose, and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 12.7 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account with respect to any Series or share of Net Income, Net Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

12.8 Cash Available for Distribution. Except as otherwise provided in Section 16 hereof (relating to the dissolution of the Company), any distribution of the Cash Available for Distribution of any Series during any Fiscal Year shall, at such times and in such amounts as the Series Managers of such Series determine is appropriate, in their sole discretion, be made to the Members associated with such Series in proportion to such Members’ respective Percentage Interests in such Series.

12.9 Distribution Rules.

(a) All distributions with respect to a Series pursuant to Section 12.8 shall be at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the Series Managers of such Series in their sole discretion; provided, however, that subject to Section 12.8 above, the Series Managers shall use their best efforts to cause the Company to distribute to the Members an

 

30


amount of Cash Available for Distribution as shall be sufficient to enable Members to fund their federal and state income-tax liabilities attributable to their respective distributive shares of the taxable income of the Company.

(b) All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation to the Company, a Series or the Members shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Members pursuant to this Section 12 for all purposes of this Agreement. The Members and Managers are authorized to withhold from distributions, or with respect to allocations, to the Members and to pay over to any federal, state or local government any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any other federal, state or local law and shall allocate such amounts to those Members with respect to which such amounts were withheld.

(c) Each Series shall maintain such reserves as are necessary for the Series to maintain adequate capitalization of the Company or to satisfy capital or net worth covenants in agreements between the Company and third parties. The amount of adequate capitalization required of each Series shall be determined from time to time by the LLC Managers and provided to the Series Managers in writing. In no event shall the capitalization for each Series be less than the amounts stated in Exhibit E attached hereto.

12.10 Limitation Upon Distributions.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company with respect to a Series shall not make any distribution to any Person on account of its interest in the Company with respect to such Series if such distribution would violate Sections 18 -215 or 18-607 of the Act or other applicable law.

(b) The Managers for any Series may base a determination that a distribution or return of contribution may be made under Section 12.10(a) in good-faith reliance upon a balance sheet and profit and loss statement of the Company with respect to such Series represented to be correct by the Person having charge of its books of account or certified by an independent public or certified public accountant or firm of accountants to fairly reflect the financial condition of the Company and such Series.

12.11 Accounting Method. For both financial and tax-reporting purposes and for purposes of determining Net Income and Net Losses, the books and records of the Company with respect to each Series shall be kept on the accrual method of accounting in a consistent manner and shall reflect all Company transactions with respect to such Series and be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business.

12.12 Interest on and Return of Capital Contributions. No Member shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contributions or to return of its Capital Contributions.

12.13 Loans to Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Member from making secured or unsecured loans to the Company for any Series by agreement with the Managers of such Series.

 

31


12.14 Records, Audits and Reports. At the expense of the relevant Series, the LLC Managers jointly with the Series Managers associated with such Series shall maintain separate and distinct records and accounts of the operations and expenditures of such Series. At a minimum, the LLC Managers and each Series shall keep at the principal place of business of the Company the following records:

(a) True and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of such Series and the Company;

(b) Promptly after becoming available, a copy of the Company’s and each Series federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;

(c) The current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Member associated with each Series;

(d) A copy of this Agreement, Separate Series Agreements and the Certificate of Formation, together with executed copies of any written powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, Separate Series Agreements and the Certificate of Formation have been executed;

(e) True and full information regarding the assets associated with each Series and the debts, liabilities and obligations of such Series.

(f) True and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Gross Asset Value of any other property or services contributed by each Member to the Company with respect to such Series and which each Member associated with such Series has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Member;

(g) Minutes of any meetings;

(h) Any written consents obtained from Members associated with such Series for actions taken by such Members without a meeting; and

(i) Unless contained in this Agreement, a writing prepared by the Members associated with such Series setting out the following:

(i) The times at which or events on the happening of which any additional contributions agreed to be made by each Member associated with such Series are to be made; and

(ii) Any right of a Member associated with such Series to receive distributions that include a return of all or any part of the Member’s contributions.

12.15 Returns and Other Elections. The LLC Managers together with the Managers for each

 

32


Series shall cause the preparation and timely filing of all tax returns required to be filed by the Company for each Series pursuant to the Code and all other tax returns deemed necessary and required in each jurisdiction in which the Company does business. Copies of such returns, or pertinent information therefrom, shall be furnished to the Members within a reasonable time after the end of the Company’s Fiscal Year. All elections permitted to be made by the Company under federal or state laws shall be made by the LLC Managers in their sole discretion.

12.16 Tax Matters Partner.

(a) Homestreet/WMS, Inc. is hereby designated as the initial “Tax Matters Partner” for the Company and for each Series for purposes of § 6231(a)(7) of the Code and shall have the power to manage and control, on behalf of the Company or Series, any administrative proceedings at the Company or Series level with the Internal Revenue Service relating to the determination of any item of Company or Series income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for federal income-tax purposes.

(b) To the extent appropriate, Homestreet/WMS, Inc. is hereby designated as the initial “Tax Matters Partner” of the Company for purposes of § 6231(a)(7) of the Code and shall have the power to manage and control, on behalf of the Company, any administrative proceedings at the Series level with the Internal Revenue Service relating to the determination of any item of Series income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for federal income-tax purposes.

(c) The Tax Matters Partner shall, within ten days of the receipt of any notice from the Internal Revenue Service in any administrative proceeding at the Company level relating to the determination of any Company item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, mail a copy of such notice to each Member.

(d) The Tax Matters Partner shall, within ten days of the receipt of any notice from the Internal Revenue Service in any administrative proceeding at the Series level relating to the determination of any Series item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, mail a copy of such notice to the Series Managers and each Member of such Series.

(e) The LLC Managers may at any time hereafter by a majority vote designate a new Tax Matters Partner of any Series or the Company; provided, however, that only a Member may be designated as the Tax Matters Partner of the Company, the Tax Matters Partner of any Series must be a Member of such Series and such designation complies with §6231(a)(7)of the Code.

12.17 Right to Make Section 754 Election. In their sole discretion, the Managers of any Series may make or revoke, on behalf of the Company, an election in accordance with § 754 of the Code, so as to adjust the basis of Company Property for such Series in the case of a distribution of property within the meaning of § 734 of the Code, and in the case of a transfer of a Company interest within the meaning of § 743 of the Code. Each of such Series Members shall supply the information necessary to give effect to such an election.

 

33


13. Company Expenses.

13.1 Company Administrative Expenses. The administrative costs and expenses of the Company (but not costs and expenses attributable to a particular Series business) shall be allocated by the Company to the Series by the LLC Managers in such manner as is deemed fair and equitable. Each such allocation shall be conclusive and binding on all Members of all Series, for all purposes.

13.2 Company Expenses. Each Series of the Company shall pay all costs and expenses of such Series of the Company, which may include, but are not limited to:

(a) All organizational expenses incurred in the formation of such Series of the Company and the issuance of interests in such Series of. the Company which are not reimbursed by a third party;

(b) All costs of personnel employed by such Series of the Company;

(c) All costs reasonably related to the conduct of such Series’ of the Company day-to-day business affairs, including, but without limitation, the cost of supplies, utilities, taxes, licenses, fees and services contracted from third parties;

(d) All costs of borrowed money, taxes and assessments on such Series’ business, and other taxes applicable to such Series of the Company;

(e) Legal, audit, accounting, brokerage and other fees applicable to such Series of the Company;

(f) Printing and other expenses incurred in connection with the business of such Series of the Company;

(g) Fees and expenses paid to brokers, consultants, and other agents, including affiliates of the Managers;

(h) The cost of insurance obtained in connection with the business of such Series of the Company;

(i) Expenses of revising, amending, converting, modifying or terminating such Series and the Company;

(j) Expenses in connection with distributions made by such Series of the Company to, and communications and bookkeeping and clerical work necessary in maintaining relations with, Members;

(k) Expenses in connection with preparing and mailing reports required to be furnished to Members associated with such Series of the Company for financial

 

34


reporting, tax reporting or other purposes that the LLC Managers or Series Managers of such Series deem appropriate; and

(1) Costs incurred in connection with any litigation, including any examinations or audits by regulatory agencies relating to the Company, such Series or the business of such Series.

14. Transferability.

14.1 Transfer. A Person may assign, distribute, hypothecate, pledge, recognize, sell or otherwise transfer any Membership Interest in a Series to another Person, provided that prior to any such transfer, the Person shall obtain the written consent of the LLC Managers and the Managers associated with such Series, which written consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of a majority of either the LLC Managers or the Managers associated with such Series. A transferee may be admitted as a Member of the Company associated with a Series upon compliance with Section 15.1.

15. Issuance and Transfers of Membership Interests.

15.1 Additional Members and Assignees.

(a) In addition to the admission to the Company of Members in a new Series pursuant to Section 2, pursuant to the approval of the unanimous Vote of the Members of a Series, a Person may be admitted to the Company as a Member associated with such Series either (i) by the issuance by the Series of Membership Interests for such consideration as the Series Managers and Members associated with such Series shall determine, or (ii) as a transferee of a Member’s Membership Interest or any portion thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. A Person who is either issued a Membership Interest for a Series or who receives by transfer a Membership Interest for a Series and who has received the approval of the Managers and Members associated with such Series pursuant to this Section 15.1 shall be admitted to the Company as a Member associated with such Series upon its execution of a counterpart to this Agreement and a counterpart to a Separate Series Agreement for such Series.

(b) Any Person receiving a Membership Interest in a Series pursuant to Section 14.1 that is not admitted as a Member associated with such Series pursuant to this Section 15.1 (whether by failing to receive approval from the. Series Managers and the Members of such Series with respect to such admission, by failing to execute a counterpart to this Agreement and a counterpart to a Separate Series Agreement or otherwise) shall be deemed to be a mere assignee of a Membership Interest associated with such Series. Unless otherwise admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to this Agreement, an assignee of a Membership Interest has no voting or other management rights with respect to the Company or any Series.

15.2 Retroactive Allocations. No additional Members or assignees of Membership Interests shall be entitled to any retroactive allocation of the Company’s income, gains, losses, deductions, credits or other items; provided that, subject to the restrictions of § 706(d) of the Code, additional Members and assignees of Membership Interests shall be entitled to their respective shares of the

 

35


Company’s income, gains, losses, deductions, credits and other items arising under contracts entered into before the effective date of the issuance or transfer of Membership Interests to the extent that such income, gains, losses, deductions, credits and other items arise after such effective date. To the extent consistent with § 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company’s books may be closed at the time Membership Interests are issued or transferred (as though the Company’s taxable year had ended) or the Managers for a Series may credit to additional Members and assignees of Membership Interests pro rata allocations of the Company’s income, gains, losses, deductions, credits and items related to such Series for that portion of the Company’s Fiscal Year after the effective date of the issuance or transfer of the Membership Interests.

16. Termination of Series; Dissolution and Termination of the Company.

16.1 Dissolution of the Company.

(a) The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of all the Series of the Company;

(ii) by the unanimous written agreement of all Members; or

(iii) upon the entry of decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

(b) The death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of any Member or Manager or the occurrence of any event that terminates the continued membership of any Member in the Company shall not in and of itself cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue as a limited liability company.

(c) If a Member who is an individual dies or a court of competent jurisdiction adjudges him to be incompetent to manage his person or his property, the Member’s executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, or other legal representative may exercise all of the Member’s rights for the purpose of settling his estate or administering his property. If a Member is an Entity and is dissolved or terminated, the powers of that Member may be exercised by its legal representative or successor.

16.2 Termination of a Series.

(a) A Series shall be terminated and its affairs wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) upon the dissolution of the Company;

 

36


(ii) At the election of any of the Members associated with such Series, and upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to all other Members;

(iii) at the time in which there are no Members associated with such Series; or

(iv) upon the entry of a decree of judicial termination of the Series under Section 18-215(1) of the Act.

(b) Other than in connection with a transfer of Membership Interests in accordance with this Agreement or pursuant to Section 16(a)(ii) above, a Member associated with a Series shall not take any voluntary action (including, without limitation, resignation) that directly causes it to cease to be a Member of the Company associated with such Series. Unless otherwise approved by Members associated with a Series owning a Majority Interest of such Series, a Member who ceases to be a Member associated with such Series (a “Resigning Member”), regardless of whether such termination was the result of a voluntary act by such Member, shall not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Company with respect to such Series in excess of those distributions to which such Member would have been entitled had such Member remained a Member associated with such Series. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, a Resigning Member shall immediately become an assignee associated with such Series. Damages for breach of this Section 16.2(b) shall be monetary damages only (and not specific performance), and such damages may be offset against distributions by the Company with respect to such Series to which the Resigning Member would otherwise be entitled.

(c) The termination and winding up of a Series shall not cause a dissolution of the Company (unless there are no remaining Series) or the termination of any other Series. The termination of a Series shall not affect the limitation on liabilities of such Series or any other Series provided by this Agreement and the Act.

(d) The LLC Managers may require that a formal legal termination of a Series be delayed for up to twenty-four months and that the capital of the Series Members remain in the Series for that time if necessary in order to maintain adequate capitalization of the Company or to satisfy capital or net worth covenants in agreements between the Company and third parties. However, the Series need not actively engage in business during any period for which it is required to remain in existence by the LLC Managers pursuant to this Section 16.2(d).

16.3 Winding Up, Liquidation and Distribution of Assets of a Series Upon Termination of Such Series.

(a) Upon termination of a Series, an accounting shall be made of the accounts of the Company with respect to such Series and of the assets, liabilities and operations associated with such Series, from the date of the last previous accounting until the date of such termination. The Series Managers associated with such Series shall immediately proceed to wind up the affairs of such Series.

 

37


(b) If a Series is terminated and its affairs are to be wound up, the Managers associated with such Series shall:

(i) Sell or otherwise liquidate all of the assets of such Series as promptly as practicable (except to the extent such Series Managers may determine to distribute any assets to the Series Members in kind);

(ii) Allocate any Net Income or Net Losses resulting from such sales to the respective Capital Accounts of the Members associated with such Series in accordance with Section 12 hereof;

(iii) Satisfy (whether by payment or reasonable provision for payment thereof) all liabilities of the Company with respect to such Series, including liabilities to Members or Managers who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, other than liabilities to Members for distributions (for purposes of determining the Capital Accounts of the Members associated with such Series, the amounts of any Reserves created in connection with the liquidation of such Series shall be deemed to be an expense of the Company with respect to such Series); and

(iv) Distribute the remaining assets of such Series to the Members associated with such Series in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, and allocations for all periods.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if upon the termination and liquidation of any Series, any Member associated with such Series has a deficit balance in its Capital Account associated with such Series (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, allocations and other Capital Account adjustments for all taxable years, including the year during which such termination and liquidation occurs), such Member shall have no obligation to make any Capital Contribution, or otherwise restore the deficit balance in such Members’ Capital Account associated with such Series, and such deficit Capital Account balance shall not be considered a debt owed by such Member to the Company with respect to such Series or otherwise, to any other Member or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.

(d) The Managers associated with a Series shall comply with all requirements of applicable law pertaining to the winding up of the affairs of the Company with respect to such Series and the final distribution of its assets.

16.4 Winding Up, Liquidation and Distribution of Assets of the Company Upon Dissolution of the Company. Upon the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 16.1, the Company shall be wound up by winding up each Series in the manner contemplated by Section 16.3. The Company shall continue as a separate legal entity until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation in accordance with the Act.

16.5 Returns of Contributions Nonrecourse to Other Members. Except as otherwise provided by applicable laws, upon termination of a Series, each Member associated with such Series shall

 

38


look solely to the assets of such Series for the return of its Capital Contributions made with respect to such Series, and if the assets of such Series remaining after payment of or due provision for the debts and liabilities of the Company with respect to such Series are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, such Members shall have no recourse against any other Series, the Company or any other Member, except as otherwise provided by law.

17. Resignation and Admission of Series Manager.

17.1 Resignation of a Series Manager. A Manager for any Series shall be entitled to resign as a Manager for such Series 30 days after delivery of written notice to the Company and the Members admitted to such Series of the Manager’s intention to resign, or upon such earlier date as the Manager’s resignation is accepted by Members holding a Majority Interest in the Series. Resignation of a Manager, who is a Member of a Series, pursuant to this Section 17.1 shall not affect its interest as a Member of the Series or in the Company.

17.2 Death or Incompetency of Series Manager. A Manager for any Series shall cease to be a Manager of such Series upon the death, incompetency, retirement, bankruptcy or dissolution of such Manager.

17.3 Removal of a Series Manager. A Series Manager may be removed as a Manager at any time by the Member who appointed that Series Manager. Removal of a Series Manager who is a Member of a Series and the Company, pursuant to this Section 17.3 shall not affect such Manager’s Membership Interest in the Series or in the Company.

17.4 Appointment of a New or Replacement Series Manager. A new or replacement Manager for any Series may be appointed by HSB/WMS, if the Manager being replaced was a HSB/WMS Series Manager, and by agreement of a majority of the WG Series Members, if the Manager being replaced was a WG Series Manager. At all times each Series shall have one HSB/WMS Series Manager and one WG Series Manager except as otherwise provided in any Separate Series Agreement.

18. Resignation and Admission of LLC Manager.

18.1 Resignation of an LLC Manager. An LLC Manager shall be entitled to resign as a Manager for the Company 30 days after delivery of written notice to the Company of the Manager’s intention to resign, or upon such earlier date as the Manager’s resignation is accepted by a majority of the remaining LLC Managers.

18.2 Death or Incompetency of an LLC Manager. An LLC Manager shall cease to be a Manager upon the death, incompetency, retirement, bankruptcy or dissolution of such Manager.

18.3 Removal of an LLC Manager. An LLC Manager may be removed as a Manager at any time:

(a) by HSB/WMS, in the case of a HSB LLC Manager; and

 

39


(b) by agreement of a majority of the WG Series Members, in the case of a WG LLC Manager.

18.4 Appointment of a New or Replacement LLC Manager. A new or replacement LLC Manager may be appointed:

(a) by HSB/WMS, if the Manager being replaced was a HSB LLC Manager; and

(b) by agreement of a majority of the WG Series Members, if the Manager being replaced was a WG LLC Manager.

19. Special and Limited Power of Attorney.

(a) The LLC Managers and each of them, with full power of substitution, shall at all times during the existence of the Company have a special and limited power of attorney as the authority to act in the name and on the behalf of each Member in the Company and the Series Managers and each of them, with full power of substitution, shall at all times during the existence of the Company have a special and limited power of attorney as the authority to act in the name and on the behalf of each Member in such Manager’s Series, to make, execute, swear to, verify, acknowledge and file the following documents and any other documents deemed by the Managers to be necessary for the business of the Company and the Series of the Company:

(i) This Agreement, the Separate Series Agreements, any separate articles of organization, fictitious business name statements, as well as any amendments to the foregoing which, under the laws of any state, are required to be filed or which the Managers deem it advisable to file;

(ii) Any other instrument or document which may be required to be filed by the Series or the Company under the laws of any state or by a governmental agency, or which the Managers deem it advisable to file; and

(iii) Any instrument or document which may be required to effect the continuation of the Series of the Company, the admission of a Manager or Member for such Series, the transfer of an interest in the Company, the change in custodian or trustee of any IRA, trust or pension or profit sharing plan Member, or the dissolution and termination of the Company (provided such continuation, admission or dissolution and termination are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), or to reflect any increases or reductions in amount of contributions of Members to such Series.

(b) The special and limited power of attorney granted to the Managers hereby:

 

40


(i) Is a special and limited power of attorney coupled with an interest, is irrevocable, shall survive the dissolution or incompetency of the granting Member, and is limited to those matters herein set forth;

(ii) May be exercised by each of the Managers (or by any authorized officer of the Manager, if not a natural person) for each Member by referencing the list of Members on Appendix A and executing any instrument with a single signature acting as attorney-in-fact for all of them;

(iii) Shall survive a transfer by a Member of such Member’s interest in the Series of Company pursuant to Section 14 hereof for the sole purpose of enabling the Manager to execute, acknowledge and file any instrument or document necessary or appropriate to admit a transferee as a Member; and

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Manager ceases to be a Manager in the Company with respect to such a Series, the power of attorney granted by this Section 19 to such Manager shall terminate immediately, but any such termination shall not affect the validity of any documents executed prior to such termination, or any other actions previously taken pursuant to this power of attorney or in reliance upon its validity, all of which shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Members in accordance with their terms.

20. Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended except in writing by a unanimous approval of the LLC Managers together with a class vote comprised of the affirmative vote of Members associated with each Series holding at least two-thirds of all Percentage Interests in each Series. Any amendment changing the Percentage Interest needed under this Section 20 to amend this Agreement requires unanimous approval of the LLC Managers together with a two-thirds vote of the Members of each Series.

21. Miscellaneous.

21.1 Notices. Any notice, offer, consent or other communication required or permitted to be given or made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made when delivered personally to the party (or an officer of the party) to whom the same is directed, or (except in the event of a mail strike) five days after being mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company or to a Manager, to the office described in Section 4 hereof, or if to a Member, to such Member’s last known address or when received by facsimile if to the Company or Manager to the facsimile number for the office described in Section 4 hereof, or if to a Member, to such Member’s facsimile number. Any Member may change such Member’s address for the purpose of this Section 21.1 by giving notice of such change to the Company, such change to become effective on the tenth day after such notice is given.

21.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Members, and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

41


21.3 Remedies for Breach. Each party to this Agreement shall have the remedies that are available to it for the violation of any of the terms of this Agreement; including, but not limited to, the equitable remedy of specific performance (except as otherwise provided by this Agreement).

21.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, along with any applicable Separate Series Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior agreement or understandings among them, oral or written, all of which are hereby cancelled. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than pursuant to Section 19 hereof.

21.5 Waiver of Action for Partition. Each Member irrevocably waives during the term of the Company any right that it may have to maintain any action for partition with respect to the property of the Company or any Series.

21.6 Captions; Pronouns. The paragraph and section titles or captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience of reference. Such titles and captions in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement nor the intent of any provision hereof. All pronouns and any variation thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

21.7 Execution of Additional Instruments. Each Member hereby agrees to execute such other and further statements of interest and holdings, designations and other instruments necessary to comply with any laws, rules regulations.

21.8 Waivers. The failure of any party hereto to seek redress for default of or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a default, from having the effect of an original default.

21.9 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative, and the use of any right or remedy by any party hereto shall not preclude or waive the right to use any other remedy. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other legal rights the parties hereto may have.

21.10 Severability. If any provision or term of this Agreement is found to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. It is the intent of the parties hereto for the terms and conditions of this Agreement to be interpreted to the greatest extent possible so as to remain valid and enforceable, and any provision or term of this Agreement found by a court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, shall be rewritten by the court pursuant to this intent.

21.11 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of: (i) the Company, (ii) any Series of the Company, or (iii) any Member.

 

42


21.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of any executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of an executed original counterpart of this Agreement.

21.13 Governing Law. This Agreement and the application and interpretation thereof shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to principles of conflict of laws).

21.14 Decisions by Members and Manager. Whenever in this Agreement a Member or Manager is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Member or Manager shall be entitled to consider only such interest and factors as it desires, including its own interests and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company, any Series or any Member, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Member or Manager shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or by relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first hereinabove written.

 

MANAGERS/MEMBERS:   * [Signatures to be inserted]*   

 

43


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

MANAGER SIGNATURE PAGE

 

HSB LLC MANAGER
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

      Richard W.H. Bennion

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

HSB LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Joan Enticknap

      Joan Enticknap

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

HSB LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Bruce W. Williams

      Bruce W. Williams

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

HSB LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Debra L. Johnson

      Debra L. Johnson

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ William A McMahan

      William A McMahan

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

 

- 1 -


WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Rick A. Menti

      Rick A. Menti

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Don Riley

      Don Riley

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Gregory R. Hoff

      Gregory R. Hoff

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

 

- 2 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/AMERICAN NW REALTY

 

AMERICAN NORTHWEST REALTY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen A. Skibbs

  Title:  

Owner / President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation

By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

 

Title:

 

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/AT

 

WINDERMERE CRONIN & CAPLAN REALTY GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Joan Tate Allen

  Title:  

Vice President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

 

Title:

 

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/EAST

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/EAST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Joe Deasy

  Title:  

VP-Treasurer

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/EVERETT

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/EVERETT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Von Holden

  Title:  

PRESIDENT

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/GH

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/G.H. LLC
By:  

/s/ Greg Hoff

  Title:  

Manager

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/HKW

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/HKW, INC.
By:  

/s/ Renee Sayatovic

  Title:  

PRESIDENT

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/MAPLE VALLEY

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/MAPLE VALLEY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rich Menti

  Title:  

SEC/TREAS

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/MH

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/M.H., INC.
By:  

/s/ Will McMahon

  Title:  

President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/NORTH

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/NORTH, INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard W. Wood

  Title:  

Pres.

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/NORTHEAST

 

JHW ASSOCIATES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Darrell Whittaker

  Title:  

VP

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/NORTHWEST

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/NORTHWEST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kari L. Hedman

    Title:  

VP

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/OAK TREE

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/OAK TREE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Philip V. Leng

  Title:  

President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/RENTON

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/RENTON, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tom Huxtable

  Title:  

PRESIDENT

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/SOUTH

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/SOUTH, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rich Menti

  Title:  

PRESIDENT

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/VALLEY

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/VALLEY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Catherine C. Maye

  Title:  

President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC, a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/WALL STREET

 

WDNDERMERE REAL ESTATE/WALL STREET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rich Gangnes

  Title:  

President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/WEST SOUND

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/WEST SOUND, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jessica Kennedy

  Title:  

Vice President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation

By:

 

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/WRE

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE CO.
By:  

/s/ John Jacobi

  Title:  

Owner

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/NORTHEAST

 

PVCH Financial Systems LLC
By:  

/s/ Peter V.C. Hickey 1/15/09

  Title:  

PRESIDENT

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

 

- 1 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/OAK TREE

 

WMJC, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Matthew J. Carroll 2-1-0?

  Title:  

President

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Chairman

 

- 1 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/WEST SOUND

 

DEMCO KIEBURTZ, INC.

dba Windermere Real Estate/Kitsap, Inc.

By:  

/s/ John Demco

  Title:  

Member

  Date:  

May 6, 2009

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

  Date:  

5/11/09

 

- 1 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/NORTH WALL STREET

 

BECKER MORTGAGE, LLC
By:  

/s/ John Becker

  Title:  

MGR

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

 

- 1 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/WALLA WALLA

 

SIMCOCK ENTERPRISES, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Douglas Simco

  Title:  

member

  Date:  

4/21/09

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

  Date:  

4/9/09

 

- 1 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

MANAGER SIGNATURE PAGE

 

HSB LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

      Richard W.H. Bennion

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

HSB LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Joan Enticknap

      Joan Enticknap

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

HSB LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Bruce W. Williams

      Bruce W. Williams

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

HSB LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Debra L. Johnson

      Debra L. Johnson

Title:

 

 HSB LLC, Manager

WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Don Riley

      Don Riley

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

 

- 1 -


WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Gregory R. Hoff

      Gregory R. Hoff

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Joe Deasy

      Joe Deasy

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

WG LLC MANAGER

By:

 

/s/ Brian Allen

      Brian Allen

Title:

 

 WG LLC, Manager

 

- 2 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/KITSAP

 

WINDERMERE KITSAP LLC
By:  

/s/ Mike Pitts

  Title:  

President

  Date:  

6/30/09

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

  Date:  

6/29/09

 

- 1 -


WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICES SERIES LLC/SKAGIT VALLEY

 

SKAGIT MORTGAGE SERVICES LLC
By:  

/s/ Nathaniel Scott

  Title:  

KP

  Date:  

4/1/2010

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ William W.H. Bennion

  Title:  

Vice Chairman

  Date:  

6/1/10

 

- 1 -


FORM OF

SEPARATE SERIES AGREEMENT

SERIES [                    ]

THIS SEPARATE SERIES AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2005 (this “Separate Series Agreement”), is entered into by and between certain members of WINDERMERE MORTGAGE SERVICE SERIES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) associated with the Series identified herein, as such Members are set forth on a separate Exhibit A to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as well as the managers of the Series identified herein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used as defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated and effective as of May 1, 2005 (as amended from time to time, the “LLC Operating Agreement” ).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the parties hereto associated with Series [                    ] and the Members associated with other Series of the Company have heretofore formed a limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-215 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) by filing a Certificate of Formation of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and by entering into the LLC Operating Agreement; and

WHEREAS, it is intended by the parties hereto to create a separate Series [                    ] in accordance with Section 18-215 of the Act; and

WHEREAS, it is intended by the parties hereto that except as otherwise provided for in the LLC Operating Agreement or agreed to by the members of this Series, the debts, liabilities and obligations incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to this [                    ] be enforceable only against the assets of this Series [                    ], and not against the assets of the Company generally or any other Series; and

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and obligations contained herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. New Series . In accordance with Section 2 of the LLC Operating Agreement, the Members and the Managers listed as Members of Series [                    ] Exhibits A and C to the LLC Operating Agreement hereby agree that Series [                    ] is hereby created, which shall be a “Series” for purposes of the LLC Agreement.

2. Name of New Series . The name of the Series created by this Separate Series Agreement shall be Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC/[                    ]. The Series shall also adopt the d/b/a Windermere Mortgage Services /[                    ].

3. Agreement to be Bound . Each of the Members listed on Exhibit A to the LLC as Agreement Members of Series [                    ] and who execute this Separate

 

Page 1 of 4


Series Agreement in their capacities as members of the Company associated with the Series [                    ], agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of the LLC Agreement and this Separate Series Agreement.

4. Managers . The initial Managers of this Series (“Series Managers”) shall be [                    ], who is the “HSB Series Manager” for this Series, and [                    ], who is the “WG Series Manager” for this Series, as the terms “HSB Series Manager” and “WG Series Manager” are defined in the LLC Operating Agreement. A Member that designated or appointed a Manager pursuant to the LLC Agreement may remove such Manager as a manager of the Series at any time, with or without cause and for any reason or for no reason, by giving a notice of removal to such Manager and to the other Members of the Series in accordance with the provisions of the LLC Operating Agreement. If a Manager is removed, dies or resigns, the replacement Managers shall be designated by the Members that designated or appointed the Manager, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the LLC Operating Agreement. Additional Managers may be designated by unanimous agreement of all the Members of this Separate Series.

5. Management . Subject to the limitations expressly set forth in this Separate Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement, the Series Managers acting unanimously will have the power to manage the business and affairs of the Series, to make all decisions with respect to the business and affairs of the Series and to perform any and all other acts that are customary or incidental to the management of the business and affairs of the Series.

6. Meetings of Managers . The Managers will meet in person or by telephone conference call at least once during each calendar quarter of each fiscal year. The quarterly meetings of the Managers will be held at such times as all of the Managers agree, for the purpose of transacting such business as may come before the meeting. The Managers may, but are not required to, hold other formal meetings.

7. Business Plan . The Managers, by unanimous agreement, shall adopt a written business plan for the Series and update the business plan as needed, but in no event less frequently than annually.

8. Officers . The officers of the Series shall be appointed by the Series Managers. The Series Managers hereby appoint the following individuals to serve as the initial officers of the Company in the capacities designated below:

 

President:

   [                    ]

Executive Vice-President/ Production Manager:

   [                    ]

Executive Vice-President/ Operations Manager:

   [                    ]

Vice President/Branch Manager:

   [                    ]

 

Page 2 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:     HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
       

By:

 

 

          Its:   

 

 

[                                               ]

       
       

By:

 

 

         

Its:

  

 

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

 

   [                    ], as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

 

   [                    ], as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:     

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

AMERICAN NORTHWEST REALTY, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Stephen A. Skibbs

 

Its:

 

President/Owner

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Steve Skibbs

   Steve Skibbs, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:     

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE CRON1N & CAPLAN REALTY

GROUP, INC.

By:  

/s/ Joan Tate Allen

  Its:  

 

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  

/s/ Joan Allen

   Joan Allen, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

   

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/AUBURN, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Tom Tollen

 

Its:

 

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Tom Tollen

   Tom Tollen, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage, in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:     

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

  Its:  

Member

CENTRAL LLC

By:

 

/s/ Michael J. Connolly

 

Its:

 

PRESIDENT

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Michael J. Connolly

   Michael J. Connolly, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

SERIES MEMBERS:

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/EAST, INC.

By:  

/s/ Joe Deasy

  Its:  

VP–Treasurer

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  

/s/ Joe Deasy

   Joe Deasy, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

SERIES MEMBERS:

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/ EVERETT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Vern Holden

  Its:  

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Vern Holden

   Vern Holden, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

SERIES MEMBERS:

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/GH LLC

By:  

/s/ Greg Hoff

  Its:  

Manager

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Greg Hoff

   Greg Hoff, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:    

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/HKW, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Renee Sayatovic

 

Its:

 

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  

/s/ Renee Sayatovic

   Renee Sayatovic, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

  WINDERMERE KITSAP LLC
  By:  

Michael Pitts

    Its:  

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Michael Pitts

   Michael Pitts, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

  WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/M.H., INC.
  By:  

/s/ Will McMahon

    Its:  

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Will McMahon

   Will McMahan, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

 

MANITO MORTGAGE LCC.

  By:  

Joseph K. Nichols, Sr.

    Its:  

Manager

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

   M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Joseph K. Nicholas

   Joseph K. Nicholas, Sr., as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

    WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/MAPLE VALLEY, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Rich Menti

    Its:  

Sec/Treas

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

/s/ Rich Menti

  Rich Menti, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

   

Its:

 

Vice Chairman

  WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/MILL CREEK, INC.
  By:  

Vern Holden

    Its:  

PRESIDENT

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

/s/ Vern Holden

  Vern Holden, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

   

Its:

 

Vice Chairman

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/NORTH, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard W. Wood

   

Its:

 

Pres.

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

/s/ Dick Wood

  Dick Wood, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

  Becker Mortgage, LLC
  By:  

/s/ John W. Becker

   

Its:

 

MGR

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

/s/ John W. Becker

  John W. Becker, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


I, John W. Becker, as the WG Series Manager for Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC/North Wall Street, have read and agree to be bound by the Separate Series Agreement dated May 1, 2005, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement.

 

/s/ John W. Becker

John W. Becker, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

4.1.09

Date


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
 

By:

 

 

   

Its:

 

 

 

WINDERMERE NORTH WALL STREET, INC.

  By:  

/s/ John W. Becker        Marianne Becker

   

Its:

 

President—SEC

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

/s/ John W. Becker        Marianne Becker

  John Becker, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

  JMW AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Darrell Whittaker

    Its:  

VP

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

    M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
   

/s/ Darrell Whittaker

    Darrell Whittaker, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:   Vice Chairman
    PVCH Financial Systems LLC
  By:  

/s/ Peter V.C. Hickey 1/15/09

    Its:   President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M.Barton Harrington

   M.Barton Harrington, the “HSB Series Manager”
  

/s/ Peter V.C. Hickey

   Peter V.C. Hickey, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


I, Peter V. C. Hickey, as the WG Series Manager for Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC/Northeast, have read and agree to be bound by the Separate Series Agreement dated May 1, 2005, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement.

 

/s/ Peter V. C. Hickey 1/15/09

Peter V. C. Hickey, as the “WG Series Manager”

1/15/09

Date


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:     HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
    By:   /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
      Its:   Vice Chairmen
    WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/NORTHWEST, INC.
    By:   /s/ Kari L. Hedman
      Its:   VP

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Kari L. Hedman For

Steve Kieburtz, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:  

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/OAK TREE,

INC.

  By:  

/s/ Philip V. Leng

    Its:  

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Phil Leng

Phil Leng, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:     HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
    By:   /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
      Its:   Chairman
    WMJC, Inc.
    By:   /s/ Matthew J. Carroll 2-1-09
      Its:   President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:       /s/ M. Barton Harrington
      M. Barton Harrington, the “HSB Series Manager”
      /s/ Matt Carroll
      Matt Carroll, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


I, Matt Carroll, as the WG Series Manager for Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC/Oak Tree, have read and agree to be bound by the Separate Series Agreement dated May 1, 2005, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement.

 

/s/ Matt Carroll

Matt Carroll, the “WG Series Manager”

2.1.09

Date


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

  WINDERMERE PACIFIC WEST PROPERTIES, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Vern Holden

    Its:  

MANAGER

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

 

/s/ Vern Holden

  Vern Holden, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

  WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/PARAGON COMPANY, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Wally Starkey

    Its:  

Vice President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

/s/ Wally Starkey

  Wally Starkey, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or-unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

   

Its:

 

Member

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/PARAGON COMPANY, INC.

  By:  

/s/ Ronald D. Luncefod

   

Its:

 

CEO

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”
 

 

/s/ Ronald D. Lunceford

  Ronald D. Lunceford, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

   

Its:

 

Vice Chairman

 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/RENTON, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Tom Huxtable

   

Its:

 

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”

/s/ Tom Huxtable

Tom Huxtable, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

SERIES MEMBERS:

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

  Its:  

Vice Chairman

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/RENTON, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jason Moore

  Its:  

President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS;

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series Manager”

/s/ Jason Moore

Jason Moore, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:  

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    its:  

Vice Chairman

-     WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/SBA, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Will Bruce

    Its:  

Pres.

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Will Bruce

  Will Bruce, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

 

  JNJ LLC
  By:  

/s/ James Scott

    Its:  

 

     

/s/ Nate Scott

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Nate Scott

  Nate Scott, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:   HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

    By:   /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
        Its:   Vice Chairman
  SKAGIT MORTGAGE SERVICES LLC
    By:   /s/ Nate Scott
        Its:   VP

 

Page 4 of 4


I, Nate Scott, as the WG Series Manager for Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC/Skagit Valley, have read and agree to be bound by the Separate Series Agreement dated May 1, 2005, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement.

 

/s/ Nate Scott

Nate Scott, as the “WG Series Manager”

4/1/2010

Date


Vice President/Branch Manager:

   Teresa Stull

Vice President/Branch Manager:

   Cliff Taylor

9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:  

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

    By:   /s/ Richard W. H. Bennion
        Its:    Vice Chairman
  WINDERMERE RAL ESTATE/SOUTH, INC.
    By:   /s/ Rich Menti
        Its:    PRESIDENT

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:    /s/ M. Barton Harrington
  

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  

/s/ Rich Monti For

Michael Ratcliffe, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

  By:   /s/ Richard W. H. Bennion
    Its:   Vice Chairman
  WINDERMERE PROFESSIONAL PARTNERS
  By:   /s/ Jeff Jensen
    Its:    

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Jeff Jensen

  Jeff Jensen, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parries had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

  By:  

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

    Its:  

 

  GLENN TAYLOR & ASSOCIATES, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Glen P. Taylor, Jr.

    Its:  

Pres.

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Glenn P. Taylor

  Glenn P. Taylor, Jr., as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard W. H. Bennion

   

Its:

      Vice Chairman
 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/VALLEY, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Catherine C. Moye

   

Its:

      President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Cate Moye

Cate Moye’, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage-brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

  /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
   

Its:

      Vice Chairman
 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/WALL STREET,

INC.

 

By:

  /s/ Rich Gangnes
   

Its:

      PRESIDENT

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  
  

 

/s/ Rich Gangnes

Rich Gangnes, as the “WG Series Manager”

  

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

  /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
   

Its:

      Vice Chairman
  SIMCOCK ENTERPRISES, L.L.C.
 

By:

  /s/ Doug Simcock
   

Its:

      President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  
  

 

/s/ Douglas R. Simcock

Douglas R. Simcock, as the “WG Series Manager”

  

 

Page 4 of 4


Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

  /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
   

Its:

      Vice Chairman
  WINDERMERE/BALDWIN PROPERTIES, LLC
 

By:

  /s/ Matt Crile
   

Its:

      P RESIDENT

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  
  

 

/s/ Matt Crile

Matt Crile, as the “WG Series Manager”

  

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

 

By:

  /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
   

Its:

      Vice Chairman
 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE, WEST

CAMPUS, INC.

 

By:

  /s/ John Tidwell
   

Its:

      President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  
  

 

/s/ John Tidwell

John Tidwell, as the “WG-Series Manager”

  

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own , operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:  

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

    By:   /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
        Its:    Vice Chairman
 

WINDERMERE REAL ESTATE/WEST SOUND,

INC.

    By:   /s/ Jessica Kennedy
        Its:    Vice President

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

  

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  

/s/ Jessica Kennedy            5-2-05

Jessica Kennedy, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:  

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

    By:   /s/ Richard W.H. Bennion
        Its:    Vice Chairman
  Demco Kieburtz, Inc.
    By:   /s/ Steve Kieburtz
        Its:    Owner

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:   

/s/ M. Barton Harringtoton

  

 

M. Barton Harringtoton, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  

/s/ Steve Kieburtz

Steve Kieburtz, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


I, Steve Kieburtz, as the WG Series Manager for Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC/West Sound, have read and agree to be bound by the Separate Series Agreement dated May 1, 2005, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement.

 

/s/ Steve Kieburtz

Steve Kieburtz, as the “WG Series Manager”
5.1.09
Date


9. Business . The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings . The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration . This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts . This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law . This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

 

HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington

corporation

  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice Chairman

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

 

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

 

M. Barton Harrington, as the “HSB Series

Manager”

 

/s/ Rich Bennion

  Rich Bennion, as the “WG Series Manager”

 

Page 4 of 4


9. Business. The separate business of this Series shall be to own, operate, maintain and dispose of, all in accordance with the LLC Operating Agreement, the assets listed on Schedule A hereto, to engage in residential mortgage lending and the provision of residential mortgage brokerage services and to engage in all related business as necessary, incidental or convenient to carry on the business of the Series, or as may be mutually agreed upon by the Members associated with this Series.

10. Headings. The headings in this Separate Series Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Separate Series Agreement or any provision hereof.

11. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Separate Series Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Separate Series Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

12. Integration. This Separate Series Agreement and the LLC Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

13. Counterparts, This Separate Series Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

14. Governing Law. This Separate Series Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Separate Series Agreement as of the date first-above stated.

 

SERIES MEMBERS:

  HOMESTREET/WMS, INC., a Washington
corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard W.H. Bennion

    Its:  

Vice chairman

  WINDEREMERE REAL ESTATE CO.
  By:  

/s/ Ob Jacobi

    Its:  

Owner

 

Page 3 of 4


SERIES MANAGERS:

  

/s/ M. Barton Harrington

M. Barton Harrington as the “HSB Series

Manager”

  
  

 

/s/ Ob Jacobi

Ob Jacobi, as the “WG Series Manager”

  

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.31

Correspondent Purchase and Sale Agreement

This Correspondent Purchase and Sale Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of September 1, 2010, by and between HomeStreet Bank, a Washington state-chartered savings bank (“Purchaser”), and Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (“Seller”). This Agreement replaces and supersedes in its entirety that certain Correspondent Purchase and Sale Agreement effective May 1, 2005, as amended effective January 1, 2008.

WHEREAS, Purchaser intends to buy and Seller intends to sell residential, whole mortgage loans (“Mortgage Loans”) on a servicing released basis pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, Purchaser and Seller agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE OF MORTGAGE LOANS

During the term of this Agreement, Seller may offer for sale to Purchaser, and Purchaser may agree to purchase from Seller, eligible Mortgage Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, pursuant to a Commitment procedure, as follows: At any time during the term of this Agreement, the parties may enter into a written or an oral Commitment for the sale and purchase of specifically identified Mortgage Loans. As part of such Commitment, the parties will agree to a Purchase Price and certain other material terms applicable to the Mortgage Loans to be sold there under. The Purchase Price for each eligible Mortgage Loan shall be based on the market price, plus Service Release Premium, adjusted as applicable based on the adjustment provisions posted on Purchaser’s rate sheets, in Purchaser’s Residential Lending Products Manual, and/or on the SRP Database (collectively, the “Product Pricing Materials”). The Purchase Price is additionally subject to adjustments by Purchaser for underwriting or other factors listed in Purchaser’s Product Pricing Materials prior to the purchase. The Purchase Price shall apply only to Mortgage Loans bearing the specified rate of interest and complying with the other terms as set forth in the Commitment and this Agreement. The Commitment is binding between Seller and Purchaser and, provided that such Mortgage Loans are in fact closed (as between the Seller as lender and the respective borrowers), shall constitute and require delivery by Seller to Purchaser of the specific Mortgage Loans covered thereby.

For purposes of this Agreement, eligible Mortgage Loans include only such loans as comply with Purchaser’s investor requirements set forth in Purchaser’s Residential Lending Products Manual, as such Manual may be amended from time to time in Purchaser’s discretion. Without limiting the foregoing, eligible Mortgage Loans include those underwritten and approved in accordance with the investor Delegated Underwriting (“DU”) systems or procedures, as they may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 11

PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AND

 

 

1


DELIVERY OF LOANS

Purchaser shall, upon receipt from Seller of a fully documented loan package for each Mortgage Loan, deliver the agreed upon Purchase Price (less any fees or discounts due to the Purchaser), in accordance with Seller’s instructions or in accordance with any bailee letter or trust receipt submitted with the loan package. Seller will deliver the loan package to the Purchaser in a timely manner, but no later than the expiration date confirmed at the time the Mortgage Loan is locked on the Purchaser’s automated lock system, unless delivery is extended by Purchaser in writing. In the event any Mortgage Loan sold to Purchaser hereunder is prepaid in full within one hundred twenty (120) days following the date such Mortgage Loan is sold to Purchaser hereunder, Seller shall refund the servicing release premium and any rebate pricing paid by Purchaser at the time of purchase.

ARTICLE III

GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF SELLER

As of the date of this agreement and as of the date of each submission of a Mortgage Loan to Purchaser hereunder, Seller hereby makes the following representations, warranties, and covenants to Purchaser. Purchaser shall be deemed to have relied on these representation, warranties, and covenants, regardless of any underwriting or independent investigation Purchaser may have made or any facts known to Purchaser.

 

3.1 Seller is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws governing its creation and existence. Seller has the power to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged. Seller is duly qualified to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which Seller originates Mortgage Loans and in each jurisdiction in which the property securing a Mortgage Loan is located (if the laws of such jurisdictions require qualification to conduct business of the type conducted by Seller.

 

3.2 Seller is knowledgeable in all applicable state and federal laws regarding residential mortgage lending and will comply with all such laws in connection with all Mortgage Loans submitted to Purchaser hereunder and the performance of all responsibilities hereunder. Seller will adhere to and comply with any and all applicable state or federal record retention requirements, as well as confidentiality and information security requirements.

 

3.3 Seller has and will maintain all necessary licenses, bonds, approvals and authorizations applicable to its operations in each jurisdiction in which Seller originates Mortgage Loans, including without limitation any required licenses or authorizations to originate mortgage loans or otherwise perform its responsibilities hereunder, and no such license, authorization, approval or bond has been suspended, revoked, or restricted in any way. Neither Seller, nor any of its owners or officers (including, without limitation, any mortgage loan originator originating Mortgage Loans) has been suspended, debarred, or otherwise denied participation in the securities, mortgage, or financial services industries by a federal, state or local governmental authority or instrumentality.

 

2


3.4 Seller’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by Seller and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized. Seller’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not require the consent of any other person, including without limitation any governmental or regulatory consent, nor does such execution and performance violate, contravene, or create a default under any charter document or bylaw of Seller or any contract, agreement, or instrument to which Seller is a party or to which Seller or any of its property or assets may be bound.

 

3.5 Seller shall cause all mortgage loan originators and other employees involved in the origination, underwriting, closing, and funding of Mortgage Loans to meet all eligibility requirements under applicable state and federal laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of Purchaser’s investors, as may be communicated by Purchaser to Seller from time to time.

 

3.6 Seller agrees to notify Purchaser immediately upon the suspension, revocation, expiration, or other termination of any licenses, registrations, or qualifications, or of the taking of any formal or informal administrative or judicial action by any such regulatory or supervisory agency against Seller that could adversely affect Seller’s licenses, registrations and qualifications.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF SELLER AS TO MORTGAGE

LOANS

In addition to the representations, warranties, and covenants of Seller set forth in Section III of this Agreement, Seller hereby makes the following representations, warranties, and covenants to Purchaser as of the time the parties enter into any Commitment relating to a Mortgage Loan and at the time a Mortgage Loan is sold to Purchaser.

 

4.1 The deed of trust or other document(s) securing the Mortgage Loan has been executed by all persons necessary to create and convey a valid and legally enforceable first lien obligation in favor of the Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loan. The promissory note evidencing the Mortgage Loan is payable to Seller as payee and has been duly executed by the person(s) to whom, or for whose benefit, Seller has disbursed the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan, and who is/are the true and actual person(s) who submitted an application to Seller and who have been approved by Seller and/or Purchaser to receive the Mortgage Loan.

 

4.2 The sale of the Mortgage Loan is in Seller’s ordinary course of business and Seller has good and merchantable title to the Mortgage Loan, free and clear of any liens, claims, or encumbrances upon such Mortgage Loan. All taxes and governmental assessments that became due and owing prior to the sale of the Mortgage Loan to Purchaser have been paid.

 

4.3 The proceeds of the Mortgage Loan were used to finance or refinance the purchase of the one to four family residential dwelling permanently affixed to the real property described in the Mortgage Loan documents, and the property is or will be used by the borrower(s) as his/her principal or secondary residence or for such other purpose as disclosed in the borrower’s application for the Mortgage Loan.

 

4.4 The deed of trust or mortgage securing the Mortgage Loan contain provisions that give the holder rights and remedies to realize against the property as expeditiously as applicable law allows, including, without limitation, the power of sale.

 

4.5

Seller has observed and shall observe and fully discharge any applicable duties owed by Seller to any borrower on a Mortgage Loan under law with respect to each borrower and related loan

 

3


 

application. Seller has provided all requisite disclosures, including but not limited to, those required under Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), Truth in Lending Act (TILA), and any other federal or state laws, and has obtained any and all requisite agreements and authorizations.

 

4.6 Seller has complied with any and all applicable laws and regulations relating to the Mortgage Loans, including without limitation, laws and regulations relating to usury, truth-in-lending, real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, flood disaster protection, equal credit opportunity, and fair credit reporting.

 

4.7 Seller has access to Purchaser’s Residential Lending Products Manual, as such Manual may he amended from time to time in Purchaser’s discretion, and has strictly complied with all requirements set forth therein.

 

4.8 There are no circumstances or conditions with respect to any Mortgage Loan sold to Purchaser hereunder, related property, or loan applicant which would cause the Mortgage Loan to become delinquent or adversely affect the value, marketability or salability of such Mortgage Loan, and Seller will promptly notify Purchaser if Seller becomes aware of any such circumstances or conditions, either prior to or after closing of any Mortgage Loan submitted hereunder. Neither Seller nor any loan applicant has committed any act or omission that will impair or invalidate Purchaser’s interest in, or the enforceability of, any Mortgage Loan. All information and documents submitted by or on behalf of a loan applicant to Seller and by Seller to Purchaser are genuine, and the information contained in such documents is true, accurate and complete.

 

4.9 Seller shall promptly forward to Purchaser any monthly payments for any Mortgage Loan(s) purchased hereunder and received by Seller on or after the date of purchase.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION, REPURCHASE AND REMEDIES

5.1 Seller hereby agrees to repurchase any Mortgage Loan sold to Purchaser at any time during the life of such Mortgage Loan, within 30 days of Purchaser’s written request for repurchase, notifying the Seller of the occurrence of any of the following events:

a. Purchaser is required to repurchase any Mortgage Loan sold to GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC, or any other investor, for any reason other than reasons/defects which Purchaser knew of due to Purchaser’s provision of underwriting services related to the Mortgage Loan.

b. Any material fraud, misrepresentation, or act or omission in the origination, closing, or funding of the Mortgage Loan is determined to exist by Purchaser or by other investor. This includes, without limitation, any misrepresentation of income, funds on deposit, employment, debts or expenses of the borrower, or the occupancy of the property.

c. Any document related to any Mortgage Loan is found by Purchaser to be defective, not properly executed, altered, or incomplete.

d. Any representation, warranty, or covenant made by Seller under this Agreement with respect to any Mortgage Loan, shall be, in the reasonable opinion of Purchaser, false at the time made.

e. Any one of the first four (4) monthly payments becomes 90 days or more delinquent.

 

4


The repurchase price for any Mortgage Loan that Seller is asked to repurchase from Buyer shall be an amount equal to its then unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan on the date of repurchase, plus accrued interest and direct expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by Purchaser for any actions taken by it concerning, as a result of, or in connection with, any of the events or circumstances set forth herein as cause for repurchase. Purchaser’s exercise of its right to have Seller repurchase any Mortgage Loan hereunder shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights or remedies which Purchaser may have against Seller hereunder or under applicable law.

The parties agree that Seller shall have no obligation to repurchase a Mortgage Loan if the primary cause of the noncompliance or breach is due to underwriting services provided by Purchaser to Seller related to the Mortgage Loan.

5.2 Seller agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, causes of action, judgments, costs or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, including such fees and costs on appeal) which arise from or relate to Seller’s wrongful acts or omissions in the performance of this Agreement, breach of its obligations under this Agreement, misrepresentations or breach of warranties made herein, or violations of any applicable laws.

Upon written notice by Purchaser to Seller of a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this agreement which materially and adversely affects the interests of Purchaser with respect to a Mortgage Loan submitted hereunder, Seller shall cure such breach in all material respects, indemnify Purchaser as set forth in this Section, and/or shall repurchase the Mortgage Loan (or the collateral which had secured the Mortgage Loan, if Purchaser has foreclosed or otherwise obtained title to the collateral) from Purchaser, at Purchaser’s option.

Seller will be in default under this Agreement upon, among other reasons, any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by Seller or the non-fulfillment or non-perfomance by Seller of any covenant, condition or action required of it under this Agreement, and Seller will be subject to any remedies available to Purchaser, including, but not limited to, termination of this Agreement, indemnification of Purchaser by Seller, and Seller’s obligation to repurchase one or more of the Mortgage Loans.

ARTICLE VI

DURATION OF AGREEMENT

The term of this Agreement shall commence on October 1, 2010, and will continue unless terminated as follows. This Agreement shall terminate automatically if Seller is dissolved and winding up of the Seller is completed, or if the Purchaser is liquidated, dissolved, or no longer conducting business. This Agreement may also be terminated by the mutual written consent of the Seller and Purchaser, which shall address the fulfillment of any outstanding Commitments at the time of any such termination.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

5


6.1 The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the date of funding of any Mortgage Loan and delivery of such Mortgage Loan to Purchaser and shall not terminate, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, any restrictive or qualified endorsement on any Mortgage Note or Purchaser’s examination or failure to examine any Mortgage File, Purchaser’s approval of any Mortgage Loan for purchase or Purchaser’s purchase of any Mortgage Loan.

6.2 This Agreement is made with reference to and is intended to be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington.

6.3 All notices, requests, demands, and other communications required or which may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time of delivery if personally delivered or 72 hours after the time of mailing if mailed first-class, postage prepaid and addressed to the parties to this Agreement at the addresses set forth below their respective signatures on this Agreement.

6.4 The failure of any party to this Agreement at any time or times to require strict performance of any provision of this Agreement shall not, in any manner, affect the right of such party at a later time to enforce any such provision. No waiver by any party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a release or affect any liability resulting from such breach. No wavier of any nature, whether by contact, course of dealing, or otherwise, in any one or more instances shall be deemed to be or be construed as a furthering or continuing waiver of any such condition or breach or as a waiver of any other condition or of any other breach of any other term or covenant of this Agreement.

6.5 No party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party in such other party’s sole discretion. Except as provided in this paragraph, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors, heirs, assigns, and personal representatives of the parties.

6.6 This agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no representations, warranties, understandings or agreements other than those expressly set forth or referenced in this Agreement.

6.7 The captions of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for the convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or otherwise affect in any respect any of the provisions of this Agreement.

6.8 In the event that any party to this Agreement retains an attorney to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees from the other party, including fees incurred in both trial or appellate courts, or fees incurred without suit, and all court and accounting costs.

6.9 This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Purchaser have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the 18th day of November 2010, to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLER:     PURCHASER:
Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC     HomeStreet Bank
BY  

/s/ Joleen K Perdue

    BY  

/s/ Susan Greenwald

Its  

Executive Vice President

    Its  

Sr. Vice President

Notices to Seller shall be sent to:     Notices to Purchaser shall be sent to:
Windermere Mortgage Services Series LLC     HomeStreet Bank
601 Union Street, Suite 2100    

601 Union Street, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98101     Seattle, WA 98101-2326
Attention: Bart Harrington     Attention: Susan Greenwald

 

7